Gary, West Virginia

A view of Gary, McDowell County, West Virginia, 15 September 1907

This photo was shared by Howard Ross when he wrote his history of Nancy Adeline Ross and Gary, West Virginia.

I will have to get Howard’s biography typed so I can share it in full.

View of Gary, McDowell County, West Virginia, March 1904

An Autographic Account Geo C Streeter

To TOM & SUSAN FRENCH

This 25th Day of December 1981

I hope you will enjoy this copy of your Great, Great Grandfathers book

GEORGE C. (DAD) STREETER

Writer of this book, was the father of

MARK L. STREETER

Now 83, living in Salt Lake City, Utah, is the father of;

JUNE E. (STREETER) STOUT

Now 63, living in Ontario, California, is the mother of;

JOSEPHINE INA (CORSARO) FRENCH

(yours truly)

MOM

                My Great Grandpa (Dad) Streeter died when I was very small. But your Grandma June and Great Grandpa Mark both tell me he is quite a storyteller and loved to exaggerate. I am sure you will see this for yourselves; along with the truth, it makes for very interesting reading. He wrote a column, on the front page of the Ogden Standard Examiner, entitled “Dad Streeter Sez: “where he used a different style of writing, you will find a concentration of these pieces from page 149 thru to the index on page 204, after which I have added a collections of this poetry. When you open these wonderful pages to the past, I hope you will enjoy it as much as I have, preparing it for you.

                                                                                                With All My Love,

                                                                                                                MOM

George Calvin Streeter

AN AUTOGRAPHIC ACCOUNT OF THE LIFE AND TRAVELS OF GEO. C. (DAD) STREETER

                During the years covered by these reminiscences “Dad” lived the life of a roving cowboy, driving herds of Long Horns over the old Santa Fe trail from Mexico to Montana, horses from Oregon to Omaha, or riding the round-up in Wyoming and Montana.

                In addition to his stories of the range, his accounts of bull whacking, mule skinning and stage driving, the pranking of tenderfeet and missionaries, his meeting with Cattle Kate, Calamity Jane, Butch Cassidy and Buffalo Bill, the hazards of prairie fires and blizzards, frontier justice and encounters with Indians.

                The writer who now lives in Ogden, Utah has endeavored to adhere strictly to the truth, and according to the writers’ project of Nebraska is valuable contribution to the folklore of the West.

My Grandfather Streeter

                In the year 1846 my Grandfather Roswell Streeter bought a large bunch of cattle in Missouri and he and three of his sons drove them into California to sell. They did so well that they drove another bunch the next year. They always night herded the main bunch and turned the work oxen, that drove on the wagon, loose to graze. One night they camped on the little flat at the mouth of Weber Canyon, as near as I can find out it was where the town of Uintah, Utah now stands. The next morning Grandfather went to bring the work cattle while the boys prepared breakfast, and when it was ready Grandfather did not put in an appearance, the boys called and yelled but received no answer. Then they ate expecting him to come most any moment, but he did not. Then they started out to look for him. They found the cattle he was looking for but saw nothing of him. Then fearing that he might be list they fired their guns, yelled, built signal fires but received no answer. They searched the river and surrounding hills for miles around but found no trace of him.  Then they visited the trapper camps, one where Ogden, Utah now stands, one in Ogden Valley, one on Bear River, all the Indian camps, and all the Mormon Settlements in the surrounding country but found no trace of him.

                Fearing to stay any longer for fear of getting snowed in in the Sierra Nevada Mountains, they at last went on to California. They disposed of their cattle at the good price and came back as far as Ogden and renewed their search for Grandfather. This time staying as long as they dared to for fear of getting snowed in in the Rocky Mountains.

                The next spring the brothers went with another herd and stopped at Ogden and once more renewed their search, inquiring at all the trapper cabins, Indian camps, and Mormon settlements in the Valley without success. And to this day nobody knows what became of Grandfather Streeter.

                Two of the brothers I have lost track of. The oldest on A.J. Streeter invested heavily in real estate in and around St. Joe, Missouri and Streeter, Ill. (then later being named in his honor). He also owned a large sugar plantation in Mexico. He served several terms as U.S. Senator from Illinois, and in the year 1889, he received the nomination for President of the United States on the Labor ticket but lost by a very small margin. He and his associates at one time owned the controlling interest in one of the largest cattle herds in Indian Territory, (now Oklahoma) and I helped drive three different herds of their cattle north into Wyoming and Montana when that country was being stocked and did not find out until about forty years after that they owned them.

CAME WEST IN A PRAIRIE SCHOONER

                I was born June 20, 1867, some place in the good old state of Illinois, (I don’t know what part), and when I was one year old, father put mother, my little sister and I in a prairie schooner and started West. We came to some place in Missouri and stopped for the winter. The next spring, we came on to Nebraska. Father located a homestead on Blue River near where the town of Ulysses now is, about _____ miles north of Seward City.

                Father started to build a house and before it was ready to move into, another baby came (a little brother), and mother named him Seward after the town of Seward, where we did out trading. I think Schooner would have been appropriate as he was born in the old prairie schooner.

                A great many Indians passed by going to and from their hunting grounds. They were very friendly and often came to the house to bed, and one cold day when mother was alone, except for us little ones, a party of sic of them walking into the house without knocking, or being asked, threw off their blankets and warmed themselves over the stove, and when they threw off their blankets they were entirely naked, for they have nothing else on except paint. Mother gave them something to eat and they left without doing any mischief except scaring mother almost out of her wits. The old chief said to mother as they were leaving, “Nenawa neothe issa Washtano”. Meaning “Little white squaw good”.

                No wonder he called her little white squaw, for her normal weight was about ninety pounds, and less than five feet tall while he weighted about two hundred and in height not less than six feet six. And no wonder she was scared, with six of those hideously painted naked creatures, and not a neighbor within miles.

                Father, by using his soldier rights, was able to prove up on his land in six months, and the next spring he sold out and once more hitched the team onto the old schooner and headed west.

                We finally arrived in Indianola, Nebraska, soon after the Sioux Indian massacre, when a great number of white settlers were slaughtered. The Sioux and Pawneys had a fight near the head waters of the Republican river, probably caused by a dispute over hunting ground. The Sioux were victorious and being possessed with the desire to kill, came on down the river killing everybody they came to. The people of Indianola having been warned of their coming had hastily constructed a sod wall about four feet high, enclosing a space large enough to hold all the people and their most valued possessions.  The Indians finding them fortified did not attack them, but turned South about ten miles until they came to the Beaver and followed it down to the Republican and on East, I don’t know how far, killing everyone they came to.

                A few days after the Indian fight an old squaw came hobbling into Indianola with an arrow sticking in her back, the wound was badly fly blown, and her being weak from the loss of blood, she died as soon as the arrow was removed. She was buried in the graveyard in Indianola.

                The next day, after the Indians had passed by some of the people of Indianola followed their trail to see if they could render any assistance to those, if any, that were not quite dead. They came to Mr. Tuttle’s place on the Sappe, where they found him and his eighteen children, lying dead in and around the house, and Mrs. Tuttles with a baby girl in her arms laying by the creek, a short distance from the house, neither one quite dead. The Indians has mashed the top of Mrs. Tuttles head with an axe and thought they had killed her.  The baby they had taken by the feet and beat its head against a tree, and thinking it was done for, they threw it down close to its mother, who finally came too, and drawing it to her, fed it at her breast, then she managed to crawl to the creek that was about thirty feet away, and drag the baby with her where she could get a drink. The rescuers took her to Indianola where under the doctors care they finally both recovered.  The girl grew up to be a fine young lady and at the age of fifteen married a young man by the name of Geo.  Lang who met with a misfortune and became totally blind shortly after they were married. With such a handicap it was hard for them to keep from starvation, but their neighbors were truly kind to them and helped them in many ways. Until one day three prospects came by, on their way to the Pikes Peak, Colorado and they hired Mr. Lang to go along to watch camp while they were out prospecting.  His orders were never to leave the tent while they were away. But, one bright sunny day he could distinguish the outline of a hill between him and the sun and ventured to climb a little way up the side, and when the men came, they brought him down to camp, they noticed that he had a piece of rick in his hand, they examined it, and found it to be very rich in gold. When asked where he found it, he said “I fell while I was up on the hill, and skinned my nose on it, so I picked it up and forgot to throw it down again.

                By following his tracks, they found where he fell. They drove a stake there and located four claims cornering at the stake, one for each of them. A short time after Mr. Lang sold a hold interest in his claim for fifty thousand dollars when to Omaha, Nebraska and had his eyes cured. He came back to Indianola and paid everyone back double for everything had ever done for him. Then he bought a section of land built a find house on it, put a fence around it, stocked it with thoroughbred cattle, and made it a present to his mother-in-law.

TUMBLE WEEDS

                There was a variety of tumbleweed that grew very luxuriously on the plains, they often reached five or six feet in diameter, and were almost as round as a ball. In the fall of the year, when they ripened, their roots would let loose from the ground and the wind that almost blew constantly, would roll them across the prairie sometimes for great many miles or until they met with some obstruction.

                When many them were rolling before the wind, a long distance away, it did not require any great stretch of imagination to think they were so many Indians on horseback, riding like the wind.  The settlers living in constant fear of Indian raids often would see a bunch of those weeds coming and would decide it was a band of hostile Indians. They would load their families into the wagon and drive like mad to the nearest neighbor. Then they would hitch up their team, load their family in and join the stampede, and so on until they gathered up what they thought was enough people to make a successful stand again the war party. Then they would bunch their wagons and do what they could to fortify themselves and await the attack, which often turned out to be only a scare, caused not by Indians but by tumbleweeds, which if the truth as known caused a great many of the Indian scares at the time.

A PREACHER TRIES FARMING OR WHY I DON’T LIKE SORGUM OR ONIONS

                My father was a Methodist preacher and at one time was assigned to take charge of a small church at Indianola, Nebraska when that country was being settled, our family arriving only one or two years later than the first pioneers, or about 1873. There was quite an influx of people at the time in answer to the advice of Horace Greeley, which was, “Go West young man and grow up with the country”.

                They were mostly extremely poor people who came there to try and make a living farming in that dry arid county, which in now designed as the “Dust Bowl”. Father saw from the start that his followers would not be able to pay the preacher enough for him and family to live on, he took to farming as a sideline, and located a homestead a mile south of the General Store and Post Office of Indianola and build a two-room house on it.  The material for the walls was of sod cut and turned over with the breaking plow which left it in almost endless ribbons three inches thick by twelve in width. Then they were cut up into two-foot lengths making nice square pieces which were laid up on the wall like brick, making a wall two feet thick with openings left for doors and windows. Then a log was laid from the center of one end wall to the center of another end wall, and this was called the ridge pole. Then willows were Covered with dry Buffalo grass or weeds to keep the dirt from going through, and then earth was mounded over the top.

                The floor was the bare ground with the grass shaved off and tamped to make it firm to walk on. The floors were of boards cleated together and were hung with leather hinges.

                Some of the better to do people had sash with glass in their windows, others stretched thin cloth over the opening to keep the wind out and let light in. The walls were plastered on the inside with mud brought from the river not far away. The ceilings were of factory stretched tight and tacked to underside of the rood timbers. Such houses were warm in winter, cool in summer and typical of thousands of homes in western Nebraska and Kansas as the time.  

                It was a happy day for all when Father and I moved the cook stove from the covered wagon into our new home. We did not have any table, but Pa was quite a genius, he went right to work and made one. He drove four stakes in the ground all the proper height and laid the front-end gate of the wagon box on top of the stakes and when mother laid the cloth on, you would not know but what it was a beautiful table.

                We did not have any chairs, so father drove four stakes on each side of the table the height of chairs and laid one on half of the back end-gate, (which was in two equal pieces) on top of the stakes on each side, making extremely comfortable benches.  Mother made some nice bright colored cushions for the benches, and when complete was as Pretty as any breakfast nook to be seen in our modern houses of today I might be where the idea originated.

                Now it was time to plant the crop. Here was about five acres of the land that had been plowed before, by some settlers that had abandoned it before we came.  Father hitched the oxen to the plow and stirred up this patch of earth. Planted part of it to garden vegetables for family use, and the balance to onions and sorghum cane, about on half to each. The onions and sorghum were to sell to buy other necessities.

                Then I drove the oxen on the breaking plow and turned over about two acres of sod land. This was planted to corn. Father would travel down every third furrow with an ax and at every stop, strike the ax through the sod and I went along with a bucket of corn and dropped four kernels in each hole made by the ax, and stomped it shut with my heel, until the field was all planted.

                The season was favorable and we raised a wonderful crop of everything. My brother and I done the most of the work. Father tended to his pastoral duties, and worked with us at his spare time. We built a cellar in the back yard with a dirt roof in which to store our winter supply of vegetables also a building in which to store the onions. We were all well and happy, plenty of vegetables stored in the cellar corn for the oxen and cow, which were already fat, from gorging on the buffalo grass. Corn meal for mush and johnny cake, which we ground as needed with a mortar and pestle. The cow gave a bucket of milk at a time, so we had plenty of milk to drink, cream for our mush and butter for our johnny cake.

                Mother was an expert of making butter. We also had two dozen hens that were brought along in a crate tied on the back of the wagon. They seemed to be trying to see which could lay the most eggs.

                There was a great pile of buffalo chips at side of the house that us kids had gathered and piled there for winter fuel. We seemed to be enjoying the height of prosperity, and the alas, several things happened to mar our happiness.

                One day father opened the onion house to see how they were keeping, and found they had heated and were starting to rot. Probably caused by lack of ventilation. Father didn’t say any cuss words, just “Well, well, that’s too bad”.

                He said something had to be done quick if we saved many of the onions. So we all went to work with a will, and in about a week we had the job done, and we had saved about one half of them, but there was rotten onions scattered far and near. The chickens picked at them and it made their eggs taste like rotten onions, and the cow ate them and spoiled her milk and butter. So we didn’t have cream for our mush or butter for our johnny cake. And Father didn’t say any cuss words just, “Well, well, that’s too bad”.

                So he says we’ll harvest our cane, get it made into sorghum, then we can have molasses on our johnny-cake and that won’t be so bad. He set my brother and I to stripping the leaves off the cane with sticks while we loaded some onions on the wagon and started out to find a market for them and get some barrels to put the molasses in. The store keeper at Indianola didn’t want any, so he decided to go on down the river to Arapahoe about fifty miles or two and one half days drive for the cattle. He traded his load for 12 boards, 1X12 feet long and two small barrels. The boards were afterwards used to put a floor in the bedroom by laying them flat on the ground as the was no material to be had for sleepers of joists as they are sometimes called.

                When father got home my brother and I had the cane all stripped and the seed tassels cut from the tops, and Father helped cut the stalks which had to be kept from touching the ground and piled them on some leaves of seed tassels to keep them clean. Then we loaded them on the wagon and started for a sorghum mill which was one big days drive over prairie where there was no road.

                About noon we came to a dead carcass. The Oxen stopped smelled of it, started to bellow and paw dirt on their backs then bolted and one being a little faster runner then the other, they ran in a circle, and the cane being very slippery it all lost off the wagon before father could get them stopped. Father didn’t say a cuss word, just says, “Well, well, isn’t that too bad”. He brought the team and wagon to about the center of the scattered cane, un-yoked the oxen and turned them loose to graze, while we went to work loading our cane which took until dark, then we made a dry camp for the night and arrived at the mill at noon the next day. We made a bargain with the man that owned the mill, to make molasses for half if father would drive our oxen on the sheep to grind the cane and we boys would feed the stalks between the rollers. The owner of the mill doing the boiling of the juice. We finished the next day and the following morning loaded our two barrels of molasses, and started for home. We hadn’t traveled far, when I noticed the bottom of the wagon was nearly covered with molasses. Both barrels had sprung a leak. Father didn’t cuss, he just said, “Well, well, that sure is too bad”. Then he urged the oxen to the top of their speed, (which was about three miles per hour) in an effort to get home before all the sorghum leaked out, and when we arrived we emptied one barrel into the other and had just enough to fill one barrel which we set over a washtub to catch the drip. Mother put a wash boiler of water over the fire to heat. Then soaked the empty barrel with hot water until it was tight again, then the molasses from the other barrel was poured in and also what had leaked into the tub. Father had a spigot but no auger to bore a hole for it near the bottom of the barrel. So he put a rag around it and drove it in the bung hole, then all hands rolled it down into the vegetable cellar and set it in one corner by the door where it would be handy to get at, and father says, now we will be sure of that much of our sorghum. But, he was wrong again, for in coming out after placing the barrel, the door was left open and my baby sister found her way down there and turned the spigot handle and before any of us knew it, all the sorghum in that part of the barrel above the bung hole had run out on the cellar floor and under the pile of vegetables stored there. They had to be taken out and the molasses scrubbed off and laid in the sun to dry and the cellar had to be dug about two or three inches deeper to get rid of the molasses that had soaked into the dirt floor.

                Now everything was ready, and we put the vegetables back in the cellar but daddy didn’t want to run any more chances of loosing the rest of the sorghum, so he had a large demijohn that he used to haul water from the river for house use, that he didn’t use for that purpose any longer, as we had recently dug a well. It held eight gallons if I remember right. He said we’ll fill that and set it in the corner of the bed room where it will be easy to watch, ( there was just enough to fill it) and it was sit in the corner by father and mother’s bed and father says that surely will be safe there, and we still have enough left for winter use, but alas daddy was wrong again, for one night not long after, there was an explosion like the firing of a gun or the bursting of a bomb. Of course everybody jumped out of bed to land halfway to their ankles in sorghum molasses. The demijohn was in a thousand, or more, pieces and molasses was all over everything in the house, even dripping from the ceiling. Our clothes, bedding and hair was smeared and poor father’s beard was matted with it. But father didn’t say any cuss words he simply said “Well, well, this surely is too bad”. We didn’t go back to bed that night, we went right to house cleaning, which lasted for several days before we could get rid of the last of the molasses. But dear old dad was wrong again, for some of the horrible stuff had went through the cracks in the floor, and soon began to mould and stench, so we had to move things out the room, take the floor up, dig the dirt out that the molasses had soaked into scrub all the boards and replace them before the molasses deal was finally finished.

                Mother decided if we couldn’t eat eggs on account of the rotten onion flavor, we would have to eat the hens, so she cooked a nice fat one, and made corn dumplings with it but oh, horrors, nobody could stomach the rotten onion taste that it had. So there was the milk, butter, eggs, and chicken dinners “ gone with the wind”, father says we’ll have something besides vegetables to eat, so he decided to butcher the cow. She had gone dry anyway, (probably caused by eating so many onions) and she was nice and fat and would make prime beef, and enough to last us all winter.

                We children all shed a few tears when Old Broch was killed for she was a family pet, but had to have something to eat. That was the day before Thanksgiving, and the next day mother planned a real Thanksgiving feast—a large roast of meat with potatoes and carrots laid around it. Sometimes we hadn’t had for years. But there was a peculiar odor that filled the house while it was cooking. Mother said she might have spilled something on the stove and in burning cause the stench.

                The table was set and the roast brought on and how delicious it looked, and father, after giving thanks for the prosperous year and the man blessing that we had enjoyed, carved the roast placing a liberal helping of meat carrots and spuds on each plate. Mother took a bite and looked at father, he took a taste and I looked at the kids. I took a mouthful and my stomach heaved, and horrors of horrors, there was that old familiar taste of rotten onions. So our dinner was entirely spoiled and all we had to eat was johnny-cake straight with nothing to put on it or go with it. Still Father did not say any cuss words and like job of old, thought sorely tired, was still able to say praise the Lord, and “Well, well that surely is too bad”.

                Well we took the remains of old Broch and buried them out in the field, and my little sisters laid flowers on her grave. Father decided then and there to quit farming, and although this all happened over sixty years ago, still even to this day I just can’t say that I’m very crazy about either sorghum or onions.

                                                                                A False Alarm

            When I was a small boy at home, Father was the pastor in charge at the town of Creswell, Nebraska. And the parsonage being a long way from the church Father hitched his little teams of ponies to his democrat wagon one Sunday morning as usual and we all went to church, he and mother sat in the spring seat in front, while us children sat flat in the bottom in the back, Father was a little over six feet tall weighed 300 pounds, and dressed in his talk silk hat and Prince Albert coat, sitting upon that spring seat, with a long willow for a whip over his shoulder, looked as large if not larger then either of the ponies he was driving. Anyway, large enough to scare the devil out of most anymore, that might account for him getting so many converts. After the services were over and we were on our way home, I spied something laying by the side of the road, I jumped out and picked it up then ran caught up and got in the rig again.  When we arrived home Father told us boys to unhitch, and put the horses in the barn, while the rest of the folks went to the garden back of the house to get some vegetables for dinner. And unbeknowns to anyone I ran to the house, unfastened the door and went upstairs to put away my new found treasure, which was some very nice fishing tackle, I put them in a box that I kept all my valuables in, especially those that were too large to carry in my pockets. While I was thus engaged, the rest of the family came to the front door and found it open. Mother and the girls went in, while Father thinking that the house had been robbed, (what nonsense). What would a burglar expect to find in a Methodist Preachers house worth stealing?

                So he started to fasten the door just like it was. The door was made of boards up and down with cleats across, and hung on leather hinges, it had a wooden latch on the inside, with a hole near the latch large enough to put the hand through to operate it from the outside. Father in fastening the door had passed the end of a long chain through this hole in the door, then through a hole in the jamb, and as the chain was much longer then necessary he ran it through several times and as he thought fastened the two ends together with a padlock. He had just got the chain around in shape to apply the lock, when Mother heard a noise upstairs, she screamed and yelled to Father to let them out, but the door was fastened with that chain, and it took a long time for Father to unfastened it, as the hole in the jamb was not much larger then the links in the chain, and when he tried to pull it through the links would get crosswise, then he would have to put his hands through the hole in the door and untangle it. With mother screaming and pounding on the door, and the children crying at the of their voices on the inside it got him more or less frustrated, and it took much longer then it otherwise would. During this time my brother had got the commotion, he spread the alarm to the neighbors who came with shot-guns, clubs, and pitch-forks, to help capture the burglar. I had finished putting my tackle away when I heard people down stairs, and being quite bashful I decided to wait until they left, before coming down. I layed down on the floor, and the attic being very warm, I soon fell asleep. I don’t know how long I slept, but was finally awakened by the gruff voice of the sheriff, commanding who ever is up there come down or we will shoot through the floor, I crawled over the stair hole and peaked down, Mother saw me and went into hysterics, crying don’t shoot don’t shoot, then fell in a swoon. The neighbor women by applying cold clothes to her forehead, and administering smelling salts, soon brought her back to consciousness, and she said, “Oh, it’s my boy, is he all right?”

                I was becoming so excited by this time, that I stuck my head over the stairs hole again, and said “What’s the matter down there?

EARLY SETTLEMENT OF McCOOK NEB. – 1878

            Since father got tired of trying to raise sorghum and onions, I didn’t have much to do so I hired out as camp mover to a man by the name of Mr. Theodore Parker who had a sheep ranch about ten miles West of Indianola, Neb. Sheep camps are little houses built on the running gears of wagons and used by the sheep herder to cook eat and sleep in. My job was to drive from one camp to another with a load of provisions, and leave about two weeks supply for each herder, hitch his camp on behind my wagon and move it to fresh pasture for the sheep, then on to another and so on around. One day while I was at the ranch a stranger called and asked Mr. Parker what he would take for his ranch.

            He offered him seven hundred dollars which Mr. Parker was very glad to accept, for it was of very little value and consisted of only a squatters right to the land with no improvements except a one-room sod house and some dilapidated shearing pens.

            Mr. Parker says we can move to another little spring about two miles down the river, build another sod cabin and have seven hundred dollars left. “ That is what I call easy money”, so we did. Then a short time after a party of surveyors came and layed out a town sight, and in less than a month lots were selling for as high as one thousand dollars each. They named the town McCook in honor of General Alexander McDowell McCook, a civil was leader. The town is now the county seat of Red Willow County, with  population of between ten and fifteen thousand. Red Willow County was created and organized in the 1873 with Indianola as the county seat, which soon afterwards was moved to McCook.

(Omaha World-Herald)

                A short time after that, Parker stopped at one of his sheep camps to spend the night, and it being very warm in the camp, he made his bed outside on the ground. In the night a skunk came and bit him through the point of his nose, from which he contracted hydrophobia and died before reaching medical assistance. His heirs came shortly after and by making other arrangements, I was left out of a job. So I went home and entered school again. My parents were very anxious to educate me for the Ministry and how well they succeeded may be judged by this biography.

The Song of My Life

                While living at Indianola, Neb. Father took the job of hauling the sand to plaster some houses that were being built there at the time, He sent me at the job, with the ox team and a big farm wagon, one day the weather was very warm, the oxen were moping alone scarcely moving and I wishing to increase their speed a little, popped the bull whip in their direction and accidentally struck the nigh ox in the eye, after unloading and starting for the sand pit again, Father came and said I will go to the sand pit with you this trip and help you load, I handed him the whip, and just then he saw the the oxe’s eye, it was badly swollen and water was running out of it and dripping off the end of his nose. He said “Is that some of your work?” I said yes, I accidentally hit him in the eye, where upon he struck at me with the loaded end of the bull whip. Luckily I dodged the blow or I might have been seriously injured. I jumped out of the back of the wagon and ran with him after me. He soon had to stop for wind but I kept on going, that night I slept in a haystack that I came to along the way.

                The next day I came to a town, I went to the hotel and sat down in the guest room, I hadn’t sat long when several young ladies came in to practice singing. The first song they sang was, “ Where is my Wandering Boy Tonight” and when they had finished the tears were running down my cheeks, for I knew that was what my dear Mother was thinking at that moment. One of the young ladies came and sat down besides me, took her handkerchief and dried my tears. She asked if I had any money. I said no, then she said where is your coat and hat? I said, “ I haven’t any, this shirt and pair of overalls is all that I have in this world.” She said that a boy without money and very little clothes that cries when he hears that song must have run a way from home, she said where does your folks live?

                I told her, then she went and talked with the other girls and they started to take up a collection to pay my board for a while. The proprietor came in and found what they were doing. He said, “ Stop right now, I will keep this boy here for free of charge, indefinitely or until he can find work of some kind.” The young ladies spoke up almost in unison, saying we will use our money to buy him clothes. Which they did.

                The proprietor of the hotel after hearing my story, sent a man to see my father, to let him now where I was. He said let him stay where he is, he will come home when them clothes he has are worn out, but I never did. I didn’t stay long at the hotel when the foreman of a nearby cattle ranch, came and hired me to ride the fall roundup fro him. Then after that I had comparative easy sailing.

Killing Buffalo For The Hides, Year 1873

                In the spring of 1873 while out hunting wild turkeys, father met an old army pal by the name of W. F. Cody, (who was afterwards dubbed Buffalo Bill), that he had not seen since they were mustered out of service at the close of the civil War. As they had both belonged to the Seventh Kansas Calvary, their meeting was very cordial, and they immediately formed a partnership to kill buffalo for their hides. These hides brought one dollar each if not shot through above the center of the ribs. If shot above the center they bought seventy five cents, and if shot more than once they were not worth skinning.

                They built a large cart of heavy timber on some very large wheels to haul the hides on, used father’s oxen to pull it, and took me along to drive while they shot and skinned.

                When they killed one, they would put up a flag which I would drive to, and by that time they would have the hide off ready to load into the cart. My orders were never to get out of the rig as there was always plenty of good food, water, and bedding in it, and then too, they didn’t want to lose me on the prairie. All went well until on day a large buffalo bull started fighting with the oxen hitched to the cart.

                The way they jumped around wasn’t slow, so I got out of the cart, (and wasn’t punished for disobeying orders either) and unlike the Casablanca that stood on the burning deck I flew. I must have a struck the ground running and ran until I fell with exhaustion or I might have been going yet. Father said they found me asleep about seven miles from the cart. Possibly the oxen had moved some in the opposite direction from which I ran. Anyway, they said they probably never would have found me had it not been for the telescope sight on their rifles.

                I drove team for them all summer and went to school at Indianola in the winter. My teachers name was Susie F. Meff according to some of my old report cards I still have, for the years 1876 to and including the year 1882.

                The buffalo were becoming somewhat scarce owing to the terrible slaughter that had been carried on, so that wasn’t so much to be made at hunting them for their hides. Their carcasses lay bleaching on the hunters laid in wait and shot them as they came to drink. One could walk for miles stepping from one carcass to another and never have to step on the ground. Father and I worked that summer for Mr. Freese and Hooknell gathering buffalo bones and putting them in great piles along the survey of the railroad that was afterwards built from Red Cloud to Denver. We aimed to put a train load in a pile. They were afterwards shipped to the sugar refineries. We made fairly well that summer and I went to school again in the winter.

                The next spring grading was started on the railroad, which created a demand for meat to feed the workers. So father and Bill went to hunting again and took me along to drive as before, only this time they not only killed for the hides but saved some of the meat, such as the hind quarters, hump, and tongues, for which there was ready sale at the railroad grading camps. By the time the buffalo had become a little wild from being hunted so much that they would run away when they saw the cart coming instead of picking a fight with my oxen, to my great relief.

                The men now took saddle horses along to ride after them instead of doing all of the hunting afoot as before. During one of the trips we met a bunch of hunters that came all the way from England. Among them was gentleman who was bemoaning the fact that he hadn’t made a kill, so Bill very obligingly roped and held one while the man shot it. Of course I wasn’t suppose to tell, but as that happened a half century ago, I think it perfectly safe to mention it here. I think it showed fine sportsmanship on Bill’s part, for then the gent could go home happy, show the trophies of the hunt to his admiring friends and tell them all about the large ones that got away.

                Father brought a pair of little Texas ponies off a trail herd that was passing on their way to Montana and broke them to drive on a buggy. One Saturday, as there was no school, he hitched them up and started for the sand noles across the river, a few miles South of Indianola where the antelope were plentiful, to shoot one for family use as we all preferred their meat to that of buffalo. I went along to drive while he done the shooting. We had scarcely reached our prospective hunting ground, when a very dark cloud suddenly appeared in the south-west which had every appearance of being smoke from a prairie fire, common at that time of the year and greatly to be dreaded by plain people.The apparent danger was greatly increased by a stiff breeze coming from that quarter. Father took the lines from me and headed to team for home at the top of their speed, which was much too slow as that awful demon was steadily gaining on us. Father kept urging the ponies for more speed and saying if we can reach the river and plunge in before we are over-taken, we will be safe from the fire. The little ponies were making a heroic effort, but we were still at least a half mile from the river when we lost the race and was over-taken, not by prairie fire as we expected, but by a swarm of migrating grasshoppers, which devoured every green thing in their path for miles in every direction, even eating the grass roots as far down as they could reach.

                The next day father hitched the ponies to the buggy and taking me along followed the course the grasshoppers were traveling to see what we could see, after traveling several miles we came to great drifts of dead ones covering the ground in some places to a depth of two feet of more. The piles were lying at right angles to the course they were traveling and extending, I don’t know how far on either side, We decided that the swarm had settled there for the night and the piles being so deep the under ones had smothered. When they started to rot in the hot sun, it caused almost an unbearable stink and a great menace to the health of the people living in what part of the country, so the settlers came for miles around with plows and scrapers and dug great ditches and buried a great many of them, others came with large racks on their wagon and hauled them home for fertilizer.

                                A STYLISH WEDDING

                My father was a Methodist Preacher and soon after the close of the Civil War was stationed at Indianola, Nebraska. While I was still a small boy at home in the 1870’s, he was called upon to perform a wedding ceremony for two of our prominent citizens. The bride to be was an old maid school mam, while the prospective bridegroom, was a well-to do old batch, so called because he owned besides his own home, six pigs, two chickens, and a cow so he decided he must have a wedding procession. As there was no livery stable in the town where he could hire a rig he borrowed father’s team of oxen and I volunteered to drive them. I curried them, gave them a bath and tied blue ribbons around their horns and tails and hitched them to the cart which resembled an old Roman Chariot. I spread some bright colored blankets over the seat and the oxen being fat from running on the green grass, made a very respectable looking turn out.

                The procession formed at the home of the bride’s parents, the cart in the lead in which were seated the bridal pair, with their relatives walking behind. I drove up to the church steps and the doors were wide open a splendid view of the interior was to be seen, all decorated with yellow flowers, (which were principally wild sun flowers and cactus blossoms). Father had just arrived dressed for the occasion in his tall silk hat, white collar, Prince Albert coat, and had taken his place at the altar. The aisle leading from the front door to where father stood was lined on both sides with guest. The organ already started to play. “Here comes the Bride”, and all eyes were on her. She certainly did look swell, dressed in white with a long wedding veil. The bridegroom had alighted and was reaching both hands to assist his lady love. She had just arose from her seat, when horrors, something unlooked for happened. One of the oxen that had eaten too freely of green grass gave a hard cough, and the bride was suddenly sprayed from head to foot with something that resembled freshly prepared mustard, but which smelled a great deal worse. I expected to see her father faint and fall into her sweetheart’s arms, but she didn’t, she turned around, jumped out the other side of the rig and ran for home as fast as she could go, and left the bridegroom waiting at the church, As there was no cleaning establishments in the town the work would have to be done by hand. Father dismissed the gathering, saying the wedding would be postponed until the following Sunday.

                When the house was redecorated as before, but the oxen were not invited, everything went off smoothly until father started with the marriage ceremony.  Then some small boys sitting on the front seat and thinking of what happened a few days before, started to snicker and laughter being contagious, the women started putting their handkerchiefs in their mouths and then the men stroked their beards and placed their hands in their mouths in a desperate effort to keep from laughing ,but all to no avail, it finally burst into a roar. Father finally restored order and finished the ceremony, and I believe he done a good job of tying the knot, for at last accounts they had lived happily ever after.

A SAND AND SNOW BLIZZARD ON THE GREAT PLAINS

                While living on the old homestead near Indianola, Neb. in Red Willow County in the year 1874, Father went to the stable early one winter morning to feed and care for the animals as usual. While there one of those dreadful blizzards arose. They were called Dakota blizzards by the people living in that section, probably because they came from that direction. I think if the truth was known they came direct from the North Pole, for when they struck the thermometer would suddenly drop something as much as 40 to 50 degrees and the wind would blow at a terrific rate, driving the frozen snow mixed with sand and dust before it, until the air became so filled as to entirely obscure the sun and cause a semi darkness. That was where they derived the name of “black blizzards” as a great many people called them. Father started for the house and fifty feet away thinking he could walk straight for so short a distance, but he soon discovered he could not. When he opened his eyes to see he only got them filled with grit and was glad to close them again. Anyways, his eyes were of very little use to him for his range of visibility would not exceed three feet at the most. With the whirling of the storm, the pain caused by the flesh on his face and hands being out by the frozen snow and sharp grains of sands, and his lungs, eyes, nose, and mouth filled with dirt, was it any wonder that he lost all sense of direction? Still he traveled far enough to reach the house but still had missed it, he stopped and hollered for help, but the folks were all inside with the doors and windows shut tight against the storm, besides the roar of the hurricane made it impossible to hear cries. After he had yelled himself hoarse and was about to give up in despair, Mother became frightened of the storm and wondering what was keeping Father so long she opened the door a crack and yelled. To her great surprise Father answered out of the storm but not in the direction of the stables,  Instead, from the opposite direction for he had passed the house. They called back and forth until Father finally reached the house and safety. Somewhat frosted but not bad frozen, he thawed out without any serious effects.

                To safeguard  against any of us having to contend with such a narrow escape, as soon as the storm was over, he went to town and bought 100 fifty feet of rope, enough to reach from the house to the barn. He nailed one end of it solid to one side of the kitchen door and then measured the distance to the smoke house door and tied a knot in the rope. The same procedure was followed from the kitchen door to the privy or “little Hoover” as the modern ones are often called. (Those were the days before inside plumbing). If you were bound for any of the three buildings all you had to do was to travel out to the knot you wanted or the end of the rope as the case might be. If you didn’t find the building you were looking for all you would have to do was hold the rope taut and travel in a circle and you would certainly find it. There was very little danger of getting lost unless you dropped the rope, for you could follow it back to the kitchen door.

STUNG BY BUMBLE BEES

                It was a beautiful warm summer day, almost too warm, one calculated to make everyone drowsey, especially those that were working out in the sun, and I was out with an old gentle horse raking hay with a self-dumping rake, on the old homestead at Indianola, Neb., the horse was poking along with his head down, not taking any interest in what he was doing, and I was nodding and sometimes falling from the seat, when there arose a strange noise like ten thousand bumble-bees all bumbling at once. It soon dawned on me what it was. The hay rake had gathered up a large bumble-bee nest and was rolling it along with the hay, it was about the size of a large water pail, and the way they swarmed out of there, it must have been chuck full. They were all pretty angry at having their house disturbed, and were evidently bent on revenge. About one half of them settled on me, the others on the horse, and went right to work with their little redhot pokers,  Then things started to happen, the horse woke up and started bucking and kicking with both feet and scarcely missing my face at every kick. And at the same time running faster then I ever saw him go before. That made the self-dump rake dump so fast that I could scarcely see the rake teeth as they flew up and down, and there was very little space between the horse flying hoofs and the flashing rake teeth. As all avenue of escape were cut off all I could do was hang to the seat of the rake for dear life, and let those angry bees wreak their vengeance on me. I could not even strike back, I was so busy riding that rake, which was bucking as bad as the horse. So those bumble-bees had clear sailing, they could sting me wherever they chose as many times as they wanted, and stay as long as they pleased. I had very little clothing on to bother them, no shoes or hat and only one very thin shirt and pants. After the bees had chase us far enough away to suit them, they went back home. I took poor old Dobin to the barn where Father applied mud packs until he finally came down to normal size. I went to bed for a few days, and also took the mud treatment, under the care of mother who was an expert nurse.

AN EMBARRASSING SITUATION

                Once in the 1800’s when I was about 15 years old, while riding in the sand knolls of western Nebraska, I lost my way; the sky was overcast so that I could not see the sun and there were no land marks. All the little knolls looked alike, I could not tell one direction from another. I had been riding for several hours and getting nowhere, when I saw a settler’s sod cabin away off in the distance, near Wild Horse wells in the sands hills. I went there with the intention of asking if I might stay there for the night. I knocked at the door and a woman’s voice said, “come in”. I asked if she could point the way to Clark’s Ranch on Frenchman Fork of the Republican River. She said,  “yes, but it is a long way from here and it looks like a storm, you had better stay here”. I replied, “no, you point the way and I’ll be off”. Then she said, “oh, please stay, please do, I am sick, all alone, nobody within miles. My husband has gone for a doctor and won’t be back until tomorrow, so please won’t you stay?” I could not refuse anymore, so I attended to my horse and came in. The woman said, “I’m not able to get out of bed. You make yourself at home; you will find something to eat in the cupboard, make yourself some coffee and when you get sleepy you can occupy that bed in the kitchen”. I went to bed early and it seemed I had not been asleep long when I was awakened by sobs and groans. I laid and listened, but when it turned to screams I could stand it no longer. I went to the woman’s door and asked if there was anything I could do to relieve her. She said hot cloths might help. I kept her supplied with them for something but they didn’t seem to do much good. She was getting worse all the time and in her calmer moments always moaning, “why don’t they come?’  she finally got so bad that I had to hold her to keep her in bed. After while she relaxed, stopped struggling, and layed quiet. Then I thought the poor creature was dead, and no one can realize how scared I was, for up until that time I had never met death face to face. Under such peculiar circumstances I think I should be excused for shedding so many tears over a perfect stranger and one I never expected to see again. But she was so young and beautiful, with her eyes closed and her features so pleasantly relaxed that it was impossible for me to control my emotions. I stood there in a daze wondering what to do next when I heard a snuffling and snorting which finally wound up in a “a-ahh.  then I knew that a little soul had come to earth and that the mother had not died as I has supposed.

                Now it was my turn to fret and stew and wish they would come. The way that kid was tuning up, you would think that he had an over-size pair of lungs. At any rate there was nothing wrong with the pair he had and he was surely bent on exercising them greatly to my embarrassment. I finally became aware that I was still in the land of the living and there was work to be done. So I rolled up my sleeves and went at it. Well sir, I finished that little fellow out of there, took him over to the stove, got a pan of warm water, and gave him his first bath. He evidently did not like it very well, for the more I washed the louder he yelled, just like he knew I was a stranger. He had about two feet of cord hanging to him that I hardly knew what to do with. I had seen the same thing on little calves, so long that it would tangle up around their hind legs when they ran, and we had done nothing about it. But on a baby, I had heard that it should be tied, and I suppose they meant to tie a knot in it. I knew how to tie several kinds of knots in rope such as bowline, a square know, a tomfool, a granny, and just a common hard knot. I decided a common hard knot would do, so I tied one and pulled it down hard. Then I thought that if one was good, some more might be better, so  I tied the thing full of knots. I then looked around for clothes, but could not find any. perhaps just as well anyway, for I doubt if I would have known how to put them on anyway. I found a towel which I wrapped around his body, trying the two upper corners around his neck and under his chin. I laid him in his mother’s arms, after cleaning the bed up as best I could. They both went to sleep and slept so long that I went to see if they were all right. When I bent over the bed the mother did not say a word but gave me one of the sweetest smiles I have ever seen, which said plainer than words how she appreciated what I had done; and I felt well paid for my efforts.

                I prepared some tea and toast which she seemed to relish, even asking for the second cup of tea. I looked out the window and down the road every little while to see if I could see a team coming. Finally, I was rewarded by seeing a dust cloud a long way off, and as I watched, it drew nearer. There were two men in the rig and the horse were coming on the run; it was the Doctor and the husband and when they burst into the room they stopped short upon seeing me. The man of the house said, “Who are you?”  I replied, “ I’s stranger who got lost in the knolls and came here seeking a night’s lodging.” The mother then called, showing him the baby, and giving a short explanation of what had happened. The man turned to me and said, “you were not lost but sent here by a kind Providence in answer to my prayers”. The doctor, who had been looking at the baby said, “you certainly came in handy this time; and say, is that the only knot you know how to tie? I am glad I don’t have to untie any of them”.

                We all had dinner and I was preparing to go when the man asked my name. I said “Oh, I see you are looking around for a name for that new son of yours. Well, call him “Dad in remembrance of his “God-Father.” I don’t know whether they did or not for I have never seen or heard of any of them afterward. I bid them all goodby and as I rode away the father tried to thank me for what I had done, but I told him I did not deserve an thanks, that I had only done my duty.

WILD HORSE WELLS

                Wild Horse wells was a place in the sand hills north and west of Culbertson, Nebraska in Hitchcock county. There in that high dry arid country, the water was so close to the surface to the ground that the wild horse could evidently smell it. By pawing a hole in the loose sand the water would seep in enabling them to drink their fill. This process had to be repeated every time the horses wanted a drink as the hole would be drifted full of sand again be the almost constantly blowing wind. A person could travel over the place without detecting any signs of water, nor would the expect to find any within three or four hundred feet of the surface.

                There were a great many wild horses in that part of the country, but the prairie being so flat made it very difficult to catch them. It was impossible to sneak up o them as they could see you coming and would start to run before you could get near them. A saddle horse carrying the extra weight of a rider and saddle was seriously handicapped, so that chasing them was not profitable and seldom indulged in. However, there was a Sioux Indian from the Rose-Bud agency in Dakota that used to come down there, who used a method that was quite novel and very successful. He started out on foot supplied only with jerked meat carried in his pockets, a canteen of water, and a lasso rope. Upon sighting the first bunch of wild ones, he would walk toward them, aiming to keep them in sight from the first day or two. Every day he would get a little closer, always keeping them on the move, which offered them very little chances to eat and no chance at all of drinking. The horses would soon become so exhausted they would lose all fear and not get very excited if he walked among them. He could then rope them, one at a time, and tie one foot up so they couldn’t touch the ground with it, which prevented them from running, but not walking. When they had rested and eaten their fill he would drive them to the nearest water, and after they drank, he would start to drive them home. It was difficult at first to drive them home. It was difficult at first to drive a bunch of horses each with one foot tied up, but as each horse gave up trying to run the Indian untied his foot and it wasn’t long before they were all loose, but nevertheless easy drive. When the Indian first began tying their feet up he selected one to break to ride, and by giving it a foot up he selected one to break to ride, and by giving it a little attention it became fairly gentle so that he could ride it and drive the others. In this unique manner he was capable of catching the entire bunch, sometimes twenty five or thirty head. I never tried this Indian’s method, but always followed the white man’s style of trying to outrun them on horseback. Some hunters tried creasing them with a bullet shot through the cords of the neck which caused a temporary paralysis of the cords and caused the head to drop so they couldn’t run. I wasn’t a good enough shot for that for if you shot a little high you would miss entirely or if a little low it would break their necks. If performed just right, however, the horse would recover. I often chased them in the Wild Horse wells vicinity, also on the Loup and Dismal rivers, but usually made a failure of it. I always used the alibi though that they were inbred and hardly worth the the trouble, which had some truth in it, although I always tried my best to catch them.

                Several years later I did much better in the Snake River country in Idaho, and on the Promontory in Utah, where the country is very rough and mountainous. There one could slip up under cover of the large rocks and surprise then on the top of a mountain. Then chase them down hill where it was usually so steep and rocky they were afraid to run and you could spur your horse upon them. If you were good enough roper you could catch one, throw and tie it. Then unsaddle your horse, turn him loose, spread your saddle on the ground roll the wild horse onto it, cinch it up, get on him, and then untie him. If you are a good rider you have acquired a horse, if not you probably will never see your saddle again to say nothing of nice long walk ahead of you.

I TOOK A JOB OF HORSE TWISTING

                Then next spring, 1882 shortly after the last day of school, I met a “Waddy” in Indianola, looking for a bronco buster, to break ninety head of horsed to ride, and offering Five Hundred Dollars per head. I said, “stranger, don’t look any father, I’m your man”. He laughed and said he would surely get canned if he brought a kid like me to do the job of that kind as they were a tough bunch. Two of them had thrown and killed their rider at their first try. I told to go on, and if he could not find any one to take the job, to come back and get me. He said, “I’ll not be back”. But in about a week he came and hunted me up and said, “Come on kid you can have a try at it, for I hate to go back without anybody”.

                We arrived at the ranch about noon the next day and found the foreman, Mr. Twist, in bed with several of his ribs broken. He explained that he had tried to ride one of the bunch and was almost killed, and advised me to go home while I was all in one piece. I told him I did not want to give up now without giving it a try. He said, “all right, I admire your nerve; who are you, how old are you and is your life insured?” to which I answered, “they call me “Dad” Streeter, I will be fourteen my next birthday or in about two months. My life insurance consists of my ability to cope with any emergency that may arise”. To which he said “bravo, and may the good angels watch over you and keep you from all harm”. I didn’t know if the man was religious or not, but that sounds like it any way and from that day we became the best of friends. (I was called “Dad “ because of my hair.)

                The horses were kept in a small pasture by themselves, and after dinner some of the men drove into the corral to let me give them the once over. They were as fine a bunch of horses as I had ever seen up to that time. They were half-breed mustang and Hamiltonian and they inherited the fiery temper and almost indomitable will of both of their ancestors.

                The man pointed to the horse which hurt Mr. Twist: ”say, you had better leave him to the last for he is a bad one.” I said “No, I will ride him first and now, for if I succeed I may be able to ride the rest of them.” So I caught and saddled him and the men helped drag him out in front of the house, and they rolled Mr. Twist’s bed to the window where he could watch the performance. I mounted and went into action, and after a few moments I decided that I would like a rest so I reached down and grabbed the nose piece of the hackamore with my right hand and his left ear with my left hand and by giving his neck a sudden wrench, layed him flat on his side. I sat on him for a few minutes before letting him up to complete his bucking. The men all cheered and said they never had seen that done before. The foreman said “you’ll do, kid”.

                I finished breaking them all in a reasonably short time, without being thrown or having any serious mishap, except that I was riding one of the horses through the sand dunes several miles from the ranch he fell with me and following a tradition of the range which was, “ if your horse falls and you don’t come clear of him in the fall, never let him up first or until you see if you are entangled in any of the trapping”, so I pulled his head up so that I was able to put the nose piece of his hackamore over the saddle horn and started to investigate, and to horror, found that in the fall my left foot had been forced through the stirrup and the horse laying on my leg, to let him up would mean certain death, but what could I do, I could not reach the latigoes to remove the saddle. While I lay there realizing that my chances of saving my life were very slim, I heard a woman’s voice calling. “stay with him, I’m coming as fast as I can”. She undid the latigoes and let the horse up, and imagine my surprise at beholding a one-legged woman. She had seen the dust, caused by the horse falling, and his struggling to get up from her house which was nearly a mile away and the only one for miles around. She threw down her crutch and came hopping on one leg to see what she could do to help. To this day, I never see a crippled woman without thinking of the one-legged one who saved my life that day.

                So I received my $450.00 in cash (more money than I have ever seen before), and started for home, and by the way, I was still in one piece. Before leaving, Mr. Twist called me to his bedside, and presented me with a bill of sale of a very beautiful horse, which he said was a bonus, for being a good boy and doing my work well, and not getting hurt, and with the understanding that if I ever wanted to dispose of him to bring him to him, and if within 500 miles he would pay me for my trouble and allow me more then I could get elsewhere.

                The horse’s name was “Red” and we became great pals. I taught him many tricks, such as playing dead, drinking beer from a bottle, coming to me at full speed when I blew a blast on a whistle which I always carried on my cane and many other tricks.

( EATING SKUNK)

                Shortly after going on the bronco busting expedition, there was an epidemic of croup and the best known remedy at that time was “skunk oil”. The Big Horn Drug Store which was recently established in Indianola was offering very attractive prices for skunk oil. So father went to killing skunks which were quite plentiful. He would skin them, sell their hides for fifty cents. Then mother would put the carcasses in a large kettle and try out the oil, which brought $1.00 per pound. It was quite a profitable business for a short time.

                During the height of the epidemic, I came home unannounced and found everybody away, the children at school, father away killing skunks and mother out nursing the sick, for she was an expert nurse and in constant demand. Being very hungry from my long ride in the hot sun, I immediately started looking around for something to eat. I found bread in the cupboard and a great kettle of cooked meat on the stove, so I proceeded to eat my fill, which consisted of not less than two pounds of that delicious meat, and had just finished my feast when mother came in. She was so glad to see me and asked if I had anything to eat. I told her that I filled up on that splendid meat and she threw up her hands in holy horror saying, “that is skunk that I was cooking to extract the oil”. Then I tried to throw up, but my effort were useless; it was down to stay, still I had to admit that it was good, although I have never indulged in that luxury since.

WHACKING BULLS AND SKINNING MULES

                When I was fourteen years old, I thought myself quite a man and capable of shifting for myself. I was as tall and weighed as much as I do now at seventy, so I saddled my horse and rode over to Sidney, Nebraska, the town on the railroad map (UP) where the freight outfits loaded and the stage coaches started for Deadwood, a mining town in the Black Hills of Dakota, about 200 miles north and a little west of Sidney.

                I went to the office of the Niabrara Transportation Company and asked for a job of driving stage. They did not need a stage driver, but did need a bull whacker. So I took the job which consisted of driving 20 head of cattle hitched to a large wagon that carried 15 tons with a trailer carrying 10 ton, and sometimes a water tank on behind the trailer to furnish water for the cattle where it was far between rivers to drive in one day, and we had to make far dry camp, for 20 miles was considered a good days drive. Ten yoke of cattle and three wagons strung out behind one another, made quite a long train.

                The hitch consisted of a long chain reaching from the ring in the lead teams yoke to the front axle on the lead wagon, which had to be strong enough to pull the whole load. Then there were other smaller chains about 12 feet in length from each other yokes back towards the wagon and welded where it intersected the large chain, each of the smaller short only had to be strong enough to hold what each team could pull.

                When I wanted to hitch up my team, the herder would drive the cattle up near the wagons and I would hold up the lead team’s yoke and call their names and they would take their places. Then all I had to do was lower the yoke in place, put the bows around their necks through the holes in the yokes and put in the bow keyes and so on until all ten teams were hitched ready to travel.

                When I unhitched, I pulled the bow keyed that let the bows drop, then I lowered the yoke down on the ground in front of them where it laid until I went to hitch up again. It was rather a lonesome and monotonous job, although there were always two of us; we were not much company for each other, for when I was driving, he was sleeping and when I was sleeping he was out herding the cattle.

                He was a very congenial companion, much my senior and with a wealth of frontier experience. He taught me several tricks of the trade, such as greasing a loaded wagon, by removing the linch pin from the wheel you wanted greased, then if on the left side of the wagon, drive circling to the right until the wheel comes off far enough to apply your axle grease, then turn to the left, and the wheel will go back on again.

                Another was to set a tire, by using a block of wood on the hub for a fulcrum and one of the wagon tongues as lever, raise the fellys from the ends of the spokes then fill the space by wrapping rope ravelongs around the tenant on the end of the spokes, which was a very good makeshift until you could reach a blacksmith shop where the job could be done right.

                In the morning I would hitch up my team at the first signs of daylight and drive until 10:00 o’clock, unhitch, turn the cattle loose to graze, cook my breakfast, lay around and try to sleep until 3:00 o’clock, eat a lunch, then hitch up again and drive until dark, and sometimes after, in order to reach the next watering place. I would then unhitch my team and after cooking and eating my supper which consisted of coffee, sour dough biscuits, sow belly and beans, I would turn in to sleep until the early dawn.

                While driving, I usually walked besides the wheelers, but in slush snow, slippery mud or crossing streams, I sat on the lazy board with one end fastened firmly to the bottom of the front wagon and extending horizontally about three feet past the lower edge of the box on the left side between the wheels which made a very comfortable springy seat.

                I only made a few trips with the oxen, then the boss gave me a mule team, of the same number of animals and wagons. The hitch was very much the same only the mules instead of yokes, wore harnesses which consisted of collars, harness, a board saddle band and chain tugs, nothing more. The only one which wore a bridle was the nigh animal of the lead team called the jerk mule. It had a strap or small rope called jerk line with one end fastened to his bridle bit and passing through the hame of the nigh animal of each span and expending back to the front wagon. This was a line of communication between the driver and the jerk mule.

                If the driver wished to turn to the right he gave the line a series of short light jerks and if to the left a steady pull, which was instantly obeyed. If more speed was required, the driver would swear and crack his whip, and if to stop, he would holler “whoa” and set the brake.

                A good jerk mule was always worth a good price, for he was the guiding spirit of the team and had to have a well developed brain. A common jackass could not possibly fill the bill. The jerk mule with his mate (who was guided by a jockey stick, a stout stick about three feet long), running from his halter ring to the hame ring on the jerk mule, guided the end of the long chain. All the other eight or swing teams had to do, was pull and keep on their own side of the chain. The wheeler were hitched to the wagon like any ordinary team, and guided the wagon tongue and on the night wheeler was a stock saddle for the driver to ride in when necessary or when tired of walking. To unhitch, remove the jerk mule bridle, his mate’s halter, unbuckle their hame strings and let them walk out of their harness. On the other eight teams, all you had to do, was to unbuckle the hame straps as none of their collars had straps or buckles on and were held in place by the hames. We never unhooked any tugs and always let the harness lay where the mule walked out if it until we hitched up again.

DRIVING STAGE

                I only made one trip to Deadwood with the mule team, then one of the stage drivers quite. That left me the job that I had been waiting for which was driving from four to eight horses with lines and hitched to a concord coach. The size of the stage and the number of horses depended on number of passengers leaving Sidney, the starting point. Some of the rigs could carry twenty passengers and their baggage. Our average time was ten miles per hour, over all kinds of roads, (there were no good roads). All the driver was required to do was drive. The hitch and unhitching was done by flunkies kept at each station for that purpose, and to take care of the horses.

                We drove twenty miles, changed horses, drove twenty more and changed, ate our dinner, drove back twenty miles, changed, drove 20 more to where we started from, making eight miles for a day’s drive. Our orders were, “Don’t let anybody except an officer of the law or the company ride on the boot with you. Make each station on time or expect to get fired. If a horse drops by the way, cut the tugs and go on over him, and send a man back from the next station for the harness.” We were sometimes changed from one division to another to break the monotony.

                One day I had only one passenger, a large fat man who became violently seasick and I thinking fresh air might make him feel better, (although it was against the rules), I invited him to ride out on the boot with me. So he did, and all went well until we reached Break Neck Hill which was a long steep grade going down to the White River near Fort Robinson. As there was snow on the ground, I knew my brake would not do any good, so I got out to put the rough lock on, and to my horror it wasn’t there, it had probably been taken for repairs and not put back. I took the desperate chance of going down without a brake, my wheeler although a large powerful team, were not able to hold the heavy rig, although they were doing their best, we were gaining speed at every jump, and I was lashing the leaders with all my might to keep them out of the way, realizing that if the wheelers became tangled in the leaders stretchers, that would cause a pile up and likely kill both of us. My passenger not realizing that, and thinking I was doing it to scare him, made a grab for the lines and I threw them out on the horses’ backs, then he tried to take the whip away from me but that was useless, although he was much the larger and stouter, it took too much of his time and energy to keep from falling off. We reached the bottom of the hill in safety, but right at the bottom was a small stream that was partly frozen over and when the front wheels went in, instead of rolling up over the ice, they went under and held fast. We both sailed through the air for about fifty feet and I landed without any serious injury. The horses broke loose from the stage and ran straddle of a bunch of black willows and when the shock had subsided, the willow straightened partly up lifting the load team entirely off the ground. I got out my ax, which we always carried for emergencies, chopped down the willows, got the team out, hitched on to the rig again, and by driving a good run the balance of the way, reached the station on time.

                The manager of the line, Mr. Crabtree, was there, and my passenger told him all about my reckless driving and swore he would never ride that line again if he didn’t fire that crazy kid that drove him in. The boss looked at him, and said, “you goggled eyed S. B. you can ride or walk, that kid is the best driver I’ve got.”

                That winter was exceptionally cold and stormy, and it was almost impossible to make the horse face the blizzards that came howling down from the north. I stayed with my job until spring, then quit and started south for a warmer climate. My record showed that I had driven almost a year without being late or having a wreck that the horses could not drag in, which was considered excellent.

                The next morning after I quit, I put my saddle on dear old Ned, went to the store and bought a half sack of flour, a package of soda, a slab of dry salt, sow-belt, and a little salt, a frying pan and a tight can to carry sour dough in. I filled the saddle pockets with the smaller articles, tied the others on behind my saddle, and hit the trail for Texas. I depended on my old forty-five Colts to furnish a little fresh meat along the way.

                I slept on the ground, rolled in the saddle blanket. I did most of the traveling in the night, and kept as much under cover in the daytime as possible on account of the roving bands of Indians, which I did not care to meet alone, for fear they might take a fancy for my scalp or horse, or maybe both. I finally reached Dodge City, Kansas without accident or mishap, and there met a trial herd of about five thousands head of cattle bound for a ranch on the Yellowstone River, near Miles City, Montana. They were short handed so I hired out to them to help complete the drive, which a very uneventful trip, and after reaching our destination, I once more put my saddle on Old Faithful and started south. When I reached the old Heart ranch on the Platte River, which had been turned into a hotel, saloon and gambling hall, and thinking I would enjoy sleeping in a real bed and eating a good meal or two, I stopped for the night. During the evening, whileing away the time watching a game of stud poker, where they were using great piles of silver dollars for chips, with plenty of gold for large bets, when a young woman walked in, gun in hand, and yelled, “Hands up everyone.” She went to the stud table and holding her apron with her left hand and with her cocked colts in her hand, raked all the money in sight into her apron, backed out the door, mounted her horse and rode away without anyone raising the least objection.

                I asked the bartender who she was, and he replied, “That is Cattle Kate, and I don’t blame her for what she done. She owns a little ranch west of here on the Sweet Water, where she and Jim Averel and his little kid nephew live, and old Henricks of the 71 outfit is pretty sore at them for taking up government land that he claimed as part of his range and to which he had no right or title. That tall fellow that was playing stud is her foreman, the rest of them belonged to 71 outfit. Kate’s foreman, sold a bunch of steers today and got the money and them skunks got him drunk and were fleecing him in fine style when Kate appeared on the scene. I guess she got all of her money and more, and I’m glad of it.”

                The next day I traveled on and met another herd near the north boundary of Indian Territory known as the Staked Plains. It was a Prairie-dog town of about 125 miles in extent that the old Santa Fe train crossed, and the little prairie-dogs at the least sound would come out of their burrows and stand straight up on their hind parts on a little knoll besides their holes giving the whole landscape the appearance of being covered with stakes, spaced about eight or ten feet apart each way and extending as far as the eye could reach. This herd was headed for a place on the Little Missouri River near the Montana and Dakota line, I joined them and went north again. They had a young woman along they called Calamity Jane her real name was Jane Burke. She was an American Army scout and mail carrier she also served as an aid to General Custer and General Miles. She carried mail between Deadwood South Dakota and Custer Montana. She derived her peculiar appellation from a habit she had of telling some hard luck story to nearly every stranger she net, and by gaining his sympathy prevail on him to give her a few dollars to help her out of some fictitious difficulty. I confided to her one day that she wasn’t so bad if she would only cut out her drinking, swearing, lying, gambling and mooching. She was born in Prinston Mo. In1852 died in Deadwood South Dakota 1903. All was peace and quiet as we moved along, except when we came to a town then we would raise a little hell, for our own amusement, such as waking the citizens by racing our horses through the streets firing our six shooters and yelling at the top of our voices, giving a fair imitation of a band of wild Indians, we did very little real damage, and any one that tried to interfere with our fun was held face down on the ground and spanked with a pair of leather chaps or an empty cartridge belt until he promised to be good. Before leaving town our boss settled all damages, for he was an honorable man, and his patience must have been sorely tired at times.

                We reached our destination late in the summer and I decided to go to school again the coming winter. As I had finished high school and had heard father and mother speak very highly of the Methodist University at York, Nebraska. I decided to go there although it was a long ride. I saddled that old Faithful pal of mine and started, hoping to reach there in time for the opening of the Winter term.

                I reached York, only two days before the starting of the term, which was to last six months or one hundred eighty-five calendar days, so I made my budget accordingly. I paid six months feed bill in advance for my horse, rented a room for myself, with fuel and light furnished, and where I could do my own cooking, paid six months rent and bought the following articles of food with the idea of having just enough to last until the last day of school, 185 bread tickets, 185 milk tickets good for one quart each, 100 lb.  barrel of oat meal, 100 lbs. sugar, 200 lbs. potatoes and a $10.00 coupon book with which to purchase smaller articles at the store as I needed them. If the 100 lbs. of sugar seems a large amount for one schoolboy, part of it was for my horse, I visited him frequently and always took him some bread and sugar and often a bottle of beer of which he was very fond and for which he never forgot to thank me in his horse language, which by this time I was able to understand almost as well as my mother tongue.

                By going to haberdashery I found what the college boys were wearing and outfitted myself with appropriate clothes which included among other things a tall silk hat, a swallow tailed coat and white spats, and when I dressed for school, the change was so marked that I doubt that my own mother could have recognized me, and I quite sure my old range pal could not. Sometimes I would look in the mirror and indulge in a good laugh at myself.

                Soon after my arrival, I met a building contractor by the name of Mr. Beal, and signed as an apprentice to learn the carpenter trade, with the understanding that I work for him before and after school and on Saturdays and only during winter school terms, without pay the first year, my board and room the second, and a dollar a day thereafter.

                I studied hard and always received high marks on my examination papers. I took part in most of the sports, and excelled in the broad jump and in wrestling, but would have nothing to do with football. It was too rough a game for me to indulge in, for up to that time I had never done anything more dangerous then fighting a mad bull, twisting a wild steer down by the horns or riding an outlaw horse, and I was afraid I would not be able to hold my own in a foot ball skirmish.

                Everything went smoothly until my spending money gave out, then I sold my outfit, a piece at a time, until all I had left was my horse and six shooter, and that lasted until the last day of school, with scarcely enough left to buy food along the way. So I picked up a piece of baling wire, tied one end around my horse’s neck, buckled on my six gun, got on and started for Wyoming.

ACTING THE TENDERFOOT

                My appearance caused peals of laughter from nearly every one I met, dressed as I was in my college clothes, tall silk hat, swallow tailed coat and white spats, riding bareback on a horse with only a piece of wire around his neck, and a big six shooter strapped around my waist. They eventually took me for a real tenderfoot, a monstrosity, and escaped lunatic or one of Barnum what is it, that walked and talked just like a man, yet none could make it out.

                I stood it all without once loosing my temper, and finally came to the R.R ranch on the Laramie River and asked the foreman for a job, and after several minutes of uncontrollable laughter he informed me that he was full handed, and I replied that I never heard of a cow outfit being full handed, and thought they always had room for a man who could ride. Then he laughed some more and winked at the others who had gathered around and said, “Well, that is different, if you can ride, I have 20 head of horses here now that I want rode, and I’ll pay you forty dollars a month with board and five dollars extra for each horse you ride”. He of course did not expect me to be able to ride any one of them, for they were all outlaws. Afterward, some of the boys told me that he had been offering to give one or more to any man who could ride them.

                I took the job after the boss had agreed to loan me a saddle, as I did not have one. I turned old Ned loose to do as he pleased and was preparing to make myself at home, when pandemonium broke loose. The boys had restrained themselves as long as they could. I was too good a fun prospect to pass up, they soon over-powered me, cut one of the forks off my coat tail, threw rocks through my silk hat until there was little of it left, except the rim, and nailed my spats good and solid to the bunk house door. From the looks, they must have used all the nails and wire staples on the ranch. The boys stopped their razzing when they saw me ride on the next morning and cheered themselves hoarse when he didn’t throw me. I rode the 20 horses several times around in their turn, and at the end of the month, the boss called me to the house and paid me that he had agreed to, and said, “turn them S. B.’s out, we don’t have any use for such horses as them. I was just trying you out, to see if you could ride. You sure showed us that you could ride. You sure shows us that you could ride and here is a present for you besides.” and he gave me the nicest saddle that I have ever seen. It had a steel tree, a solid silver horn, cantle, skirt corners and conchos and was beautifully full stamped with the profile of a lady on each fender, it also had long tapaderos on the stirrups and long black haired angors goat skin anqueries on the saddle pockets. It was a saddle of which any horse twister would be very justly proud. I bid the boys goodby and again started south.

                I had not traveled far into Kansas, when I again met a trail herd headed for Powder River and hired out to them. We reached Culbertson, Nebraska the same day that the first passenger train arrived from the east on October 10, 1881 and as the passengers, they had several preachers who came with the avowed purpose of converting the cowboys and advertised that they would hold services that evening in an old frame saloon building that was unoccupied except for a very small post office in the corner.

                We all came to the meeting at the appointed time, but in stead of going inside, we rode around the building, yelling like wild Indians and firing our six shooters through the building, always aiming high so as not to hurt anyone inside the building, and only scare them a little, which we evidently did, for when we peeked through the windows they were on their knees, and whether they were praying for the souls of the cowboys or their own salvation, I never knew.

                By working in relays, we kept up the siege until daylight when our foreman stuck his head in the door and announced that there was a train leaving for the east in fifteen minutes and if they wanted to go he would give them as safe escort to it, and if not, they could stay where they were. They all went without even bidding us goodbye, and we went on with our herd and in a few days were overtaken and halted by a part of U. S. Calvary and charged with shelling a post office.

                The officer in command being quite a reasonable fellow, and evidently not knowing just what to do with 25 rough neck cow pokes, and 5,000 head of cattle, so after talking for some time with out boss, he very obligingly allowed us to go on our way. After reaching our destination, I hit the back trail down through Wyoming. I came to an Indian camp on Wind River where I met Black Cole who was Chief of the Arapahoe tribe at that time and asked for something to eat. He took me to his tepee and pointed to a large kettle of oiled meat, and said “eat” and I surely did, for I had not eaten for about two days.

                 After I had consumed about three pounds of it, he said “you know what you eat”. I guessed nearly everything that I could think of, to all of which he answered “no”. Then he reached out under the flap of the tepee and pulled in a large bloody dog hide, with the ears and feet on, and said “that’s what you eat, you likeum?” I said “yes I likeum” but I did not want any more, so I thanked him and went on my way.

JOINED BUFFALO BILLS CIRCUS

                I came to the L Ranch on Medicine Creek, a tributary of the Republican River, in Nebraska, and hired out to Mr. Lion, the foreman, to ride the fall roundup, but while we were preparing to start, I got into an altercation with the bully of the outfit that ended up in a rough and tumble fight, but ended in a decided victory in my favor, thanks to my training as a wrestler. I thought the matter ended, but it wasn’t for next morning as I was saddling my horse, I was startled by the roar of six gun, close by and when I turned to see what was going on, I found that a neighbor rancher arrived just in the nick of time and knocked the bully’s gun to one side as it went off, thereby saving my life. He proceeded to beat the man into insensibility, then turned to me and said, “come with me, kid, I’ll give you a job, it might not be safe for you to hangaround here any longer.”

                I accepted the job with my new found friend whose name I learned was Mr. Thomas. A few days after as we were driving a bunch of cattle we met up with that same bully and he started to abuse me, then Mr. Thomas without saying a word rode up beside him, grabbed him around the neck, pulled him off his horse and gave him such a beating that I was afraid he had killed him. When he finally came to, we caught his horse loaded him on, and took him home,  Mr. Thomas said, “ I guess that will teach him his range manners”.

                There was no excitement until about two weeks later, when some of the boys riding along a lonesome trail after a thunder storm, came across by lightning. They took the saddle from the dead horse and took it and me to the nearest ranch, laid me out so that I would lie straight, and were keeping a death watch, when about two o’clock that night, I suddenly sat up and yelled.  “Where is that black horse that I was riding?” And it was hard to say which were the worst scared they at me raising up or me at them almost tearing the house down to get out. I had no burns or marks on me and was as well as ever and went home to the ranch, where I again met Mr. Lion and he told me that he had sent his would-be bad man to the hospital for repairs, and asked me to come back and work for him, which I did.

                Soon after arriving at the ranch, after the roundup, we noticed a black cloud in the south which we all decided was a prairie fire coming our way with a strong breeze to help it along. Our foreman said, “we don’t need to worry, it will stop when it reaches the river”. But it didn’t the draft caused by the head fire being strong enough to draw any burning articles such as large weed stalks or buffalo chips high in the air and driven along by a strong wind, it had no difficulty in crossing the river, although it was over a half mile wide, and before we could reach it. All we could do was fight it from the sides; our outfit had their sulky (or riding) plows that they kept for such purposes, and a neighbor ranches had the same, and he worked on one side of the fire and we on the other, with the object of keeping it narrowed down and save as much of the feed for the cattle on the range as we could.

                We hitched four horses on each plow and the three plows following one behind the other bared a strip of ground about three feet wide. The horses were driven almost at the top of their speed and as close to the fire to the grass along the side of the furrows nest to the main fire and with a piece of side of the furrows nest to the main fire and with a piece of blanket, old coat or large sacks, beat out the fire that might try to go the wrong way, and as each man come to where the men ahead had worked, he would mount his horse and ride ahead at full speed till he came to where he could work again. In that way we fight that fire to the Platte River, a distance of about 100 miles.

                I read an “ad” in a north Platte paper saying, “ wanted to buy, horses that can buck, horses that can buck, bring them to my home ranch four miles west of North Platte, Nebraska”, signed Wm. F. Cody. I had recently bought a very beautiful horse, a snow white with black mane and tail, and a disposition very much like John Whites, Strawberry Roan. As a bucker he was one of those hell, roaring, single cat varieties, you read about but very seldom see. While he had one redeeming trait, when he threw his rider he would always stop and wait for him to get up and on again, and by his looks, seemed to say, “if at first you don’t succeed, try, try again”. He was always willing to do his very best at every try.

                I led him over to see Mr. Cody who said, “I never buy a pig in a poke, get on and see what he can do”. After riding him, imagine my surprise at hearing Mr. Cody say that he would not give me a dollar for my horse because he did not have a man that could ride him. He also said that if I would go with the circus the next summer and ride that horse at each performance, he would pay me as much as any man in the circus. He would give me $100 for my horse, and a liberal advance on my salary with which to buy such things as I might need for myself. I said, “give me one hundred for my horse now and I will join you here in the spring”, which he did.

                When I returned from school in the spring, I found the show making ready for an early start. There were four bronc riders, Buck and Zack Taylor, (brothers), Wm. Hickok, (Wild Bill) and myself. A young man by the name of Clemens who rode his horse at full speed around the ring and threw knives and tomahocks at targets with wonderful skill, a sixteen year old girl named Annie Oakley that claimed to be the worlds champion rifle shot, Dr. Garver claimed the title at that time, but he refused to shoot with miss Oakley, and after having been challenged several times to my knowledge finally told her that he was satisfied to be called the champion gentleman, and let her be called the champion lady rifle shot. Annie used a twenty-two caliber single shot Ballard rifle. One of her pastimes was shooting the ashes from the boys cigarettes or a dime held between their thumb and finger. I didn’t smoke cigarettes or hold any dimes for her to shoot at for fear of loosing my nerve at the most critical moment and getting my fingers burned.

                These were the people I lived and worked with. There were many others including a gun crew that showed an artillery practice, a bunch of Sioux Indians in the stage holdup scene, the Turks with their turbans and tall saddles, and many other workers, actors, and side show freaks. The show was very appropriately named the Wild West, for our boss encouraged us in enacting wild and woolly capers on the street with the assurance that if we were arrested disturbing the peace, he would pay our fines and all expenses. Sometimes we would go to a bank and get his saddle pockets filled with nickles and dimes and ride his horse along the main street sowing them like a farmer sows wheat, just to see the children scramble for them. Or again, he would go to a haberdashery and buy all their silk neckerchiefs and have me call in a lot of little boys from the street, hand each one a box, telling him to pick out the one he liked best for himself and tie it around his own neck and take the rest of them out on the street and every man he met give him one, saying, “ this is a present from buffalo Bill.” Such things he deemed good advertising, and I believe they were.

                Mr. Cody always had a large American flag on a tall pole at the ranch to let his friends know when he was at home. For their accommodation he ran a free bus at regular intervals between the ranch and his saloon in North Platte with free drinks at both ends of the line. The team consisted of six elk hitched to an old Concord State Coach which was usually driven by Buck Taylor and was well patronized for Bill had many friends on such occasions.

                I enjoyed my work and the travel connected with it, especially the applause of the crowds. My boss was kind and generous to a fault, and would often allow us to draw money far in advance of what we had coming. That made spendthrifts of everybody and when we came home in the fall there were very few that were not indebted to Mr. Cody. Those that were, he gave work around the ranch feeding and caring for the animals during the winter.

SLEEPING IN BLIZZARD WITHOUT BED OR FIRE

                Then I went back to Medicine Creek, Nebraska, where Mr. Lion had offered me a job for the winter. He had several large stacks of wild hay that we had saved from the prairie fire by placing fire guards around them, which consisted of plowing a circle of three or four furrows around close to the stacks, then another circle about one hundred yards father out, and burning the grass between the two which was very effective when not in the direct course of a head fire, then they were useless.

                He took an outfit out to gather up some old cows or other poor cattle to bring them home and feed through the winter, a practice that had never been followed before in that part of the country. The cattle men figuring that the cattle saved by feeding did not pay the extra expense, but a great many changed their minds after the hard winter of 1886 when it was estimated that fifty percent of the cattle on the range died.

                We gathered quite a large bunch and started home. As we had been out longer then we had expected our food supply was running low. The boss sent me to the home ranch with instructions to get a team of mules and buck board loaded with provisions and come back and meet the outfit at the Lone tree, a large cotton wood on the divine about half way between the Platte and Republican Rivers. As there was not another tree within miles in the direction, it made a wonderful land mark.

                I came to the tree, but there was no herd in sight. I unhitched and tied the mules to the back board to await their coming, then there arose one of those early snow storm which continued for several hours, then at night fall turned into a real blizzard. The temperature suddenly dropped to several degrees below zero. The wind from the north howled at the rate of 40 miles per hour driving the frozen snow before it with such force that it would cut the flesh of my face where it struck. My bed was with the cattle outfit, so I could not wrap up in that, and I had nothing to build a fire with, but luckily I had a piece of horse blanket about two feet square that was used as a seat cushion. I put it over my head for protection and ran around to keep up circulation and try to keep from freezing. I soon became exhausted and about to give up when I noticed that the snow was drifting to the leaward of the fig, and kicking it away in the deepest place I lay down on the bare ground, curled my feet up in the tails of my overcoat, put the piece of horse blanket over my head and hands, hoping that the snow would drift over me and keep me from freezing to death. I soon began to feel a warmth and drowsy feeling, which I had often heard say that people always experienced just before freezing. I pinched myself in several places and found I was not frozen but warm and soft to the touch, then I allowed myself to go to sleep.

                I awoke in the morning to find the snow had drifted over me to a depth of about eighteen inches, and had kept me warm.  But when I crawled out in the morning the cold seemed more intense and the wind more piercing then before. I finally succeeded in getting the mule hitched, and started on the road for home, at a good brisk trot, which they seldom slackened being almost pushed along by the wind. I tried the lines to the dashboard and ran behind to keep warm, holding to the back of the buckboard, some times jumping on for a few minutes rest, then off to run again, in this way I finally reached the home ranch and safety.

                The nest day the herd came in. They had taken a different route and had not come by the one tree. The boss tried to explain and apologize for leaving me out on the lone prairie to freeze. But I said once was enough to risk my life working for a man like him. I demanded and received pay, and boarded a train for York, and enrolled again for the balance of the winter term of school, and worked for my old carpenter boss; this time for my board and room, and with the money I got from Mr. Cody to pay expenses I did not have much to worry about.

“I MET MY FEARY FAY”

******************

Dad Streeter Sez;

                After finishing school at the Methodist University at York Nebraska and it being late in the summer I decided to stop for a while at Beatrice a nice little town not far from York to while away some of my spare time, then go up to Wyoming in time for the spring roundup. The first two weeks were spent riding around the country visiting the surrounding towns, the beautiful farms and corn fields, which were often a mile or more square.

                Then one day I saw an ad in the paper saying there was a teachers institute to be held there in the high school building to last about a month, with everything furnished and no admission charge. I thought there is a place that I can spend a month of my spare time to a good advantage, I was there at the opening day. The man in charge met me at the door had me sign the register, he said he would escort me to my seat. The benches and seats were built for two and screwed to the floor, he led me to the only vacant seat in the room, but there was a very beautiful young lady on the other end of the bench. The professor introduced us and said sit down, I did, I almost fell down, I was so bashful and was I frustrated? No. She gave up the idea of trying to talk to me. Then about two days after she was working over a problem and said to her self, “I just can’t get it.” I heard her, took a piece of paper worked the problem on it and pushed it over to her end of the bench, she looked at it and said you are not as dumb as you let on to be are you? I said No.

                She laughed and said what are you up to? I answered that friendship made in haste seldom last. Then you want ours to last do you? I said you’ve got me right, and from then on we both acted quite normal, I worked her hard problems for her and tried in every way to be agreeable. When the institute was over I went back to Wyoming and almost forgot my little seat mate. The next fall I went to Sterling Colorado and stopped at the J. B. Ranch on the Platte river near the town of Sterling, to see some of my old friends that worked there. A man running a large horse ranch up the river a short distance from there, heard of my powers as a horse twister and hired me to break a hundred of his horses to ride, and while working there his sister came to make him a visit, and low and behold it was the gal that I met in Beatrice, we greeted one another as old friends we went horseback riding together, I asked what her name was she said Ella and that was all she would tell me, then I said what is your fathers nationality? She said “ he is a sweede” Then I reasoned that most sweeds are named Olsen. When we got back to the ranch her brother met me at the gate, saying you are fired, I will pay you five dollars for each horse that you have rode, then you saddle up and hit the trail, I said what’s the trouble? He said trouble enough I don’t want my sister picking up with a cow-puncher or horse twister. I say all right will you haul my saddle to the station? He said no haven’t you the horse that you came here on? I said no you met me at the station with a rig, he said bring your rope and I will give you a horse then I want you to saddle up and hit the trail and don’t come back here unless you want a belly full of lead. Well I went and left him pawing the earth like a mad bull. He sure had blood in his eye. The next summer I was working for the H.R. on the Laramine River, I got to thinking of the little girl that I sat with at the institute. I wrote a letter and addressed it to Miss Ella Olsen, Sterling Colorado. She received it and answered, saying don’t write again as she was going to be married in the spring (I did not know at the time that it was a forgery). About the middle of the summer a man came to our camp but for a man they called Dad, he didn’t know his last name but said he was a horse twister, I was pointed out to him and he said is your name Dad? I said yes Dad Streeter; Was you ever in Beatrice Nebraska? I said yes a year ago last summer I attended a teachers institute there and you broke some horses for a man at Sterling Colorado, he said, you are the man that I am looking for, Miss Olsen is, we fear, on her death bed and in her delirium calls for you. Her brother says that if it costs him all he is worth he will find you and bring you to her. He hired men to visit all the cattle and horse ranches and tend all the roundups in that part of the country looking for you. He was in quite a different mood then he was the last time I saw him. I went with the man, and after four days of good hard riding we arrived there the next day after the funeral. They said her last words were asking if I had come yet.

                                                                                                                                                                                Dad

BUTCH CASSIDY

************

                After the close of school I came back to Wyoming again, stopped at the two bar cattle ranch on horse creek, and rired put. The foremans name was Snort or that was what the boys called him. The layout was one of ten ranches owned at that time by the Swan Land and Cattle Co. They claimed the territory of Wyoming.  Colonel W.R. Swan was the general manager. We were preparing to start on the general or calf roundup, loading the chuck and bed wagons.  I went to put my roundup bed on the wagon, and I being rather small, and the bed quite heavy and large, I let it fall back on the ground, and a big fellow stepped up and said “Let me do that kid.” Before I could say “yes or “no” he grabbed it with one hand and threw it in with the greatest of ease. Then he turned to me and said, ‘Let’s put our beds together, (Meaning in one roll). I am going to work for this outfit, and I will always do the loading.” He being a nice clean looking fellow, I said, “Alright, where is yours?’ “ I haven’t any”, he said. I laughed at the joke and said, “Alright, you can sleep with me.” Which he did all summer and most of the next. That was my first introduction to Butch Cassidy, and I have never met a more congenial companion or a better friend. His real name was Leroy Parker. His father name was Maxmilan, and his mother’s maiden name was Annie Gillis. He attended school, professed religion, and was raised on a farm. His reputation as a boy was as good as the average. Why he should turn out to be a noted desperado in after years is more than I can fathom. He called me his kid, and if I got in an altercation with any one, he would step up and say, “I have no objection to you whipping the kid, but you will have to whip me first.” That always settled it in my favor for he weighed well over 200 pounds, young and active, and no one cared to tackle him in a rough and tumble fight. I never have seen his equal with a six shooter. I have often seen him ride his horse at full speed around a tree, and fired all six bullets practically in the same hole in the tree.

BILLY THE KID

************

                There was a young man with the outfit that carried a rawhide rista (rope) one hundred and twenty-five feet in length. He could throw one hundred feet and catch with wonderful accuracy, a distance almost double that of any other man. He went by the name of Kid, a common name for young men of which we had several, and to distinguish him from the other kids, we called him Billy the Kid. He afterwards became quite notorious, often mentioned, and sometimes made the hero by writers of western fiction. I worked there on the Spring roundup, then Butch and I went to Bates Creek and went to work again for the same company, and the foreman’s name was Mr. Booker.

                While working for the Two Bar, I was sent across the line into Nebraska to spy on a man that was reported to be killing company cattle. I found where he lived, and where he had butchered a critter not so long before, and there was the hide with the two bar brand on it. I went to the house and knocked, a woman came to the door, I asked for her man, and she said he was away and would not be home until the next day. I asked if I could get some dinner. She said “Yes, if you can eat what we have, which is only some meat hanging on the north side of the house. If you will bring it in, I will fry some for you.”

                I found a large piece of beef so rotten it would hardly hang on the nail. I took it some distance from the house and buried it, and returning to the house asked,  “Where is your husband?” She said he had gone to town for supplies, and I asked how much money he had. She answered that all he had was one hundred dollars and sixty cents was all he had with which to buy supplies for himself, her and their two children. I then told her that I would not stop for dinner, but would be back for supper.

                I went to a cattle ranch not many miles away and told the foreman that I wanted a packhorse load of food and wanted him to look to the Two Bar Company for his pay, and as I was riding a horse with their brand on. I had very little trouble in convincing him that it was all right. We loaded that horse with about all he was able to carry, sugar, coffee, rice, beans, ham, bacon, dried fruit, flour, salt, pepper, ect., and plenty to last for six months. When I reached the settler’s cabin and started unloading, the woman asked me what I was doing. I told her that I had brought something along for supper and that what we didn’t eat I was going to leave for her and her kids. She threw her arms around my neck and shed a few tears of joy, saying, “There is more grub than has ever been in our house at one time since I have been married.”

                We had a good supper, and I enjoyed watching those little ones eat. Then I caught my horse and as I was leaving the lady asked my name, and I told her, “I am just a roving cowboy they called me Dad.”

                When I got back and went to the office to draw my wages, the bookkeeper, (Mr. Bert Richey, who sometimes later came to Ogden, Utah and engaged in the undertaking business, said he had a pack load of supplies charged to me, and started to upbraid me saying, “You were sent down there to arrest that man instead you give him that great load of supplies,” Colonel Swan was there at the time, and after hearing the story, said I had done exactly right, that he would pay that bill and that the company were after the men that stole cattle for profit and not one that killed to keep his wife ad children from starving.

                While on my way back to the ranch, I met a bunch of young Shoshone Indians, among them was Chief Washakie’s son. He asked me for a chew of tobacco, and I handed him a one pound plug from my saddle pocket, all I had, and he took out his sheath knife, cut off a chew and handed to me, and put the plug in his pocket and started away. I spurred my horse along the side his, hit him over the head with my six shooter, recovered my tobacco and started at full speed for the nearest cow-camp which was about ten miles away. The other Indians were in hot pursuit and yelling like demons. I was riding a splendid horse and managed to keep a safe distance in the lead, and reach the camp in safety, and the Indians not anxious for a fight with a bunch of cow-boys gave up the chase and went away.

A REAL RODEO

                The Two Bar Cattle Company owed 160,000 head of cattle, employed 200 riders, claimed the territory of Wyoming as their range and was owned by Scotch and English gentlemen that had never been to this country, and having a curiosity to see how cattle were handed on the range, they organized a party of men, women and a few children, about one hundred and fifty in all, and came to Cheyenne, Wyoming, were Col. Swan met them with carriages, wagons, saddle horses and camp equipment and escorted them out to the Laramie Plains about one hundred miles from Cheyenne, where the roundup outfit was working, some time during the 1880’s.

                Six of the main cattle companies in that part of the country, each had an outfit there, consisting of a chuck wagon and twenty-five or thirty riders each. That with the one hundred fifty new arrivals made of ceremonies. They all decided to give an entertainment in honor of our guests. After supper the evening was spent around a large campfire telling frontier stories and singing cowboy songs. Then we went to bed to lay for hours listening to the plaintive wails of a howling bunch of coyotes which our guests admitted they did not enjoy. They were not used to being lulled to sleep by that kind of music as we were.

                We were up early and after breakfast, us riders went out ride circle, as usual while our friends stayed in camp to get some much needed rest. We brought in about five thousand head of cattle. We proceeded to work the bunch. Each outfit cutting out theirs and doing their branding, while our guests looked on with great astonishment and admiration at some of the feats of horsemanship and daring performed by the riders. That took until about two o’clock in the afternoon, then we had dinner after which some of use went fishing and others hunting antelope, and were all very successful.

                We had several Shoshone Indians in camp and after supper they dressed in their feathers and war paint, and gave a war dance around the camp fire, which was roundly applauded by all. Then all went to bed to listen to another serenade by the coyote band.

                Next morning we were all up early and anxious to go on with the show. Our acting was extemporaneous and designed only to portray a fair of our everyday life on the range.

                First on the program, was horse racing, because we knew of our visitors great love of that sport, and it was almost uncanny the way they could always pick the winner. Then we had bucking horse riding in which I and several others took part, and were roundly applauded. Then rough and tumble wrestling. Then Billie gave an exhibition of fancy roping and Mack a big Irishman showed how to twist a wild steer down by the horns. Then came a tug of war with Indians on one end and cow punchers on the other, which was very exciting. Then the bare backed riding of bucking horses and wild steers which was very thrilling, followed by Mannie, a very diminutive Mexican who showed wonderful dexterity in a bull fight, every time the bull charged, he would step on the animals head be tossed in the air, come down on its back, slide off behind, grab him by the tail and hold on for several minutes fanning him with his sombrero, which caused roars of applause.

                Butch gave an exhibition of fancy pistol shooting which was really marvelous. That was followed by a free for all stunting performance. Every man could do anything extraordinary was asked to take part. About one hundred men responded, and all doing their stuff at the same time made a very animated scene. Next came a bronc race. About twenty five men mounted on horses that had never been rode before, standing in a bunch, and at the word go, the blindfolds were jerked from each horse eyes simultaneously and all turned loose, the rider crossing a line two hundred yards distant to be declared the winner. The next half hour was spent by the horses bucking, until finally one man succeeded in getting his horse across the line and was declared the winner. There were horses and men scattered far and near, the most of them farther from the goal than when they started.

                Next was the dinner call. Although much belated, it was well “worth while waiting for”. The seven professional cooks that were in camp united their efforts and prepared a banquet for all. The mess consisted of barbecued antelope with such an array of other delicious dishes, that all marveled as to how they did it out on a desert and over a campfire. After it was over, the Indians favored us with another war dance, after which we all rolled in (went to bed), and slept, for I did not hear a single mention of the coyote concert. Everyone being too tired to listen to them.

                After breakfast the next morning, and while making preparation for an early start for Cheyenne, one of their spokesmen arose and yelled for silence. He gave a speech thanking all that had taken part and expressing their appreciation saying it was the best show ever saw. That it was well worth coming six thousand miles to see, then turning to his party said, “What say you?” Where upon they fairly shook the earth with applause. Some did not stop until they yelled themselves hoarse, after which they mounted their rigs, and drove away amid a tumult of cheers and well wishes, and so ended the first rodeo that I ever saw or heard tell of.

SETTING MY OWN LEG

                After seeing me ride in the rodeo, Mr. Swan asked me if I would like to ride a few horses for him on exhibition, I was to receive one fourth of the winnings. I told him I would and when he arrived in Cheyenne, he put an ad in the paper saying that he would pay one $500.00 that would bring a horse I could not ride. It brought a great number of horses, not only from Wyoming, but all the surrounding states and territories.

                As I always rode the horse Mr. Swan did not have the $500 to pay. The bets were usually $500.00 a side, that gave me one hundred twenty five for each ride, and that along with my regular wages, made a very nice income while it lasted.

                A man from Montana brought a horse. After I rode him, my foreman asked me what I thought of him. I said “He’s easy, I could ride him with a  woman’s side saddle and riding habit. The man immediately put up another $500.00. The woman’ side saddle was hard to find, as all the cow girls rode astride. We finally got one by sending a man to Cheyenne after it. I rode the horse alright, and received another $125.00 making $250.00 that I received for riding that horse.

                The business slacked down. Horses stopped coming in, the ranchers realizing the chances were not in their favor. I continued with the roundup which was then working in the Powder River country where I had a little bad luck. My horse fell with me and broke my leg above my knee. The foreman offered to take me to a doctor or bring one to me, but as it was about 150 miles to the nearest one and the only way they had of taking me was on a pack horse, which would be a long painful journey, and to bring a doctor to me would require at least six days and the weather being hot, I was afraid to risk either, for fear of mortification setting in. So I decided to fix it myself. I had them bring me two pieces of board about four inches wide by ten inches long which they cut from the wagon box, which was the only source of material of that kind to be found. I hollowed one side of each piece with my pocket knife, fitting one each side of my leg as best I could. After getting the bones in place, then wrapped it tight with a long bandage made by tearing up a pair of overalls. Then the boys laid me in a hammock made of a blanket and suspended from the under side of the wagon bows. There I rode twenty miles a day for ten days, after which I rode a gentle horse for a few days until I was entirely well and able to work again. That was valuable experienced that I often made use of in after years, as I have had my left leg broken three times, my right one once, and my ankle (left) dislocated three times, my right one once and my shoulder once, with all of which I never found it necessary to go to a hospital or employ a physician, always doing the work myself.

KNIFE CUTS THROUGH MY BED

                After the roundup was over in the fall, I was offered, and accepted a job for the winter, of what the boys called herding Indians, which consisted of riding around over the Shoshone reservation near Fort Washakie, Wyoming, moving camp at least ten miles every day and keep watch of what the Indians were doing, and if they were up to mischief of any kind, to report it to the agency or to the commanding officer at the Fort. I rode my own horse, carried my bed roll and a very light camping outfit, and a little grub. Nothing more than old Ned could carry. When I moved from one camping spot to another.

                One night I was late coming to my camp and found my bed had been disturbed, and in looking around, found moccasin tracks where an Indian had got off his horse behind a bunch of willows about fifty yards from my bed and crawled on his hands and knees toward my camp, and there was the print in the snow of a large knife that he carried in his right hand. When he reached the bed he saw what he thought to be my form, (which in reality was my pillow and was sack which I always placed in the center of the bed under the tarpaulin to make it high in the center so the water from the rain of melting snow would run off and not accumulate ice on the bed) and stuck his knife into it in three places, each time striking hard enough to go through the bed and into the ground. Then he ran to his horse, got on and rode away.

                I, fearful that he might return, whistled for Ned, loaded everything on and moved camp, although I had already moved once that day.

A NARROW ESCAPE

                When spring came, I decided that I didn’t like the job of herding Indians, so I handed in my resignation and started out to look for something else, but before I got off the Reservation, I was surprised and overpowered by a small band of Indians, who disarmed me and tied me to a tree and were holding a pow wow, probably deciding whether to use me for a target for their knives and tomahawks, or to build a little fire around me. Anyways, I did not have a very comfortable feeling. Then I noticed an old squaw holding a very earnest conversation with a big Buck, and occasionally pointed at me. After a while, the buck came and putting his face up to mine said, “Me know you, you my brother”. Then I was sure of at least one friend for he gave me the high compliment it is possible for an Indian to pay a white man. Then he went back to the others and talked for a long time, after which he came and untied me, gave me back my six shooter, and said, “Get your horse and go, everything all right”. And before leaving, I asked him why he called me his brother, and he said “A long time ago, maybe four snows, my squaw, two papoose way up on mountain with team and a new wagon hunting pine nuts, camp for dinner. When they try to go, wagon wheel no turn, horse no pull the wagon, you come, pound wheel off and grease um wagon, you fixum, my squaw two papooses come home all right, now you my brother”. I said, “yes I know”. I shook hands with him and rode away thankful that I had helped that old squaw out of her trouble four years before.

A ROUGH HORSE

                While working for the Two-Bar cattle company, we took a bunch of beef cattle to Casper, Wyoming to ship. It was there I net another bronc buster, like myself, by the name of McNeal. A young fellow about six feet tall, weighing not less than two twenty-five, and so tough as the saying goes, his spit would bounce. He was working for the same company that I was, but with a different outfit and was also there with a bunch of beef to load on cars.

                After we had our cattle loaded he proposed that we take in the town and perhaps daub some red paint here and there. The town wasn’t very large at that time consisting of one or two houses and stores, nine saloons, and three “herdy house” or dance halls. The dancing floors were large size, surrounded on three sides with box stalls with each stall containing a bedroom suit occupied by a young woman. When the dance started the women all came on the floor entirely naked. The men would choose their partner for square dances which were free, with the exception that you were required to promenade to the bar between sets and treat your partner. Drinks were twenty-five cents each. When you tired of dancing and wanted a change you could promenade to your ladies’ boudoir. The first place my new found friend took me was to one of these dance halls. The dance had just started, and as we went in Mack noticed a large key in the front door; that being the only way of getting in or out of the building, for all openings were heavily barred. He locked the door, threw the key out through the glass, and shot the lights out, then stepped back in corner where there were several barrels of empty beer bottles which he proceeded to throw in every direction. I have to admit that they did not sound very pleasant whistling through the dark and smashing against whatever they chanced to strike. I went for cover in a hurry, jumping over the bar and laying down flat behind it, where about all the danger I was getting cut by falling glass when one of those bottles crashed against the large bar mirrors. Mack finally tired of throwing bottles, so he jumped upon the end of the bar, lit a match, and said, “How is you all? From the light of that match I saw several men laying stretched out on the light of that match I saw several men laying stretched out on the floor and it looked like everything that was breakable was broke. Then Mack called to me “Come on Kid, let’s go to camp”. He went to one of the front windows, and by placing his knee on one bar and pulling up on the one above it with his hands, sprung them far enough apart so we could crawl through.

                We got on our horses and went to camp. That ended a scene well calculated to give a man night for a long time to come.

SOME WYOMING WEATHER

                While working for the O.X. outfit on the Popoagie river not far from Lander Wyoming, I was sent with the roundup outfit to ride the Owl Creek Mountains. We had crossed Wind River and camped for the night in a stretch of country with no trees not even sage brush. Our cook was an expert in the culinary art, but sadly deficient in cowboy philosophy. He pitched camp in the bottom of a dry gulch where we would be sheltered from the wind. There was a nice patch of green grass, where he could build his fire, and do his cooking. Where the alkali dust would not blow into his grub so freely, and a nice clean spot where the boys could unroll their beds. A tenderfoot’s idea of an ideal place to camp. But, alas, he had not figured on the weather. He had scarcely unhitched and turned his horses out to grass, when it commenced to rain, the water came down in torrents, the dry gulch was suddenly transformed into a raging river. The mess wagon with all our grub and beds in it, had just started down stream, when I first of all came riding into camp, where the cook was running up and down the bank, wringing his hands and screaming for help. I lassoed some projection on the wagon, took my dallies, and made my little horse hold it until other help came, then we pulled the wagon against the bank, and one man jumped into it and got the corral rope, and made one end good and fast to the wagon put a few half hitched on the end of the tongue then handed the coil to the nearest hand on horse back, he would take a few turns around his saddle horn, and pass it on to the next until we had ten or more horses hitched to the wagon.  Then at a given signal, they all started, and the wagon came slowly up the bank and was very near the top when the end gate rods gave away and the whole load slid out into the river. Every man jumped in clothes and all, and swam for his bed, we got all the beds out, but the grub was lost. Then we tried to pitch a tent, but soon gave that up, the wind was blowing hard and the pegs would not hold in the muddy ground. We had nothing with which to build a fire, nothing to eat, and everything as wet as water could make it. All we could do was stand there in the pouring rain, half way to our knees in mud. The night of the second day we all crawled into our wet beds, there was no chance to wring the wet blankets in that down pour, and I never slept better in my life. But ,oh, the nest morning, the rain had turned to snow, when about eight inches had fallen, it cleared up and frozen hard. What was soft mud yesterday, was frozen so hard. What was soft mud yesterday, was frozen so hard hard it would hold a horse up, everything was solid, our beds were chunks of ice. We decided we’d have to thaw things out before they could be loaded into the wagon. We shook dice to see who would go and get wood, the three low men to bring what their horses could drag. They got back a little before noon. We built a good fire, thawed things out, loaded the wagon, and went for home, a disgruntled and hungry bunch. The sun came out nice an bright the next day, and we all forgot our troubles, and as far as I know there was not a man that caught the slightest cold.

TRAILING HORSES

                I decided to go to the Snake River country in Idaho, and was following the old Emigrant Trail toward South Pass, when at the town of Sublette, I met a man from Walla Walla, Washington, by the name of Heyworth, who was on his way to Omaha, Nebraska, with one hundred head of horses. He was all alone. The man he had helping, quit that morning and as men were extremely scarce in that part of the country, I had no difficulty in securing employment at good wages.

                We followed the old Emigrant trail down the Platte River, and shortly after passing the town of North Platte, we met a man who had recently taken a bunch of horses to Omaha. He reported the market so poor and priced so low that Mr. Heyworth decided to turn back and head for Denver, Colorado. We traveled up the South Platte which was almost a direct route. We proceeded within fifty miles of Denver where we met a man there who had sold a nice bunch, only a few days before, that did not bring enough to pay their bill.

                That so discouraged my boss, that he said to me, “Dad, I am disgusted with the whole business. I’m homesick and I’m going home.”

                What are you going to do with the horses?” I asked.

                “I’m going to give them to you,“ he replied. Whereupon he sat down and wrote me out a bill of sale for all of them and handed it to me saying, “Do as you please with them. Sell them for what you can get. Keep out what you have coming and what’s left, if any, you may send to me.” Then he bade me good-bye and rode away.

                After recovering from the shock caused by the sudden turn of affairs, I gathered up the horses and started for Greeley, Colorado, which I knew to be many miles away. When within about three miles of town, I found accommodations for the night and pasture for the horses. The next morning I rode into town. The first man I met asked me what I would take for the horse I was riding. I said that I didn’t care to sell him single and I had a bunch of one hundred head in a pasture about three miles from there, and that was my top rope horse.

                He asked me to take him to see them, and I told him that I would be going to see if they were all right about four o’clock and if he was here he could go along.

                I went into a cigar and soft drink place and sat down, it being a general loafing place.  (Greeley being a temperance town, had no saloons). After a while I came out and found that same man had bought a saddle horse and tied it to the hitch rack beside mine and was waiting for me to come out.

                “It’s rather early, “I said,  but if you are so anxious we can go now.”

                We found the horse were all right. I drove them into a corral in one corner of the field for him to look at, thinking he might possibly have enough to buy one. After catching three or four at his request for him to look at, I coiled up my rope, tied it on my saddle and said, “what will you take around for the bunch?”

                “Fifty dollars each, if you take them all,” I said. And to my surprise and astonishment he took a great roll of bills out of his old ragged coat pocket and started counting it out to me. He had within two hundred dollars of the required amount, saying “I will stop at the bank as we go through town and get you the rest. I live about four miles the other side of town, and I suppose you will help me drive them home.” I was certainly glad to do so.

                His ranch was a beautiful place near the mountains, with a large modern home and other fine buildings, everything up to date. He made me welcome and gave me a very warm invitation to stay there for at least a week and rest myself and horse before going farther, which I very gratefully accepted.

                The next day I telegraphed the money to Mr. Heyworth demanding a reply and stating that I would be in Greeley for several days and would await his answer. In a few days, (the money had beaten him home), I received a telegram from Mr. Heyworth enclosing five hundred dollars and saying that He had been offering those horses for thirty-five dollars each, and I had sold them for fifty dollars, he felt like dividing the profits. So please accept the five hundred with his compliments, signed George Heyworth, Walla Walla, Washington. I have often wished since, that that fine old man could know how sincerely I appreciated his kindness.

                I bade my new found friend, (I found by inquiry that he was Sam Alright, at that time Mayor of Greeley, Colorado), good-bye, and started for Wyoming again.

FORCED INTO A DICE GAME

                I was on my way to Lander, Wyoming, and stopped for the night at a cattle ranch on the Sweet Water, where I learned of the hanging on the night before, of Jim Averil and Date Maxwell, (Cattle Kate), at their ranch only a few miles from there. Everybody at the ranch were greatly excited and not inclined to pay much attention to me, and I being tired from my day’s ride, went to bed early.

                About midnight I was awakened by a large party of heavily armed men who came into the bunk house where I was. The spokesman said, “We, the vigilance Committee have assembled for the purpose of appointing a committee of one to track down and kill Mr. Hendricks, the leader of the gang of cut- throats that cold bloodedly and without provocation murdered two of our neighbors. We have decided to shake dice (aces high and high man out), the loser to do the job, the other to pay his expenses. And as proof of the job having been done, he must bring back the gentleman’s ears, (the left one has a knife slit, the right a swallow fork caused by a horse bite), for our inspection.

                During this explanation I dressed and started for the door, but was promptly brought back. Then the speaker said, “no you don’t,” and pushing the dice across the table to me, said, “ You start the game.”

                I protested saying that I would have nothing to do with it. He said, “ Oh yes you will, and you better get busy.” I took the dice box and shook, but not an ace. The turn came around to me again. Now there were only four of us left in the game and I was trembling so hard that I had to put my hand over the top of the cup to keep the dice from jumping out before I was ready. All the time I was praying that I might be lucky just for this once, and my prayers were answered for I shook an ace, and that let me out of the game.

                The fellow who was stuck, took it good naturedly, saying that he would perform the task to the best of his ability. I don’t know what I would have done or said, if I had lost the game. Probably died of fright, or started for South America. I did not sleep any more that night, and left early next morning. About ten o’clock I met a stranger and we rode along together for some distance until we came to a creek. He dismounted to get a drink and was in the act of mounting his horse again when a shot was fired from the brush nearby. The bullet piercing his shirt under his left arm, killing his horse. I yelled, “Come and get on with me.” He jumped on behind me and after taking him to a safe distance, I told him to get off as I did not feel safe carrying him any further, for I knew by then it was Mr. Hendricks, by his earmarks.

                I went on to Lander where I learned that a state of war existed between the cattle men and the sheep men, and between the cattle men and rustlers, and there had been so many burning of sheep camps, poisoning of herds, cattle stealing, shootings and hangings that I decided that Wyoming was a good place to stay out for a while.

                Some of the leading citizens of Lander had received notices from the Vigilance committee to leave the territory within twenty-four hours, witnessed by the insignia of the order, which was the skull and cross bones traced in blood. Such orders were usually obeyed.

                I decided to buy a bunch of horses and drive East. I went to the Half Circle Cross Ranch, owned by Big Squaw, a Shoshone Indian woman, who had horses to sell. The Old Squaw was dressed in a beautifully beaded dress with many rows of elk teeth encircling the skirt. I wanted it to keep as an Indian relic, and offered her fifty dollars for it which she refused. Then I whistled for Ned and had him perform many tricks for their amusement, after which I offered to trade him to her for the dress, she still refused, but said, “Me swap ten my horses for your horse.” Then one of her sons offered ten head for my saddle, another five for my bed, and three each for my silver inlaid bridle, bit and spurs. I traded them my whole outfit for horses. Then I bought several head at ten dollars each, making fifty in all. I bought an old saddle and bridle for five dollars, gathered up my horses and started for Omaha.

                I bade old Ned good-bye and I’m not ashamed to say that I shed many tears at parting with old faithful friend that had proved his affection for men on so many occasions.

                I was traveling down the Sweet Water when I was overtaken by a man riding his horse at full speed and as he passed, I ran my horse along beside his and asked what his hurry was. He said, “I’m going for a doctor. Jim Averil’s nephew is dying. After them hanging his uncle and aunt right before his eyes, they took the poor kid to live with a neighbor and he has been sick and getting worse ever since. He acts like he had been poisoned.”

                I went back to my horses, saying to myself, could it be possible that those dirty skunks were killing him because he was an eye witness to the hanging, If so, then the dollars that I donated at the dice game was money well spent.

                When I got to North Platte, I read an account of the poor kids death. The coroner’s jury bringing in a verdict that death was caused by slow poisoning. I went on my way wondering why God ever made a man that would sacrifice three human lives for the temporary possession of a small spring of water.

                I went on to a place a little west of Grand Island, where I bargained the bunch to a man for fifty dollars around, but the sheriff stepped up and stopped the deal, saying he would have to hold the horses until I could prove ownership, as one could sell horses at that price unless they were stolen. I straightened everything out by writing the Indian Agent at Fort Washakie, received the money for my horses and went on to Ulysses, Nebraska, where an aunt and uncle lived to make them a short visit. Imagine my surprise at finding my mother, brother and sisters there, who I had not seen for several years. We had a very joyful meeting, and after visiting for a few days, I heard of a big building boom in Ogden, Utah, and also a Carnival to be held there the next summer. My brother and I decided to go there, and on the second day February we boarded the train and started for Utah.

HONOR AMONG INDIANS

                One evening while working on the Shoshone reservation on Wind River, I was passing Big Squaw camp when her son-in-law, who was a white man by the name of Harris, asked me to stop and spend the evening as his sister had just arrived unexpectedly from the East to make him a visit. He thought it would be pleasant for her to have somebody around of her own color that could speak her language. I was very glad I stayed for she was very beautiful, at least I thought so. It might be because I had not seen a white girl for so long, or was it the noticeable contrast between her blue eyes, blond hair and lily white skin; and their black hair and swarthy complexion as well as the smell of smoke, that so enchanted me.

                However, I spent several evenings there listening to the Indians, who gathered there, sing and tell their war stories. Especially the killing of General Custer and his band of soldiers not so many years before. At other times we would all join in a game of hand. The players sitting cross-legged on the ground in two rows about three feet apart facing each other, each player betting with the one opposite him or her. The bets and ten counter are placed on the ground between them and the play is started. Each side selected one of their number opposite each other in or near the center to throw the cashes, as they are called. There are two white bones about the size of a lead pencil, four inches long, and just alike with the exception of one that has a black mark around the center. The player that begins the game throws them from one hand to the other several times and then stops with one in each hand. The player opposite him guesses which hand the white bone is in. If he misses the player all along the line take one of the counters over to him. Then they play again as before an keep on until his opponent guesses right, then he takes the cashes and all along his line takes a counter. When all the counters are out of the center each winner takes one from his opponents pile, and when one side gets all the counters they win the game. I never will forget that one evening Miss Harris entertained the crowd with a spiritual séance calling up their dead ancestors for them to talk to. (Mr. Harris acted as interpreter.) The Indians became so thoroughly scared that none dared to go home until after daylight. Another time I won a young buck’s beautifully beaded blanket, and as he had nothing else on I let him wear it home, for it was a cold night and snow on the ground, with the understanding that he return it the next morning at sunrise. Believe it or not, true to his word he was there with the blanket early next morning in spite of the fact he had nothing to wear back. So I gave him an old overcoat as a reward for his honesty at which he was greatly pleased. I often wonder how many white men would walk two miles, barefoot in snow to deliver his only blanket that he had lost in a game of chance.

                I remember another experience that happened while I was crossing Wind River on the ice with a wagon load of beef. When almost across my wagon broke through the ice into shallow water. I went to an Indian camp close by and bargained with an old squaw to chop a channel in the ice from my wagon to the bank. To guard my outfit until my return the next morning I said come see, “There is twenty pieces, (quarters) and when I came back we count twenty, I give you one, but, if any beef gone you no get some.” When I returned next morning I found the channel chopped and the load had not been disturbed, although they could have devoured it in a few moments and there wouldn’t have been anything I could do about it. For there was not less than one hundred half starved Indians standing around waiting my coming. The cause of their starved condition was the scarcity of game caused by the hard winter. Even the jack rabbits, one of their main sources of food supply, were very scarce and their rations they drew from Uncle Sam amounted to very little. Surely not from the white man, for I am afraid, if put to the test, that I would steal before I would starve.

SNOW-BOUND

                While at Big Squaw ranch in Wyoming, Mr. Harris, the foreman, offered me a job riding in the general roundup in the spring, the time for starting being only about two months away, and during that time I could try and hold the saddle horses in the near vicinity so they would be easy to find when we needed them. Some of the horses he had recently purchased and not having a corral to put them in at night, I always had a big job the next day of gathering them up again. I prevailed on Mr. Harris to let me take a team and go to the mountains close by, and get a load of lodge poles. They grew so thick and were so tall and slim that one load would build an enclosure large enough to hold all the horses, and that would save a lot of hard riding.

                The next day the sun was shining warm and beautiful, a typical spring day, I hitched a large team of mules to the running gear of a wagon, loaded my bed roll on with two days rations and started. I arrived at the timber a little before night. I located the poles which I wanted to cut, tended the team, ate supper and went to bed. I enjoyed a good night’s sleep, but when I undertook to throw the covers back to get up in the morning, I found them weighted down under several feet of snow. I succeeded in digging my way out and found it almost neck deep and still falling, so I went to work to prepare my camp as best I could to stand a winter siege. I first led the mules around and around my bed and in and out among the trees of a quaking aspen grove which happened to be close by, to tramp the snow down so that we might be able to move around little, Then I hitched a mule to my bed and pulled it out and got it on top of the snow. Then I took my axe and loped a great many of the branches of the quaking-aspen trees down low enough for the mules to reach them. The small twigs and leaves and bark was for the mules to eat which they seemed to relish fairly well, anyway they ate them without complaining. I got out my grub and found that I had four pieces of soda bread about the size of a base ball and enough fat pork to make four sandwiches and about half a pound of jerked elk meat. I divided it into four equal parts, resolving that no matter how hungry I became I would make the meat last me four days and hoping by that time there would come a thaw followed by a freeze so as to crust the snow hard enough to support the weight of my team which was my only chance of escape. I had no matches with which to start a fire, so I spent most of my time in bed, not only to keep warm but if I laid quiet I did not suffer as much from hunger. The fourth day came without any signs of relief and after eating my last sandwich I got out my rifle from the bed thinking that I would wallow out in the snow in search of game of some kind and to my horror I discovered that I had only two cartridges. I felt so discouraged that I sat down on my bed realizing my helplessness. I had not been sitting there long when a blue grouse came and lit on the top of a tree almost directly over my head. I raised my rifle and fired without getting up and Mr. Grouse came tumbling down almost at my feet. I ate one half of him, saving the other half for the morrow. The next day after eating the last grouse I decided to take the rifle and the only remaining shell and see if I could find something larger then a grouse to shoot at. I had traveled about two hundred yards when I spied a large elk peeking around a tree. I fired and actually hit that bullseye and he died almost without a struggle; then I went to camp for a mule to drag him into camp, and if you ever tried to lead a mule up to a dead animal, you know what a time I had. Well, I finally succeeded in getting him to camp. I ate my fill of warm elk meat which I greatly enjoyed. I skinned the hind legs by cutting the skin around the leg next to the body and turning it down I was able to take the hide off without cutting it up or down, then about one foot below the hawk joint I cut it off and tied a string around that end, making a very good pair of hip boots or snow waders. As the weather was extremely cold and the elk carcass soon froze solid and after that all I could do was eat the frozen chips as I chopped them out of the carcass with my axe. I subsisted entirely on that frozen elk meat for fourteen days, then the weather moderated, a Chinook wind came up and melted the top of the snow several inches down and it froze hard that night, making the snow as hard as pavement and after chopping my outfit out of the ice I hitched up my team and in about four hours I was safe at the ranch where everybody had given me up for dead. A rescue party had started out to find me knowing where I had intended to go but it was as impossible for them to come up as it was for me to come down.

                Although that happened many years ago I have not had any craving for elk meat since, especially raw, without salt. During the eighteen days that I was snowed in I had one caller, a large grizzly bear (judging from his tracks and trail that he left in the snow). He came one night and rolled my bed over. He evidently wanted to see what was under it, I was very thankful that he handled it with care, for he did not tear the tarpaulin or spill me out, and I will give you my word that I layed quietly and scarcely breathed, but if he had listened he could have heard my heart beat. (I could). He finally left and did not return, although I rather expected him, but was not disappointed that he did not.

A CURE FOR INGROWING TOENAILS

                While at Eckles and Spencers Ranch on Sheridan creek in Idaho, fifty years ago, my friend Fred Taylor as they called him then, now they call him Fred C. Well, I guess that sounds a little more dignified, developed and ingrowing toenail, and his foot swelled to such an enormous size that it resembled a coal hod more than it did a human foot, and was so painful that he could not rest day or night, so one day he decided to take a horseback ride, I saddled the gentlest horse on the ranch, and brought it to the house for him, and was helping him on. He was resting the sore foot on the ground, when the horse stamped at a fly and brought one hoof down squarely on top of the sore foot, and proceeded to rest about one half of his weight on that leg.

                As I remember Mr. Taylor did not use any cuss words, but let out a most unearthly war-hoop you could have heard for miles, and was striking at the horse with both hands, but the horse was so gentle that he paid no attention. Then I started whipping him over the head with the romell, he moved his head away as far as he could, and turned fully half around before lifting his foot. There was nothing left of the ingrowing toe-nail, and very little of the toe. Well, Mr. Taylor didn’t die, no not quite and when that toe healed the nail came on as it should, without the ingrowing tendency. So if any of you are bothered with an ingrowing toenail, just get a horse weighing about twelve hundred pound to stand and turn around on it, this recipe is guaranteed to either kill or cure.

COWBOYS GIVE DUDES A GENUINE INDIAN SCARE

                While riding the roundup in Eastern Utah, many years ago out outfit was camped one evening on Strawberry Creek about 35 miles west of Fort Duchesne, we had just finished our supper when a party of tourists pulled into camp close by, probably figuring on our protection knowing they were in Indian country. They were on their way to the Dinosaur National Monument and from there to the Yellowstone Park in Wyoming. They had about 25 carriages and two four-horse wagon to haul their camp equipment. The horses, wagons and carriages were of the finest. Each outfit was driven by a man, in a very gaudy uniform. The women were dressed in the latest fashion. The party was in charge of a would-be scout, a real tenderfoot dressed in western style, long hair, buckskin suit, broad brimmed hat and a regulation forty-five caliber six shooter strapped around his waist, he was riding a beautiful piebald pony. He had every appearance of being just what he pretended to be. All he lacked was a little experience, and he sure got a full sized helping of that before morning. We were all sitting around our camp fire singing cowboy songs and telling western whoppers when he came over to our camp to get a few pointers. It was evidently his first trip away from home and was depending on gaining scouting knowledge by inquiring along the way. The first question he asked was are the Indians friendly, to which our boss answered. “No there are some of them out on the war path right now, but they are a rather small party, I think we have enough men to hold our own in a fight with them. They seldom want to fight unless they are of very superior numbers. They are more apt to try and steal our horses. We are going to post a strong guard here tonight and I would advise you to do the same, and don’t have any lights or fires burning as that would discover our whereabouts to them. That scout didn’t wait to hear any more, he heeled it for his own camp as fast as his legs could carry him then every light went out. It may have been the first real blackout that we have any record of, then they all got busy and ran their rigs in a circle like they had read about in novels, they put their horses inside the enclosure, and stationed a man with a rifle in one hand and the other hand full of cartridges in the opening between all the rigs around the circle, with orders to stay on guard all night.

                Our boss sent ten men up the country with orders to ride down past camp firing their guns, singing Indian and giving an occasional war whoop. Then he said come on Dad, lets go and see how our neighbors are getting along, you ride one of your worst buckers and I will ride Old Poison, he will do a good job of tearing around if I let him, we’ll wake them folks up a bit. About the time we got to their camp we could hear them fellers singing Injun, their scout came running to where we were and said do you hear that and the boss says come on Dad they are coming to attack, he pretended to be so excited that he jumped on old Poison without putting on his bridle. He was good for about half hour of honest to goodness bucking and tearing around, my horse was doing his best and they got tired of messing around, there was not a tent in camp left standing. Rain was pouring in torrents, everybody was wet to the skin. The rest of the men in our camp turned out to chase the Indians away and when we came back the scout gave us his most heart felt thanks for our protection and a full case of forty five caliber shells to make up for the ones that we had used. It was coming daylight and the scout came and invited our whole camp to come and eat breakfast with them, to show their appreciation of the wonderful protection we had rendered them during the night. The women shed tears of gratitude at our parting.

                Two days later when they reached the agency and found that the Indians were all quiet, and that the Cowboys were just having some fun with them, their appreciation turned to hatred and chagrin. They were anxious to retaliate, but the Agent advised them not to. He said, “You had better let the matter drop, as they would find the Cowboys much harder to deal with than the Indians. The advice was to forget it, but how could a person possibly forget such a hair raising scare as that. It was something that would haunt each one in that party till their dying days.

EATING RAW RABBIT

                Soon after arriving in Utah in the year 1889, I met a man who was running a saddlery in Ogden who claimed to have a large bunch of horses for sale that were running on the range on Raft River in Idaho. I bargained for them, at so much a head, if they were as he represented them to be. Then he fitted me out with two complete riding outfits, including two of his very best saddles, blankets, spurs, quirts, ropes, chaps, hackmores, romells, ect., and to be paid for when I received the horses. Then he gave me an order on a man at Almo, Idaho whom he called his foreman, advising him to let me have the horses and to receive the money for same. I hires two saddle horses and a helper and started for Idaho. After several days of hard riding we reached Almo. I found the man the order was addressed to but he said he knew nothing about it and that he was not in the employ of anybody as a foreman or any other way, that he was not in charge of any horses any where and did not own any himself. He took me to several men who had horses for sale but we were not able to agree on the price so I did not buy any. And on the morning of the third say after our arrival we saddled and started back to Ogden, Utah. My helper, not being used to riding horseback was so tired and sore he could hardly stand to sit in the saddle. About noon we overtook a freight outfit headed for Salt Lake City and I engaged passage for him to Ogden for which he seemed very thankful, declaring that he had enough horseback riding to last him the rest of his life. I took both horses with me riding one and leading the other. I did not follow the road, instead I went up Raft River almost to its source and intended to bear to the left until I came to the freight road again and in that way save several miles of travel. It did not work out as I had thought it would and it almost cost me my life. After leaving the head waters of Raft River there is a great expanse of country without water being extremely hot, by the night of the first day I was beginning to suffer with hunger and thirst and thinking that it cannot be far to water now, I will lay down and go to sleep and forget about it. I did finally doze and awoke with a scream. I had dreamed that I was drowning and was yelling for help. I got up, mounted my horse and rode on thinking that if I always travel in the same direction I would surely come to water before long and that was all that mattered. Hunger I knew I could endure for several days but water I must have sooner or later or I would not be able to survive much longer; and my poor horses if they should choke to death, then I would be afoot without hope.

                Morning came clear bright with every indication of being another scorching day; noon came and went without any prospect of relief. We were now on a high hill overlooking a large valley, the center of which was several miles away and how I rejoiced at the prospect of finding a running stream there and I urged the poor horses at a faster gate in my eagerness to quench my thirst. When we arrived there, imagine my disappointment at finding only a dry gulch. I almost fell off my horse and laid there on the ground a short time in a stupor and dreamed that I had plenty of good water but could not swallow any of it, probably because my mouth was so parched and my tongue had swelled until I could hardly get it into my mouth; it was full of deep cracks and as dry as a piece of parchment. When I came too I realized that to lay there would be fatal so I got up and finally succeeded in crawling onto my horse and again moved on scarcely knowing or caring where. It was now almost sundown, we had crossed the valley and were on top of a rocky ridge on the south side, I halted the horses and looked around; ahead of us almost as far as the eye could reach was a dry parched level stretch of country. I thought if we could cross that before we reached water there is no hope for us, we might as well give up. Then I thought if I turned the horses loose they may find water and save themselves. I turned toward them and looking past them and not over fifty yards away was something that shone in the twilight like silver; I went to see what it was and then I thought “is it possible in my delirium caused by my suffering, I was seeing things”. I went on and found it real indeed, there in a hollow place in the top of a large rock was about twenty gallons of pure water the best I ever tasted and unlike Moses of old, I did not have to hit it with a stick to make the water came out of it, it was there and when I tried to drink I thought of my dream of a few hours ago, of having water and not being able to drink it. I could not swallow; I bathed my face and hands and kept wetting my tongue until the swelling went down and I was able to drink, then I decided to stop right there for the night so we could all drink all the water we wanted during the night and have one before starting in the morning and there was just enough and none to spare. The next morning we started on greatly refreshed, the horses had something to eat, but I had not. Then about noon we came to a well traveled road and followed it knowing it would lead to some habitation where I could get something to eat for I was getting faint with hunger. The road led past the sinks of deep creek about twenty miles west of Snowville, Utah. I arrived there just as the sun was setting. A great many white hares were coming for a drink. I took my old colt and shot six of them without missing or moving off my tracks. I gathered them up and sat down to a feast. I had no way of starting a fire to cook them or any salt to put on them. I just had to eat them as they were. I pulled their hides off and while they were still warm and started to eat and ate the most of the fleshy pieces of all of them before stopping.

                When I got back to Ogden about three to four days later the man whom I got the order for the horses from had closed out his saddlery and left for parts unknown. I never saw or heard of him afterwards and I kept the riding paraphernalia as my pay for the part I took in the wild goose chase.

                When I arrived in Ogden, I called on the program committee of the big show they were preparing to hold in Ogden called the Rex carnival, an imitation of the Mardi Gras with a little rodeo mixed in, and riding bucking horses being right in my line I offered to ride a bad one for them without any stirrups on my saddle, nothing at all on the horse head, and my hands tied behind me, they decided that would be too dangerous. So I told them I would hold my hands above my head and if I let either hand below my head I would loose the money, and if I rode him in that condition they were to pay me fifty dollars and if I got throwed I would not expect anything. They said that I was a little high, I think they were a little short of money, anyway I failed to land the job. After the show was over I bought me a lot and built a house on it in what was known as Nob Hill Addition to Ogden City, Utah. (Completed in 1894.)

                The next spring I went to the Snake River county in Idaho and rode the range for the Eckles and Spencer cattle company, and that fall came back to Ogden to stop for the winter. And there I met, and married a young lady by the name of Jane A. Wilson. (On the 28th day of March 1894). She was from a family of fifteen children. We had four, Geo. Calvin, Mark Lewis, Vivian Violet, and Ina Gertrude, all living and married.

                After marrying I settled down in Ogden and went to work at my carpenter trade and have lived here ever since and built many houses. I usually spent my vacations riding after horses in northern Utah and Southern Idaho and catching and riding wild ones.

                My family and I made many pleasure excursions from here. We went to the Yellowstone National Park before the roads were paved. We went with horses and wagons and some of the road centers were so high that the wagon ex would drag. We went to the Lewis and Clark exhibition at Portland, Oregon, spent one winter in Oakland, one in San Diego, California, and one in Honolulu, Hawaii.

                Soon after arriving in Ogden, I met several of my old friends and acquaintances from Wyo., among them were W. R. Swan, secretary-treasurer, and his son A. H. Swan who was superintendent and manager of the Ogden Street Railroad Company. (Robert Robinson was president.) Met Walt and Bert Ritchey, brothers who were engaged in the undertaking business, they worked for the Swan Land Company when I did. Also met Tom Horn, that used to be Cattle Kates foreman, he was in the poker game that she held up at the Old Heart ranch, where he was blowing the money that he received for some of her cattle he had sold.

                He was implicated with Mr. Hendricks in the hanging of Jim Averal and Kate Maxwell and the poisoning of Jim’s little nephew. He stayed around Ogden until he thought it was safe for him to go back to Wyo., but he made a slight miscalculation for he was hung in less that thirty days after his arrival. The papers said it was for stealing horses, but I happened to know that it was for the part he took in the slaughtering of the Averal family. I also met and had a good visit with Buffalo Bill when he brought his Wild West Show to Ogden. I also enjoyed a very pleasant chat with my old friend Butch Cassidy who stopped off in Ogden on his way to South America. I suppose he has gone to the last roundup before now for I have only received one letter from him, that was several years ago or shortly after he left here.

A TRIP TO IDAHO

                In the year 1893 while ridding past Black Pine Mountain in Idaho, I stopped to rest my horse and I let him feed on the grass that was extra nice there by the side of the road, and while sitting there I got out my field glasses and gazed around the country to see if I could locate any wild horses. I finally saw as bunch on the top of the Mountain. I decided to climb the opposite side and by coming over the top, and spurring my horse to full speed I could be among them almost before they knew it and try to rope one. Everything worked out as I had planned. I throwed my rope on the stallion of the bunch, a very beautiful horse weighing about 1200 pounds and my saddle horse only weighed about 1000 pounds. A battle royal was on, with science on one side and greatly superior strength on the other. Every time the big horse would lunge on the rope the little fellow would set back, throw the big lubber flat on his side, only to have him spring to his feet and take a run in some other direction. I finally succeeded in getting the rope tangles around his leg in such a way that my little horse could, by holding the rope tight, keep the wild one from getting up until I tied his feet. Then we all took some much needed rest. The next question was what to do with him? I decided to ride him. I took the saddle off my gentle horse, and turned him loose to find his way home. Then I got to thinking what a desperate chance I was taking. If I succeeded in riding the animal I would be well paid for my troubled, but if I did not, then I would never see my saddle again, and if not killed by being thrown among the rocks I would likely be too crippled to walk, then I would fall easy prey to the wind beast such as bear, cougars, and wolves which were plentiful in that part of the country at that time. But by turning my horse loose I had practically “tore up the bridges behind me” so that retreat was almost impossible. Then I felt ashamed of myself at the idea of an ex-champion bronc buster getting cold feet. Then I resolved to so my best, so I took my saddle and spread it out on the ground beside the horse. Then fixing a Danish tackle with my rope I succeeded in rolling the horse onto the saddle, and after cinching I rolled him back to his side, and after adjusting the hackamore I got into the saddle, untied the rope from his feet, and let him up with me on him. He was too scared to buck. He tried to run out from under the saddle and took a course straight down the mountain side which was on a slant of about 45 degrees or so steep that great many of the rocks that he knocked loose with his feet rolled along with us. He evidently decided that he couldn’t do that, so he stopped and tried to bite things off with his teeth. He would grab a fender or a corner of the skirt and tear it off almost as easy as if made of paper. (It cost me $30.00 to have the saddle recovered.) When he got tired of tearing leather he took to running again, and kicking at the stirrups. He held a northerly course for the rest of the day, which by nightfall took us to the mouth of Raft River where I stayed for the night at a cattle ranch. The next morning I mounted again and he followed up the side of Snake River. I could do very little at guiding him, I almost had to go where he wanted to go and that was almost at the top of his speed. I finally came to Eckels and Spencers ranch on Sheridan Creek and hired out for the summer. The foreman’s name was Alfred Taylor. Mr. Taylor besides being a foreman and part owner I the cattle and horses, he had the contract of carrying the mail between the town of Beaver Canyon on the U.N.R.R to a range on the south fork of the Snake River, a distance of about one hundred miles, most of the way through high mountainous country, where for about eight month of the year the only mode of travel was by snow shoes and dog-team of which Mr. Taylor had the best in all that country. One of the dogs, Nero by name, weighed one hundred and sixty pounds, the other Dog, weighed one hundred twenty. They were driven tandem, the drivers mane was Cris. Sorensen, one day he had been to Beaver Canyon, and was nearing the ranch on his return. It had been snowing for several days, but now the storm had cleared away. The sun was setting clear, still he could not see the ranch house. There was all the old land marks but no house in sight. He drove around for a long time or until the dogs refused to do his biding, they wanted to go one way and him another, a fight ensued in which he ran a great risk of being killed by those large vicious animals, and after breaking up his snow-shoe stick defending himself, he decided to let the dogs have their way. They had not traveled far when the lead dog stopped and started digging in the snow, he dug down about six inches when he came to the top of the stovepipe that stood about one foot above the ranch house roof. Cris dug a hole down through the snow to the roof then made a hole through that large enough to put the dogs through then crawled through himself. Then when he wanted out he took the door off its hinges and dug a hole up through the snow. One of my first jobs at the ranch was to patch the hole in the roof and rehang the door. My work consisted of herding a small bunch of beef cattle and horses, and butchering three beefs and three tons of horse meat each week. Another man did the delivering of the meat to a Norwegian colony not far away. The beef was for the bosses, their wives, and children. The horse meat was for dogs of which they kept a large number that they drove on their sleighs in the winter, and for the men that worked there. I had not been there long when Mrs. Effie Spencer and a party of their friends (including Mrs. Alfred Taylor and her two sons and two daughters, Mr. And Mrs, Alf Dabell with their two daughters, Polly Taylor and several other came to the ranch to spend the summer. When we received word of their coming, us men went to work to put things in order to receive our wealthy society lady guests. My part of the work was to route two or three families of skunks that had taken up their abode under the ranch house floor. I put on some old clothes and crawled under the house and taking a skunk by the tail would drag it out, carry it some distance away and kill it by striking its head against a post which happened to be convenient for the purpose. I made about 25 trips without accident. When they started to decay in the warm sun, they made a very bad smell, and in answer to one of the ladies questions I said that horrible stink must come from the pile of skunks down in the meadow. I will go and bury them. The whole party went along to see them. I told them how I had caught them one at a time by the tail and carried them down there and killed them. When one of the party who knew something about skunks said she would like to see me carry a live one by the tail. I said if there are any left under the house they will come out this evening as they are a nocturnal animal. Then I will put on the show. When evening came I stationed myself by the hole leading under the house. After placing a piece of fresh meat as a lure to entice them out, I sat anxiously waiting for one to come out and the whole party was crowded around.

                When our old black and white cat smelled the fresh meat and came out from under the house for it, I grabbed him by the tail, gave a yell and started to run and the whole party stampeded, thinking the old White and Black cat was a skunk. They ran into a barbed wire fence surrounding the house, tore it down and ripped their clothing almost off. The women all screamed and one old woman, passed entirely out. And while the men were trying to quiet the women, I ran for the corral, saddled my horse and left for the nearest ranch where I stayed that night and part of the next day or until I thought they had time to cool down a little. Soon after that a young man by the name of Fred G. Taylor came to spend his school vacation and to hunt sage hens for the market. He asked me if I would like to hunt a little. He, to furnish everything. As I had a little time to spare, and him being the foreman’s son, I readily agreed. He hitched a team to the ranch wagon, put on the sideboards, took one of the ranch hands along to jerk and load the hens and one of the young ladies that had some experience in handling horses to drive the team. The man doing the jerking was getting behind with his work, on account of his inexperience. He asked me to show him how. Then I took a bird, slit it across the back end, and taking it by its two wings and spreading my legs apart and by giving the bird a quick throw between my legs and holding to the wings the intestines all came out in one bunch and left the cavity clean. But I hadn’t calculated on where that bunch of guts might go. Well it struck the lady driver square between the eyes and struck with such force as almost knock her out of the wagon. All the intestines broke and smeared their contents all over her face, in her hair and down the front of her clothes. We used all the handkerchiefs in camp to wipe it out of her face and hair, there being no water within miles, and what we didn’t get off had to dry on, but believe me her temper was hot enough to dry most anything. I tried to console her by saying that a nice warm poultice of that kind would probably remove the freckles from her nose, but it did not do any good and it was a long time before she forgave me for such a dirty trick.

                In about three hours the men at the wagon called, “Don’t shoot any more, that is all that we can get to stay on the wagon”. And so ended the most successful chicken hunt I ever took part in. A few days after the chicken hunt, I was riding along and came to a little creek that was so filled with fish that it seemed hard for them to keep out of one another’s way. I went to the ranch for some fishing tackle, but couldn’t find anything in the line, not a hook a spear, or even a pitchfork. I took an old scoop-shovel that the roundup cook used to put coals on the dutch oven.

                Then I went back where I had seen the fish, took off my clothes and started shoveling as fast as I could, throwing water and fish out on the bank. The water would run back into the creek but the fish could not. When I got tired of shoveling I got out and dressed gathered up my fish, strung them on my rope, hung them on my horse and went home. I had fish enough to fill two large wash tubs of the speckled beauties. The people at the ranch wanted to know how I caught them, not seeing any thing that looked like fishing tackle, I told them I had roped them ( I did string them on my rope), I believe that was as good as any other explanation anyway, for if I had said I caught them with a scoop-shovel they would not believe me, and I would not have expected them to.

HOW TO CARRY A LIVE SKUNK BY THE TAIL

                There was a time during the Cleveland panic, while I was living in Ogden, Utah, when there was no work of any kind to be and, especially in the building line. So I purchased a small farm in Kanesville, Utah, a suburb of Ogden, and entered a partnership with a Mr. Myers, an old friend and fellow carpenter. We were to raise tomatoes for the cannery. Mr. Myers occupied part of the house on the farm as it was very large. All went well until one morning Mr. Myers came in all excited and reported he had just seen a skunk run into a culvert under the road in the front of the house. He wanted to call the dog to run Mr. Skunk out so one of us could shoot it. I differed with him saying, that if we killed it there, it would make such a smell we wouldn’t be able to live in the house for a long time. I told him I would crawl into the culvert, get the skunk by the tail, drag him out, and carry him a long way off to kill him. In that manner there would be no smell around the house. Mr. Myers said, “ I would like to see you or anybody else carry a live skunk around be the tail and not get stunk up”. There were some things about a skunk’s anatomy, that he didn’t know about. One was it had to raise it’s tail almost straight up or at right angles to its body before it can throw its scent. I told him to come with me and I would show him how the trick was done. We went to the culvert. I went in and grabbed Mr. Skunk by the tail and pulled him out to the end of the culvert where he exerted every effort to keep from being dragged further. Mr. Meyers was standing close by with his arms akimbo and his mouth agap with astonishment. I gave a sudden jerk forcing the skunk to lose his hold. I intended to swing him in a circle to prevent him from getting hold of me or in a position to throw his scent. Mr. Myers’ head happened to be in the radius of that circle, so that when Mr. Skunk felt the impact he grabbed hold with all four feet around poor Myers head and neck. As self-preservation is the first law of nature, I let go the tail, ran and left my partner to receive the full charge. He got some in the eyes, nose, mouth, and a liberal amount down the back of his neck and inside his clothes as far down as his shoes. He finally fell to the ground writhing agony and screaming “ Oh, my eyes”. And the skunk after squirting all the scent he had on the poor fellow, quietly retired from the scene. While Myers, after throwing up everything but his shoes, finally passed entirely out.

                The entire responsibility of caring for him fell upon me because his wife couldn’t stand to come near him on account of the terrible odor. Even the dog kept at a safe distance. Well, I took off his clothes, rolled him into an irrigation ditch close by, and scoured him from head to foot with soap and sand. Next came some clean clothes, and all hands took him to the house and laid him on a cot in the kitchen. However, when he started to get warm he stunk almost as bad as ever. The women decided they couldn’t stand to have him in the house, so we had to take him to the barn and make him a bed there. But they could not endure the smell long enough to help carry him, so I got the wheel barrow we used to haul manure in and dragged him out through the kitchen door. Loaded him on it and started for the barn. It was rather difficult wheeling for the wheelbarrow was only two feet wide and he was about six and a half feet long. I finally got to the barn, dumped him on a pile of hay, and covered him with a horse blanket. Then I sat down to take a breathing spell and decided what to do next. When Mr. Myers snapped out of it he came crawling out from under the blanket and demanded to know where he was, what had happened, and where his clothes were. I told him he had been in a bout with a skunk and got slightly the worst of it. “I buried your clothes out in the garden to let the earth draw the stink out of them, and I didn’t know for a while but that we might have to bury you. But now that you have come to life I will help you to try and get rid of that terrible odor”. I brought a tub of warm water and gave him another bath, followed by a rub down with rose water. However, that women said it was worse than ever.

                So the unfortunate Mr. Myers occupied the barn for two weeks before he was allowed in the house. The dog, who had always slept in the barn would have nothing to do with him, finally leaving home and not returning until long after we had got rid of the last of that horrible stink.

EDUCATED HENS

                I just returned from a trip through California. Saw all the wonderful sights, such as the famous Oakland-San Francisco Bay bridge, the Golden Gate bridge with the longest suspension span in the world (almost one mile) and the man-made treasure island large enough to hold all the exhibition buildings for the World’s Fair. But the sight which impress me most was the trained chickens that I saw at my son’s (Calvin) chicken ranch. When I arrived there my daughter-in-law, whom I had not seen for several years decided to celebrate the occasion of my visit, with a chicken dinner, and asked my son to bring in two fat hens. He said, “Father you come along and I will show you how I catch them”. You know when we lived on the farm and you wanted a chicken caught you would call us boys and point out the one you wanted—we would take off our coats and shoes and one of us would chase it until we were out of breath, then the others would take their turn and chase the poor thing until it fell with exhaustion and could be picked up—the process had to be repeated for each additional one wanted. Calvin said “when I came to this ranch I weighed better than 200 pounds, altogether too large to chase chickens and my wife was by no means small. Anyways chicken chasing is not a woman’s job. We had three boys, the oldest was working in town, he had no time to chase chickens – the next one was like myself in the heavy class although only fifteen years old – he weighed 200 or over – the other one was too tall to go under the trees and telephone wires. Something had to be done and necessity being the mother of invention I taught them to come to me. Then he stepped into the yard and started calling “hear ye, hear ye” just like a bailiff calls Court to order.

                The chickens came running to see what he wanted. He said “this is my father” and not wishing to be outdone in courtesy, I acknowledged the introduction with a bow. My son said that I had come all the way from Utah to make them a visit and we had decided on a chicken dinner and will ask for two volunteers from among you who are willing to lay sown their lives that this dinner may be a success. Wow, when I strike three times on this chopping block with the pole of this axe, let those who are willing come forward and lay their heads heads on the block. So he took the axe, struck three times and they all came running and laid their heads on the block. He selected one and chopped the head off and it jumping and fluttering scared the others away. Then he struck the block again and holding the bloody axe aloft cried “who’ll be next?” Whereupon they all returned and once more laid their heads on the block. He chopped another head off, then picked up the dead ones and went to the house after thanking them for their loyalty.

                P.S.   Anybody doubting the truth of this story may communicate with Calvin Streeter, 8828 Dowling St. Oakland, California, or I will furnish a sworn statement on request.

THE EDUCATED HEN EXPLANATION

                My son Calvin raised rabbits as well as chickens and when ever he dressed any rabbits, he would take the heads to the chopping block and cut them up fine for the chickens to eat. They were very fond of the meaty scraps. And when they heard any chopping being done they would come on the run, and the chopping block being so tall they had to stretch to reach the top. And to be able to open their mouths to eat off the block, they had to lay their heads flat on the side. Which looked very much like they were laying them there to be chopped off.

SEVERAL NARROW ESCAPES

                Mrs. Streeter and I decided to go to the Lewis and Clark exposition at Portland, Oregon and take the three children along and come back by the way of San Francisco to visit some friends and relatives that lived there and in Oakland. When I went to buy our tickets on the railroad I found that I could buy a return trip to Portland for one dollar less than a one way ticket, so I bought a round trip with a stopover at Pocatello, Idaho to visit a brother-in-law that lived near there, and while there we decided to go to the Yellowstone Park. He hitched his horse to the wagon and we all went and saw all the wonderful sights, such as old Faithful, Fountain fan, and some other geysers, the Paint Pots, Hot Springs, and other sights almost too numerous to mention. We spent about three weeks. We had a good time and returned to my brother-in-law without accident, except when we locked wheels with a stagecoach in the bottom of a ravine. We were both traveling at a lively rate, but fortunately there was nobody hurt. That was narrow escape number one.

                We boarded the train at Pocatello for The Dalles, Oregon where we were to take a boat for Portland. That was a beautiful trip down the Willamette River. We fourteen days at the fair and it rained every day.

                I traded the return trip ticket to Oregon on the railroad for first class passage on a steamship to San Francisco, but when we went to board the ship I found that all the cabins were taken and there had been temporarary quarters arranged on the back end of the ship for Mrs. Streeter and the children, and a place for me on the front end about four hundred and fifty feet apart. I cancelled the trip on that ship for which I was afterwards very thankful for it was a total loss on that voyage. We barely missed being in a ship wreck. That was narrow escape number two. I succeeded in making the same kind of trade with another steamship company and sailed the following day.

                This time we had splendid accommodations, a whole state room ourselves. The first day out we encountered a ninety mile, wind, passed the wrecks of several ships and being towed into the mouth of the Columbia River. We were still afloat but sadly damaged. The cabins were all stove in, the ventilators tore off, and a great pile of baggage that had been lashed to the deck with heavy chains had disappeared without leaving any trace. The three days we were out everybody was shut down below decks and everybody was sea sick except the captain, one lady passenger and myself. They were not putting on either they were really sick. Our condenser broke down and we were allowed one glass of water to last twenty four hours. The ship was supposed to make the trip in one day and two nights but we had already been longer than that and were threatened with a food shortage. One of the officers announced that if the gale kept up from that quarter for us to prepare top land in Honolulu in the morning for supplies and repairs, but the wind changed during the night and was blowing a gale straight for the Golden Gate. With fullhead of steam and sails hoisted we made good time and arrived in San Francisco four days and five nights over due, where we met our friends and relatives in tears for they had given us up for lost. We were none the worse for the trip except a little hungry having nothing to eat except black coffee and sea-biscuit for the last two days. That was narrow escape number three. When we arrived at my sisters house I fell unconscious over her doorstep with they typhoid fever and did not regain consciousness until eight weeks after, and after being discharged from the hospital I overdid myself riding a bicycle and went back again for another two weeks. After being discharged the second time, this time the Doctor said there was very little hope for me. He thought it so strongly that he went to the expense of calling a notary to have my property fixed so that my wife could get in after I died. I told him that he was making a lot of unnecessary fuss about it, that I was going to Ogden and get well. He said, “I admire your grit but you will never make it”. In a few days I was on my way to Ogden and I have not been sick a minute since. That was narrow escape number four.

                We had to cross the bay to Oakland to take the train for Ogden. We were a little slow in getting on the boat and the gate automatically closed when the number the law allowed had passed through, that put us late for the first section of the train for we had to wait for the next boat. While we were waiting we saw the wreck of the boat that we had missed being towed in. It had collided with a steam schooner, the prow of which extended past the opposite side from where it struck. That was narrow escape number five.

                Then just after reaching the first snow sheds we had to wait several hours for the wrecking crew to clear the wreck of the first section, which we had tried so hard to catch, away so we could pass. That was narrow escape number six.

                We returned to Ogden thankful that we had missed such a long chain of accidents.

A TRIP TO HONOLULU

                On or about June 8, 1926 while in Ogden, Utah I received a telegram from my son Mark to meet him in San Pedro, California and to be prepared to sail for Honolulu on the S.S. Calawai the coming Saturday. I received the telegram at four P.M. and by catching the early train for Salt Lake City, the next morning, and the first bus out of there for Los Angeles I arrived at the Southern Pacific dock about one half hour before sailing time. I met Mark there with my transportation and expense money as per the telegram. I asked him what the big rush was all about. He said there is a big job over there to be had by contract with little or no competition, and you can have ten dollars a day from the time you left home until you get back, with transportation both ways, $10,000 insurance and hospitalization furnished, but just now you better get aboard or you may get left.

                We had a very pleasant trip, no storms and very little sea-sickness. Although I have traveled many thousand miles on the water I have never felt inclined to feed the little fishes as so many do. When we were passing the halfway mark the chief steward announced that we were as far from land as it is possible to get on this earth. I sent a radio message home from there as a novelty, and about the same time we witnessed the total eclipse of the moon, which took place about midnight. They sky was clear and we all enjoyed it very much. The next day we were accompanied by a few Albatross that kept gliding back and forth in front of the ship. They would go about a half mile to one side of our course and out the other side, back and forth all day long. They seemed to be able to glide for hours without moving a wing or making any effort whatever, and all the time keeping up with us. The next day we were followed by two large fish that the sailors said were porpoise. They laid perfectly quiet side by side just in front of the ship evidently being carried along by the water that pushed before the prow.

                The sixth day out we passed through a school of flying fish that caused considerable excitement on board a several of them lit on the deck and were caught by the passengers. The majority of whom had never seen flying fish before. They said they had always considered it a myth.

                On the seventh day about ten A.M. the lookout called “Landahoy” which was without a doubt the most welcome news we had heard for a week. This was accompanied by the lusty cheers from the crowd that lined the rail, anxious to get the first glimpse of land. We passed quarantine without any delay and landed at the new docks surmounted by the aloha tower that is equipped with an automatic elevator reaching to an observatory balcony where one gets a splendid view of the city and the shipping in the harbor. The tower is at the foot of fort Street and is open to the public.

                Coming down the gang-plank we were greeted by a brass band playing and the crowd singing Aloha, and hanging leis around the necks of all the passengers.

                The next day we started work on the Y.M.C.A. the soldier and sailors home at the corner of Emma and Bertania Streets occupying almost a full city block. It has six floors, five above ground and one below, containing one thousand sleeping rooms, besides offices, halls, assembly rooms, ect., and a large swimming pool.

                Our job was the Channel iron and metal lathe work on the entire building which took almost one year to complete with twenty to thirty men working all the time. After completion of the work I took the first ship for home which happened to be the S.S. Calawai again. After landing at San Pedro I took a taxi for Los Angeles. The driver let me out in front of a moving picture house where there were about three hundred people coming out all my color and talking my language. I thought it the most beautiful sight that I ever saw. I had to stop and stare for a long time. They probably thought I had just come over, but if they had only known how long I had been away and how homesick I was they would surely have pardoned my impudence.

                There are no snakes of any kind on the Island (Probably Saint Patrick stopped there on his way to Ireland) but they have a great number of the largest and finest specimens of centipedes, tarantulas and scorpions to be found anywhere. Unlike the ones in the southern part of the U.S., they are harmless having no poison. I was very suspicious of them however, and never got so I could lay quiet and let centipedes crawl over my naked body or while tarantulas and scorpions were fighting on my pillow.

                There is a great number of small harmless lizards as transparent as if made of clear glass. They inhabit the house and spend most of their time peeking at you from behind the corners of casing or furniture. I think it very probable that they subsist on cockroaches or white ants either of which are to be found in great abundance almost anywhere.

                There are  no song birds on the island but they have the Mina bird, a black and white spotted scavenger bird resembling the crow only smaller.

                There are a few entries from my diary and note book, year 1926.

                June 19. I went to the Mormon Church and not knowing of the time of the services I arrived there as they were singing the last hymn. I met the Elder in charge a very nice man from Provo, Utah by the name of Jones or Smith, I am not sure which. I visited the first frame house built on the Island in the year 1821. I visited the first printing press operated West of the Rockies, 1823, used for many years by the Star Bulliton. I went to Waikiki beach in the evening.

                June 20 to 25. Worked, temperature for the week maximum for the week 83, min. 75 sunshine 7 days.

                June 26. I spent day unsuccessfully trying to find friends from Utah.

                June 29. I witnessed the landing of Lester Maitland and Albert Hegenberger on their non-stop flight from the main land to Honolulu.

                The pineapple season is at its peak July 12. The Hawaiian Pineapple Co., employs 3,700 people in their factory. There average outputs is 80,000 cases. They packed 3,049,736 cases during the canning season. The California packing corporation packed 2,253,400 cases. The L.M.L. Co., packed 1,176,114 cases.

                The people of Hawaii are fifty percent orientals, thirty percent natives and twenty percent Americans and other white nationalities.

                The Hawaiian girls are not up to the styles of their continental sisters are, They do not roll their stockings because they do not wear any.

                The estimated sugar crop for this season is 840,000 tons or more than ever before for the Hawaiian Islands.

                Real-estate is quoted at so much a square foot both business and resident.

                July 4. I drove over some more beautiful roads.

                July 5. The volcano of Kilauea started to erupt at 1 A.M. after being quiet for three years. Lava is spouting 300 feet high three fountains inside the crater and forming a lake 1,530 feet long by 900 feet wide. It filled 100 feet in the first 24 hours. It has about 2,000 feet to fill before it can overflow.

                June 10. I drove over about 30 miles of the most beautiful scenic road that I ever saw. Gliding around mountain sides most of the way cut out of solid lava with the lower side walled with rock and all paved. According to the Honolulu Advertiser of August 7, Hawaii possess one automobile to every eleven persons. There are only twelve letter in Hawaiian Alphabet.

                A few price tags I saw in the windows. Storage eggs $1.00 per dozen. Fresh ones $1.50 per dozen. Bacon $.60 per pound. A pair of ladies shoes cost $40. I had my shoes half soled and it cost me $2.00. Silk and Calico laying side by side take your choice $1.00 per yard. I bought a springer, it weighed two and one half pounds and it cost $3.35.

                Total population of the islands 328,444, of Honolulu 196,000. The disbursement of the Army and Navy for the month of June $954,821,40. The Hawaiian motto is “ The prosperity of the land is preserved by righteousness.”

                Hawaii is advertised as the Paradise of the Pacific.

                During the reign of King Kamehameha the year 1879, the Hawaiian opera house was built of red brick at a cost of $75,000, seats 1,000.

                June 26-July 2. Worked. Temp. for weeks Max. 73.7 days Sun.

                July 2.  Bought a second hand Ford, drove 15 miles over a scenic route to the top of the mountains and returned on a very crooked road through the most beautiful scenery imaginable, Elevation 2500 ft. The formation of the entire island is lava coral and volcanic ash.

                July 3.   All got into the Ford drove to the north end of the island 30 miles, the island is 90 miles in circumference with good paved roads all the way, mostly through fields of sugar cane. From the difference sugar mills, narrow gauge rail-roads run out in every direction into the cane fields where the cane is cut and loaded unto the cars, hauled in to the mills, where the juice is squeezed out then boiled down to a thick molasses or raw sugar then shipped to the refineries on the main land. Where it is prepared for market.

                The Hawaii Per Cap. Debt is $70.75 and is almost double of any other State. The total Public debt is $20,933,000 the per cap. tax levy $16.50. The total bank deposit $75,024,392. The Death rate for 1926 was 11.65 per thousand. Sept. 11 regatta day a Ter. holiday I witness the boat races in Honolulu harbor. Had my shoes half-soled cost $2.00.

                July 17.   Witness the landing of the Woolaroo piloted by Arthur Goebel winner of the first prize in the Dole Derby also took a photo of the Aloha piloted by Martin Jensen winner of the second prize a few minutes after they landed. The other seven starters were all lost at sea. Saw silk and Calico laying side by side in a store window and a sign saying take your choice one dollar per yard. The Islands were discovered by Captain Cook in the year 1773 and named the Sandwich Islands.

                September 5. I saw an exhibit at Territorial Fair of one of the first sugar mills used on the Islands manufactured in 1865 by the Honolulu Iron Works,  and run by sweeps propelled by two yoke of cattle.

                Also took photo of the Aloha piloted by Martin Jensen winner of the second prize.  (The other seven were lost at sea) in the Dole Derby.

                Iolani Palace the home of the monarchs of Hawaii and the only building with a throne room under the American Flag is being reconstructed. The building has been used as the capital of the Territory, but the termites have routed the Government departments. The interior will be entirely rebuilt but steel and concrete will replace the wooden beams and flooring. The destructive insects drilled into the wood until a finger could be pushed through most of it. The palace originally cost $350,000. It was first occupied by King Kalakaua who reigned until 1891. The Queen Liliuokalani took it for two years. Since 1893 the building has been the home successively of the provisional Government, the republic of Hawaii and the Territory.

                After arriving in Los Angeles I took the first train for Utah where I found my family all well and glad to see me, but no more glad than I was to see them. I had not been back many days when I got another telegram saying to come back again without delay and that there was a lot more work. This time Mrs. Streeter decided to accompany me. We stopped over in California and visited some of our relatives there. On the 24th day of December we boarded the S.S. Clawai and were bound for Honolulu again.

                We had rather a quiet voyage, although Mrs. Streeter was sea-sick all the way. She said, “If there was any other way of coming back she would never get on the ship again”. We celebrated Christmas as guests of the Captain. He gave all on board such a banquet as is seldom equaled anywhere. His advise was “ eat drink and be merry” and if perchance any of you over indulge there is nothing to fear as there is a doctor on board with plentiful supply of little early risers, or paragoric as the individual case might require. Did we celebrate! I should say we did. I wondered where so much confetti and so many noise makers all came from.

THEY ARE PERFECTLY HARMLESS BUT!

                When I first went to Honolulu I boarded and roomed with my son for a while, then for convenience sake I went to a hotel, and the first night I got up to get me a drink of water, and when I snapped on the light it looked as though the carpet was moving, but it appeared on the light it looked as though the carpet was moving, but it appeared to be moving every way from the center and still it did not tear. At last, when my eyes became accustomed to the light, I discovered it was a few hundred thousand cock-roaches running for cover. They were the large black kind about two inches in length. The Orientals use them for food, but they did not look good to me. So I moved camp right then without even bidding my landlord goodbye. I went to my son’s house not many blocks away and finding the door unlocked I went in and found an empty bed, appropriated it for my own use. The weather, as it always is, was nice and warm so I did not need any covers and not having any night gown I layed there naked. I had not been asleep long when a centipede about a foot long took a notion to use my naked body for a racetrack. He evidently wanted to find how long it would take him to travel from the tip end of my big toe to the top of my head. He had traveled about one half of the distance when I awoke and being of a rather nervous disposition I could not wait for him to finish. Instead I let out a war hoop, jumped out of bed, turned on the light and grabbed a large butcher knife that happened to be lying on the table. I chopped Mr. Centipede into about the center and to my surprise each half of him ran in opposite directions and I was not able to find either piece.

                My son, who was awakened by the commotion, helped me search but to no avail and we finally gave up.

                Then he said to me, “Father go to bed and forget it they are perfectly harmless”. But I was afraid Mrs. Centipede might make a visit bent on revenge. So I slipped on a bath robe and went to the beach not far away and was wading along the edge of the water watching the surf rolling in, when my attention was attracted by what I thought was several hundred hogs. I thought to myself there is no one engaged in the hog business so extensively as that, that I have ever heard of any and they appear to be thorough bred all the same color, Jersey reds if I am any judge. I decided to give them a little closer inspection, and walking up close to the nearest one I was in the act of drawing back my foot to give it a kick to arouse it when to my amazement they were human beings, native Hawaiians, their naked russet leather colored bodies shining in the moonlight have me the impression they were red hogs. It was not an uncommon sight to see great numbers of them sleeping that way, the sand being finely pulverized coral washed clean by the ocean made a splendid bed, All one had to do was lay down give their body a wiggle or two and settle down in the soft sand to their hearts content. (If the reptiles did not bother too much.)

                After taking a swim in the ocean I decided to go home and wake the folks up to prepare breakfast as it was breaking day. When I arrived there I dressed and went to the kitchen sink to get me a drink and when I turned the tap to draw a glass of water the first thing that came out was a centipede about seven inches long, needless to say I dropped the glass and the noise of it falling and breaking (and maybe I screamed I don’t know). Anyway, my son came running to see what was the matter. I showed him the reptiles and he said, “Well now that is nothing to get excited about, they are perfectly harmless.” I said my son that may all be true, but your daddie doesn’t want to eat any of them, or swallow a live one in a drink of water. He made me promise to keep it a secret about the one in the water, saying that if his wife ever found it out she would insist on taking the nest boat for home, and if I refused it might cause her death, as it would be impossible to ever induce her to take another drink of water as long as she stayed on the island.

                From the following you can plainly see

                Hawaii is a very pleasant place to be

                Sunsets of most brilliant hue

                Lizards that you can see through

                Beautiful flowers that only bloom at night

                Reptiles at sight of which you think you’re tight

                Here are the most gorgeous flowers

                and the termite that all wood devours

                Such wondrous skies of azure blue

                The centipede that crawls in the bed with you

                Rainbows in the moonlit skies

                Tarantulas of enormous size

                The finest fruit you ever ate

                But on my word there’s not a snake.

SECOND TRIP TO HONOLULU

                We landed in Honolulu again about noon on the first day of August, 1926. We had a very quiet pleasant uneventful trip. We spent the afternoon visiting with our son Mark and his family. The next day being Sunday August 2, we all went to a band concert under a large Banyon tree near the Judicary Building with a platform up in the tree seating the sixty five band members very comfortable with seats under the tree for five thousand people. In the afternoon we all went to Waikiki beach.

                Mrs. Streeter and I took a hike up Diamond head, an extinct volcano on the southerly end of the island. The next day I started work which this time consisted of building gun hides for Uncle Sam in the center of Honolulu where one can get a splendid view of the city and its surroundings. I always worked during the week and Mrs. Streeter and I visited the places of interest on Sunday.

                On August 9 we went for a hike up the mountain side to the east to a place where we could look down several hundred feet into a cove in the side of the mountain at about one P.M. when there was moisture in the air (and that was almost always) and see a beautiful rainbow laying flat on its side, and forming a complete circle. Of course rainbows were a very common sight, and could be seen almost any time day or night but they were always half circles standing upright. The next Sunday August 16, we got in the car and traveled around the island over a splendid paved road all the way. We left Honolulu by the way of Nuuanu Valley and after traveling about seven miles we came to the Pali from this spot the Oahuans hurled themselves over a 1,200 foot precipes to escape Kamehameha’s forces in the year 1795. The road descends this 1,200 feet by a series of switchbacks in to one of the most beautiful sections on Oahu. We passed Kaneohe with its wonderful coral gardens and glass bottoms boats, and the home of one of Hawaii’s Yacht Clubs. A few miles further on we came to the ruins of the first sugar mill in Oahu then the beautiful beach with a public bath house twenty seven miles from Honolulu. Then we came to Laie, thirty five miles from Honolulu, where the Mormons have a beautiful temple and grounds, and also quite an extensive sugar plantation. Then we came to Kahuku, one of the greatest radio plants in the world, on the northerly point of the island thirty five miles from Honolulu. Now we have rounded the north end of the island and started toward home on the west side of the island. Then we came to Haleiwa with its beautiful hotel with its coral gardens, glass bottom boats and its nine hole golf course. Next we came to Schfield barracks the largest military post west of the Rocky Mountains, lying at the base of Mt. Kaala the highest peak on Oahu with an elevation of 4,030 feet and 21 ¾ miles from Honolulu. The road then ascends down Red Hill where there is a beautiful view Pearl harbor and central Oahu. We arrived home after traveling over 85 miles of splendid roads. At other times we visited two or more places of interest in one day, and sometimes one of an evening. Among these were the aquarium with its beautiful colors and odd shaped fish. The Bishop museum with its wonderful curious including the historical feather cloaks.

                There was the capital with its historical paintings and the throne room where I sat for a few moments on the throne where in times past Kings and Queens had sat. We visited the mission house, the oldest frame building in the Hawaiian Islands, also the Queen Emma Museum. The Japanese tea gardens which were places of beauty. There is the fish market in the oriental section that is so easily found unless perchance you have a severe cold or have entirely lost your sense of smell. I finished my work about the same time that we finished our sight seeing and on March 3, 1928 we again boarded the Calawai and started home. We had a very pleasant trip, a perfect calm-like sailing on the sea of glass with not a ripple. Mrs. Streeter who had so dreaded to get on the ship again had a splendid time, enjoyed every meal, and was not sick a minute. I met a man on the ship by the name of Clemons that worked with Buffalo Bill’s circus when I did in the year 1886 just forty years before and as we had not met since, our meeting was very cordial. At the same time I met Mr. Sherman Cowen General Manager of Al. G Barnes circus and afterwards I and my family saw the show in Ogden several time, always from ringside seats as the guests of Mr. Sherman Cowen.

                We landed at Wilmington March 10, and continued on to Ogden where we arrived in due time, from one of the most delightful trips imaginable.

SOME RATHER NOVEL WAYS OF TAKING GAME

                When a boy at home I was considered to small to carry a gun so I used other means to do my hunting and trapping, many of which I learned from the little Indian Boys. I had a turkey trap in the timber and brush along the river about a half mile from the house, which consisted of a square pen about ten feet each way, layed up with logs and notched at the corners so that the space between the logs was to small for a half grown wild turkey to squeeze through. The walls were about five feet high and it was covered with a dirt roof. Then a tunnel about two feet wide and two feet deep was dug from a point a few feet outside under the wall and up in the center of the pen, corn then was scattered around the outside opening and through the tunnel to the inside. The turkeys would travel through the tunnel eating the corn and when they came up inside they did not know enough to go out the way they came in. They would try to go out between the logs which they could not and were trapped, I would usually catch the whole flock, sometimes a pen full. When I would sight a flock a long distance away, I would conceal myself in the brush near the trap, and start imitation them on my turkey-caller which was one of their hollow leg bones about four inches long and open at each end. I became so expert on it that I sometimes called them a half mile or more, as far as I could make them hear. I also had a rather novel way of catching wild geese (or brants). They are white with black markings and are a little smaller than the Canadian honker. This being on their semi-annual line of flight they would alight in great numbers in the fall to feed in the cornfields. Then I would stretch a long rope down a corn row and stake each end good and solid, then tie a short line to the rope every two feet with a fish hook on the other and baited with a kernel of corn that had been soaked until it was soft. This quite successful as far as catching was concerned, but the removing of the fish hook tore their throats so that they could not be kept any length of time. So I conceived the idea of getting them drunk, I fed them corn that had been soaked in alcohol then I pick them up carry them to a pen made for the purpose and kill them one at a time as needed. I was quite successful catching coyotes and wolves on fish hooks. I would go out on the prairie set to crotched posts about eight feet apart, and lay a pole in the crotches from one post to the other about eight feet from the ground. Then tie several stout lines equal distances apart along the pole, with a hook on the lower end baited with meat, and hanging about five feet from the ground. Then I would mount my horse and drag a piece of carrion behind us and travel several miles around in every direction and finally to where we started from. Then, when Mr. Wolf or Coyote strikes the scent he will follow the trail around to where it started, then he will spy the meat hanging there just out of his reach, he will walk around and around looking at it and smelling it, and finally he will muster up courage enough to jump and grab it, then when I come the next morning I will find him and very likely several others hanging there ready for me to take their pelts. Another trick I learned from the Indians was that of gathering dew for drink water, which I often made use of in after life in my many trips across the plains, It consisted of dragging a tarpaulin or other water proof sheet over the ground, stretched out almost flat and so that the front edge in striking against the grass or other vegetation would cause the dew drops to fall on the sheet, the water was then poured into a container, strained through a cloth to remove the bugs, spiders, and other insects, then purified by boiling. When taken the fire and allowed to cool, it made a drink, that if it didn’t taste very good, it would quench thirst, and it was very surprising the amount of water that could be caught in this way in a very short time.

A STRANGE MANIFESTATION

                I have been addicted to the use of chewing-tobacco almost all my life, nearly seventy years, so since my earliest recollections and as time went by my fondness for it increased, until I seldom missed a chance to extol its merits, even recommending it as a panacea for all bodily ills, including tuberculosis, sugar diabetes, ingrowing toe nails, or even calming it would make hair grow on bald heads. I claimed too, that it would disinfect the system, purify the breath, quiet the nerves, and soothe the temper. Some have asked if smoking would not have the same effect?  To which I invariably said “No, smoking is a vile contemptible habit and a person indulging in it should be severely punished for burning up something so good to eat, these hard times”. My advice to a beginner was to use a brand know as Clinmax, as it would if properly chewed produce several more full sized squirts to the cud than other brands that I have tried. Now you see how I stand on the tobacco question and not belonging to any church I didn’t have any word of wisdom to worry about, but my wife being a good Latter-Day Saint, didn’t like to have me chew. But I had used it so long, and loved it so well, that I paid very little attention to her pleadings. She decided to pull a fast one on me, and one day last fall when the weather started to get coon, I asked her to buy me some new underclothes, and woman she was started out to find a bargain. One of our leading stores was a sale, and was offering Mormon garments at a reduced price. As everyone that wears them are supposed to keep the word of wisdom, she said to herself, “I will get some of them for Dad, and see what effect if any it has on him”. She bought them home and said nothing to me about it. I took a bath, put on a suit of them, and to my great disappointment my tobacco did not taste good. It was my favorite brand, still I had to spit it out, and thinking it might have gotten something on it, I went to a drawer where I kept my supply and got a fresh piece, this one still had the cellophane wrapper on it. I took a big bite off, it was nastier than the other. Then I called my wife and told her about it saying, “I’m a sick man”. She said “you don’t look it”. I said when an old cowpuncher tobacco don’t taste good there is something wrong with him, still I don’t feel sick. I wonder what can be the matter?

                “There is nothing the matter” she said, “you will be all right in a few days”. But day after day passed and still I had no desire for my tobacco, and finally she could keep the secret no longer, and one day she came to me and turned down the collar of my under-clothes and showed me a  tag on which was printed in large letters “Approved L.D.S. Garments”. She laughed and said “No wonder your tobacco didn’t taste good, you can’t break the word of wisdom with them on”. That was several months ago and I have not taken a chew since, having entirely lot the desire for it. I call that a manifestation of the saving grace of the Ordinances of the Gospel.

VACATION TRIP THROUGH IDAHO

            Left Ogden July 31, 1939. Traveled highway No. 30 to Boise, then followed No.15 to New Meadows then 95 to Lewiston. The first one or two hundred miles was remarkable, mainly for its straight stretches of road reaching in places as far as the eye can reach, mostly over desert inhabited only by horned toads and jack rabbits, the latter laying along the road in almost countless numbers where they are killed by passing automobiles. Then the screen suddenly changed and we traveled up and down one river after another, including the Payette, and the big and little Salmon, through the most beautiful scenery imaginable. Soon after leaving New Meadows we came to White Bird Hill, at the foot of which on Jan.17, 1877, Chief White-Bird of the Nez Perce Indians defeated a party of U.S. Troops killing thirty five. The elevation at the bottom of the hill is 1700 ft. at the top is 4500 and it had 27 switch backs. From the top we could see many miles in every direction, to the north we had a splendid view of Kamas Prairie, wheat fields as far as the eye can reach. Mr. I.N. Lamb had 164 acres with an average yield of 53 bu. per acre, August Sanburn 952 acres average 57 bu., Will Huff 123-acres, average 58 bu., all of the Rex variety and all dry farm grain. A few miles father on we came to the town of Grangeville, my wife’s brother Charles Wilson lives nine miles to the south, where he had 300 acres of heavy timber, which him and his three boys are working up into saw logs and firewood for which there is a good market close by. The town of Grangeville is a thriving town of 5,000 inhabitants, the terminus of a railroad, with side walks, paved streets, a Chamber of Commerce, and a weekly paper, edited by E.M. Olmstead or Pop as he is usually called. One morning bright and early my brother-in-law, his wife and I left the timber ranch, went to Mt. Idaho, down to the southfork of the Clear Water and up that stream to its head, or to the famous mining town of Elk City, with a population of about 200, elevation 4,100. There was placer mining done all along the river, and near Elk City there was the remains of a hydraulic operation that in times past had dug a hole large enough to bury the city in, and have room to spare. Some of the mining Co.’s now operating there are the American Mining Co., and the Newsome Co. (reported to have taken out $300,000 in a three month run). The Mt. Vernon dredging Co. is also operating near Elk City. From there we went over high mountain roads for about two hours with the most beautiful scenery imaginable then down a long steep grade to the Selway river down that to the middle fork of the Clear Water to Kooskia (a Nesperse Indian word meaning Clear Water) up the southfork over to Mt. Idaho and back to where we started from. Not long after leaving Elk City we passed the Newsome mining Co., working three eight hour shifts, twenty men to the shift, using three yd. drag line, they clean up every two weeks satisfactory from the immense amount of work they have done. We went on to Lewiston where my son Mark lives and owns a small fruit orchard. Lewiston and Clarkston are situated at the junction of the Snake and Clear Water rivers, the Snake separating the two cities, and is also the dividing line between the states of Idaho and Washington. The cities were named in honor of Lewis and Clark who camped there on their expedition into the northwest. Lewiston is the lowest point in Idaho with an elevation of 728 ft. and is the head of navigation on the Snake river. We visited the saw mill in Lewiston owned by the Potlatch forests incorporated, it is the largest white one mill in the world, their log pond covers an area of 360 acres, they cut 400,00 board feet of lumber every eight hour shifts. The gang saw can cut 100 one inch boards at one time. The planing mill can finish 40 carloads of limber each shift, 850 men are employed in the plant. There are 32 Frigidaire water coolers that furnish cold drinking water. The Pres-to-log machines compress dry shavings under enormous pressure into cylindrical pieces four inches in diameter and 16 inches long to be sold for fuel. We followed the log from the pond through the mill, into the finished product and loaded on to the cars. We went, from there to the town of Winchester and visited the saw mill there, the managers name is Mr. William Geddes. The mill foreman Mr. Jack Geddes showed us through the mill which is very similar to the one in Lewiston only much smaller. We enjoyed the trip through their mill because of being acquaintances of the family for the last 40 years, their mother lives at Plain City. We had a better chance to see and examine everything, the band saw are 54 feet in length, 14 in. in width, cost $500 each, and travel at the rate of 10,000 ft. per minute. The mill is run by electricity, the generating plant is run by four large boilers, automatically fired with saw dust. We bid our friends goodbye and started on our return trip, we arrived home yesterday without accident, or car trouble, after traveling a distance of 1164 miles. It was a little too warm that day they were frying eggs on the pavement in Lewiston, but the next day it started to cool and from then on the weather was delightful.

A STORM AT SEA

                Dad Streeter sez: That while my family and I were attending the Lewis and Clark exposition at Portland Oregon we decided to return to Ogden Utah, by the way of San Francisco, California, and traded the return part of our R.R. tickets for S.S. tickets on the Northland to San Francisco. We had a delightful trip down the Columbia to Astoria about two hundred miles where we had to wait for high tide, to enable us to cross the bar at the mouth of the river, there we encountered a severe storm, the worst for many years, according to the old sailors. We passed the wrecks of two vessels being towed in, as we were going out. We, passengers petitioned the Captain to stay in Astoria, until the storm subsided, rather than face the gale that was wrecking other vessels, but to no avail. He informed us that he was wrecking other vessels, and had been for many years and had never hoved too for a storm yet. So out we went right into the face of a hurricane. Everybody on board suddenly became seasick except the Captain, one lady passenger and myself, there was vomit everywhere, on the floor, the walls and on the ceiling. There was a new married couple on board, they fell to the floor locked in one another’s arms. The bridegroom between heaves would curse and swear, the bride would try to console him saying there, there my dear, then she would vomit and moan, then the ship would give another roll, and they would go over and over, until they came to the wall. Then when the ship rolled back the other way, over and over they would go to the other wall, and all the time rolling through their own spew, until their wedding finery was soiled beyond recognition. That night the storm increased, every body was ordered below, the honeymooners being too week to travel, on their own momentum, were carried below by the sailors and fastened in a bunk where they could curse and swear and groan and moan to their hearts content, greatly to the relief of the other passengers. Then the dinner bell rang. There were four of us able to come to the table, the Captain, the second officer, one passenger and myself. The Captain presided at the head of the table, the second officer at his left, the other passenger at his right, all at the end of the table, I sat at one side, we had just started to eat, when the passenger at the end of the table started to rise evidently intending to go to the rail, just then the ship gave a lunge, landing him on his stomach on the end of the table and before he could get off or turn his head, he let out a stream of vomit, that reached the full length of the table saturating everything on it, the second officer got up and went on a double quick. I followed, and found him leaning over the rail feeding the fish in great shape, I said did something turn your stomach? He said, “I was born on a ship and was never on land, only when my parents had land leave, and I never was sea sick before, but that would turn anybody’s stomach.” About the middle of the afternoon, there was a severe shock, ship trembled and shook the passengers hurriedly put on their life preservers, When the Captain came in and said don’t get excited, we haven’t struck a rock we are five hundred miles from the nearest one, we only struck a large whale head on, nothing to worry about. Then every thing was quiet except the storm and everybody praying that the ship might out ride the gale. When the steward came in and issued a pint of water to everyone saying the condenser has broke down and this pint is all you will get. You can wash your feet in it if you want to, but I would advise you to save it to drink, you’ll get no more. We had now been sailing due south for five days and nights. The Captain came down and told us that if this gale kept up much longer we could prepare to land in Honolulu the next day, to take on water and supplies, but during the night the wind changed and was blowing a gale from the opposite direction. The Captain ordered full steam ahead, and had the sailors erect a temporary sail about forty by sixty feet, they had it all set, when there came a sound like the firing of a gun, or the bursting of a bomb and the sail was no more, it was soon replaced by another that held.

                The machinists had succeeded in repairing the condenser so now we could have plenty of water to drink and make coffee with, we were out of all eatables except hard-tack, but thank the lord we had coffee to dunk it in. We arrived in San Francisco in due time, rather a dilapidated looking ship with all the superstructure gone, her cabin doors stove in, and even some of the ventilators washed over board by the huge waves that came over the deck. We were heartily greeted by a tearful crowed at the dock, who had been anxiously waiting for tidings from our ship that was now five days and four nights over due.

A TRIP TO THE WORLDS FAIR AT SAN FRANCISCO

                Dad Streeter Sez: We left Ogden July 2, on a Union Pacific bus headed for the Worlds Fair at San Francisco. Changed to a Greyhound named Winnemucca at Salt Lake. Followed route 40. Got our first drink at Wendover, we took it over a saloon bar in a gambling hall, but us being from Utah, where you are not supposed to drink anything stronger than water, we all took soda pop. The saloon being built straddle of the Utah, Nevada state line, there is no law to prevent selling soda pop and candy in the east end of the building, and playing roulette and drinking whiskey in the west end, an in that way one bar tender can tend both bars and save a lot of money. We ate dinner at Wells where we were well fed and not over charged, but we were a half hour late getting out of there, for some reason or other, but our driver made that up very easily by standing on the gas for a while. We passed a great many Nevada snow fences. They are made with post about ten feet apart, with one wire four feet from the ground, and large bushy sage brush tied close together along the wire, big end up, forming a fine place for the snow to drift behind. Ate supper at Lovelock. Arrived at Oakland safe and sound the morning of the third, at five o’clock. Will rest the third, go to the fair on Treasure Island and celebrate the fourth, after which I may have something sore interesting to write about. Well, sire we crashed the gates at the Worlds Fair on Treasure Island the morning of July fourth thanks to you Sol, and had we been a wee bit earlier we should have witnessed a wonderful phenomenon one of the main fountains caught fire and burned, it spouted water to a great height, and it wasn’t fire water either. I told them that couldn’t happen back home, cause our fountains were a whole lot too wet to burn. Saw a great many wonderful things, among them the Kachina dolls of the Pueblo tribe. Saw a small animal resembling an antelope called the Syntheoceras with a forked horn about eighteen inches long on its nose, it also had horns like a cow twelve inches long. The cable in the Golden Gate bridge is made of 27,252 strands of wire and weighs 3,000pounds to the lineal foot. The registered attendance at the fair up to five o’clock in the evening was 131,0638 for July 4. The hall of flowers had dahlias 16 inches in diameter, and hydrangeas almost as large, and hanging fuchsias everywhere. And the beriberi cactus which Christs crown of thorns was suppose to have been made. Saw totally blind people making brooms and furniture. July 14 had Linguica for breakfast served with fried eggs, walked four hours saw there green lawns. July 15, attended the Veterans outing at Durant park. July 16: crossed the Carquinez bridge on our way from Oakland to Vallejo a short cut crossing as arm of the bay, toll 70 cents one way.

                The fair Co. borrowed a mans bearing orchard and olive trees, took them up, hauled them to the fair ground and planted them with the understanding that they bring them back and plant them as they were after the fair is over. I didn’t learn who is to have the fruit crop while the trees are on the island. The tower of the Sun stands in the center of the island and contains a carillon that furnishes wonderful music.

                We also saw the Golden Gate park and zoo in San Francisco. Snow museum in Oakland, and many other things too numerous to mention here. But there is one consolation and that is, there is no danger of taking writers cramps here, the climate had such a soothing effect that when I try to concentrate I go to sleep and drop my pencil.

                On July 27, we drove through the rose tube, under the Oakland Estuary, on our way to the Pabco paint, roofing, and linoleum are made. The pigments for the paint are ground, mixed and prepared ready for use, by machinery that works automatically The roofing base for the linoleum is made in the same way. The factory covers one hundred and sixty acres of land, that has all been made, by filling in the bay shore. The press room contains four machines 14 feet wide by 400 feet in length. Where endless sheets of black felt nine feet wide are automatically fed into one end and come out the other, in beautifully colored nine by twelve rugs ready to use. These machines make one rug each three minutes, run twenty four hours every day. The Co. hires 1534 people, pays out for labor $2,754.000. Taxes $979,995, for material $5,622,000,  July 28 we started on our homeward journey, near Vacaville passed over a fourteen mile estuary. In the town of Auburn saw a sign reading “try our beef steak it is so tender we wonder how the cows stood up”. Truckee river runs from Lake Tahoe to lake Pyramid about one hundred miles. Pyramid is a salt lake having no outlet. We saw the largest rattle snake ranch in the world. Passed Donner lake elevation 7136 feet. July 28 landed in Reno 8 P.M. stayed there four days, visiting Mr. Walker Knight and Bill Wright who both married our nieces, and also Mr. and Mrs. Parley Rather and Miss Donna Knight who acted as chauffeur for the party. The city of Reno had a population of 30,000 and has no busses or street cars. 29th visited Bowers mansion built on the Nevada desert in 1861 at a cost of $280,000. The walls are two and one half feet thick of native granite. The stone cutters were imported from Scotland, the marble for the many fire places from Italy. It had eight rooms, all the windows are plate glass. It first had solid gold hardware throughout, %30 silver & 70% gold. The windows all had French plate glass. Sandy bowers died first, Mrs. Bowers died at the age of eighty three. Their adopted daughter Ceria died when she was fourteen. The family lost everything and left the place in 1878. It cost $280,000. Mrs. Bowers went under charity at the age of 78. The daughter Ceria was adopted on the ship Ceria where her mother died at child birth. They are now all buried on the hillside overlooking the old home.

                On our way to Carson City we passed Washoe which at one time had a population of 30,000, was the county seat of Washoe County. It now has the wrecks of a few buildings, no population. July 30, visited Virginia City. At the Crystal bar we saw and heard a music box resembling a large organ containing a 20 piece orchestra, cost $3,700, originally used to furnish music for the dance hall. They also had a mystery clock about two feet wide, consisting of the hour and minute hands, held to the back bar mirror with a suction cup, and the numerals painted on the glass, with no wires or works of any kind, is a perfect time keeper, one can spin the hands around and they will always stop at the correct time. Virginia City was settled in 1859 and at one time had a population of 40,000 people.

                The combination shaft employed 500 miners. There is no mining being done there now. We returned to Reno and that evening went to some of the gambling halls, where silver dollars were used for chips.

                We stopped a few moments on the bridge of Sighs and listened to the mournful, plunk, plunk of the wedding rings as they were unceremoniously cast into the creek by their once happy owners.

                While at Carson City, we visited the penitentiary, had 267 inmates, One white woman, one squaw, 265 men. They were making auto plates, they turn out 3,700 in 60 days. Aug. 1, again started for home, arrived at 11: 30 from a very pleasant trip.

Bean Valley

                About fifty years ago while riding after horses in northern Utah with me friends John and William Taylor, we were moving camp one day and had our grub, cooking utensils and beds packed on a half wild mule that we were driving along with a bunch of saddle horses. We had no pack saddle so we rolled the smaller articles in the blankets making a roll almost long enough to reach around the mules body, then put on a squaw (or triangle) hitch and pulled it down tight, and when that mule was turned loose in the bunch he done a splendid job of running, kicking and bucking, sometimes turning end over end, but when he found he could not unload the pack he quieted down and was a good jackass for the rest of the night, that was when the fun began. I undertook to rope the mule, but I caught the pack instead, and at the same time several horses ran against the rope with such force as to turn the pack under his belly, his kicking and running and dragging the bed over the sage and grease wood, soon tore a hole in the tarpaulin and things started to loose out. There was knives, forks and tin plates, there was sugar, coffee and beans, drizzling out a the mule ran, and did he go, he could easily outrun either of our horses, so there was no chance to catch him until he ran down or met with an accident. Finally the smaller articles loosing out caused the rope to slacken, and finally the blankets commenced loosing one at a time until they were all out and scattered all over the country, and the tangle of rope dragging under the mules belly finally caught on an extra large sage and throwed him in such a way that he couldn’t get up. We left him there to mark the place, while we scouted around the country and picked up what we could find of our outfit. That mule sure did a good job of broadcasting them beans, for the next year when we came back to hunt horses in that same country we came to the largest patch of beans that I had ever seen up to that time, nearly every sage bush in the valley had a bean vining upon it, and what a beautiful sight that was for they were if full bloom. While sitting there on our horses admiring that beautiful sight we decided to name the place and for all I know it still goes by the name of BEAN VALLEY.

LEARNING TO RIDE

                Dad Streeter Sez:

                Butch and I arrived at the “Horse Shoe Two Bar” ranch in Bates Hole, Wyo. just in time to see “cookie” take his lesson in horse twisting or bronc busting; as it is sometimes called. He was cooking for the outfit, that accounts for his peculiar nickname. As a cook he was a crackerjack, his coffee would float a cobble rock. You could put a handle in a loaf of his bread and drive railroad spikes with it, or he could boil water without even scorching it. But he was so conceited he thought he could do anything any other man could do. He saw the buster ride a bad horse and roll a cigarette while the horse was doing his worst, he said “I can do that” but the boys not wishing to have their cook killed, paid no attention to him for a long time, but he got so loud and persistent about it, that a fellow they called Kid or “Billy the Kid” say I’ll catch you a horse that will throw you so high that the birds will build a nest in your hair before you light,” Billy went to the coral and caught old “Thunder Bolt”. He was one of them hell roaring, singed cat varieties that the devil himself couldn’t ride. He had little pig eyes, a Roman nose, and when he looked at you, his ears touched at the tips. He could kick a man in the belly with all four feet at once. Billy held the horse while the cook climbed aboard. The old Thunder Bolt went into action, and the first jump he made he jerked the cook right out from under his hat, he lost both stirrups, and was about to take a header, but the Kid jerked the horses head up, took Cookie by the collar and straightened him up in the saddle, and at the same time dealt him such a terrific blow across his back with his quirt as to almost knock him off his horse, saying “damn you, you said you could ride, now lets see you do it.” The cook would grab the saddle horn to hold on, and the kid would belt his hands such unmerciful blow with his quirt as to almost break the bones, and all the time yelling “Ride him, Cowboy, ride him.” Thunder bolt for the first time in his life quit bucking without throwing his rider. And Cookie after his bruises healed and he had a little more practice, became one of the best riders in Wyoming, and for many years, after, if any of the boys mentioned it, he would always say, “Billy the Kid taught me to ride”.

SANTA CLAUS

                                                                                                                                                Dec. 2 ,1941

                Dad Streeter Sez: No doubt you little boys and girls have seen him many times, I have and want to tell you what I know about him and his lovely wife, of course, you know there is a Mrs. Santa Claus. She is the prettiest and best woman that you ever saw or heard tell of. She is your patron saint, she takes implicit care of you from the cradle to the grave, she quiets your fear, wipes your tears away, and kisses your many little hurts until they are all better. Mr. Santa Claus of St. Nickolas as the millions of little Russian children call him, is a pretty fine fellow. He puts up the Christmas trees and distributes most of the toys, he used to come in a sleigh with a team of reindeer, and when there was no snow on the ground he found it pretty hard sledding but he always got there just the same. He used to have to come down the chimney, when the doors were all locked and always got himself covered with soot, and made a dirty mess in the front room, but that is all changed now for he comes in the front room, but that is all changed now for he comes in an airplane, and don’t have to crawl down the chimney like he used to, and get himself all messed up, he carries a pass key (that is a key that will unlock any door). He’ll find you no matter where you are, I went away three thousand miles from here once and did not leave any address, and he found me. He had brought me a Christmas present every year, for the last seventy three years, I have a picture book he gave me when I was two years old and a little money bank when I was three, which I prize very highly, if any of you would like to see them, which I prize very highly, if any of you would like to see them, call any time at 490-30th St. and I will gladly show them to you. Some people say that Santy-Claus only bring toys to the good little boys and girls, now I don’t believe a word of that. Did you ever hear of a bad little boy or girl? No, I never did some may be a little better than others, but they are all good. The authors of “Pecks Bad Boy”, who ever he was, must have been suffering from and enormously inflated imagination, to have conceived of such a non descript non existent Agni as a bad boy. What do you think?

THE FIRST BRONC I EVER UNCOCKED

                My Father got the idea that there was money in raising cattle on the range, he located a ranch on Medicine Lake about 40 miles north of McCook, Neb. and took a bunch of several hundred head of cattle to care for one half of the increase. I did the most of the riding, there was some wild grams grass to be cut for hay, but the oxen were rather slow to drive on the mowing machine so father bought a pair of horses, one was an exceptionally beautiful animal, some white with black main and tail, as soon as I saw him I decided he would make a wonderful saddle horse, but the man that father bought him from said “if you value your life worth anything, keep off that horse, he is an outlaw, he had throwed all the best riders in this part of the country”. I had rode gentle horses ever since I was able to sit on one, clothes pin fashion, and didn’t hardly know the difference between a gentle one and a man eater. I had heard that the best place to get on a bucker was in a bed of quick sand. There was plenty of it in the Republican river. Less than a half mile away, so I waited till everybody was away from home, then I put my saddle on him, after putting on a buck-strap, a buck strap is a stout strap run through the fork of the saddle tree and the ends bucked together, making a good handhold to use in case you are afraid of being throwed off.

                I led the horses into a bed of quick-sand where he sank in almost to his knees and climbed aboard. He tried his best to buck but couldn’t. He failed to get up any speed, the sand would settle around his feet until, it took almost all his strength to pull one foot at a time, he finally gave up and let me do as I wanted to. Then I took him to the corral and unsaddled him. I did that several times, each time I got a little bolder, then I decided to give the folks at the house a little exhibition, I saddled him in the corral and led him up to the house and got on, and at the same time started to yell at the top of my voice, at the same time started to do his stuff. The family came running out to see what was up, father round and round trying to get a hold of the horses bits, mother was ringing her hands and screaming, “save my boy”, but the kids were having the time of their lives clapping their hands and cheering. The horse finally got tired and stopped, none too soon to suit me. Father threatened to tan my hide for risking my life so needlessly but mother talked him out of it, and after she had dressed the skinned places, blisters and bruises, caused by holding to that buck-strap I was almost as good as new. I rode the horse nearly every day for a long time, and every time I got on he would do his best to buck me off, but he never succeeded, I believe in the old saying practice makes perfect. It wasn’t long before I discarded the buck-strap entirely, and finally got so that I could roll them rowels from one end of him to the other, always keeping time with his bucking, and never lose a beat. Father didn’t like to see me act up on him for fear I would get killed. So one day when I was away, a trial herd of Texas ponies were camped nearby. The foreman saw my horse and wanted him, father said that is my little boys saddle pony, but I will trade him to you for a real gentle one. They made the trade, and you should have seen the horse father got. He was a small pyebald, too old to be of any use, with scarcely flesh enough to hold his bones together, a set fast on his back almost as large as my saddle, he resembled a large scab with some horse fastened to each end of it. He said, “I am no Indian to want to trade back,” and that was all I could do about it. So I said to you had better be careful when you ride him, or he may sun your moccasins. He said you little clabbler necked kid, you are not dry behind the ears yet and your telling a Texas Buckeroo how to ride, for a half a cent I’d kick the pants off of you. He saddled the horse and got on, and believe me that was the first time that ever happened without him bucking. We rode together over to the P. O. where there was a redhead that the Texan wanted to cut a shine around. He bought four pounds of butter from her, she put it on a plate and the weather being quite warm the butter was rather soft. Well, he held that plate of butter in his left hand and climbed aboard, and all three of them went into the air, the horse came down first, and you should have seen the way he got out from under, the plate of butter was next, it lit right side up, but when Mr. Texan came down he lit sitting flat on that plate of butter and you should have seen that butterfly, the red head and I both laughed. I mounted my horse flew. The horse herd left about daylight the next morning, and was never seen or heard of afterwards. I followed along the trial the next day and found where the Texas man had traded my horse to a rancher for an old wagon, saying he would return someday and get the wagon, but he never intended to, all he wanted was to get rid of that horse. I bought the horse from the rancher for $5.00 and afterwards sold him to Buffalo Bill, to take with his Wild West Show.

 A CRUEL JOKE  . .

                Not many years ago I bargained with in Clearfield a suburb of Ogden, to build him a house. He to board and room me with his family. His wife was an excellent housekeeper, and exceptionally neat and clean. I thought too much so for her own good, and that was what gave me my inspiration to play a very cruel joke to her.

                One morning she asked her husband to do the churning before breakfast as there was no butter for the hot biscuits she was going to have. He said no he would have to do his chores, so he could help me with the carpenter work as soon as breakfast was over. Then I volunteered to do the churning, and everything seemed to be going along nicely when their young babe started to cry, and as there was nobody to tend it, its father out doing chores, its mother preparing breakfast and no one but her and I in the house, I picked up the child with the intention of holding it on my lap while I finished the churning. I soon discovered why the poor little kid was crying. The smell was something terrible. I said to the lady come and put a clean cloth on this kid and I think he’ll be alright. The dirty one she laid on the floor near me while she went to see to her biscuits. I quietly raised the window sash and threw it outside, then lowered the sash again and taking a perfectly clean one off the shelf I raised the churn lid and stuffed it in and kept on churning as though nothing had happened. But you can imagine the ladies anger shagrin and consternation when she fished that diaper out of the churn, she was going to throw it all out, then I winked at the man and said it was a shame to waste all that butter. He knew then that there was some joke about it and sided with me saying it would be quite a saving as the butter was yellow enough without any coloring, then I said look at the work it saves, that dasher working up and down has washed that cloth perfectly clean, it looks like new. The Misses didn’t eat any butter or anything else that day. Us men ate lots of it and smacked our lips saying it had a delicious flavor. The poor woman tried to reason out how that diaper got in the churn, and I tried to help her, saying when you ran to take care of your biscuits you must have thought you were laying it on a chair and instead you layed it on top of the churn, and the lid tipped enough to let it slide inside and then the lid came back in place again. She agreed that the explanation sounded reasonable but the horrible facts still remained. In the morning the man came to see and said “We will have to let up teasing he about it, or she may go bugs, she cried all night”. That is one secret I have kept for several years. I dare not tell her for fear of getting my block torn off. I dare not tell him for fear he would tell her, then the final outcome would be exactly the same.

WHAT AMERICAN DEMOCRACY MEANS TO ME

                First I will quote a definition which appeared in Liberty of Aug. 12, last which expressed my sentiments very clearly, “Americanism (or American Democracy) is an unfailing love of country; loyalty to its institutions and ideals; eagerness to defend it against all enemies; undivided allegiance to the flag; and a desire to secure the blessing of Liberty to ourselves and posterity.” American Democracy as I understand it is a government of the people; by the people; and for the people, and under its protection we are vouchsafed life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness, including free speech, free press, etc. We are allowed to worship what, where and when we want to, and if one’s Sunday comes on Saturday that’s perfectly all right, and if you don’t believe that Christ was the son of God and are still waiting for him to come, you won’t be robbed, killed or driven out of the country. And if you prefer to fish that’s alright too. Brotherly love, arbitration, diplomacy, and the golden rule are all principles of American Democracy, and if constantly kept in practice, there will be no room left, for hatred, war or bloodshed. I often write short articles for publication, commenting on the news of the day, sometimes when I warmed up on subject, my friends will say how dare you express yourself so freely? I answer that I am living under a democratic form of Government. They invariably come back with the rejoiner, that if you lived under a dictator you wouldn’t live, long, they’d cut your head off. Now that is one thing that American Democracy means to me, it enables me to keep my head where it belongs. Under American Democracy I am not compelled to bow down to, or worship any man, king, emperor or dictator, and if perchance I meet the President of these United States, we would likely shake hands and inquire as to the others health, but if I should bow down and grovel at his feet, I would deserve, expect and probably get a swift kick in the ribs, to straighten me up. We do not inherit titles or offices, and consequences do not have serfs, slaves or casts, but follow the assumption that I’m just as good as you, as long as I behave myself, and under this American Democracy I can hold any office from dog catcher to the president of the United States if elected and qualified. In any laws are passed that don’t meet the approval of a considerable number of the voters, they can demand a referendum, then the will of the majority become final. And if we elect an officer and he don’t go straight, we can impeach him or her as the case may be. Under our American Democracy I can marry the lady of my choice, without having to get permission from some king, priest or prime-minister. And I can raise a family, without the danger of having them confiscated. Or compelled to take a gun and kill their brother, or themselves being lined up against a wall and shot.

                These blessings and many other almost to numerous to mention, is what American Democracy means to me.

                I worked for Buffalo Bill 1886. (I was 19)

                Bill took his show to England 1887

                Gold was discovered in the Black hills of Dakota 1874

                I gathered buffalo bones the year the railroad was surveyed from Red Cloud to Denver. Buffalo Bill started in the show business 1872

                Grand Duke Alexis of Russia’s buffalo hunt where Bill roped and held one for the Duke to shoot. 1872

                General Custer and party ambushed and slaughtered by Indians under Sitting Bull. 1876

                Alexander Bell invented telephone. 1876

                Mr. Glidden invents barbed wire.1876

WESTERN HOSPITALITY

*******************

                Dad Streeter Sez: That while riding across western Nebraska on my way back toward Texas after delivering a trial herd of cattle to a party on the “crazy woman” in southern Canada I got a little off the trail, and like the Indian I lost the trail, anyways I could not find it, I hadent passed any ranches, where I could get food, or came to any waterholes or creeks where I could get water for several days, I ate the last crumb of my grub last night, I had been using the water very sparingly, there was less than one half pint still left in the canteen. The poor horse was so hungry and dry and so leg weary that he could hardly drag one foot ahead of the other and finally gave up and laid down. I said well I suppose this is the end I sat down besides him wondering what to do next, no telling how far it was to any habilitation, I could tell by the position of the stars in the big dipper that it was nearly morning. Oh if it would only rain so I could catch a little water. But no such good luck as that in the desert. Then I thought I could distinguished a patch of wild garden sage not far away. I said if I can only get there with my blanket I might be able to catch some dew, as I had often done in the past, but when I reached there the sage was dry, not a drop of dew on it, it was dry enough to burn. I went back to the horse, got the canteen and wet my handkerchief, and wiped all around the poor horses mouth and poured about one half of the remainder down the poor critters throat, them I gave myself the same treatment. The wetting of his lips and the cool morning air so revived him that with my help he got upon his feet. Then I started him in the direction that we had been traveling resolved on going as far as we could before giving up. We hadent traveled far when I saw in the distance a settlers cabin, I knew if we could reach it we were safe, for there would be food and water. By putting forth an extra effort, and using every ounce of strength we had left we finally reached there. I was in the act of drawing a bucket of water from the well, when a woman saw me and came out bringing a strawberry shortcake with her the size of a milk pan, with whipped cream on the top, the kind mother used to make, with a spoon to eat it with, she asked me if I was hungry, I said I was, and I surely proved the truth of that statement by the way I devoured that shortcake and believe me it didn’t take long either to find such a luxury out on this desert. She said I have a son that may now be roaming this prairie and if hungry I hope that someone will feed him, I said you will hardly expect them to fill him up on strawberry shortcake with whipped cream on, would you? She said I would expect them give him the best they had in the house. Now wasent that a Christian spirit? and a true sample of western hospitality? and after thanking her from the bottom of my heart, for her motherly interest in me a stranger, I went on my way rejoicing, and praising the Almighty for placing such truly Christian people in this wonderful world of ours.

                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                490-30-ST

                                                                                                                                                Ogden Utah

HOW’L YOU TRADE

****************

                                                                        Sep.30-1941

                Dad Streeter Sez; I read in the Standard with great pleasure that the Duke of Windsor is making us another visit, now isent that nice of him? I wonder if we could get the Chamber of Commerce to arrange with them to include Ogden in their itinerary, I would like to see the lady, she must be a world beater, A Nymph, A veritable Frey’a for the King of England to trade his crown for her, And they say that he traded straight across. Now that isent a trade that can be picked up every day. Say I’d like to get hold of one of them old crowns, just to see what I could do with it,  But that crown of his terribly old and for all know, it might be rusty and full of wormholes. I hear that his great, great, grandfather got it second handed, if that id true, the new must be pretty well worn of by this time, Uncle Sam might buy it at old gold prices and give Johnie bull credit, on that seven billion that he owes him,  But I don’t know as I ever heard of the Duke wanting to nig on the trade have you ?  But Duke if you ever get that crown back in your possession let me know, and I will fix you up a good trade for it, I still have a bit of tradein stock on hand, such as a pup tent, a baby buggy, a fairly good sewing machine, a small dog cart, a washer and a single barreled shotgun.

                                                                                                                                Dad Steeter

                                                                                                                                                490-30-ST.

                                                                                                                                                                Ogden Utah

A JAPANESE ABHORTION

                Dad Streeter Sez; He wonders what all them airplanes are flying around here for lately, maby they are on their way over to Guadalcanal Island to reinforce the American marines and troops in al effort to retain a foothold in the Solomon Islands. If that is their mission let us one and all wish them Godspeed and a safe return home. I should say that with our invincible army troops, and unconquerable marines along with torpedo boats and an inviolable air armada. What show will them little Japs have?  They might as well toddle home, for their cake is dough. Their case is lost, or I miss my guess.

                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                490-30-St.

                                                                                                                                                                Ogden Utah

COW BOYS GOOD SINGERS

                Dad Streeter Sez;   That why most of the old time cow-boys were such good singers, was because they had so much practice they were almost always night-herding cattle, whether on the roundup or on the trail. Those old long-horns were such a nervous flighty set, that most anything unusual (such as a large tumble weed blowing among them of a jack-rabbit suddenly jumping up close by) would scare them, and away they would go in a stampede, the front ones thinking the back ones were something chasing them, and the back ones running to keep up,  They would run sometimes for many miles, or until they came to something they could’ent pass, such as a river or a precipice, there they would pile up on one another, and sometimes kill, one half or more of their number. The cow-boys found that if they would sing to them, they would lay quietly chewing their cuds, and think less of running. The boys would ride slowly around the bunch, at about equal distances apart, singing and those that couldn’t sing, played some small musical instrument, such as a harmonica or a small concertina, which they usually carried in their saddle pockets. And with about three hours practice every night, was it any wonder that they became almost expert? Which all goes to prove the truth of the old saying, “ music hath charms to sooth the savage breast.

                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                490-30-St.

FOLLOWING A PERCEDENT

***********************

                Dad Streeter Sez; In reading an editorial in “ Path Finder” of Feb. 3, I see where it says “It is interesting to note that our poll shows Democratic opposition to be directed not so much against a personality as against an idea, the idea of breaking the two-term precedent, in short it would be a case not of loving the President less, but of loving a tradition more. Now isent that a perfectly senseless position to take? And following the same line of reasoning if Christ should appear on this earth again, as so many good people expect him to, they would cry crucify him, crucify him, not that they loved Christ less, but they loved that precedent more, the one established one thousand nine hundred years ago. I wonder what show they will have of getting into everlasting glory?  they would more likely be cast into that bottomless pit that we read about. So for heavens sake follow your best judgement and don’t be misled by any silly superstition, such as following a precedent.

                                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                                490-30-ST.

THE ONION RACKET

*****************

                Dad Streeter Sez; Yesterday being an exceptionally nice sunshiny day, the kind that Utah is so famous for, I got in my car and took a ride out into the country. In one place I found the farmers loading a car of onions, I says who’s buying the onions?.  One of them spoke up and said Uncle Sam is buying them for the surplus commodity corporation, he is paying 30 cents for a 50 cent sack, the sack costs 9& each, and I said that leaves you nine from thirty, or 21 cents per sack, he says oh; no, after we pay for the grading and the inspection, that leaves 15cents for the onions, which is a very small part of their cost, then I said don’t you know there is a state law in Utah prohibiting the sale of anything below cost?,  he said yes I know but we are in the worse, your Uncle Sam in this deal, I says that makes it all the worse, your uncle should know better,  He’s even making himself an accessory to the crime. Oh; Dear, I wonder what our law enforcement agencies were doing to let such a thing happen, right under their noses?  I would like to see an example made of this case, it might cause the law to operate in the way that it was intended to in the first place. Of coarse, I would hate to see the farmer take all the punishment, cause Uncle might be just as guilty as heck, but how are we going to go about it to punish him?  And it might have been the tax collector that pulled the stunt. Of coarse he would figure it this way, the farmer has to pay taxes now pretty soon, and he will have to sell his onions to raise the  money, so offer him 15 cents a bag he’l take it, rather than loose his farm. I wonder if there would have been a connivance between uncle and the tax collector?  or was it just a coincident?.

                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                490-30 ST.

CRITICIZING PUBLISHIN WAR NEWS ON FRONT PAGE

                Dad Streeter Sez; I wrote a article criticizing the publication of crime news on the front page of the paper, and on Feb. 10, 1939 Isaiah Jr. saw fit to pen an answer saying if those that object will keep us supplied with Lindbergs, Corrigans, and Dukes of Windsors everybody will be satisfied” so that settled that. Then on June 27-1939 I received a letter from an Editor accusing me of mutilating the English language to which I plead guilty, and advising me to avoid the vernacular which I will endeavor to do in the future, (if possible). Since the pecuniary life of a paper depends on the ability of it’s editor to give the public what they want, and the only way we can judge that is by their letters, phone calls, and comments, such as “why did you quit writing for the paper”? “Your articles alone are worth the subscription price”, I always read your articles first.” I keep a scrap book in which I put all your articles “ While we mourn the death of Will Rogers we thank God that we have Dad Streeter to take his place”.”Your writings are very clever”  And so on ad nauseam.

CHANGING ONES MIND

                I’ve herd said that to change ones mind is a woman prerogative and again there is old saw that a wise man sometimes changes his mind but a fool never does, I didn’t want to be classed with the latter so I changed mine, when the clocks were turned back so I couldn’t get enough sleep, ordered not to eat meat, and only bread made of bran and mill sweeping, compelled to borrow at eight percent and reloan it at four which was perfectly constitutional I don’t think. I could stand all that without complaining but when they took away my chewin tobacco that was the last straw, for in this western country to kick a man’s stern and take his tobacco, is the worst punishment that can be inflicted, so I jumped right over the fence and voted the Democratic ticket and helped elect Mr. Roosevelt for which I have never been sorry not yet, it is according to how he disposed of the controversy about the supreme court Justices, I would discharge them as they have been on government payroll long enough, They have outlived their usefulness and if they haven’t enough money to last them the remainder of their lives it’s just too bad, but if they haven’t and need a little dole, put them on relief and let them draw thirty dollars a month the same as I’m doin, but not twenty thousand a year as you proposed, that might be unconstitutional? Some of the opponents of the old age pension plan say it would not be safe to give them old people so much money, it would not be safe to give them old people so much money, it would encourage dissipation and have a tendency to shorten their lives, if that be true, think of the awful effect that one thousand six hundred sixty six dollars sixty six and two thirds cents each mo. might have on them poor old judges, and for pitty sake don’t do it.  The shock might cause them to fall dead and where would they go? Saint Peter would not dare to let them in for fear they might declare the plan of salvation, the ten commandments and the laws of Moses all unconstitutional and wouldn’t that make a mess of everything. Lucifer wouldn’t take them in his place for it is full of trouble makers now. The Constitution of the United States as it stands, is the greatest document ever penned by man, so simple, so concise, and as Isaiah thirty fifth chapter and eighth verse says, of the way of holiness, that “way faring men though fools may not err therin” So let the judges go, It may be that they can find some more useful occupation such as peddling papers, or teachin Sunday school, and the money you save take good care of it, it might come in handy, if ever you wanted to balance the budget. And then my dear uncle Frank, if in looking over the constitution you come across any words of phrases that you don’t understand the meaning of, I will gladly explain them to you free of charge, if you enclose a self addressed, stamped envelope for reply.

RAIN AND RAINBOWS

                Dad Streeter Sez; I read in the Standard Examiner that Utah according to the report of the weather bureau, has just passed through its wettest twelve months on record, 18.47 inches, While we consider that quite wet it lacks 493.55 inches of being what the station on the Pali Five miles east of Honolulu recorded, five hundred and twelve inches (42 feet 8 inches) the heaviest rain fall of any place on earth. That during the year 1926 that I spent there, it was a good thing that amount of water was spread over a period of one year, if it had fell in forty days and forty nights have expected a second deluge, if not the rainbow that God placed in the sky as a sign, in remembrance of the covenant that he made with Noah and his descendants, that there would be no more floods. The rainbows to be seen in Hawaii are very beautiful, those to be seen in daytime are a little less brilliant, and are visible nearly every night during the full of the moon. There is a place about two miles east of Honolulu on the side of the mountain, where one can look down several hundred feet into a round cove, at a certain time of day, when there is mist or rain falling and see a beautiful rainbow, that is a complete circle and laying flat on its side. (Is it proper to call it a rainbow or would it be better top call it a rain circle?)

THE GOLDEN RULE

                Dad Streeter Sez; 2492 years ago, or 551 tears before Christ was born, there came to this world a Chinese philosopher, and world renowned teacher, by the name of Confutious, the author of the golden rule and teacher of brotherly love, the rule in substance said, do unto others as you wish to be done by. The Greek philosophers Plato and Socrates who came later tried to emulate his teachings, and 551 years later Christ in his sermon on the mount (Mathew 7-12) said “Therefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you ye even so them.

                That is a Chinese principle that has been instilled unto them for thousands of years, and adherence to such teaching is what has kept them at peace with the world for so many centuries and that if for no other reason I declare myself in favor of the United States giving China all the help possible, money, war materials, and a general embargo on all Japanese commerce, Their ruthless and in human treatment of the Chinese is deserving of the wrath of God, and the condemnation of all mankind.

RIDEING A BICYCLE

                Dad Streeter Sez; We’ve got a new bicycle at our house and it is causing as much excitement as a new baby, It was bought for my little grand son, but uncle, aunt, cousin, grandmaw, and yours truly, have all took a whirl at it, his mother couldent keep the blamed thing right side up, Auntie says she knows that she could ride it if it would go straight ahead, but it is likely a balkey mule, always turning around to see who is driving it, Auntie done real well, but you should have seen dear old Grandmaw she done real well considering her youth and inexperience, that being the first thing she ever found that she couldent boss, but she says if she had a quirt and a good pair of spurs, she would have dealt that pesky thing a lot of misery and she surely would or I miss my guess, then it came my turn, I started in to show the others how I used to ride, I held to the handles and ran along beside it and when I got up speed I jumped on, I must have thought it was cayouse for I jerked off my hat and started to fan the thing, maby you think it didn’t buck, It struck down its head and kicked up behind, as nice as any bronc could, I grabbed for the saddle horn but of coarse it wasent there, instead I got both hands full of gravel wit a liberal amount in my eyes and hair, after getting a air cut and shampoo, a little red cross tape on my cuts, and a little curicomb on my bruises, I was practically as good as new, but after this no bicycle riding for me. But you should see that little kid ramble, he put eighty miles on the speedometer the first twenty four hours.

RUDOLF HESS

                Dad Streeter Sez; I never knew but one man by the name of Hess, He is a great favorite with the ladies, I think he hess more wimen than hess been entitled to, while I only hess one, Now I hear by the paper that a German by the name of Hess has taken a flying trip over to visit old jonnie Bull. I don’t know so much about that man Hess, they say he is a reckless devil, Webster says a Devil is the personal supreme spirit of evil and righteousness, a malignant spirit, a human friend, a diamond, of coarse that is a very poor introduction, but if he is a personal friend of Hitlers, he could easily be all of that and then some. For it is written that birds of a feather flock together, it is hard to guess what his mission in England might be, but he better not start any monkey business, or he will surely get thew worst of it. Even if he has got his toe nails painted.

POURS SCORN ON AN EFFORT TO IMPEACH A WOMAN

                Dad Streeter Sez;  You fellars back in Washington aught to be ashamed of yourselves to gang up on a woman and try to get her out of office where she hasent done anything wrong; it may be you are playing politics and don’t mean any harm, or it may be your are devoid all sense of justice and fair play. As for me I would like to see many more women in public office, the more the better, I believe they are more conscientious and trustworthy and have far more respect for their oath of office than most men do. Look at the miserable failure that the men made with the prohibition law. I have not the least doubt that a bunch of old women could have done much better.

                Any Way when you take her out ot throw rocks at her, remember the admonition of Christ on a like occasion when he said, “He that is without sin among you let him first cast a stone at her”. Then there won’t be nobody hurt.

                                                                                                Dad Streeter

HOW YOU GOING TO STOP THE GAP OR WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO WITH THE                             FIFTY YEAR OLD MAN WITH A WIFE AND KIDS

                He was purty well hooked up before the depression and now he is plumb busted. He tried to get a government job, they said no, he was too old, they want young men that can be bullied and dogged around. He tried the factories and the very first question they asked was how old are you? He said “fifty years” and they gave him the horse laugh as well as the gate, saying what does that old fool think he can do. They want youth, they don’t give a tinker dam for experience on efficiency, they must have youth. Then he tried the wpa with the same result, Then he tried the old age assistance, but they can’t do nothing cause hes not old enough for that, he’d have to be sixty five or over before he could get any help there. I say we should petition President Roosevelt to do something to stop the gap between fifty and sixty five years. That’s too long to go without eating. A man would be dried up worse than an Egyptian mummy in less time than that, and while the president is getting things in running order. I would advise my friends to join the garbage can snoopers union. You can get a life membership, and it dont cost nothing to join, and there aint no dues or assessments, and they can get clothes and eats that way, and the old news papers and the labels off the tin cans make purty good fuels. The City being zoned and each member given his territory to work in according to his priority rights, avoids any confusion and you can git your stuff fresh every month if you beat the neighbors dogs and cats to it, of course you’ll want some place to live, well now that’s easy, just pick out the house that you want when the land lord ain’t looking just move right in and stay right there same as them sit down strikers are doing be sure and dont pay no rent cause he cant put you out on how, and the city won’t turn your water off neither, Now in this way you can get along real well and still keep your self respect cause you wont be breaking any laws nor receiving charity or dole as it is sometimes called.

TOY ARMAMENTS SUGJEST CRIME

                Dad Streeter Sez;  I see by the paper of recent date, that cape town South Africa has placed a ban on toy armaments of all kinds includin toy soldiers, guns, tanks, and toy pistols or anything that looks like a pistol or an automatic cigarett lighter made in the shape of a pistol now I think that is as it should be in every civilized comunity, I believe it is a big stride in the right direstion, but I would go a little farther and ban all moovies that picture battle scenes, executions, hold ups, or gun plays of any kind, I would purge the air of gang-busters and G-men, and the libraries of all books telling of the lives and escapes of our noted criminals such as the quantrels, James, Daltons, and Capone and his many friends and companions on the rock. Such things teach our boys to imitate them, It is a common sight to see the little fellows choose sides for battle, each trying to impersonate the hero of his imagination, and the one that snaps his cap pistol first is supposed to kill the other, who falls and plays dead until the fight is over, and if one side gives up the ones left alive are lined up against a wall and shot by a firing squad. Others don masks and hold up one another and if a culprit is caught, they have a very realistic hanging bee, while at other times they wear their gaudy suits paint their faces and play Indian and act out some verry colorful Indian massacres, scalpin throught cutting and all, (with wooden knives) Is it any wonder that we have such an over-production of criminals?  when we furnish the property for their daily rehearsals.

                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

REGARDING THE GENEALOGY OF HERR HILTER

                Dad Streeter Sez;  For the enlightenment of them that don’t know. I will endeavor to trace the genealogy of Adolf Hitler, first we will have to admit that he is a man, although he is entirely devoid of all manly principles,  He had never been married, or proved to the world that he is a normal man, but admitting that he is, Soloman in all his wisdom declared that all men are liars, and judging from the great number of lies that flow from his lips almost constantly, one would think that he (Hitler) was full of them,  It is said in the eighth chapter of John that the devil is the father of lies,  Now dont that prove beyond the least shadow of a doubt that the Devil is Hitler’s Father”? “And like father like son” so judging from Hitlers actions I would think that his satanic majesty (the Devil) would be very proud of his noble son.

                While I havent traced his Mother’s side of their family tree we would naturally pupposed that Mr. Hitlers father (the Devil) would be most likely to marry his own station, and would pick out one of them she-devils to become the mother of his beloved son,  Is it to be wondered at, that a child with such a background should grow up to be the hell-hound that he is?

MAN AS THE MOST DANGEROUS ANIMAL

Dad Streeter Sez;  I believe man is the nost dangerous, the most ravenous, as well as the most blood-thirsty animal that roams the earth today. Still I have heard of rare cases, where they have been so thoroughly tamed that they will eat out of their traners hands, but like lion, in an unguarded moment may turn and destroy their trainer. Of course varieties are harder to train than others,  Take them European dictators for instance, they are much harder to train than our home grown varietie, some you may have to kill before you can teach them anything,  And like it used to be said of the American Indian (the Good Indians are dead Indians) The same could be said of dictators, with their insatiable lust for war and bloodshed, They are probably taking their precedent from the fifteenth chapter of first Samule the third verse, where the lord comanded Saul to go and smite Amalek and utterly destroy all that they have, dn spare them not; but slay both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and ass, now isent that exactly what they are doing in Europe today? Then look at the eighteenth chapter the six and seventh verses, where it says; “ And it came to pass as they came, then David was returned from the slautering of the Philistiane that the women came out of all cities of Isreal, singing and dansing, to meet King Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and instroments of music,  And the women answered one another as they played and said; Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his tenth thousands,  It seems our modern killers are trying to break that record, and will probably reach a million or more before the stop, but we don’t expect the women to go dancing sown the street singing about it,  It don’t seem to me a thogh this world of ours has improved much in the last four or five thousand years..

JEALOUSY

********

Dad Streeter Sez; I don’t remember of being jealous but once in my whole life, and strange to say, the object of that jealous rage was a mule. Now I always prided myself on being just as good, if not a little better than a jack-ass or any of his desendants, But one cold stormy might about fifty years ago last December I found out differently. I was standing at the corner of Washington avenue and Twenty fifth St. almost froze, waiting for one of them mule cars to take me home; Finally one came along I think the drivers name was Al Peterson. I was the only pasenger and was in the act of climeing aboard, when Mr. Swan the manager (whoom I had always thaught was my friend) came running out of the office, which was where the broad Stone drug store now is,  He looked at me and then at the mules and wasent long deciding in their favor. And turning to Al he said take them mules to the barn, It would be a shame to try to drive them against this storm But I not being considered as a good as a mule, was alowed to walk more than a mile facing on of the worst storms of the winter, To state it mildly I was angry, almost angryenough to have chewed the ears off them onry critters. I arived home with slightly frosted ears and fingers, I had the unique experience of being as hot as a hornet, and frezeing all at the same time. I suppose acording to that I should take off my hat and make a nice little bow every time I meet a mule, but I just cant do it that’s all.

                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                490-30-St.

A SOLILOQUY

************

Dad Streeter Sez; I would like to know why the surpluss commodity corporation insists on buying the best of everything, includeing fruits vegetables Etc.  to give away.? That leaces the culls for the producer to dispose of, which is practally imposible. While if they baught the culls to give away, that would leave the U.S. #1’s with the producer, and he should have no difficulty in disposing of them at a good price. As it is now, after sorting out a small portion of the crop, or as many as will grade extra fancy and paying cull price for them, and giving them away, free of charge Is it reasonable to suppose that the ones left could be disposed pf at any price? I should say not And that in traveling along the hiways of Utah, and Idaho, the orchards and gardens give one the impression that the crops have not ben harvested yet. I have no dought that the surplus commodity corporation is doing all in their power, ton help the farmer but through their ignorance of the principles of saled-man ship have dealt the farmers of this locality such a blow that it will take many years of hard labor, for them to recoup their losses. And providing of coarse that their farms are not sold for taxes during the interim.

Now I would sugjest that the farmers of this country all meet at a specified time and offer up prayers similar to the one Christ offered up in behalf of his tormentors,” Father forgive them they know not what they do.

                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

WATCHING A BALL GAME

**********************

I just got back from Plaincity where I went to see a ballgame between the Bamboos of Ogden and the A team of Plaincity. There was a record breaking crowd the autos were parked close togeather all around the publick square, and in some places were two or three deep, Although I ocupied a ring side seat, still I dide’nt see verry much of the game owing to other atractions. I was seated on the fround just behind the wire netting, and when the game started, the batter struck a foul, and the ball came through the only hole in that netting, hit me and rolled under a car close by well that woke me up, and I turned round to see where it went, but instead of catching sight og the ball I saw one of the prettiest pair of legs, which it has ever been my good fortune to lay my eyes on, and how I longed to lay my hands on them too, just to gently pat and caress them. They were the variety usually possessed by bathing beauties, and were modishly encased in a beautiful pair of new stockings, and while I sat there enthralled by the scene, my chance of a lifetime came. A large mosqueto lit on one of them, and started drilling for blood, and judging from the way he was nipping that gall, he must have been of the Gall-i-nipper variety, Well sir I just couldn’t stand it, to set there and watch that varmint bloating himself on her life blood, growing larger and larger every moment. Suddenly I decided on a plan of action. I quietly moved a trifle closer and reached out my hand, and with one well directed slap killed the creature right in the act. Of course the little lady was badly startled, and started to scream. I tried to apologies by offering to spit on my handkerchief and wash the blood spot off her stocking but I think she must have guessed my motive, for she said no thank you. At the end of the game some one told me the score stood five to two in favor of plaincity and thats about all I know about the ball game. I spent the rest of the day hunting mosquetos, but I guess that was the only one that came to see the game.

TO HIS SANTANIC MAGESTY

************************

I’ve been watchingthe papers pretty close but I haven’t saw or heard any more about that exibit Mr. La Gardia thaught of entering in the worlds fair of Hilter in the chamber of honors, I hope he hasent given up the idea that would be a major atraction if only a small part of what we hear about him is true. I had decided to see that exibit even if I had to pawn my shoes to buy a ticket. I have a burning curioousity to know what such a monstrosity might look like, one thatmade a specialty of murdering and robing defenceless men wimen and children and mostly his own country-men. How can he stand by and grin with pleasure while they writhe in agony. The devil belzebub or the prince of darkness, as he is variously called would have the rateing of a Sunday school teacher compared with such a vile contemptible creature. Old Kaiser Bill only clamed to be in partnership mitgot, but this foul fiend must think he is God almighty in person, He even thumbed his nose at our dear old uncle sam, Why dont somebody call his bluff? I am sure he would run like a fritened hare the least show of resistance. But if he didn’t then let Uncle Sam give him the chastisement that he so justly deserves. Now if you print this you might send Mr. Hitler a copy with my compliments then he can see exactly what at least one American citizen thinks of him and his nefarious work.

                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                490-30-St.

                                                                                                                                                                                Ogden Utah

THEY ARE ALL MY COUSINS

***********************

They say the King and Queen of England are figuring on making us a visit, some time this summer, and I’m sure tickled pink. I suppose they call on me, and I’ll sure be terible disapointedif they dont, cause they are all my relatives you know. I belong to the royal family now. And this is how it all happened. My Uncle Sam is Willie Stimsons uncle too, and her a marrying the Duke of Winsor made him my sousin by marriage, and him being a brother to the king, made him my cousin too, and now “ there all my cousins” But I don’t mind it, I’m realy glad they are all comin and would even put myself out to entertain them. But it would be different with any of them swelled headed dictators I wouldn’t even be at home if they called. (not if I knew they were coming) I never dreamed when I was busting bronks ion Wyoming that some day I would be related to the king of England but you never can tell.

                                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                                490-30- St.

                                                                                                                                                                                Ogden Utah

SYMPATHY

***********

Dad Streeter Sez;  I hear it talked about on the street, listen to it over the radio, and read about it is the news papers, that the allies have our sympathy, Well now what does sympathy amount to anyway, I would like to know? Simply nothing, it is of no more pecuniary value than a puncture bubble, and exploded theory, or a broken promice, as soon as it becomes of value, it ceases to be sympathy,it becomes charity or benevolence. The Ethiopians had our sympathy, so did the Chinese, and so did the Poles, and what good did it do them,?  Sympathy turned to benevolence in the case of the Finns, and they are getting some much needed benefit out of it. But did you ever try to cash is on sympathy? you will find it has no pecuniary value whatever, it never baught a stitch to wear, a crum to eat, or a drop to drink. So if we as a nation feel philanthropically inclined, and want to help our neighbors in distress, let us by all means give them something more worthwhile.

                                                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                                                490-30-St.

ARE POLITITIONS DISHONEST

Dad Streetet Sez;  I wonder why politicions are so often refered to as dishonest un principled scoundrels, that isent fair, cause it’sliable to leave the impression that they are all that way, but they ain’t, Of course our dealings with the Indians, the aquireing of the Hawaian Islands, and the sight for the panamaw canal (which is given in the encycopedia britanica as the greatest steal on record) were all questionable deals, but no worse than them europeans nations borrowing all that money, and then denying that they owe us anything, they owe us anything, Except Finland, the whole civilized world should take off their hats to them, cause they kept their word, and haven’t missed a payment yet, they must be Chritians, the way they practice the golden rule. Their environment is not the best, and again it may be the teaching of their church leader, The rev. Sigfried Sirenius that is keeping them in the straight and narrow path. Their President the honorable Kyosti Kallio and members of parliament are surely all honorable people and I suppose that Miss Killikki Pokjala’s presence as a member of parliament, and a lady, exerts a strong influence, for honesty justice and fair dealing, tis true they are now engaged in war, but who wouldn’t fight under like conditions? they are fighting “for their lives liberty and their pursuit of hapiness” against tremendious odds, They have some finantial help and should have more, and they should also have moral support of, every fair minded person, in this war torn world of ours.

                                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                                490-30-St.

Dad Streeter Sez; I heartily Indorse the language of the Democratic platform adopted at Chicago July The 17 where it says The Roosefelt administration seeks a third term on its record of having “labored successfully during the last seven years to strengthen democracy by increasing our economic eficiency and improving the welfare of the people” Every act of the administration has been an honest endeaver to benefit the greatest number of people and not a select few such as bankers, money loaners, department store oners, investtors, insurance companies and railroads. We are not interested in the price of stocks and bonds, nor in dividends, nor in exports or imports, we have no money to loan. But if we should want to borrow some, it can be had now from Uncle Sam at five percent interest; that is much better than the 10 and 12 per cent that we have been paying. Our saving accounts are now insured up to $5000 dollars. We have a little exemption on our taxes if we are luckey enough to own any property, if we are 65 years we can draw $25 per month, it should be $30 but we are short changed $5, so we do not apreciate the sympathy of the Los Angeles times of Sept, 29-1940. Or the squack of the United states Republican committee.

CONSERNING A THIRD TERM

Dad Streeter Sez; I hear that our good friend Mr. Lewis predicts an ignomious ( What ever that means besides dis honorable , deserving disgrace, humiliating and degrading ) defeat for Roosevelt if he runs for a third term, but he dosent say what makes him think so. Well now I dont pretendto know any thing about it. In fact I dont know any thing only what someone has told me or what I read in the paper, or hear over the radio. But I will bet a coon skin that if he starts he’l be just the same as there, because there haint a man in these here whole United States that will stand a gost of a show running against Uncle Frank, whether you believe it or not, He will sure get most of the Democratic votes, and I know at least one tine Republican that’ll vote for him as often as he gets a chance.

LETTER TO THE EDITOR

Dear Editor;

The last time I offered you an article for publication, you sugjested that I write something humorous. Well now the verry idea of me trying to write something humorous would make a horse laugh. Did you ever try to be funny? If not just try it once and see how you come out. I have and my best efforts brought forth tears instead of laughter, and I dont want to make any one cry. I recall trying in once in my early married life. We had a social gathering at our house, and I told what I taught was a verry funny story, and when I had finished there was no encore, not even aplause, there was not a word, not a sound, and ominous silence, there was not a smile, not even a grin, on  the faces of all those present, I was so thoroughly non-plussed that I havent tried it since, and dont think I ever will And ever after that when my good wife and I were to go to a party, she would say daddy dear you be sure to act your age this evening, and be sure to cut out all the funny business. And it would nock all the humer out of me, and it would have such a quieting efect that it gave me an inferior complex, so much so that I hated the sound of my own voice, and believing in the old saw, that silences is golden, I usually kept quiet, And that is why I was sometimes called a gentlemen wall flower.

                                                                                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                                                                                                490-30-St.

RIDE’EM COW BOY RID’EM

Dad Streeter Sez;  While living at Indianola Neb. We had a neighbor by the name of Jesse Welborn who was sherif of Redwillow county, he also had a sizeable bunch of cattle on the range. He was a large burly westerner with the reputation of fearing neither God man or the devil. But I saw him when he had the liver scared right out of him, anyhow he was as white as a weasel in the winter time, he had caught something he wanted to let loose and couldent. I had been riding out in the hills and came acros a freshly killed carcass of one of his yearnlings, I rode over to the house and told him about it, he said come and show me where it is, I will set a trap and try and catch the animal, I said it makes a track like a cat but whoever saw a cat with a  foot that big? He took a large double spring steel trap and staked it down near the carcasss, then went home to await results, that night there was a light fall of snow, enough to cover our tracks as well as the trap. Mr. Welborn went the next morning to see if he had caught anything, there was a fine specimen of a mountain lion in the trap caught by the left hind leg, he decided to take it to the ranch alive and thaught he might be able to sell it to some zoo or circus for a good price it was such a beauty, he took down his rope and tied one end solid to his saddle horn fearing he might be too buisy rideing his horse ( not knowing how he might act with a lion tied to him) to take his daliweltas in the custamery way, he made a large loop in the other end and throwed it over the cat that at the same time made a spring, then Mr. Welborn drew in the slack, that tightened n the rope around the chain on the trap and the stake kept it from slipping off the end of the chain. Now all that was apearantly left to do was to put the spurs to the horse and get home they were all tied togather, the stake would pull up as soon as the rope tightened, it did, but there was one thing Jesse hadent figured on, that was what the big cat was going to do, him being the more agil of the two animals, he gave a bound and landed squarely on the horses rump, with a paw on each side, and the claws sunk in each flank, and his face against the cantle of the saddle. maby you think that horse dident do a fine job of running kicking and bucking, trying to dislodge his tormentors, the cat was holding on tight and Mrs. Welborn was making the ride of his life, he had to lean forward as far as he vould to keep away from the lions fangs, which came uncomfortably close at times, tearing the mans clothingentirely off his back. I had just came out of the big round branding coral when the cavalcade came tearing in, I shut the gate and they went round and round like an act in a circus ring, the man yelling, the lion roaring and the horse squealing with pain, until a man in the house heard the commotion and came running out to offer his help. I throwed my rope on the cat while he took a turn around the snubbing post with the rope that was on the trap, and was dragging we pulled the lion off the horse and stretched him out, Mr. Welborn finaly got his horse quieted, he said he wanted the fun of shooting that onry critter, so I handed my gun, as he had left his where he caught the lion, it took only one shot to finish the brute, he measured just nine feet from tip to tip, and his hide sold for twenty five dollars, because of its extra large size, But believe me that was once that Mr. Welborn was realy scared..

ABOUT KISSING

Dad Streeter Sez; Now there is Dr. S.L. Kalsoff social director of the San Francisco institute of human relations, he sure is a man after my own heart, Gob bless him, he evidently appreciates the flavor of a good kiss. Then is it any wonder that he took sides against the university of California health oficials, in baning kissing for sixty days or any other length of time. Now wouldn’t that be almost equal to cutting the boys throats, with all them pretty girls swarming around with their pretty lips persed, and him not allowed to kiss any of them. No Mr. Officers that ruling would be utterly imposible of enforcement, it would be inhuman cruelty, it would be equal to putting a starving man in the cook shack with a muzzle on, no Mr. Officers you better take my advice and don’t try that. God tried it once in the garden of eden and it dident work, no it dident work any better than the sixteenth amendment to our constitution did, and then it is liable cause a general strike, and is almost certain to lead to a rebellion, or a bloody riot, and nobody wants that. So you university fellows go right ahead and take on all the kissing you can get, even if you have to steal the most of it, I’d like to see somebody try to stop me, after such an eminent physician as Dr. Kalzoff had pronounced it perfectly safe.

FIRST TRIP TO FLORIDA

Mrs. Streeter and I took a notion to go to Florida to visit our son that lives at Zepherhill, We thaught we would like to fly there but found that we couldent get reservations until the winter was half gone, then we tried the pulman that was no better, we could get a chair car, the agent told us he wouldent guarantee to take us father than Omaha, then he tried the buss he sold us a ticket and agreeq take us all the way, and were we glad, the acommodation were good, we could stop off at any town along the way. Stop as long as we wanted too, we atayed at the hotels at night ate breakfast and boarded the first bus going our way in the morning, Our son Calvin met us at the station he said I have sold out here but will have thirty days to vacate, now you will have to get buisy and help me find another.We took a day or two’s rest then started out, answered all the ad’s in the paper and in that way got to see most all of Florida, such as the Glades, Singing tower, Chrystals Springs, Shell Island, Sponge Fisheries, and the winter quarters of sells floto circus, The cyprus gardens, St Petersburg. Tampa and plant city noted for its wonderful vegetables gardens Then we read of one at summerfield about fiftewen miles south of Ocala a beautiful six room stone building, with a double garage to match the house fourty acres of land, and substantial frame chicken houses for about one thousand five hundred chickens a well of good watter with an electric pump that will furnish all the watter he needs to Irogate with, we dident loose any time in making a down payment. Then the next chore was to move, it was about 80 miles and all we had to haul in was a two seated Chevrolet, by making several trips we got it all there and stored in an empty chicken coop, and waight for the people to move out, whitch they did in due time, and when we got moved in cleaned up and straightened up it was time to think of going home.

SECOND TRIP TO FLORIDA

My grandson, Kieth Hodson, Got married and wanted to go east on their honeymoon, I told him if he would go South first that I would stand the expense as far as Florida, he said that’s a go, So Mrs. Streeter and I rode with the newly weds and we had a most delightful trip, except when we got stuck in the snow at Wolfcreek pass, we got out with no serious accident, and went on, by the way of Amorila and Dallas to new Orleans then folloed the gulf of Tallahasa, That was the nicest part of our trip, Beautiful houses on one side of the Boulevard, and pier runiing out in gulf of the other, with park like lawns and flowers in front of the houses, It was somewhat of a surprise to the folks as we had not anounced our coming. We took a short rest then planted a garden, and went to Ocala and baught 500 little chickens, just like we meant business, we hadent seen silver springs yet, so we went there for a holiday, and we certainly enjoyed it, the glass bottom boats the sub marine in whitch you can go down and visit the fishes, the watter is so clear that you can plainly see the fish down fourty ft., or more, It is said to be the largest spring in the world. Thw museum was quite interesting many aligators one twenty four ft. long, and the snake pen with rattlers wound up in a ball about four or five feet through, they are the diamond back variety they milk them to get the venom to use for medical purposes. My Grandson Clark done the hunting and was verry succefuly in keeping the two families suplied in meat, often bringing in fifteen cotton tails at one time and all the O Possum that he wanted to carry, and bull frogs weighing three or four pounds each one day he brought in a diamond back as large as a stovepipe and six feet two inches long, we ate the carcas and I brought the hide home with me. He also brought two young aligators four feet long we ate one and brought the other home alive and gave it to the Salt Lake City Zoo, One day we took the outboard motor in the back of the car went over to Pease Creek about twenty miles to the west rented a boat put the motor in it and rode for miles and miles up and down the river, through forests of syprus trees often three feet or more in diameter, It was fun to watch the turtles and aligators tumble off the banks or logs into the watter when they saw us comming, We spent a verry delightful day and our way home we passed a curio shop and baught two ornaments made of cyprus nees, they are parts of the roots of the main tree that become exposed to the air grow in verry grotesks forms to a hight of two or three feet high, and capale of a verry high polish, when we got ready to come home I made a gargain with Calvin to pay him $225 and stand expence of the trip if he would take us to Utah in his car, we came by way of the Carlsbad Caverns (of Limestone formation) in New Mexico the largest in the world, crossed the Colorado river on the Navaho ridge, Drove through the Cedar brakes, came through circle ville Utah the town where the famous Butch Casidy was born and raised until he decided to turn desporado and follow a life of crime.

Now I’. home safe and sound but I noticed by the scales that I have fell away 20 pounds, posibly caused by eating so many rattlesnakes and aligators and not being used to that diet.

The Index

page         &    title                                                                             page           &       title

  1. My Grandfather Streeter                                              130. Second Trip to Honolulu
  2. Came West In A Prairie Schooner                              133. Some Rather Novel ways of Taking Game

7.    Tumble Weeds                                                                  135. A Strange Manifestation

8.    A Preacher tries farming or/Why I don’t like         137. Vacation Trip Through Idaho

        Sorghum or Onions                                                         140. A Storm at Sea

16.  A False Alarm                                                                     143. A Trip to the Worlds Fair at

19.  Early Settlement of                                                                 San Francisco

        McCook Neb. 1878                                                           147. Bean Valley

21. The Song of my Life                                                          149. Learning to Ride

23.  Killing Buffalo for their                                                   151. Santa Claus

        Hides, year 1873                                                               152. The First Bronc I Ever

27. A Stylish Wedding                                                            155. A Cruel Joke

29.  A Sand and Snow Blizzard                                             157. What American Democracy

31.  Stung with Bumble Bees                                                         Means to Me

33.  An Embarrassing Situation                                            159. Western Hospitality

37.  Wild Horse Wells                                                              161. How’l You Trade

40.  I took A Job of Horse                                                     162. A Japanese Aghortion

      Twisting                                                                 163. Cowboys Good Singers

43.  (Eating Skunk)                                                   164. Following A Precedent

44.  Whacking Bulls and skin-                                               165. The Onion Racket

        ning Mules                                                             166. Criticizing Publishing

48.  Driving Stage                                                                 War News on Front Page

55.  Acting the Tenderfoot                                   167. Changeing Ones Mind

58.  Joined Buffalo Bill’s                                          169. Rain and Rainbows

        Circus                                                                    170. The Golden Rule

63.  Sleeping in Blizzard with                                                 171. Riding a Bicycle

        Out Bed or Fire                                                  172. Rudolf Hess

65.  I met My Faery Fay                                                          173. Pours Scorn on a Effort

66.  Butch Casidy                                                                to impeach a woman

68.  Billy the Kid                                                        174. How you Going To Stop the

71.  A Real Rodeo                                                                             Gap or What are you going

74.  Setting My Own Leg                                                                 to do with the fifty year

75.  Knife Cuts through my bed                                                     old man with a wife & kids

76.  A Narrow Escape                                              175. Toy Armaments Suggest

77.  A Rough House                                                                          Crime

79.  Aome Wyoming Weather                             176. Regarding the Genealogy

81.  Trail Horses                                                                                  of Herr Hitler

84.  Forced into a Dice Game                               177. Man as the Most Dangerous

88.  Honor Among Indians                                              Animal

91.  Snow Bound                                                       178. Jealousy

94.  A Cure for Ingrowing toe-                             179. A Soliloquy

        Nails                                                                      185. Watching A Ballgame

95. Cowboy Give A Genuine                                 186. Consider A 3rd.  Term

        Indian Scare                                                       197. Letter to the Editor

98.  Eating Raw Rabbit                                            198. Ride’m Cowboy Ride’m

104. A Trip to Idaho                                                200. About Kissing

110. How to Carry A live Skunk                           201. First Trip to Florida

113. Educated Hens                                                203. Second Trip to Florida

115. The Educated Hens Explain-                       (I deleated 10 pieces that are)

116. Several Narrow Escapes                              (copies or Repeated Earlier.)

119. A Trip to Honolulu         

127. They are Perfectly Harmless

          But!

My Typewritter has large Type, so these page numbers so not

PHOTO OF

GEORGE C. STREETER

… AIDS western folklore

POEMS

OF

GEORGE C. (DAD) STREETER

SEAL

 OFFICE OF THE MAYOR

CITY OF OGDEN, UTAH

                                                                                                                                OCTOBER 16, 1937

Dad Streeter

490 – 30th Street

Ogden, Utah

Dear Mr. Streeter:

                                I wish to thank you for the very clever poem you mailed to me.  You really are quite ingenious in writing what you think, and I do appreciate your opinion of me.

                                                                                Thanking you again for this poem,

I remain

                                                                                                                Sincerely your,

                                                                                                                Harman W. Peeny

                                                                                                                       MAYOR

HWP : mj

AN ELECTION CALL

****************

We are going to have an election

In ogden this fall

A city Father To select

And I’ll Tell you Whoom I’d call

On Romney place your dollars

Just place them one and all

He is a gentlemanand and scholar

You wont be sorry not atall

When he’s counted in you’ll Holler

So come out and do your duty

And vote for him that’s all.

                                Dad, Streeter

VOTE FOR BILL WOOD

*******************

On The sixth of November

Don’t forget to remember

To vote for Bill Wood

For acity Comish member

I’l bet he been purty good

And a rightful contender

For honest opinion he stood

That’s why he held ofice _____ yrs in dec,

And that’s why I’l vote for Bill Wood

                                                                Dad Streeter

APIONEER JINGLE

******************

Now while Ogden’s brightly glowing

To the celebration we’re all going

To see the cowboys rodeoing.

And hear the Indians ho-ho- hoing,

Soon our friends again be knowing,

And our memories be stowing

With the satisfaction of knowing

That we were well paid for going

To our Pioneer day bally hooing.

A CHRISTMASS GREETING

************************

Dear Editor;

I’m sending this poem to tell you,

That the new deal has taken away

The things that I most needed,

My work-shop, my reindeers and sleigh

So I’m making my rounds on a donkey,

He’s old and crippled and slow

You’ll know if I miss you this X mass,

That I’m out on my ass in the snow

                                                                Dad

ON ELECTION DAY

I’ll get up bright and early,

In the fore part of the day,

My duty I see clearly,

And this is what I’d say.

With Ogden very nearly

A perfect place to stay,

Of it I’ll never weary

Or wish to move away.

                With a Mayor bright and cherry

And not adverse to play

I love our city dearly

And hope I always may.

                Although the times are dreary

I’ll sing this little lay,

I’ll shout it very clearly

And sing it all the day.

                Maby you think I’m leary

But do just as you may,

I’m going to vote for Peery

On next election day.

Ogden’s yearly celebration

In honor of our Pioneers,

Is known throughout the nation.

And will in passing years

Become a fixed occasion,

Is my cherished wish sincere.

Through Mayor Perrye instigation,

It has flourished now three years.

It is full of animation

Bull dogging of those steers,

And from the reservation

Some Indians will appear

To show their incantations,

Dressed in their costumes queer.

Riders of good reputation

Will fan the  xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx. Bronco’s ears.

There will be relicks of antiquation.

Covered wagons of bygone years,

Concords that crossed the nation

And brought our mail out here.

The greatest celebration

You have seen in many a year.

And to show our appreciation

Let us give three rousing cheers

For in our estimation

Peery has’nt many peers.

There’ll be some Indians there in line

From way out on the loop,

To march along in single file

And give them old war shoops,

And covered wagons I opine

To serve us beans and soup.

The cops will eye us all the whie,

But we don’t give a hoot.

The Mayor says, “lay off there, Rile,

Don’t bother the Casooks”.

Then comb your whiskers any style

And don’t miss any coots,

Our wild and wooly rank and file

Can whoop and yell and howl and shoot.

                                                                                                                George C. Streeter

                                                                                                                (an old retired Bronk- twister)

                                                                                                                Mgr. Sun ray apartments

                                                                                                                Ogden, Utah

September 13, 1981

About the Poetry

                The following poetry was written by the Author of the preceding book, but was not included in the original manuscript. It is being added here for the ease of enjoyment.

June E. (Streeter) Strout was raised by her Grandparents George C. (Dad) Streeter and Jane Anna Streeter, after her mother died in childbirth when she was small. Her parents had divorced and remarried. So you will see how he refers to his relationships in so many ways; some of them directed

as letters to my mother (June) who at the time was married to my father Don A. Corsaro, and lived on a ranch with my grandmother Corsaro, in Cucumonga, California, while my brother Frank was a baby and I was not yet born. So you can see how “An ode to my first Great Grand Child” is about the birth of my brother Frank, and he refers “Something wrong, etc, For my darling daughter, is his Mother……..

also in the following piece he signs so many ways and “just plain Father”, I hope this helps you appreciate it a little more then you would other wise.

                If you ever get a card or letter from my mother, you will know exactly what page 4. Is all about! She showers you with her O X O X’s…. Hugs and Kisses!

                                                                                                                Love Mom

An Ode To my First Great Grand Child

Something wrong, one way or another,

For my darling daughter,

Is his Mother.

Strangers may sometimes quiz.

But we al  know, just how it is.

My son, My son, My great great grand son,

Imagine all my joy,

When I heard it was a boy.

I’d like to hear you prattle,

And see you shake your rattle.

When you stop playing with your toes,

And rub your little nose.

I’ll put you in your nice soft bed,

And gently stroke your little head.

And wonder what you’ll be.

When you get as old as me.

And when you learn to stand,

I’ll take you by thw hand,

And we’ll a walking go.

As that will make you grow.

Then you will go to school,

And learn the golden rule.

So be a model scholar,

And go outside to holler.

And when at work or play,

You’ll always seek fair play.

A lovely little boy,

A father’s greatest joy.

And when you become a man,

You’ll bless my little daughter grand,

For a Mother’s love and care,

Which has no equal anywhere.

And now I’ll end this letter,

Which might have been much better,

And if you don’t like the matter,

“tis the raving of Dad Streeter.

( I )

We just received your family letter

Nothing could have pleased us better

As good as seven I guess

For in it you all aquiess

The weather here is surely grand

Seldom equaled in my land

We have as good sometimes in June

December usually hums a different tune

Some important news I wish to tell

My broken leg is now quite well

You say Frank is getting fatter

Oh well that doesent matter

And as for that

I always did like fat

And for chatter, Clatter, and noise

Guess he is muchlike other boys

Try  not to spill the ink again

I hope it does not leave a stain

Dad & Don have’nt a payday had

Well that surely is too bad

In my linited vocab ulary

Ignoring arguments contrary

There is no such word as flop

And if your efforts never stop

You’ll eventually reach the top

( 2 )

Procratination it can not be

I will tell you how it is with me

Owing to my Impecuniosity

Superinduced by my baclanalian proclivities

It would preclude any such extravagance

As investing in all the holiday paraphernalia

Cronicled in an awful spasm

The cause of which is hard to fathom

But now I’m feeling better

Will try and close my letter

Christmass is past with all its cheer

I wish you all a happy New Year

Will sign my name before going farther

Great Grand Father, Grand Father Step Grand Father,

Father in law and just palin——

Father

Your card received

The seal is broken

Just one word

That truly spoken

Can comvey more feeling

And express more meaning

And do it far better

Than a manny worded letter

And those simbols at the ending

I thank you so for sending

For they are proof you see

Of what you you feel for me

I’m in my seventieth year

And I’l always try my dear

To merit the esteem

Expressed in that lovely theme

A CHRISTMAS GREETING

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

I’d like to live in california and I hope sometimes to go

Where the sun is always shining and you never see the snow

Way out in Cucumongo thats where I’d to be

With the oranges and lemons a hanging on the tree,

WithFrank and don and June (the little family) all in tune.

Evrything so lovely, and the flowers in the full bloom

How could one possibly dispare with so much beauty everywhere.

I wish you all a full measure of holiday cheer,

A merrt Christmas and a happy new year.

                                                                                DAD STREETER

My hair is white and I’m almost blind.

The days of my youth are far behind.

My neck’s so stiff I can’t turn my head.

Can’t hear half that’s being said.

I’ve corns on my feet and ingrowing nails.

And do they hurt? Here language fails;

To tell all my troubles would take too long;

If I tried, you’d give me the gong.

My legs are wobbly, can’t hardly walk,

But glory be, I shure can talk;

And this is the message I want you to get;

I’m still a – kichin andI aint dead yet.

Written by Geo . C. Streeter during the hard winter of 1924-1924.

“In answer to my Son’s letter of inquiry from “ Sunny California”

Asking how I was getting on in the Chicken Business in Utah.

I once thought the chicken game a comer

But I’ve almost changed my mind.

For it’s on the bum and getting bummer

My accounts are running way behind.

Twenty five below sure is a gummer

For the coops I hadn’t lined,

Buried deer the snow in under

With the buildings scare outlined.

Shoveling snow in bleak December

Sure is an awfull grind.

Two feet or more no wonder

And no help of any kind.

Hen’s Over positors on the hummer

And their eggs I fail to find.

The price of grain sure is a stunner

Wheat corn, oats and every kind.

With their appetites a wonder

And no feed for them to grind.

That is where I made a blunder

Good reason for the change of mind.

So let us have some good old summer

Rain heat wind or any kind,

And our debts we’ll crawl from under

And our troubles leave behind.

For their eggs are hard to number

“In The Good Old Summer Time”.

TO MY VALENTINE

February 14, 1925

Jane Anna I miss you here at home

Your pleasant face I pine to see

At morning eating cakes and pone

I’m as lonesome as can be

At noon when dining all alone

And sipping my M. J. B.

I get the fidgets in my bones

And for tears can hardly see

At evening when the chores are done

I say it cannot be

That Mother has not come

To join our tee – a – tee

At night I role and toss and moan

Then start with sudden glee

I dream that mother didn’t roam

But is at home you see

Then wake with many a groan

And say that dammed I’ll be

If Mother ever goes so far alone

You bet that she’ll take me

When of sight seeing you have done

And there’s nothing more to see

Just pack your bag and come

If only just to pour my tea.

                From Dad.

THE RESULT OF A VIOLENT BRAINSTORM

***********************************

My pal and I often quarreled

And could seldom quite agree

She is the best in this wide world

And I think that she loves me

Out thaughts and words they jarred

The others faults we each could see

At what she often peeved

If I got mad she stormed

She countered with a repartee

We had worked so hard and worried

To succeed financialy

That we both had got downhearted

Struggling for prosperity

So she baught a ticket and started

On a journey to the sea

A merit scare rewarded

A taste of liberty

So ever since that she departed

And that is constantly

I have silently sat and pondered

And that most thoughtfully

This conclusion rendered

Tis actual degeneracy

Now if one of us has blundered

And that could quite naturalyebee

Who is that guilty scoundrel ?

It’s not my Jane Ann’e

While visiting an old cattle ranch

Not many days ago,

I was surprised at the stanch

As well as the ego,

Displayed by the ladies running the rancho

With the Cow-Boys fighting in France

The Cow- Girls stayed Ho-Ho

They woke the coyote from his trance

When they hollered little joe.

They were the boys chaps and how they so prance

Where over they go

Theme out the same patron, even the branch

All they lack is the bows

They wear ruffles on their pants

And brordery on their chaparahos

I’ve saw many a cattle ranch

Twixt here and Mexico

Saw many a funny prank

Some were not so slow

But lace-curtains on a cow-coral

That almost made me crow.

                                                                Dad Streeter

That’s Life

Twas once that Iwas happy

My life was filled with cheer

I had never been in Utah

Till the navy brought me here

I’d heard songs about her beauty

pretty girls and big strong men

Rolling plains and towering mountains

Just a heaven to the end

But there’s one thing that is certain

And of this there’s no denying

They guy that started this nig noise

Did a heck of a lot of lying

Here in the heart of Utah

There’s dust in all we eat

The girls are all bowlegged

And the boys all have flat feet

Now why do they have to send us here

To sit in sad dejection

Out in this God fordaken place

For this dam state’s protection

No longer are we religious

We drink, We fight, We curse

We don’t worry about going to hell

It can’t be any worse.

Oyt here the snow is deeper,

Out here the rain is wetter

They think it the best dam state

But there are fourty-sevenbetter.

Still there’s no one to blame but me,

The people will never forget it,

I asked for foreign duty,

And thank you God I got it.

P.S. This was penned by a jolly tar, upon his arival at Clearfield. during a heavy wind when the sand was drifting.

“Now and Then”

“Now is the accepted time,

Now is the day of salvation”.

Then is passed but not forgotten ,

And as we think was very rotten,

And the difference between,

Seems such a wonderful dream.

Now we have plenty,

Then we had none.

Now we go places,

Then we stayed home.

Now we shed sunshine,

Then we spread gloom.

Now our cloths are fit to be seen,

Then we wore patches and rips in the seams.

Now we all cheer for Isom Lamb.

Then all we could say was dam-dam,

This wonderful change is plain to be seen,

With rolls of Prosperity down in our jeans.

                                                                                Dad Streeter

                                                                                490-30th Street

                                                                                Ogden, Utah

MEMORIES OF HAWAII

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

From the following you can plainly see

Hawaii is a verry pleasant plane to bee

Sunsets of most brilliant hue

Lizards that you can see through

Beautiful flowers that only bloom at night

Reptiles at sight of which you think you’r tight

Here are the most gorgeous flowers

And the termite that all wood devours

Such wonderous skies of asure blue

The centipede that crawls in bed with you

Rainbows in  the room lit skies

Tarantulas of enormous sixe

The finest fruit you ecer ate

But on my word there’s not a snake

AN ODE TO OLD BILL

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Our old Bill caut the roup

From the wind that blew through the chickencoop

He coughed and sneesed and refused his soup

And finaly died out on the stoop

And now old Bill is awe-detroop

From the wind thatblew through the chicken – coop

OGDEN                                                                                 “UTAH’S

PIONEER                                                                                  CELEBRATION

DAYS                                                                                               D E LUXE”

Mr. George C. Streeter,

490 Thirtieth Street

Ogden, Utah

My dear friend Mr. Streeeter:

                                                       Please accept my warmest thanks

For your complimentary poem which you sent to me recently.  It

Is one of the finest Pioneer Days poems that has thus far been

Submitted.

       I appreciate the fine interest you

Are taking in our celebration because I realize that only through

The cooperation of our people can we hope to succeed in this

Endeavor. I commend your fine spirit.

                                                        With very best wishes, I remain

Sincerely,

                                                                                  MAYOR

                                                                                                                                                H. W. PERRY, MAYOR

                                                                                                                                                ET SAUNDERS, COMM

                                                                                                                                                GEO O’CONNOR, COMM

                                                                                                                89TH ANNIVERSARY

THREE NIGHT PAGEANTS, JULY 19,20,21; FOUR NIHGT RODEOS, JULY 22-23-24-25

  PIONEER DAY AD__

Ogden is going to celebrate

In honor of the Pioneers,

(In Western frontier style)

And you bet ti will be great.

We’ll grab the broncos by the ears

And scratch them all the while,

We’ll ride or rope or make a date

And never miss a smile.

Then comb your hair and clean your boots,

And wear a pretty smile.

Then split the air you wild Galoots,

But cut out all the gile.

The bunch will come, their horns to toot,

Mayor Peery with his hat in style,

OConnor with his high heeled boots.

Fred Williams with his cow-biy tile

And a gat that realy shoots.

All in One Lifetime

The First 80 Years are the Hardest

All in One Life Time

By

Mark L. Streeter

From Zion to Hell and Back

The Notorious Bunka Affair and the First Surrender of the Japanese In World War Two.

Now Told for the First Time.

A Fight for Survival

All in One Life Time

By

Mark L. Streeter

Prelude

When one looks back over the past years of life, memories are all that remain in the storage chest of the mind. Some are like golden treasures casting a brilliant light through the darkness of life’s uncertainty. Others are like badly decomposed offal whose stench tears on the nerves like the craving of an addict for opiates, and they will not die…. Like marionettes on a string we dance to the tune of the times, sometime in step, sometimes out of step.

This is an unusual journey through life where time is the essence.

The beginning, May 11, 1898.

I was born during the Spanish-American War in a little settlement called Kanesville, in an area about ten miles west and slightly south of Ogden, Utah, where a few early Mormon settlers has taken up abode, among them my grandfather, Cal Wilson, who migrated from Nauvoo, Illinois with the Latter Day Saint handcarters fleeing persecution because of their religious beliefs. I always presumed they called that settlement Kanesville because in those early days the settlers lacking sugar raised an abundance of sorghum cane. Perhaps one of the settlers was named Kane and they named it after him, I really do not know, nor did I know then what an effect war would have on my future.

My mother Jane Anna was the daughter of Grandpa Cal, the ninth child in a family of fifteen boys and girls. In those days big families of children were not uncommon. The early settlers needed all the off-spring they could get in order to help them turn the then somewhat desolate Utah into a flourishing Garden of Eden, also large families helped increase the membership of the Mormon Church. Everyone call them “Mormons” then, and it is reported that they were not too saintly when it came to protecting their land of Zion. There is a little ditty that was quite popular then about the Mormons. It went partly like this; “Oh, I can tell you’re a Mormon by the cut of your hair: I can tell you’re a Mormon by the clothes that you wear: You’re a Mormon, goddam you, go back to Utah:” There is a lot more to it, I won’t tell it here, but it showed that a lot of people still thought the Mormons were a queer lot, and they still do.

My father, George C. (Clark) was the oldest son of the reverend George Oscar Streeter, a line-riding Methodist Preacher, who stood seven foot two inches in his stocking feet, and they were big feet, took size sixteen boots, handmade. The heaviest work he ever did was carry the Bible.  He was as rough as the west and would brawl and drink with the toughest characters the west produced, and firmly believed that his listeners should get religion even if he had to beat it into them. During those early days, religion, like the settlers, had a rough row to hoe.

My father was raised for the ministry and ran away from his father’s forceful endeavors to make him a man of God. He headed west and lived with the Indians for several years, adopting many of their ways. He had extremely powerful jaws from riding, and breaking horses Indian fashion, without a saddle, rope or bridle, and clamping his jaws shut on the horses mane, where if he let go he lost his horse and maybe his life. The Indians didn’t fool around much when they were breaking in a horse, they became part of the horse, never leaving the horse’s back until it was broken. Dad had quite a reputation as a horse breaker or bronco buster. He was known then as “Dude Streeter” because of his plug hat, fine clothes, pinstripe pants, patent leather shoes and spats, which outfit he acquired in the east where he went through college after his Indian escapade. Dad and his pals won a lot of bets made on “Dude Streeter”, the college dandy, who no good westerner though could get on a horse, let alone ride one. He also drove cattle over the Chisum Trail, finally ending up in Utah with Butch Cassidy and some other notorious characters including Bill Cody (Buffalo Bill). There he met my mother, marrying her and she calmed him down and he became a carpenter, building many of the homes and buildings in the Ogden, Utah area. He jokingly said that he became a carpenter because Christ was a carpenter and that was as close to him as he could get. He never joined any religious organizations but made many life-long friends among the Mormons. Mother and Dad got along very well despite their different religious thinking. Mother was a Mormon, and a wonderful mother. Sometimes when I was naughty and was caught doing something wrong, Mother would spank me with her hairbrush, and them she would cry, and to see her cry hurt me a lot more than the hairbrush.

Nothing much happened in my life until I was about six years old. At that time Dad and Mother and one of my aunts and uncles decided to go to the World’s Fair in Portland or Seattle, I have forgotten which. I will never forget that trip, made in a two seated white-top buggy for the women and children to ride in, and a Studebaker wagon to haul the food, water, tents, and other supplies necessary for such a long trip overland with horses. I do not know how long it took, but to me it was ages. The roads in many places were mere trails. At times we all had to get out and help push the buggy and wagon over steep grades, which made the horses strain until their muscles stand out and sweat worked into a leathery white foam where the harness rubbed them. Other times when I sat next to the outside in the buggy seat, it looked like miles down the cliffs next to the road, and I gripped the seat and help my breath thinking every minute we would fall off. Things look a lot different to a six-year-old boy. I remember sometimes we would sleep in beds made on the ground in the open, and at night I would watch the stars and listen to the coyotes howl, and all kinds of thought ran through my head, and my imagination would run wild and I was many things in many places, I traveled all over the world, the whole big world, and I thought, “Gee, God must be a great guy to make all this”, and today these thoughts remain with me;

                                                                 Out on the western prairie

                                                                 Is where I like to tarry

                                                                 When the twilight is settling down,

                                                                 We are the campfire sitting “roun”.

                                                                 The horizon is fiery red in the west

                                                                 Where the sun has gone to rest.

                                                                 And far up there in the sky

                                                                 The evening star winks its solitary eye.

                                                                 The dusky shadows flit around

                                                                 As the fire puts them to rout.

                                                                 The coyotes begin to prowl

                                                                 From afar you can hear them howl.

                                                                 As I sit in silence there

                                                                 In the balmy evening air

                                                                 And smell the aroma of the sage,

                                                                 I do not wonder at the adage

                                                                 About his big, silent land

                                                                 That stretches on every hand,

                                                                 “God made the prairie for the free”,

                                                                 The Twilight he made for me.

I do not remember much about the World’s Fair, except the electric lights, which were new then, almost everyone used coal-oil lamps. The electric lights were in long strings outlining the fair building, with the reflection of the lights on the water in the river. It looked like a fairyland to us kids.

After seeing the Fair, my folks and Aunt and Uncle sold all their horses, wagons and things and bought tickets on a ship to take us to San Francisco, California. I remember getting seasick, but after a day or two my brother and I had a great time on that ship. Where the river met the ocean it was very rough. Dad and Mother were not very good sailors either, and I think did not enjoy the boat trip very much.

Dad got what they called “walking typhoid” and when we arrived in San Francisco he was taken to a hospital. My Uncle Mark whom I was names after, got the rest of us located in a house, and it was there that I saw my first automobile. It looked like a solid rubber-tired buggy without shaves or a horse pulling it. It made a bangety bangety noise, and my brother and I ran along behind it holding onto the back. Dad came home from the hospital and for a while helped Uncle Mark down on the docks, but he was too weak to be of much use. Uncle Mark was a whiskey taster at the Warf. The barrels of whiskey came in ships and was unloaded on the docks. Uncle Mark’s Job was to remove the wooden bung from every barrel and insert a small cup on a wire and taste the whiskey. Although he was always a jovial nature, I don’t think he actually swallowed much of the whiskey. Buyers only wanted to know they were getting whiskey and not something else.

The Doctor finally told Dad that it would be better for him to go back to Utah. We left in a day or two by train pulled by one of those new huge coal burning steam engines, arriving in Ogden, Utah to hear that San Francisco had been destroyed by an earthquake the day after we left. The house we had lived in was completely destroyed. Uncle Mark survived the quake so did the barrels of whiskey he was tasting. The whiskey was taken over by the rescue authorities and used for medical purposes for treating the victims of the quake.

April 1906

I spent the next seven years growing up in the Ogden, Utah area. At times being a newsboy, grocery delivery boy, elevator boy, bell, hop, bakers helper, and helping Dad build houses in between jobs. I also became an expert lather and wood boxmaker, which had a tendency to spoil me, as a youngster, by making twenty or more dollars a day at these trades, when the good daily wages for then was five dollars a day. It was during this time that I saw my first aeroplane as it visited the Ogden Fairgrounds for people to see. People were skeptical then about aeroplanes and autos, saying they were rich mens playthings and would never amount to much. Old Dobbin, the horse, was a trusted member of the American family and people were not going to give the horse up easily. Life moved at a more leisurely pace then.

The wanderlust gripped me and I decided, without my folks knowledge, I would see what the rest of the world looked like. I bought a ticket for California arriving in Los Angeles almost broke and I found out that the world was not as easy pickens as I had thought and I ended up visiting my Aunt Daisy in Sawtell. She took me in tow and let a hungry boy have a home with her. While there my Dad’s Uncle Crosby, who owned about half the cattle and land in a big part of the State of Nebraska before he sold everything and moved into a mansion on “Gold Doorknob Row” in Pasadena, came to visit us. I presume at my Dad’s suggestion, and ask me to come and live with him. He said he would send me through an exclusive college in Pasadena and get me started in business when I graduated. Uncle Crosby never had any children of his own. It sounded good and after encouragement from Aunt Daisy, I accepted his offer.

The first thing Uncle Crosby, no relation to Bing, did was to buy me some fine clothes and a roadster auto, which I didn’t know how to drive. I learned to drive after crumpling a few fenders which Uncle had fixed. Everything seemed fine, but the first morning I was at their house I got up early and decided to mow the lawn. Uncle rushed out in his pajamas and stopped me, saying they had a Gardner to do such things. After a week or two of idleness I decided to get a job of some kind, so I would not have to depend on my Uncle for everything. I answered an ad in the paper and got a job taking care of an apartment complex near my Uncle Crosby’s place. It was an easy job and paid well and they were glad to have me because of my Uncle’s standing in the community. All I did was collect the rent and notify a realtor when anyone moved. When my Uncle found out I had the job he was furious and made me quit, saying he would take care of all my needs. This didn’t make me feel very good and after a couple of weeks of idleness I told him I was homesick and wanted to go home. He bought me a ticket and I left but got off the train in Las Vegas, Nevada. There I met my Uncle Milt who was a prospector and had a good mine near Gas Peak about eighteen miles north and west of Las Vegas. He gave me a job and I went to work in the mine sorting ore, with my cousin “Snooks”.

I learned a lot about mines and hard-rock miners on our trips to Las Vegas which then consisted of the Overland Hotel and a few blocks of saloons and whorehouses which soon cleaned the hard rock miners out of their pay and the bleary eyed single and double-jacks returned to the mines to earn another stake which usually ended up being spent on another wild spree in Nevada’s desert den iniquity.

The mine we worked in was in the end of a blind canyon. My cousin and I found out that the two canyon entrance claims had never been proved up on, so after working hours in the mine, we did the necessary required prove up work on the canyon entrance claims and had them recorded. We notified the mining interests who were financing the mine operations and they paid us a handsome sum for the claims, but easy come easy go, and in a short time we were a lot wiser, back in Los Angeles, and broke. I went back to good old Aunt Daisy’s and she took me in again.

A neighbor boy and I thought we would look good in military uniform, that is that the girls would think we looked good, so we lied about our ages and enlisted in the California National Guard. The very next day the National Guard was sent to Nogales, Arizona and we found ourselves with the 21st U.S. Army regulars invading Mexico, after some of Pancho Villa’s followers who were causing a lot of trouble raiding the border towns of the United States. I understood we were not supposed to cross the Mexican border but for some reason we did. In one of the skirmishes that followed something hit and exploded in the arch of my right foot.

It was very painful, bad wound and I was taken prisoner along with another fellow. We were taken by truck to a place we were told was in Chihuahua and lodged in jail. The jail was of adobe, very thick walls, with bars running from ceiling to floor where windows are supposed to be. The bars were imbedded in concrete at the base which had become rotten with age and a poor mixture of cement. We were treated fairly well, fed and given a small drink of Tequila every day. It was terribly hot in the jail. People used to come and look through the bars at us, some would give us cigarettes. After about a week or ten days we decided we could escape by getting one of the bars loose in the rotten concrete. We worked on it at night and in the early morning hours we were successful and made our escape, hiding out as soon as it got daylight. My injured foot gave me a lot of trouble. We had no food or water and had to survive on what we could steal at night from gardens and chicken coops. It was pretty rough going. After a few days, we lost track of time, by traveling over sparsely populated desert area without much food or water we were near exhaustion. We saw a lone house in the distance and decided to go there and ask for food and water. To our surprise an American answered the door. We asked where we were and he said in the United States about fifty miles from Nogales, Arizona. We were elated. After being fed and a good nights rest in bed, our American host took us in his pickup truck to Nogales. We thanked him and headed for the freight yard where we caught a freight train headed for Los Angeles. Arriving there we split up. I never did report back to the National Guard. I caught another freight train heading for Utah. I arrived back home tired, hungry, and sick. After a few months at home, I was in pretty good shape again.

World War One was going strong and we were getting more involved, and the government was asking for volunteers to go to work in munition plants in West Virginia. I signed up and left for Charleston, West Virginia. I signed up and left for Charleston, West Virginia to work as an electrician in the powder plant for Nitro. Shortly after my arrival there, the big flu epidemic, broke out and I was assigned to driving a Red Cross truck hauling dead and dying flu patients out of the hills in the back country. I was accompanied by a French doctor who would not let me wear a flu mask, but insisted that I take a small swallow of whiskey, which he got from the Red Cross canteen, every time we handled alive or dead flu victim. We handled several hundred. Sometimes the signs we saw in the back country were sickening, with dead and living sick in the same bed. I never did get the flu. After the flu epidemic abated, I returned to Utah.

The folks place in Plain City sure looked good to me. Mother had made such a success of her chicken business that Dad had quit building and helped her gather the eggs and feed the chickens. I stayed there quite a while, until a girl I had gone through school with and I decided to get married. Neither my parents or hers were in favor of the idea, saying we were too young, that it was just nature’s urging to produce babies that brought us together and not love. We got married anyway with or without our folk’s blessings and left immediately for Paul, Idaho, the center of the Minidoka land boom. Land which is now worth many thousands of dollars an acre, if you can find any for sale, could be bought for ten dollars an acre, but ten dollars was hard to get. We went into the confectionary business in the new town of Paul, but the business was a flop and failed mainly because of lack of customers. There were not enough people in the area to support it. Our marriage also went on the rocks at the same time, my wife Ethel falling in love with a soldier. I guess it was love, they lived together until she died after having several children. We had one daughter from our marriage, named June, which ended in divorce.

We were deep into World War One then. An armistice was declared on November 11, 1918, but they were still drafting men. I knew my draft number would soon be coming up, so I went to Pocatello, Idaho and enlisted at the first recruiting office I came to. Which was the U.S. Marine Corps. Even though an armistice was signed I was told that I was only enlisting for the duration of the war. Well, for me that war lasted a long time, from March 1919 to May 1925. During that time, I received injuries that resulted in the loss of a finger and the use of my right arm, which kept me in the Naval Hospital for the biggest part of two and a half years. I was finally discharged from the hospital as incurable. After a year or so I got the use of my arm back, and ended up in Elko, Nevada, where I went to work for a wholesale house. I worked up a thriving business for the wholesale house with the bootleggers and girlies for hire, prostitutes, trade supplying them with sugar and malt grains to make whiskey. Nevada never did ratify the national prohibition law. I also supplied the many foreign-born residents of Elko who liked their wine, Zenfrendel wine grapes which I shipped from California, to make what they called “Dago Red”. This was a cash on the barrelhead business and was very profitable.

While in Elko I met a very attractive red headed girl who was there visiting her aunt, and we became very fond of each other. We met under rather unusual circumstances at the Elko Hot Springs, where a friend and I had gone for a swim. We had just got out of the pool, dressed, and were leaving when we saw a boy in the deep end of the pool struggling in the water and sinking. I jumped in clothes and all and pulled him out. There was no one else in the pool and if we had not seen him and got him out, he would have drowned. The red headed girl was his aunt. I was always very much attracted to red headed women. Later I moved to Ogden, Utah where she lived. She would always meet me someplace and never let me come to her home. We finally went to Malad, Idaho at her request and got married. Later I found out that she was already married and was the daughter of a prominent Ogden City official. I was somewhat dumbfounded. The result of our marriage was her getting pregnant, and now we were in a real jam, which resulted in telling her husband everything and his getting a divorce. We then moved to California where we were again married legally with her stepfather and mother witnessing the marriage in San Diego, California. There I went into lathing and building business and accumulated quite a sizeable fortune. We also went to Hawaii where I did considerable building. While there we saw the first planes to ever fly to Hawaii. It was considered a master event for aviation. Upon our return to California we saw the first talking motion picture, Al Jolson in Sonny Boy. Television was unknown then.

The 1929 Crash.

The nations economic house of cards fell down with the biggest financial crash in American history. It happened overnight. Everyone went to bed enjoying the big boom and woke up the next morning to see the big bust and count their losses. I lost everything I owned including my home, sold everything and divided the cash up among my creditors. Some could not stand their losses and committed suicide. I started all over again and it was tough going. I took my wife, Alice and my two children, Jack and Dolores, and joined the millions looking for work, any kind of work. We headed north. We got as far as Pismo Beach, California where I luckily got a job helping building Adam’s Court, then one of the finest in the coastal area of California. After the court was built, Adams, who had previously sold his gravel pit holding for a fortune, purchased another court close by to cut competition, remodeled it and I was the manager for a year or so. Then I went to work for the Pismo Times, a weekly newspaper, owned and published by Howard Pratt formerly of the editorial staff of the Manchester Guardian in England. The Pismo Times had a national circulation. My job with the Times was news reporter, Sportswriter, the Pismo Area was well-known as a sports center, writing three weekly columns and selling advertising.

It was about this time that Piggly Wiggly, the first self-help chain store, had started a trend of chain stores that would eventually sweep over the nation. Editor Pratt could see the writing on the wall, the death knell for independent businesses, so published the Home Owned Business Advocate. Technocracy was also in its heyday then and Editor Pratt published the National Technocrat together with a few other papers, which kept me very busy. We also went through the Roosevelt Bank Holidays and use Pismo Clam shells for money. I lived the worst part of the depression out there. The question of America’s recovery from the twenty-nine depression was in doubt and remained in doubt for several years. This experience started a trend of thought in my mind, that there must be a way to stabilize our economy, and I started to read and continued to read for years everything I could get my hands on relating to our economic problems and possible answers.

Life between my wife Alice, and I by that time had reached the point of no return. She was a very good mother to out two children, Jack and Dolores, but was jealous to the point of insanity, flying into uncontrollable rages which lasted for days at a time, even if I treated her mother nice. She was insanely jealous of any other female and wanted me all to herself. The condition was becoming unbearable and was wrecking the children’s lives, so we decided, or I decided to separate, and I ended up in Florida, where I went to work on the Pensacola airport as a metal lather.

This second marriage disaster had shaken me to the very core. Some of the causes were undoubtedly mine. I wanted to get that part of my life forever out of my mind and start all over again. I changed my name to Jack O’Keefe and decided to start a new life and bury the past. Tomorrow with the raising sun a new life would begin.

Man’s Hopes Rise with the Morning Sun.

While watching the morning sun rise spreading its brilliant, golden, war, life giving rays over the earth, who has not felt that exhilaration of the inner self, culminating in the belief that all is right with the world, with God in the Heaven, and Peace in the soul? Night in one last convulsion of eerie darkness, has releases from its womb of fear, the light, and a new day is born. With a lusty cry, emerging from their prenatal sleep, the people nuzzle the bosom of mother earth in search of food, the strongest getting the fullest teat and woe be unto the hind teat child. And so, the struggle continues, from bawling babes to brawling men. How quick the day is over, and no protesting voice, nor wish, nor supplicating plea, can stay the coming night, nor erase one bit of the record which is your today and yesterday.

……………………………………………

Then it happened again, my need for companionship and love, and my liking for red headed women. I met Vera. She was a hasher working in a Greek restaurant next to the bakery in which I was temporarily employed while waiting for the airport metal lathing job to get ready. Wages in the south were very poor compared to the west. Vera was being paid three dollars and fifty cents per week, plus tips, if any, plus all the food she could take home to her two children, Dorothy, eight and Bud, six. I was not getting much more in the bakery, but the metal lathing job was coming up which paid one dollar per hour, with a forty-hour working week was exceptionally good pay there at the time.

While working in the bakery, I worked with some colored people or “niggers” as they were called. I became a very close friend of one and went to his home and to church with his family. They were very nice people. Once I was nearly thrown, and thrown is the right word, into jail for going into the “nigger” side of the bar to have a beer with my friend. The south left a bad taste in my mouth.

Vera was from Idaho. I had lived in Idaho and talking about Idaho brought us together. I liked her and her two children very much and after a short two weeks, we were married under my true name. The marriage was solemnized by a Mormon Elder at Vera’s request. She was a Latter Day Saint or Mormon.

Then a tragedy of errors began to unfold that were to affect me for many years to come. The cheap room Vera lived in was in a home of ill repute. The rest of the rooms occupied by pimps hustling trade for their female partners posing as married couples. Vera’s hair was red, “henna red”. She was hopelessly in love with a sailor who had brought her to Pensacola on a promise of marriage only to desert her for another women he had got pregnant. Vera’s marriage to me was only a marriage of convenience to support her two children. This nearly threw me for a loop, and I got rip roaring drunk. That didn’t help a bit and when I sobered up and thought things over, I decided for the children’s sake and my own, I had better make this marriage work. Then I got the real shock of shocks that took me flying to a doctor, where I discovered that for a wedding present my wife had given me the clap, gonorrhea. I was dumbfounded and didn’t know what to do. After a sleepless night I told my wife and took her to the doctor too. He cured us both and she said she would be a good wife and behave herself, for some reason I believed her. We moved from that dingy room into a nice apartment in another building. I finished the job at the airport, and we left in a second-hand Buick car I had bought for Fort Benning, Georgia and another lathing job.

Before going to Fort Benning, I read in the paper that good paying jobs were available in Jacksonville, Florida. I went there to see about it and applied at the State Office Listed. They gave me a chit for a room for the night and a chit for breakfast in the morning and told me to report the next morning at 7AM. I did and was told to go out and get on one of the Army trucks parked alongside the building. I and other men got on the truck from the rear step. As soon as it was full, an armed soldier guard jumped on the rear step as the truck sped off. At the time I did not think much about the armed soldier on the rear step. After about twenty-five miles or so, the truck entered the gates of Fort Ucon which were heavily guarded. We got out at the administration building and there we were told that this was to be our home for the next two weeks and that we could not leave. We were told that we would receive a dollar a day, and more if we wanted to work at some occupation keeping the camp in order, that school training would be available for anyone wishing to attend classes. We were bathed, deloused, and given new Army clothes. Those that needed medical attention were sent to the hospital barracks. The reaction among the men was mixed, but after a lot of bitching, cursing, and some physical reaction that had to be quelled, we all melted into camp life.

Hungry unemployed men get dangerous, and crime was on the rise, with street corner talk of revolution common. Fort Ucon and other places like it was one way for the government to get these hungry, angry unemployed off the streets, and hope that after two weeks of forced detention and good care most of them would prefer to stay out the depression there. Economic conditions had deteriorated to such an extent that the government felt it was better to feed these disillusioned men that to fight them.

It was during this era that the word “communist” replaces the words “son of a bitch” in our vocabulary. If you voiced any opposition to the economic conditions that existed or criticized the government, you were a damned communist.”

I was called radical and some other names because I said that those who were responsible for economic suppression of the common people, thus creating a fertile field to sow the seeds of communism, those same people who considered themselves to be good loyal law-abiding Americans and who did not even belong to the Communist Part, were the Communist makers and a greater threat to America than the Communists would ever be.

The two weeks that I spent at Fort Ucon I worked in the office of the camp newspaper getting out the semi-weekly issue. During this time, my wife did not know where I was, as outgoing letters were forbidden. As soon as I got out, I returned to Pensacola and we immediately left for Fort Benning, Georgia.

At Fort Benning I made the mistake of driving to the construction office in our car with Florida license plates on it, and they told me that I could not go to work because I did not live in Georgia, despite the fact I was sent there by the same company I worked for in Pensacola, to work on their job at the Fort. Federal regulations, they said I was not a resident of Georgia. On top of that my wife became very ill with an attack of Appendicitis and our funds were soon exhausted. In desperation I told the Federal Inspector at Fort Benning to either let me go to work or take care of us. The result was that they furnished us with a fairly nice apartment in Columbus free, and we were given a food allowance, and I was given a job teaching a Federally sponsored kindergarten class of mostly illiterates, young and old, who could neither read or write. My pay was two dollars and fifty cents per week. We could have lived out the depression like that, but after a short time we decided to get back to Utah or Idaho where we had folks and were known.

That trip was an amazing experience. I sold some of my clothes to get a tank full of gasoline and get a little food and we left Columbus. We literally hitch-hiked with our car, giving anyone along the highway a ride that could buy a gallon of gasoline, and asking numerous cities along the way for work or assistance, which resulted in most of them not wanting to permanently support us with their already over-taxed relief funds, filling the car with gasoline and giving us five dollars’ worth of groceries. Food was a lot cheaper then.

At last we arrived in Idaho Falls, Idaho and for the first time I met my wife’s folks, obtained a W.P.A. job which soon petered out. At that time more than half of the people in Idaho Falls, Idaho were unemployed and on relief rolls, including many now prominent citizens. The western part of the city east of the Snake River became a shanty town, with shacks built of scrap junk of every description and was known as Duttonville. It took more than forty years for the city to get rid of the Duttonville blot on the landscape.

During that time, my wife heard from a close friend in Coeur d’Alene, Idaho that if we came up there in the panhandle and took over some government repossessed tax land, we could sell enough timber to pay for it, and that there was enough wild game, elk, deer, goose, and fish to be had to keep us from starvation. It sounded good, so we took off for Coeur d’Alene. After selling everything of value we possessed including my wife’s diamond ring, along the way to buy gas and food, we got to Lewiston, Idaho.

There our luck changed. I got work as a lather and did real well doing lathing jobs in many parts of the Northwest. We purchased a five-acre fruit and berry farm in Lewiston Orchards. We lived there for a couple of years until the lure of big pay took me to Wake Island in the South Pacific.

The time we lived in Lewiston Orchards was, I believe the happiest time of our lives and among my favorite memories. There are times in all of our lives when we live in the land of memory.

When the evening shadows fall, in the soft solitude of twilight, a feeling of peace enters the soul and we think back over the memories of the past, trying to visualize our favorite recollections. When one has reached the halfway mark of life and begins to reminisce, there are so many beautiful memories that bring joy to the heart, that it is extremely difficult to select one as being the favorite.

Then it was spring in Lewiston Orchards, with mother nature giving life to everything that grows. Our little farm with the fruit trees a sea of pink and white blossoms. The pink crowns of rhubarb gently breaking through the soil. The freshly turned earth behind the plow. My daughter’s musical laughter as she fondly embraces a wobbly legged newborn calf, with the mother cow looking on with gentle eyes of brown. On the lawn of virgin green my boy bursting with energy of youth, frolicking with his dog, unmindful of his gardens unplanted seeds. My wife and I in the flower garden, which we love so well, planting tulip bulbs in neat rows, as purple violets peep at us from a canopy of leaves, scenting the air with their fragrant smell. We stop a while to watch pretty red breasted robins build their nest of mud and grass in a nearby tree, her hand in mine, our hearts filled with love and the joy of living, our eyes speak words our mouths cannot utter.

                                                                                …………………………………….

Then time which we cannot stay, speeds on to another day. There is the scent of a new mown hay in the air. Chickens are merrily singing in their chicken way. Cows contentedly grazing in the clover. Trees heavily laden with golden apricots. A few luscious unpicked cherries in the trees. My boy industriously hoeing in the garden, while whistling the latest tune. A hen clucking to her chicks. My daughter picking raspberries and laughing at her pet cow begging for berries through the fence, her joyous laughter ringing through the summer air like voice of a virgin soul free of all care. My wife coming out of the flower garden with her arms full of flowers of very brilliant hue, the gleam of her auburn tresses in the sun, her sparking eyes of blue and radiant cheeks furnishing still competition for the beauty of the flowers. Leaning on my hoe, I survey my heavenly realm in sublime unconsciousness of the work waiting to be done. The poetry of my life then was sweeter that the choicest nectar drawn from honeysuckles by the rainbow hued hummingbird to feed her young. My crown the envy of kings.

                                                                                ……………………………………..

Now my last children, like the young robins in the overcrowded nest, have taken wing and flown away to build their own nests in other cherry trees. The autumn of life has come. The tree branches are gnarled and bare. The flowers folded in their seeds. The grass a dusty brown. But there is still beauty in the somber cast, as I sit in the twilight with my memories. Mine has been a life well spent.

                                                                                ……………………………………..

Then it was September 23, 1941

Dawn was just breaking as I drove into the driveway of our small farm in Lewiston Orchards. I was just returning from sixteen weeks of working on national defense housing projects at Fort Lewis, Seattle and Bremerton, Washington. I was over-joyed at being home again with my wife and family. I anticipated a good weeks rest before returning to work for another nation defense project at Hermiston, Oregon, October 1st. However, On September 24th, I received a phone call from the Lewiston Labor Temple notifying me that I was to leave the next day for Wake Island. I had previously signed an application with the Morrison-Knudson Construction Company of Boise, Idaho for work building maintenance buildings and quarters for the Pacific Naval Air Base on Wake Island.

After an all too short three-day visit at home I bid my family goodbye and my wife drove me to the bus depot. I kissed my wife goodbye and boarded a special bus that was taking workmen bound for Wake Island, to Alameda, California. As I sat there next to the window looking at my wife standing there waiting for the bus to leave, I had the strangest feeling, a premonition of foreboding trouble, if you wish to call it that. All of a sudden I did not want to leave and just as I decided to get off the bus and give up the trip, Ottos Gans, a carpenter, sat down beside me and the driver started the bus. Another minute and I would have been off the bus and the rest of this life adventure would never have been told.

As I waved farewell to my wife, little did I realize that I would not see her again for nearly five years and be deeply involved in the most destructive war in history. What a difference a few seconds can make in a person’s life.

September 30, 1941.

We arrived in Alameda, California where I signed a nine month’s labor contract and sailed the same day on the U.S.S. Worton for Honolulu, Hawaii. Arriving in Honolulu, I spent a week at the Pacific Naval Air Base Contractors Hotel and sailed on the new aircraft tender U.S.S. Curtis for Wake Island.

While enroute to Wake Island on the U.S.S. Curtis, we received several reports of the worsening Japanese situation. We also received a ship memo telling us in the event of serious trouble with Japan we would be evacuated immediately. Of course, then we did not know that the Japanese would do the evacuating. An American submarine stayed in sight of the ship all the way to Wake Island.

We were enjoying the calm voyage in the tropical sunshine and my thoughts conformed with the panorama before me, as I sat on the deck, and looked up from my reading, with its rhythmic raising and falling and gently swaying, watching the flight of a white gull as it majestically glided over the gentle swelling of the light turquoise colored waves, capped in effervescent foamy white lace, bubbling like lustrous pearls, sometimes racing each other under the tropical sunshine which glistened from their sides like a thousand diamond facets cut by the deft hand of a jeweler, and sparkling in the gentle wind-blown spray as if sown by the hand of magic. Some waves to end with a gentle slap at the ship’s side as if to rebuke it for disturbing such a beautiful aquatic scene, with the ever-widening path in its wake, which cut through the tranquility of the aquatic picture like the knife of a mad despoiler.

Then as if the cinema operator had changed the film, the picture changed as dark clouds appeared in the sky and the wind began to blow. The waves became larger and rain came down in torrents. The waves increase in size and became huge and ominous with the wind blowing the tops off into white spume. The ship wallowed in a through between swells, then plunged its bow into a huge and ominous with the wind blowing the tips off into white spume. The ship wallowed in a through between swells, then plunged its bow into a huge wave, rising into the crest of the wave where it hung for a moment with tons of water cascading off its bow decks, then plunging into another through, giving one the impression we were going to go to the bottom of the sea. That is the way it looked to us landlubbers. We had entered into the edge of a typhoon.

I got a little seasick and wondered what would happen if the sea got worse, and with imaginative mind I viewed what was below all this restless heaving bosom of the sea. I could see the hulks of many ships enshrouded in seaweed, barnacles and silt, with grotesque skeleton crews, sailing ships, wooden ships, steel ships, ships of war, whose armament even at the bottom of the sea with a death watch crew of rotting bones to man the rusty guns, took on a menacing appearance illustrating that the fallacies of mankind live on, even after man has destroyed himself with his own genius.

Then my thoughts took on a more realistic trend and I wondered what would be the outcome of this disturbing reports our radio had given concerning the war in Europe and the trouble in which Japan was involved in Asia. Would it involve us? Perhaps I had been foolish to take this trip to Wake Island? Maybe we needed the Defenses? The pay was high, and I needed that. It would help pay off the fruit and berry farm we were buying. Times had not been too good and although I hated to be away from my wife and children for nine months, well, nine months goes by pretty fast when you are busy. And it would get us out of debt, and we would have a place of our own. And then hadn’t they told us that we would be evacuated at the first sign of trouble and sent home.

We arrived at Wake Island on the tail end of a typhoon, with the sea so rough it was impossible to make a landing. There were no docks on Wake Island. Landing had to be made by small boats over the coral reed at high tide. For one week we circled the Island at a safe distance.

October 30, 1941.

The sea at last calmed down enough to make a landing. I have to hand it to our Navy, Our sailor boys knew their business, and us landlubbers did a lot of unnecessary worrying.

Arriving on the Island, we found that the mess hall, canteen, a few barracks and a sea water distilling plant were the only buildings completed. The air strip consisted of a rough unpaved strip through coral and brush, made by a bulldozer. A dredge was in the lagoon which was eventually to become a submarine base. Pan American Airways had a small hotel building and a concrete ramp on the lagoon which was a refueling stop for the Pan Am Clippers, before they took off for the Island of Guam. Ship loads of building materials and hundreds of steel barrels of aviation gasoline and oil were stacked in huge piles in the open. It looked like we had a lot of work to do. I went to work the next day as a reinforcing steel worker. Three days later I was transferred to an electrician’s job. Then three says later I was assigned as foreman of metal lathing and plastering operations. I had to recruit a crew from inexperienced men which necessitated some extremely hard work under difficulties. However, the work progresses very good, we worked long hours from nine to thirteen hours daily. The extra hours would make good pay checks. We were issued some canteen script for use on the Island. The rest of our wages were kept in trust accounts in banks at home.

There were about fifteen hundred construction workers, four hundred and eighty Navy and Marine Corps personnel and about a dozen Pan American Airlines employees on Wake Island. That included the entire population except the birds, rat, and hermit crabs. There was no soil or fresh water on the Island and no women. The highest point about sea level on the Island was twenty-one feet. Wake Island really consisted of three small islands around a lagoon and separated by narrow channels. The entire island was surrounded by a coral reef. It was about three miles and a half around the island.

December 8, 1941 (Wake Island Time)

This morning we received the news that Pearl Harbor had been bombed by the Japanese, but all construction work went on as usual. My crew was working in the general warehouse building just completing some cement plastering. We had a cement mixer running under the main canopy which made considerable noise, so that we could not hear normal noise from outside the building. About ten minutes to twelve we were startled by a series of explosions which shook the building to its very foundations. The walls swayed crazily, glass from the windows cascaded to the floor in broken fragments, the hum of plane motors and the rattle of machine guns mingled with the other noises was deafening. I ordered my workmen to flatten out on the floor and fortunately none of them were injured.

After a few minutes as the drone of planes faded, we ventured outside to see what had happened. Just outside the door in the street between buildings were huge bomb craters. Parts of buildings across the street were demolished. The suction created by exploding bombs had forced heavy steel doors right through steel door frames, bulging like they had been punched by a giant fist. A steel tank of large capacity just completed was riddled by machine gun bullets. Workmen were running in wild confusion, some trying to hide under the sparse tropical brush. I saw one man on his knees beside a small bush praying as loud as he could, his face a picture of stark fear. I jumped across a trench to try and console him and saw a dead man in the bottom of the trench. The Pan Am Hotel nearby was aflame and a large gasoline dump composed of hundreds of steel fifty gallon barrels between me and the hotel was a blazing inferno, with barrels exploding throwing flaming gasoline hundreds of feet into the air. I tried to get over to the hotel to see if I could help the injured, but the intense heat of the burning gasoline stopped me. In another direction I saw billowing clouds of black smoke from a burning dump of asphalt and stored paint.

Trucks which had just arrived to take workmen to the contractors dining hall whisked most of the workmen away. I remained on the job to shut off the plaster mixer and clean it out, so that it could be of further use if needed. I proceeded to look around and found that two bombs had made direct hits on the building we were working in. One had exploded in a room in which metal toilet partitions were stored which absorbed most of the shock. The other bomb, quite a large one, had penetrated the roof which stripped off the fins and it hit the concrete floor a glancing blow which by some freak action tore off the concussion cap. Then it bounded crashing through a partition and coming to rest unexploded in the center of the warehouse floor. Five bombs had fallen and exploded on each side of the warehouse, making a total of twelve bombs that hit the building and adjacent streets. I tried again to get over to the Pan Am Hotel compound to see if I could render some aid to the injured, but the flaming gasoline and exploding barrels made it impossible to get through the blazing barrier.

I returned to the warehouse just as a truck drove up and the driver said they needed cots and blankets at the hospital quick and asked if I could get something to break open the crates of cots and blankets. I did. More trucks and officers arrived wanting more supplies. I will never forget the Naval officer who drove his pickup into the warehouse to the unexploded bomb and placed it in the pickup and drove away. We all watched and held our breath, knowing that the bomb could go off any minute. I worked there in the warehouse until dark helping load trucks with supplies, during which time I made two trips in a pickup truck to the hospital with cots and blankets. As soon as we could set up a cot someone would place a wounded man on it. The hospital seemed full of wounded. There was blood everywhere, and men groaning in pain. The one Doctor and attendants were working like mad to take care of them. We opened up one cot and almost before we had taken our hands off it, a wounded man was placed on it. I do not know who he was and all I can remember of him is the bloody stump of an arm spurting blood near my face, which made me sick to my stomach and I threw up. On another cot a steel worker I knew with his heel blown off. I only had time to say, “Take it easy old man, everything is going to be alright”. As I left for more cots, I saw him trying to cinch up his belt around his leg to stop the bleeding. He was killed the next day when the hospital was hit and burned.

Some of the contractor’s employee’s barracks were in flames. Most of our planes were destroyed in that first bombing and most of the pilots and mechanics were killed. A large gasoline or oil storage tank across the lagoon was on fire belching flames and smoke hundreds of feet into the air. These are only a few glimpses of what I saw that day. Things happened so fast and everyone was in such a hurry it was hard to focus your eyes and mind on anything which was probably a good thing, as your mind did not register all the horror for you to remember later. I heard that casualties that day among the civilian workmen was about forty killed and wounded. I do not know what the military losses were.

The warehouse was on Pele Island. That evening I walked back to Wake Island which was about a mile. I arrived there tired and hungry, having had nothing to eat since early morning. I found the camp practically deserted. The civilian workmen had been told to take care of themselves as best they could, and stay out of what was left of the camp as it would probably be bombed again. I found a grassy place near the lagoon a short distance from camp and with a few companions; George Gans, Otto Gans, Milton Glazier, and Herman Mayer, stretched out on the ground and was soon fast asleep from exhaustion.

The next morning after a hasty breakfast of fried egg and some bread and coffee, I joined a group of volunteers to help the marines by filling sand bags to place around gun emplacements. There were about forty men in the party, filling the sand bags with coral sand at a location near the bridge between Wake and Pele Islands. We had worked all morning and it was nearing noon, December 9th. I said to my partner, a reinforcing steel worker by the name of Busic say, “it’s about noon, if the Japs come over today they will sure try to bomb this bridge. Don’t you think we had better get in a safer place for awhile?” Before Busic could answer me we heard some planes followed by some explosions and saw the hospital and some buildings nearby burst into flames. Busic said, “it’s too late now, here they are” I looked up and saw planes overhead and a cluster of bombs falling directly at us. I yelled to Busic, “Dive into the coral pit”. I did likewise, rolling myself into a ball against the pit bank. The pit was about four feet deep. The next thing I knew it seemed like all hell broke loose and dropped on me. There was a terrific explosion and I and the ground upon which I lay curled up like a ball, seemed to lift into the air and then I was back on the ground with a terrible weight on me. I could hardly breathe, and my eyes were full of coral sand. I lay that way for what seemed hours but was really only a few seconds. I was too stunned to move, not knowing whether I was wounded or not. I tried to move my arms and legs. I did not hurt anywhere so started to struggle out of the coral sand on top of me. I got my head and shoulders out and couldn’t see a thing for the coral sand in my eyes binding me. Someone came over to me and said, “Are you hurt?” I said, “no”. Then I managed to work my whole body out of the sand and succeeded in getting enough coral sand out of my eyes so I could see. I had been buried about four feet. A bomb had hit not over ten feet from where Busic and I were working. I was not hurt, but what a sight greeted me. Three of the crew of workmen were dead and some fourteen wounded and a truck on fire. My friend Busic had tried to run, and a bomb fragment had almost cut him in two. He was killed instantly.

Trucks arrived and took the dead and wounded away. I decided it was about time I did something to protect myself in future raids. I took a shovel and an arm full of empty sacks and proceeded across the bridge to Wake Island. I saw a corpse under the bridge. I passed the flaming hospital and some burning barracks and noticed the canteen had been hit and the roof was all ascrew, but it was not burning. I passed quickly through the camp and chose a place near the lagoon where I thought the Japs would not be likely to bomb or machine gun, this was about a block from camp. I dug a hole in the coral sand and sand bagged the walls of the hole and covered the top with dead brush which made a passable dugout, and from the air looked like the surrounding landscape. When I had finished, I started back to camp to see if I could get something to eat and some water to drink. On the way, I met Elbert Look and Robert Lee, two American-Chinese messmen, they did not have any place to hold up in, so I told them to join me. We got a jug full of water but no food, so we returned to the dugout. It was just large enough for the three of us to curl up in. We spent the fourteen days of Jap bombings and attacks by naval guns there. We subsisted during that time mainly on canned fruit, fruit juices and raisins. Other workmen had raided the food dumps in the brush and taken everything else. Our drinking water was gasoline tainted. The hastily filled gas drums that had been scattered throughout the brush had not been cleaned before being filed with water. Every time we lit a cigarette we expected to blow up.

At night we joined working parties and built sandbag enclosures for anti-aircraft guns. We also helped build an underground hanger of sorts for the two remaining planes. Every night we changed the position of the anti-aircraft guns and carried ammunition to the new locations. Once at night we saw what we believed to be blinker signals from an American submarine. We saw no answering signals.

We were bombed every day and twice on Sunday, you could almost set your watch by their daily arrival time. Bombs lit close enough once to strip the ground clean of all vegetation for a hundred feet or more around our dugout. We were shook up quite a bit, but not hurt. Our only wounds so far were badly skinned shins from working at night without lights and bumping into chunks of coral. We had begun to lose weight on our diet of canned fruit, fruit juices and raisins, and from the growth of our beards we looked like some castaways on a lonely Pacific Island.

The night of December twenty-second, two men in a dugout not far from us invited us over to eat. They had found some cans of chili con carne and we all had a good feed. The next day a direct bomb hit and killed one of the men. The other man was killed the same day by machine-gun bullets while driving a truck. We felt very bad and knew we might be next. My eyes gave me a lot of trouble, being stuck shut every morning by infection from the coral sand I got in them when I was buried by exploding bombs on December eighth. The same Naval Officer who had carried that unexploded bomb out of the warehouse on December the eighth saw my eyes on a working party, and took me to the medical dugout and had them treat my eyes, and gave me hell for not going to the medical dugout sooner myself. I knew the medical dugout had their hands full taking care of the wounded and I did not want to bother them. My eyes slowly improved.

Several Japanese planes were shot down on the island and some were seen trailing smoke as they left Wake, so they were apparently lost also. Only one of out patched up planes was still flying with a wounded pilot at the controls.

The Japanese attacked the island twice with naval guns, but did little damage because they came in too close to the island and most of the large caliber guns overshot the island. Several of their ships were sunk by the U.S. Marine gunners by breach sighting, and then firing the four-inch naval deck guns fastened to concrete base bolts with heavy wire. The gun emplacements were not finished yet, and no one knew where the nuts were to fasten them down. Two Jap destroyers made it over the coral reef landing on the beach. U.S. Marine gunners mowed them down as fast as they came over the sides of the ships. I heard that they only took one prisoner alive from those destroyers.

December 23, 1941. Wake Island Surrenders.

The morning of December 23rd after a terrific bombing and hammering by naval guns, and the United States Marines running out of ammunition, Wake Island surrendered. Runners were sent through the brush, telling everyone they could find that the white flag was up and for everyone to get out of the brush onto the road near the bombed machine shop and wait for the Japs. That news was hard to take. No one knew what to expect. Jap planes were still flying overhead dropping a few bombs and machine-gunning some places. We could see the white flag flying over the island’s military headquarters dugout. Jap ships were circling the island.

We started through the brush for the road keeping in the open spaces as much as possible so the Japs could see us. We had not gone far when a Jap plane opened up on us with machine-guns. We dove into the bushes and machine gun bullets kicked up sand all around us. As we continued our way out, we passed a U.S. Marine anti-aircraft gun emplacement we had helped sandbag, the gun was wrecked, and the dead Marine’s legs were sticking out of the fox hole.

Taken Prisoner by the Japanese.

We finally made it to the road and there joined approximately three hundred civilian workmen, a few U.S. Marines and Naval Offices. We sat and waited. About ten or eleven o’clock, a truck with that Japanese flag flying on it and a machine-gun mounted on the hood came down the road towards us. It stopped a short distance away and some Japs came towards us on foot and ordered us all to put our hands on our heads and line up and follow them back down the road. Two or three machine-guns were trained on us. About five hundred yards down the road where it curved near the sea the Japs halted us. They then ordered us to take off all of our clothes and sit in a squatting position in the road naked, In the blistering sun. They took every wristwatch and ring in sight. We were now surrounded with Japs manning machine-guns. I think everyone there thought that they intended to march us down to the beach and machine gun us all and let the tide take our bodies. I do not know what changed their minds. After sitting there in the hot sun for about five hours we were told to put our clothes back on. No one got their own clothes, and some were lucky to get any clothes at all. We were very sunburned and very thirsty.  A thousand disturbing thoughts went through our minds. Then we were marched out to their air strip and made to sit in rows so that when you laid down there was only room for your body packed in between other prisoners. We had nothing to eat that day and nothing to drink and the rough coral air strip made a rough bed that night. We spent the whole next day in the same spot, not being allowed to move around at all. When nature called, we had to do the best we could in the spot where we lay. They gave us a little to eat, very little, a little water and a couple of cigarettes.

That night it began to rain, so they ordered us all, about fifteen hundred men, into the underground hanger built for the few planes we had left after the first bombing raid. Prisoners were packed in so tight, when a prisoner fainted because of the foul hot air, they could not fall down. The night was a living nightmare. I was packed in straddling a garbage can on its side. After standing in that spread legged position for hours, I managed to squirm down and crawl into the garbage can head first, which covered most of my body. My legs did not fare so well, men stood on them all night. The next day I could hardly walk. Some prisoners did not survive that ordeal.

Christmas Day, December 25, 1941

Today we were marched back to what was left of the camp and crowded into barracks that were not destroyed. The space I was in was normally built to accommodate two men, and eleven of us were jammed into it. The Japs had built a barbwire fence around what was left of the camp and it became our first prison camp. We were all used on forced labor, building barbwire entanglements on the beaches and other heavy work, and were poorly fed, although there was plenty of American food supplies in buildings not damaged. That was a dismissal Christmas Day, no brightly decorated Christmas tree, no plum pudding, no turkey, but even under those conditions we could occasionally hear some prisoners singing Holy Night.

While I was out on one of those working parties, we passed the paint shop which was still intact. We heard quiet a commotion and stopped to see what was going on. A painter on another working party had somehow got the Jap guard to let him into the paint shop and had drank some alcohol and was quite drunk. Just then a Japanese officer came up and the painter began to curse him and all the Japs. The officer understood English very well and became very angry and pulled out his samurai sword and nearly decapitated the painter right there in front of us. It was a terrible sight, the painter died instantly.

The bombing had knocked out the electric line to the canteen and refrigeration plant and the Japs had me and a couple of other electricians repairing it. We had got on the top of the canteen building where the roof was damaged to repair the electric line. While on roof, I managed to drop down through the hole in the roof into the canteen. There I put on another pair of pants legs with food and cigarettes. I later got safely through the fence past the guards into the compound where we stayed. The food items and the cigarettes helped our morale quite a bit.

We finally got the electricity line to the refrigeration plant fixed and opened it to see if it worked, and the stench of decaying human flesh nearly overcame us. All of the dead U.S Marines and civilian workmen had been put in the cold storage compartment and when the electricity went off, the cold storage compartments became like a hot oven. Some of the other prisoners had the gruesome task of cleaning that human debris out of them, as the Japs wanted to use them.

While on another working party we were taken past the concrete ramp at the Pan Am Airline compound. I will never forget the sight. A Pan Am Air Clipper on its way to Guam with the payroll for the military there, upon hearing Pearl Harbor had been bombed came back to Wake Island, landed on the concrete ramp and kicked the mail sacks out on the ramp before leaving for Honolulu. The Japs had ripped the mail sacks open and dumped the money out on the ramp, thousands of dollars. It was scattered all over and we walked through it, good old American greenbacks, like it was so many leaves. It made you feel kind of funny. We couldn’t pick it up or do anything with it. I do not know what happened to it.

January 12,1942. Leaving Wake Island.

Early in the morning of January 12th, all of the prisoners on Wake Island except about four hundred, mostly maintenance men and equipment operators, were taken on board the Japanese ship Nita Maru, the largest passenger liner on the Pacific Ocean, and packed like sardines in the lowest holds of the ship. As I boarded the ship, I took my last look at Wake Island and wondered if I would ever see my home and loved ones again.

After I was boarding the ship I was searched three times on the way to the hold, and everything taken from me, except a small picture of my wife which I had wrapped in cellophane and put it in the watch pocket of my pants. For some reason, they did not find it. I was also slapped several times. The hold was stifling. We were not allowed to move around at all and had to sit or lay on the steel deck. We were fed once a day with a small bowl of watery rice soup and a pickled plum. For toilets, we used five gallon cans with the tops cut out, which were emptied once a day by being hoisted up out of the hold on the rope and part of the contents of the cans showered down on us as they were being drawn up to be emptied.

Many prisoners were beaten unmercifully, especially the U.S. Marines who were in the hold directly above us. We could hear someone being beaten most of the time. I spent eleven days in the hell hole. I had lost about thirty five pounds since capture and most of that loss was on that trip on the Nita Maru.

Our first port of call was Yokohama, Japan where they took four or five prisoners off the ship. The only one I knew who left the ship was Ensign George (Buckey) Henshaw, U.S.N. The rest of us were kept down in the holds except a few who were taken up to the deck to have their pictures taken for propaganda purposes. I later saw that picture in Life Magazine. After several hours the Nita Maru got under way again and a few days later was docked at WooSung, China. As we left the ship we were forced to run down the companionway in which Japanese were stationed about every twenty feet. As we passed we were given a swat across the buttocks with the flat side of a sword. Upon shore, we were lined up and officially turned over to the Japanese Army. We were given a lengthy speech by some Japanese army officer, which the translator interpreter summed up as saying, “You must obey. We will not kill all of you”. We then marched about fourteen miles to the old Chinese Barracks at WooSung. We arrived there half starved and exhausted. This was January and quite cold. We suffered from the cold very much, being scantily clad and coming from the tropics. I had on a pair of badly worn tennis shoes, a pair of shorts, a T shirt and a sun helmet/ Not very good clothes for freezing weather.

WooSung Prison Camp. January 23, 1942

The WooSung Prison Camp was composed of about a dozen wooden barracks built by the Chinese years ago. It was there that the Nationalist Chinese Army fought one of its greatest historic battles. The barracks looked like they had not been used for years and were in a very bad state of disrepair. Windows and doors hanging from one hinge or fallen off, glass broken out, boards on the sides of the buildings loose or fallen off, the corrugated iron roof leaking from many bullet holes and some blown off. The grounds were a maze of weeds and littered with trash of very description.

The Japanese had hastily thrown up a 2600 volt electric fence around the compound. Beyond the electric fence were barbwire entanglements. There were guard towers at the four corners. Each barracks would accommodate about two hundred men, thirty or forty men to the section. Wooden platforms about two feet off the floor lined both sides of each section and served as beds. In this narrow space almost all of out time was spent when we were not on working parties. In these cramped quarters, it was impossible to do anything without disturbing the prisoner next to you, which caused a lot of frayed nerves and some fist fights. All water had to be boiled before used, and the almost worn our pump never produced enough water to drink. For a long time each prisoner was allowed one cup of water a day. Prisoners could not use water to clean their teeth, wash themselves or their clothes. Food was very poor and consisted mainly of rice sweeping from godowns and contained numerous rat droppings, and some watery stew made from sweet potato, squash and tomato vines or anything that could be put into it to give it taste and look like it might contain a little nourishment. Sometimes prisoners killed rats, big fat ones, which were plentiful, and ate them despite the warnings from our own prisoner doctor that they were cholera and typhus carriers.

There I got my introduction to pellagra. Everyone was suffering from malnutrition. I also contracted malaria and was very sick, receiving no treatment at all. Medical supplies were non-existent in camp. After about three or four weeks, part of which time I was delirious, the attack of malaria finally shook itself out for the time being and I recovered slowly, and returned to the working parties.

May the first, 1942 I had my first bath in the cold water, using sand as soap, I also had a change of clothes, some old used Japanese army pants, jacket and some underwear and socks and shoes, all old used Japanese army discard. This was my first change of clothes in six months. In fact, it was the first time I had my clothes off since capture. We all wore every rag we could get a hold of both day and night to try to keep warm. The few ragged blankets the Japs gave us did not add to our comfort. It gets very cold in the area around Shanghai. We shivered day and night. Many nights those who could not stand the cold any longer would get up and walk up and down the barracks isle all night to keep their blood circulating.

Although the Red Cross or the Americans in the international settlement had sent us through the Japs, two potbellied cast iron stoves for each barracks, the Japs would not allow us to have fires in them. Once or twice prisoners were caught with fires in their stoves and the Japs made them carry the stoves for hours, up and down between the barracks with a huge sign saying, “we have disobeyed”.

We were required to dig a series of tank traps between our camp and the river. As this area had been a battleground years ago, while digging these tank traps we uncovered many remains of dead Chinese soldiers. All that was left of them was skeletons and rotten uniforms. We saw Chinese children playing some kind of a game with the exposed human skulls we had uncovered. It was hard for me to get used to the Chinese attitudes about death, perhaps to the long suffering collie class deaths was looked upon as a relief and a door to a better life. To many orientals death became a common thing like life only with more meaning.

Once when I was out on a working party, I saw Japs soldiers tie a Chinese man to a fence and throw water over him until he would became incased in ice and either suffocate or freeze to death. Other times I saw them shoot Chinese so they would fall into their own graves which the Japs had made them dig.

We were forced to salute and bow to every Jap we saw, and if we did not, we were slapped in the face and sometimes beaten. We got slapped so often that it became sort of routine to be expected. To resist or to show by facial expression that you were angry meant that you would get worse punishment, such as standing for hours with your arms outstretched, which after a while became almost unbearable. I took several beatings from the Japs which took days to recover from. I finally learned to keep my face expressionless, no matter what happened.

Conditions became so intolerable that I planned to escape, which would have been fairly easy, because I was working as camp electrician and was frequently outside the electric fence and not watched too closely and at times I had to pull the fuse plugs on the electric fence so that the old prisoners could cut the grass and weeds growing up under the fence. It would have been easy to defuse the plugs and replace them.

Once I had just replaced the fuse plugs so that the fence was electrified, and a Jap sentry nearby saw me and came over to see what I was doing. He started to pull one of the plugs and touched the hot fence and was instantly killed. All that saved my life trying to explain what had happened was that a Jap Sargent had seen it happen they did nothing to me.

After talking over the possibility of escaping from every angle with my two friends, Milton Glazier and Elbert Look, we decided against it at the time, because it would have been almost impossible for a white man to get through the fourteen hundred miles of Japanese held China. If we should be able to avoid the Japanese, some starving Chinese would turn us in for a bowl of rice, or we would die from cholera or typhus before we could get to friendly territory. Our decision was proven later to be a good one, when a few days later a few of the highest ranking POW officers managed to escape through the electric fence by shorting it out or digging under it, and after a few days being caught and brought back to camp and parade around camp for all the prisoners to see and then taken away and presumably shot. We really did not know what happened to them. We never saw them again. This discouraged any further attempts by prisoners to escape.

As the weather became warmer, with the permission of the Japanese, many of the prisoners became interested in study groups in the evening to improve their minds and pass the time away. These study groups discussed everything under the sun, religion, politics, economics and an almost endless assortment of books from the Seafarer’s Library in Shanghai which the Japanese allowed to be brought into camp. Some of these groups help religious services for those who wished to attend. These services included Catholic, Protestant and Mormon. There were a lot of Mormon Elders in the POW camp, taken prisoners on Wake Island, employees of PNAB contractors. Some of the prisoners were graduates of such universities as Yale, Oxford, Heidelberg, and U.S. Army and U.S. Naval academies which made the discussions very interesting. This had a good effect on keeping trouble among the prisoners at a minimum.

I spent much of my non-working hours in writing and which the aid of an old typewriter, and some rice paper and cardboard and the help of Joseph Astarita, an artist and some other prisoner writers, published three books, one copy each, which were circulated throughout camp and enjoyed by the prisoners. I spent much of my time studying economics, financing of governments and reasons for their failure to create national and international equilibrium, and thinking of ways to improve them. The library brought into camp provided some very good books on the subjects. In prison camp you have a lot of time to do a lot of thinking.

I began seriously thinking of the future, from all indications it looked like the war would last a long time. I gave a lot of thought to what I could do, if anything to hasten the end of the war or improve the plight of the prisoners. I finally decided that I could not do anything unless by some means I could get into the confidence of the liberal Japanese who were not in favor of the war, and work from the inside, so to speak. At that time it was just a dream wishful thinking. I had no definite plan as to what to do, or how to do it. I realized whatever I did would be a long shot in the dark, a big gamble, and if once started, I would have to go through with it regardless of the consequences, and I might lose my head if caught or suspicioned by the militarists.

I discussed the possibilities of being able to do anything with two of my best friends whom I could trust to keep their mouth shuts, Milton Glazier and Jasper Dawson. However, they were skeptical of what I could do, or how to do it. I said no more about it for a while, but it was constantly on my mind.

At that time the Japs were very cocky and were continually blasting President Roosevelt and blaming everything on him. So I decided that if I could write something about President Roosevelt and let it get into the hands of the Japanese someway, it might be an opening wedge to start. Prisoners were allowed to write a few letters, so I wrote this:

                                                                AN ODE TO PRESIDENT ROOSEVELT

                                                To one of faith, in whom we placed the same,

                                                Giving power and glory to your name,

                                                Believing that you would be,

                                                A good example for humanity,

                                                We can not help but doubt,

                                                That you meant what you talked about,

                                                Of Peace, and your hate of war,

                                                Then being planned by your diplomats near and far,

                                                You called men copperheads and louts,

                                                Who wished Peace and dared by their shouts,

                                                To warn those who were being meekly lead,

                                                To the brink of war where blood is shed,

                                                If falsehoods, liars make,

                                                Then for why, you spake,

                                                To mothers of their sons,

                                                In foreign lands would shoot no guns,

                                                But only in their homeland,

                                                To protect if, would they take gun in hand?

                                                What madness of your mind,

                                                Made you break law, that were made to bind,

                                                All men of all nations, in happy estate,

                                                Where men were born of love, not hate?

                                                Do you worship the God you claim to trust,

                                                When you affectionately fondle greed and lust?

                                                Can wealth and glory, thus obtained,

                                                Be worth the price, and thus retained,

                                                When mothers hearts are full of pain,

                                                For sons they will never see again,

                                                Whose slaughtered bodies, upon which vultures fed,

                                                Lie upon battlefields, their souls have fled?

                                                When fields once growing abundant crops,

                                                Are watered now by blood that drops,

                                                And flows from gaping wounds to depart,

                                                From broken bodies and stilled heart-

                                                A harvest now of rotting bones,

                                                Broken hearts and shattered homes?

                                                To what future heights do you aspire,

                                                Breaking pledges, committing deeds so dire,

                                                To bring men, hunger, want and pain,

                                                Their faith in you to never regain?

                                                What crop can you expect to harvest from such seed,

                                                Planted by the fury of wars, lust and greed?

                                                Do you hold the President’s office, then so high,

                                                And people such fools they think you cannot lie?

                                                Vain and dishonorable is he,

                                                Who would ask in such glory,

                                                And aggrandizement thus obtained,

                                                By dishonoring those who honor have attained.

                                                If this by me be treasonable wit,

                                                Then may you make the most of it,

                                                For thank God, I am still,

                                                An American with just will,

                                                Holding Justice, Truth and Right,

                                                Above all things gained by untruth and might.

I put the ode in an envelope I made myself, addressed the envelope to President Roosevelt, and gave it to the Japanese interpreter to send. I did not know whether they would send it or not, or what they would do with it. I knew they would read it as all POW mail was censored, so I waited for results. If I had known then the results that ode would have caused I might not have sent it, but the die was cast now and there was no turning back. A few days later I was called up to the Jap office interpreter as well as all the rest of the Japs in the office were all smiles, treating me with much courtesy, giving me cigarettes and saying that I had written a fine letter. After that I noticed quite a difference in attitude of the Japs in the camp when I came in contact with them. It looked like I had made a good start, so from then on I acted as friendly as possible towards them. Being all over camp, in the Jap section as well on account of the electrical work I was doing, I talked to them as often as I could, but my progress was slow and it at times seemed rather hopeless. In any event I hoped that somewhere along the line that ode took some Japanese with a good understanding of English could see the ode held a double meaning and could be applied to Togo as well.

Conditions in Woosung Prison Camp remained about the same, slave labor, abuse, hunger, wearing on the prisoners’ nerves. Two prisoners were killed on the electrical fence, and a few others were severely shocked. One prisoner, an electricians helper on Wake Island who had worked with me, called Lonnie, I have forgotten his last name, was shot and killed instantly by a careless Japanese sentry who he was talking to over the fence. The shot went through his neck severing his jugular vein and lodging in a post nearby. I was close to him when it happened, and I put my fingers over the hole in his neck to try to stop the blood, while another prisoner got the POW doctor, but it was no use, he was dead when the doctor arrived. Several prisoners died from starvation and beatings. Another friend of mine died of a ruptured spleen from a beating by the Japs. Prisoners were becoming very irritable and there was constant friction between the eleven hundred civilian prisoners and the military prisoners numbering about five hundred. The civilian prisoners were mostly construction workers from Wake Island known in construction circles as “building stiffs’, men who were hard workers and hard livers, not caring anything about military discipline. I interceded on several occasions to try to smooth out misunderstandings that arose between the civilian POWs and military POWs, only to arouse the ire of some of the officer POW’s towards me. I also tried unsuccessfully to get the Japanese to separate the Wake Island civilians construction workers, who should be internees and not prisoners of war, from the military prisoners.

We existed after that fashion in WooSung Prison Camp for about a year, and were then transferred to KiangWan Camp also in the Shanghai area. About a month or so before being transferred to KaingWan, some copies of the Nippon Time, English language issues, were distributed in the WooSung Camp which contained the Ode to President Roosevelt I had written. That caused a lot of unfavorable comment about me from the officer POW’s. The first knowledge I had of it was when Col Wm Ashurst of the North China Embassy U.S. Marines issued an order barring me from the barracks of the North China Marines.  This information was brought to me by the only North China Marines I knew, Jasper Dawson. He told me that the Marines adjutant of each section of the North China Marine barracks had told the prisoners that Col. Ashurst had issued an order barring me from their barracks, that I was pro-Jap, a communist, a traitor trying to overthrow the United States Government. Dawson also stated that the North China Marines did not know me at all, and they asked, “who is that guy, Streeter”?. A few days later Major Brown, U.S.M.C North China Marines sent word that he would like to see me. I called at his room, where I found Major Brown and Ed Clancey, the commander of the civilian POW’s.  Because of the very hostile and unreasonable attitude of Major Brown, I refused to discuss the matter with him. Ed Clancey remained silent. The ugly false rumors concerning me continued to persist with many added embellishments. Shortly after this affair the first contingent of prisoners in WooSung camp were sent to Japan, a few hundred, and the POW officers made sure my friend Dawson was among them. The rest of the prisoners were moved to KiangWan Prison Camp.

KiangWan Prison Camp – 1943

This camp was in the KiangWan district about eight miles from Shanghai, China. It consisted of a group of old Chinese barracks in very bad shape, surrounded by a newly constructed six foot high brick wall topped with a 2600 volt electric fence. Another 2500 volt electric fence was inside this wall about fifty feet. Guard towers were in all four corners of the camp manned by armed soldiers with machine guns to keep the prisoners from trying to escape. Partly surrounding the prison compound was the barracks of the Japanese guards, administration building and Kempi officer. The prison buildings inside the electric fence and grounds were in if not worse conditions than those in WooSun Camp. It took a lot of hard work by the prisoners to get the camp in somewhat of a livable condition.

Conditions in WooSun Prison Camp were very similar to conditions in all Japanese prison camps, filth, abuse starvation and slave labor.

A few miles from camp the Japs had a “MT. Fuji” project to give the prisoners exercise so they said. It consisted of building a large mountain of earth and a series of smaller mountains. It was extremely hard labor and took over a year for a thousand or more prisoners to build. I later heard that it was to be used for a gunnery range. Several prisoners were badly injured on this Mt. Fuji project and some lost their lives.

As camp electrician, I was assigned the job of building fourteen miles of power lines which afforded me several opportunities to witness some repulsive atrocities committed by the Japs against the Chinese in the area through which we constructed the line.

The lines was sort of a temporary affair and the only recognizable materials I saw in the supply trucks were rolls of number eight copper wire and some glass insulators. The poles and crossarms, if you could call them such, were about twenty feet long and about four or five inches thick. The crossarms were lashed to the poles with strips of bamboo applied wet. When dried they made quite firm fastenings. The poles with crossarms attached and one wire fastened to each insulator where laid on the ground in a row with the butt of the bamboo poles within a few inches of the holes. Then a Chinese crew would rise each bamboo pole with crossarm and wires attached and put the poles in the hole, placing about ten at a time firmly in the ground, them move ahead with another ten. We were expected to do a mile a day. I was surprised to see the line stay up. The wires sagged considerably not too far above the ground where anyone could reach them. But electricity would flow through it ok.

After we progressed for a few miles, we would have to go back and do long stretches over again. The Chinese would cut the line at night and steal hundreds of feet of wire. On one occasion I had to go about a mile from the line to a Japanese office they had set up in a Chinese house to ask that some more materials be sent to replace some stolen wire. I was told by the Japanese interpreter to sit on a bench outside and wait, that they had one of the wire thieves inside and were trying to find out the others involved, I heard a lot of loud yelling inside the house and the thuds, like blows being struck. After a while the door opened and four soldiers and two officers came out with the Chinese, a chain around his neck, and face all bloody. He could still walk. When they got him outside and four soldiers threw him to the ground spread-eagled with a soldier holding each leg and arm. One of the Jap officers pulled the Chinese’s pants down exposing his genitals, then each officer used a piece of brick and took turns pounding the Chinese’s testicles. The Chinese screamed and screamed and then passed out cold. The Jap officers threw water on him to revive him and asked him some more questions, the Chinese remained silent, then the Jap officer would repeat the process of beating his testicles with bricks. I witnessed the whole performance. They finally left the poor Chinese chained to an iron pipe in the yard. I repeated my request for more wire and left for the line with a sickening feeling in my stomach and a burning hate for these Jap monsters.

Several times I was invited into Chinese homes to eat. Probably the first time they had ever seen an American. It is surprising how well two different races of people can get along, neither race understanding the others language, and only using hand signals and smiles. They were very friendly to me. I Had learned a few words in the Cantonese dialect from some of the American-Chinese messmen POW’s, but it didn’t help me as these Chinese spoke a different dialect. The few Japanese guards stationed along the power line didn’t pay too much attention to me as long as I didn’t get too far away from the line. The Jap guards were about two blocks apart and about a block away from the line.

One day I saw a Chinese woman pushing a cart about five hundred feet from the line. A Jap guard called her over to him and I heard a lot of loud talking, and then the woman screaming in Chinese. The guard had ripped most of her clothes off and was raping her. Another guard heard the commotion and joined the rapist and they took turns attacking the poor woman. From what I could see, she was a young woman. After they had satisfied their lust, the guards left and I heard what sounded like a shot. The Chinese girl remained laying on the ground, I presumed dead. About that time I had to return to camp.

Another time we came across a pregnant Chinese woman, dead, tied to a post, with her belly split and part of her intestines pulled out. I heard later that this is a way to torture information out of a person. Slit the stomach and slowly pull the intestines out inch by inch. I was also told that Orientals were masters of the fine art of human torture, to get information or confessions of guilt.

It was about this time that the Japanese circulated a questionaire in the KiangWan Prison Camp. The questionnaire was printed in English and was quite lengthy. It ask what your special abilities were, your educational background and what you had done for the past twenty years. The circulation of the questionaire caused much consternation among the prisoners and the pros and cons of whether the questionaire should be filled out truthfully were rife. The final consensus of opinion among the prisoners was that the questionaire should be filled out truthfully, as the Japanese at some future date may ask questions again and if the prisoner could not remember what they had written in the questionaire they would be punished severely. The majority of the prisoners therefore made them out truthfully. These same questionaires were circulated in other prison camps at the same time, however we did not know it then. Nothing more was heard from the questionaires until November, 1943, when Cpl. Bud Richard, USMC, Larry Quillie, Stephen Shattles, Jack Taylor and I, PNAB Workers from Wake Island, were called to the Japanese interpreters office and told that we were going to be sent to a better camp in Tokyo. Quillie, Richard, Taylor and myself were former newspaper men. Shattles was an actor. No reason was given for our transfer, except when I ask the interpreter Isamu Ishihara if he could tell us what we might be going to Tokyo for, he said, “ you probably will work for the Nippon Times”. We were told to get our belongings together and be, ready to leave the next day. We wondered why only five of us were going.

That night there was much speculation in camp as to why only five prisoners were being transfered, and hundreds of questions were fired at us from every angle by other prisoners. We could only tell them what the interpreter had told us. That we were going to Tokyo to a better camp and perhaps work for the Nippon Times. The reaction of some of the prisoners to this was that we were holding out on them and not telling all that we knew. Previously some large groups of prisoners had been transfered from camp to unknown destinations, but this was the first time such a small number were leaving and told where they were going. Rumors flew thick and fast, as they always did in prison camp, with personal opinions attached to the rumors and some of the personal opinions were quite rank. Little did we know then how those rumors were to effect us at a later date. 

That night I went to bed with a troubled mind thinking of my wife and wondering if I would ever see her again:

                                                A RENDERVOUS WITH MY WIFE IN KIANGWAN

                                                In the nights, dreaming, I woke at the touch of

                                                                your body while in slumber moving,

                                                You smiled, still sleeping, I kissed the jewel like

                                                                tears from your cheeks,

                                                And my heart was near bursting,

                                                My soul tormented with love and anguish.

                                                Our tears mingled, and smiling, you slept.

                                                I told you, you were the light of my life, whispering

                                                                sweet love calls in your ears,

                                                Asking, do you love me my dear?

                                                In the silence you smiled, and I felt the answer

                                                Beneath your breast in the throb of your heart.

                                                Clasped in each others arms, a breath of ecstasy,

                                                Our bodies and souls merged as one,

                                                Your heart answered, I love you.

                                                You still slept, your face a radiant glow.

                                                I quit dreaming and slept the sound sleep of contentment,

                                                Amid the tears on my pillow.

It was about this time that Kazumaru (Buddy) Uno had been in camp making recordings of the prisoners messages to their loved ones at home, which the Japanese wished to use for propaganda purposes. Quite a number of messages were recorded including the now famous messages of Major James P.S. Devereux, USMC, to his family.

The next morning, five of us, Quille, Shattles, Taylor, Richard and I reported to the interpreters office, our meager belongings were searched thoroughly and we were told to get on a waiting truck. Four Japanese guards, a Japanese officer and a Kemei got on the truck with us and we were our constant companions throughout the entire trip to Tokyo. We were first taken to the Shanghai Bund. Some of the sights along the way were appalling. Street people living like animals, their only earthly possessions, a grass mat with a hole cut for the head to go through and the balance tied around the waste with a grass rope. These people had no homes, slept in doorways or gutters, living on what they could beg or steal, sometimes working from early morning to late at night for a bowl of rice. Some who died were left where they died, and the dogs ate them. We saw two such carcasses and dogs eating on them. Before the Japanese captured Shanghai, the Chinese for many miles around flocked the Shanghai for protection by the Nationalist Chinese Army. The population increased so fast that food was a serious problem, and disease another problem, they were dieing off like flies. The Japanese made no effort to curb disease or clean up the human corpses from the city. At the Bund we were taken aboard a passenger ship and our first port of call was Moji, Japan. It was rather a pleasant trip. Our Jap guards and officers wanted to travel first class, we did the same. Upon our arrival at Moji, we were met by a group of school children who sang songs and waived Japanese flags. After spending the whole day in Moji, we were taken aboard an express train trip and saw a great deal of Japan. An amusing incident happened aboard the train, I had to go to the toilet, benjo they called, one of the guards took me and waited outside the little benjo only big enough for one. When I came out, he said, “,me Benjo”, and handed me his rifle to hold until he came out of the toilet. While waiting for the train in Moji’s depot we had to go to the toilet and asked a guard where the toilet was, he pointed to a door and we went in and were relieving ourselves in a urine gutter when some women came in and squatted down right in front of us over the urine trench and we left in a hurry, not knowing that both sexes used the same toilets. It seems we lost our Kempei at Moji, but were not long without one. Upon our arrival at the Tokyo train depot we were met by a new Kempei, one of those strutting cocky Nazi types. We must have created a strange sight as we disembarked from the train. Stephen Shattles was a firey red head with a firey red beard and stood well over six feet and wore a Japanese soldiers uniform made for a man of about four feet five inches, which left a large surplus of bare arms and legs protruding from the short sleeves and trouser legs. Jack Taylor and Quilles who were small were less conspicuous, as was Cpl. Bud Rickard in the U.S. Marines uniforms. I, on the other hand, had a full bristling beard well streaked with grey, wore a white, that is, it was once white, USN Petty Officers coat and all insignias had been removed from it, a tattered pair of brown corduroy pants, a ragged wool Marines Corps muffler and a Chinese grey wool cap that resembled the caps worn by Russians Cossacks. The Kempei said, “ what nationality are you”? I answered “no speak de English”. With which he left me alone. Under the escort of the new Kempei and our old guards were taken on a surface tram for some distance, and then walked several blocks, finally crossing a narrow sort of foot bridge to a sort of island compound in the day. Here we were taken over by the Japanese authorities. This was Omori Prison Camp.

Omori Prison Camp, November 23,1943.

This camp was a small man-made island of slit dredged up from Tokyo Bay, an area the size of two of our city blocks. It was connected with the mainland by a narrow foot bridge. The buildings were of typical wooden Japanese Army barracks construction, with double deck wooden sleeping platforms lining both sides of the center isle. The entire prison compound was surrounded by a high wooden fence. The Japanese guards quarters and administration officer were also inside the compound. The prison population was about five hundred, principally American and British. This camp was used as a sort of prisoner transfer point, no prisoners remaining there for any length of time.

It was dark when we arrived. Our belongings were again searched after which the Japanese interpreter told us we were “special prisoners”, that we would be assigned to a barracks of other special prisoners and that we would only be required to stand morning and evening tenko, “roll call” and keep our barracks clean and that we would not be required to join the daily work parties that left camp, We were assigned to a barracks that contained about one hundred other special prisoners brought there from various other prison camps. This group of special prisoners consisted of British Army band with musical instruments, artist, actors, newspaper men, writers, radio men and few other special ability men. Some of them had been there as long as three months. No one knew why they were there, only that they were special prisoners. Of course upon our arrival, prison rumors began to run wild again, and there were as many versions of why we were there as there were special prisoners.

The next morning we were given some fairly good British uniforms and shirts, Japanese underware and socks, and mail. Omori was the prisoner of war mail distribution center, and this morning I received seven letters, which was the first mail I had received since capture. I read and re-read those letters until I had nearly worn them out. The food was on a much better quality and more plentiful and greatly improved over our starvation diet at WooSung and KiangWan prison camps.

Joseph Astarita was an American Italian boy of fine physique from Brooklyn, New York, a self- trained artist with a technique of his own. He was a very likable chap. He said that conditions at Osaka Prison Camp were deplorable, that prisoners were dieing off like flies, some even cripping themselves by braking their legs or smashing their own feet to escape the unbearable slave labor in the Japanese shipyards. Astarita introduced me to another prisoner, Sgt. Frank Fujita, U.S. Army from Texas, the son of a white mother and a Japanese father, and one of the finest artists I ever met. He was captured in Java, NEI and was a 100% American, although of pronounced Japanese Characteristics. He was beaten un-mercifully by the Japanese on several occasions because he would not say he was Japanese. I also met Sgt. John David Provoo of San Francisco. California who was captured in the Philippines with the fall of Corregidor, and who impressed me as a young man of superior intelligence with a charming princely appearance, despite the prison rumor that was circulating the influence these two prisoners, Sgt. Fujita and Sgt. Provoo would have on my future.

After about four days of this leisurely new prison life at Omori, the Japanese authorities began calling special prisoners up to the office for interviews. My turn came on November 30, 1943. I was told to report to the administration office. I was very courteously ushered into a room in which four Japanese in civilian clothes were seated at a large table opposite me as I entered. They all arose and bowed and I was asked to be seated in a chair opposite them.  A package of cigaretes was pushed across the table in front of me, and the apparent Japanese of highest authority said in perfect English, “have a cigarette Mr. Streeter:, at the same time holding a lighted match for my cigarette and saying, “ we hope you have been more comfortable at Omori than you were at your previous home in KiangWan?” To which I replied that I had been more comfortable at Omori but the life of a prisoner of war was never comfortable. The Japanese continued, “we would like to ask you some questions. Your cooperation would be most helpful”. The rest of the conversation was carried on between a second Japanese and was as follow:

                                Question:    “Mr. Streeter, what is your politics?”

                                Answer:        “I belong to no political party.”

                                Question:     “Who do you think will win the war?”

                                Answer:        “No one ever wins a war, everyone loses.

                                                     But the so-called fighting part of a war

                                                     Is always won by the side that can keep

                                                     The most men and equipment in the field

                                                     For the longest period of time”.

                                 Question:    “What do you think of President Roosevelt?”

                                  Answer”     “ I think Roosevelt is the most clever politician we have ever had in the

                                                     White house. However, I do not always agree with the politics.”

                                  Question:    “What do you think of the Japanese People?”

                                  Answer:       “People are very much alike the world over, regardless of race.”

This ended the interview and I returned to the barracks. From what I could gather from the other prisoners who were interviewed, the line of questioning followed the same pattern. Jack Taylor was asked what he would like to do best as a prisoner, and being a stockman he said raise bulls, which seemed to rather displease his interviewers.

Prison rumors were again flying thick and fast and everyone was wondering what they were going to do with us. We were not long in finding out. That evening thirteen of us who had been interviewed were told to pack our belongings and be ready to leave camp the next morning. This group included Joseph Astarita, Larry Quilles, Stephen Shattles, and I, all PNAB employees from Wake Island; LT. Edwin Kalbfleish, U.S. Army, George Williams, Bombadier Donald Bruce and Bombadier Harry Pearson, British Air Force, Bombadier Kenneth (Mickey) Parkyns, Australian Air force, And WO Nickles Schenks, Jr. of the Dutch Army.

The next morning we were all lined up in front of the Japanese Prison administration office, our belongings searched and then as was the custom when an officer was going to talk to departing prisoners, a table was brought out and placed well in front of us and a Japanese General came out and got up from the table and gave a long speech in Japanese, which the interpreter summed up in these words. “You are going to another home and you must obey. I can no longer be responsible for your safety”. This had an ominous sound and did not make us feel very good. We were hustled aboard an waiting truck, guarded by the Jap soldiers. As Stephen Shattles was getting on the truck, the way he placed his belongings on the truck evidently displeased Japanese Lt. Hamamoto, who rudely kicked Steve’s things off the truck and struck Steve with his sumari sword case, at the same time shouting in Japanese. This incident gave us another feeling of foreboding evil. We were very sober, cowed, group of prisoners as the truck left Omori.

After a ride of perhaps eight miles the truck stopped in front of the three story concrete building that looked like it might be some kind of office building. We got off the truck and were ushered through an archway in the center of the building. On the left side of the building was a sign which said “Bunkagekun”. “The Cultural College” in English, and on the right side was a sign in Japanese characters and a large sign with the letters Y.F.B. and a lot of Japanese characters. The archway opened onto a paved area approximately 50 x 100 feet with small buildings at the sides and a large two story structure at the rear. The entire area between the front and rear buildings was surrounded with a five foot thick brick wall.

This was Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp, December 1; 1943.

This camp was formerly an American endowed religious school for girls, located in the Bunka educational district of Surigadiain a triangular are about the size of three city blocks flanked on one side by a four line electric tram dugway, one side by a mote full of water, the other side sloping down for about four blocks, a gradual drop of two hundred feet, which gave us a fair view of a large part of Tokyo. At the rear of Bunka was a large hospital, with another fairly large maternity hospital, adjoining on one side and a large residence on the other side.

We were the first prisoners to arrive at Bunka. We were hastily lined up in the paved yard and the customary table was brought out and put well in front of us upon which a scar-faced high ranking Kempei Tia officer proceeded to give us another lengthy speech in Japanese. Looking from the side lines were Count Norizane Ikeda the civilian director of Bunka, Major Shigetsugu Tsuneishi head of the Japanese Broadcasting Company, Lt. Hamamoto and our interpreter and prison supervisor, Kazumar (Buddy) Uno. Uno interpreted this long speech as saying “ you have been brought here to work with the Japanese in their great peace offensive, You must obey. Your lives are no longer guaranteed”. We were then dismissed and Count Ikeda and Buddy Uno took us it the building at the rear and we were assigned our quarters on the second floor. The civilian prisoners and military rank and file enlisted personnel prisoners placed in one classroom at one end of the building in which they typical Japanese wooden platforms for sleeping had been built along each wall. The officer military prisoners were assigned an like classroom at the other end of the building. Both of these rooms were connected by a glassed-in hall along the front of the building. Between these two rooms was another classroom that we were to use as recreational and study room.

The first floor of the building was much the same as the second floor, the large classroom was a dining room, and the classroom directly under the officers room was also used as a dining room, and the classroom directly under the officers room was also used as a work room under the watchful eye of Buddy Uno. The basement of the building contained a lavatory, storage room kitchen, and quarters for the Japanese caretaker and his wife. One of the small buildings at the side of the compound was used for food storage, and other small buildings on the other side of the compound was used as quarters for the minor Japanese staff. The large concrete building in front of the compound was used entirely by the Japanese administration staff and guards.

A few minutes after receiving our welcoming speech, Sgt. John Provoo, Ensign Buckey Henshaw, Lt. McNaughten and Bombadier Harry Pearson were immediately taken to the Hoso Koki radio station JOAK Tokyo and handed a prepared script. This they were forced to broadcast under the program title “ Hinomuri Hour:. Hinomuri meaning rising sun. After the prisoners returned from the radio station, Buddy Uno had us all assemble in the work room and gave us a long lecture, saying that we were to write a broadcast, a half hour program every day, and immediately assigned each of us a subject to write on, and instructions on how to treat the subject. 

That evening after Uno left and we were alone, we were a very unhappy group of prisoners, everyone there would have given almost anything it be back in his old camp doing slave labor. Very little sleep was had that night. The situation was discussed from every angle and how we might get out of it. However, all discussions finally ended with the words from our welcoming speech by the Jap Kempei officer, “your lives are no longer guaranteed”. All of us with the exceptions of George Williams, the British official from the Gilbert Islands, thought we were hopelessly lost and to refuse meant certain death. Williams with the dogged typical English stubbornness said that he was going to refuse regardless of the consequences. We all feared for his life, but no amount of entreating would induce William to change his mind.

The next morning at tenko (roll call) the Japanese apparently could tell by the faces of the prisoners that their pet scheme of using prisoners to broadcast propaganda had not been accepted with any show of enthusiasm.

Shortly after breakfast we were all assembled again in the courtyard and given another lengthy speech by Japanese Major Tsuneishi, which, summed up by Uno’s interpreting as, “ you are to cooperate with the Japanese in their great peace offensive, you must obey. Your lives are no longer guaranteed. If anyone here does not wish to cooperate with the Japanese, step out of rank, one pace forward”. We would have liked to step forward in a body but feared the consequences. The only prisoner to step forward was George Williams. Major Tsuneishi look furious and grasped his samuri sword pulled it about half out of the case, and for a moment looked like he was going to decapitate Williams on the spot. He evidently changed his mind, gave the sword a savage thrust back into the case and screamed something in Japanese. While we were thus assembled the caretakers wife shuffled past and gave us a friendly smile. We did not know then what an important part she would play in our future. We were briskly ordered by Uno to get back in the building to our quarters and pull all the blinds down on the front of the building. With the exception of Williams we all did this without delay. I think everyone thought they would execute Williams right there in the courtyard. But they did not, Williams was whisked out of camp by guards, without his belongings. Later Uno called us to assemble in the work room and told us that was the last of Williams and if we did not obey and cooperate with the Japanese we would receive the same fate as Williams. The only prisoner who dared to speak up at this was Sgt. Provoo who spoke Japanese and understood the Japanese. He told Uno in no uncertain words what he thought of the Japanese and their method of using prisoners of war to broadcast their propaganda.  Uno who was raised in Salt Lake City, Utah, got furious and struck Sgt. Provoo with his first and said that would be enough of that, that this time he would not report it to the front office but for John to watch his step and control his tongue, Provoo very angrily said something in Japanese and that ended that incident.

British Lt. Jack McNaughton was a appointed commander of the prisoners and was to be responsible for the prisoners policing their quarters and answering morning and evening tenko, roll call. Ensign Buckey Henshaw was given the portion of the program called, “The Three Missing Men”, Sgt. Provoo was given Uno’s pet part of the program called, “War on War”, and made MC of the program. Dutch Warrant officer Nic Schenk, Jr. was given the duties of cook for the prisoners, with Bonbadier Mickey Parkyns as assistant. I was assigned writing political commentaries especially condemning President Roosevelt. Stephen Shattles, Larry Quilles, as well as some of the other prisoners were not writers, so for a while double duty fell upon those who could write. It is remarkable what men can do the threat of death always hanging over them, men who had never written before became profuse writers, men who had never acted before acted like old show troupers. I had never written a play in my life, yet under Uno’s assignment I wrote in addition to my other writings, one radio play a week for sixteen weeks, all of which were broadcast and considered by other prisoners as quite good plays, before the propaganda was injected into them by the Japs. The method of turning an otherwise good piece of writing into propaganda is quite a simple task, by changing a word here and there and injecting of a word or phrase here and there, and the entire meaning of the writer is changed. Buddy Uno was very clever at this. Everything written by the Bunka prisoners was first turned over to Buddy who blue penciled some, made his insertions here and there and they were sent to the front office where they went through another stage of blue penciling and inserting of additional words, and the final results was what we had to broadcast.

The broadcasting at first did not bother us too much, as it was such rank propaganda that we all felt the people who heard it would only laugh at the Japanese crude attempts at propaganda. But later on the Japanese sensing that some of the Bunka Prisoners were very clever men, tried through connivery, innuendo, threats, and constant physical and mental pressure to use prisoner intelligence in place of their own. Thus began one of the greatest battles of wits during the war, with the Japanese civilians Bunka authorities trying every trick at their command to win the confidence, friendship, and cooperation of the Bunka POW’s, while the Japanese military personnel of Bunka by creating incidents kept the element of fear always uppermost in the prisoners minds, fear of sudden death, torture, or slow systematic starvation. The Bunka prisoners on the other hand trying to show Japanese the futility of their propaganda and war efforts, toning down their writing assignments as much as possible without rising the ire of the Japanese, at the same time using every trick possible to kill the propaganda effect of broadcasting by voice variations and make broadcasting by voice variations and make broadcast contain information of value to the allies. Using every art of diplomacy and subterfuge to outwit their captors. Then on top of all this was the task of trying to keep prisoners from breaking down because of the constant nerve wracking mental pressure and literally blowing their tops and endangering the lives of all Bunka POW’s. Every waking hour was a constant vigilant nerve wracking fight, where failure meant death or worse.

We felt that radio monitors in the United States would surely be clever enough to see we were trying to do, and be able to piece together the cleverly hidden Tokyo weather reports, air-raid damage and the general feeling of the Japanese people, all of which and more was contained in our broadcast. Although the United States government has been very reticent on the subject since the war, other short wave radio hams who were monitoring broadcast from Japan, especially prisoners of war messages, have been very profuse in their commendation of our getting such information through to the United States. To my knowledge the only Japanese who was aware of what was being done through our broadcasts was Buddy Uno, who for some yet unexplained reason did not report it, and only occasional blue penciled some items. He was born and raised in Salt Lake City, Utah. He once worked for my father-in-law on the Ogden Standard – Examiner in Ogden, Utah. Before the capture of Shanghai, China by the Japanese, Uno was a foreign correspondent for a San Francisco, California newspaper. After capture of Shanghai, he apparently went all out to the Japanese and was for some time on their main propaganda figures in the area, controlling all newspaper and news sources.

He was the alleged publisher of the “Freedom Magazine” and author of another notorious book the “Isle of Delusion” concerning the Philippines Islands. During Uno’s tenure of office at Bunka he was a constant puzzle to the POW’s, at times going out of his way to be nice and friendly and at other times being brutal. To call the Japanese Japs would turn him into a fanatic bordering on insanity. Once he took Nic Schenk and I to his home for dinner to meet his wife and children and then to a park where we took a boat ride. On another accession he told me before the entire Bunka group of prisoners that the way I was writing things in which were offensive to the Japanese I was writing my own death warrant. That I should be kicked out of Bunka Camp.

To try to tell all that happened at Bunka would take several books. I am only trying to tell here the important highlights in one of the outstanding struggles of the war with Japan, in which the Bunka prisoners of war were the principal figures.

A few days after our arrival at Bunka, Australian Warrant Officer John Dooley, Sgt. Walter Odlin, U.S. Sgt. (Pappy) Light, U.S. Army, Sgt. Frank Fujita, U.S. Army, Cpl. Bud Rickard, USMC, Fred Hoblet, USMC, and Bos’n Fredrick Fugerson Smith, U.S. Navy, were brought to Bunka to Omori. The prisoner population was now, with the loss of Williams, twenty. Things followed much the same pattern as before.

About a week later major Charles Cousins, Australian Army, captured in Singapore, who was a former popular radio commentator, and Captain Wallace E. Ince, U.S. Army radio officer captured in the Philippines were brought into Bunka. Upon their arrival, Uno told us we were not to talk to either of them about what they were doing. They would leave camp every morning and return every evening. This went on for some time. However, Uno’s warning about not talking to them about what they were doing had little effect on any of us. As information has a way of getting around in prison camp, as is true of all prisons, the tighter the restrictions, the more clever the prisoners become in circumventing them.

Major Cousins and Captain Ince had been brought to Tokyo months before any of us, and up to their arrival at Bunka had been housed in Tokyo’s swank Dia Itchi Hotel, and given comparative freedom in the main business district of Tokyo. However, Freedom in Tokyo meant constant surveillance by the Kempei Tia. (Japanese thought police). Their work was writing work and broadcasting on the Zero Hour at radio station JOAK. Captain Ince was also known then as Ted Wallace and Tokyo Tony. The misfortunes of war perhaps never threw two more opposite characters together than Major Cousins and Captain Ince. Major Cousins was of the highest order of Australian officer-gentlemen whose bearing and voice commanded the respect of even the Japanese. He was a slightly greying man in his early forties, while Captain Ince was a firey red head in his middle thirties, self conceited and arrogant, with a superior than thou attitude that made most prisoners shun his company, and the Japanese very hostile toward him.

During his stay at Bunka Major Cousins was respected by all, even the Japanese, and no statesman was ever more diplomatic. Through his diplomatic handling of delicate situations that arose in Bunka the prisoners escaped severe punishment by the Japanese on several occasions. Very shortly after his arrival at Bunka, Major Cousins was appointed POW officer commander of the Bunka POW’s replacing Lt. Jack McNaughten, British Army. Some of the Bunka Japanese Staff took a violent dislike of Captain Ince, especially Buddy Uno, Lt. Hamamoto, and Count Kabayama. Captain Ince was bashed about quite a bit. One occasion after a Captain Ince incident, I was called into Count Kabayama’s presence for a version of what happened. The Count was very angry and said, “I have taken all of Captain Ince I can stand and I am getting rid of him and his gang”’ at the same time picking up the phone to call the guards. I said, “ Count Kabayama please reconsider what you are doing, maybe you don’t like Captain Ince and his gang, but don’t turn them over to the Kempeis, I am sure that you would later regret it, sending them to their death”.  With that the Count put down the phone and Captain Ince and his gang were again safe for the time being. To this day they do not know that I interceded in their behalf.

Count Kabayama’s connection with Bunka was in an advisory capacity to other Japanese authorities. He spoke perfect english, having been educated in England at Oxford and having spent a great deal of time in the United States. The Kabayama family was one the most influential in Japan.

There was little organized resistance by Bunka POW’s, but every Bunka POW took it upon himself to do everything in his power to defeat the Japanese purpose of broadcasting and sabotage the program at every opportunity. The lack of organized resistance was due mainly to two causes, one the lack of efficient POW leadership, and two, because all POW’s had been prisoners for a long time and had learned from bitter experience the danger of scuttle-butt and that they could trust no one but themselves. Prison Camp life does strange things to men, and Bunka was no exception. Even with such a small group cliques were formed, and some staying away from other prisoners as much as possible. The POW officers had their clique with a superior than thou attitude towards the rest of the prisoners, which was painfully apparent throughout the Bunka experience, by all POW officers except WO Nick Schenk, Dutch Army and WO John Dooley, Australian Army, who remained gentlemen in spite of their military rank. The civilian POW’s for the most part stayed by themselves. The enlisted military POW’s stuck quite closer together. Captain Ince formed a clique of his own, which consisted of Sgt. Pappy Light, U.S. Army, Sgt. Frank Fujita, U.S. Army, Bos’n Fredrick Smith, U.S. Navy and Darwin Dodds PNAB employee from Wake Island. Captain Ince exerted a strong influence over these men and they were the cause of much dissension in camp and were often referred to as the Ince gang.

Some people are apt to wonder why such a small group of men under such circumstances should not be a congenial solidly knit unit fighting for the interests of all, with all racial and social casts reduced to a common level, but with human nature as it is, prison camp life has a tendency to make the raw edges of human society much more apparent, under such conditions survival is the strongest urge and fear the greatest warper of human character. The Japanese were well aware of this and took advantage of it at every opportunity, by systematic verge of starvation diets and regularly planned incidents to keep fresh in the minds of the prisoners the fear of sudden death or worse.

During our first few months of broadcasting, armed guards were kept in evidence in the hall and the rooms adjoining the broadcasting rooms whenever POWs were taken to the radio station. We were usually taken to the radio station by auto and on occasions by electric tram. When going by auto we passed the Imperial Palace grounds, both going and coming back. Whenever we passed the Imperial Palace we were told to take off our hats and bowing in the direction of the Palace. The Japanese accompanying us did the same thing which they said was showing respect for their Emperor. Once when going by electric tram, four of us and a Japanese in civilian clothing during the rush of people to get on the tram our Japanese companion was left on the station boarding platform or ramp and the train with us aboard sped on its way. We didn’t know exactly what to do, but decided to get off at the next station stop and wait for the Japanese that was taking us to the radio station, to catch up with us, which he did and we continued on our way. These trams were very crowded and most of the time we had to stand up all the way. On several occasions while standing packed in the tram, because I had a beard well streaked with grey, and Japanese showed great respect for old age, a Japanese who had a seat beside me would pull on my clothes and squirm out of the seat so I could sit down.

Our food at the beginning at the Bunka although not plentiful was of a good grade of white rice and some watery stew made from dikon and another vegetable somewhat resembling lettuce, later the white rice was taken from the Bunka food storage room and substituted with a poor grade of what they called barley rice, and later on replaced by millet. Our ration per prisoner consisted of about a teacup full of boiled rice or millet without any seasoning three times a day, and a little watery soup.

Upon our arrival at Bunka most prisoners were already suffering from pellagra or beri-beri because of starvation diets in their prison camps, and conditions at Bunka was not conductive of getting rid of our malnutrition conditions, Dutch Warrant officer Nick Schenk was in the worse condition with his feet and ankles swollen to twice their normal size from beri-beri, yet he very courageously stood on his feet for hours every day on wet concrete floors in the galley cooking what food we had. Many times Schenk was beaten for putting a few more ounces in the rations allowed by the Japanese. But even with the beatings Nick always somehow managed to filch a little more supplies than we were allowed. Whenever we ask the Japanese for more food they politely told us that we were already getting the regular army ration for Japanese soldiers.

To try to gain the confidence of the POW’s some of the Japanese of the Bunka personnel would once in a while bring a little fish or meat and give it to us on the sly, to make the POW’s think they were good Joe’s, but most always after the gracious gifts our rations were cut for a few days. From what we could learn the civilian population of Japs was having difficulty getting sufficient food, but not the Jap military. We were certain that some of the food sent to Bunka to feed prisoners was taken by the Bunka Japanese for themselves. The fear of starvation makes strange bedfellows.

Shortly before Christmas Major Willesdon Cox, U.S. Airforce and Lt. Jack Wisner, U.S. Air Force, shot down in New Guinea, were brought into Bunka both in a terrible state physically and mentally from long periods of solitary confinement and starvation diets, and constant hours of questioning by the Kempei Tai. Major Cox being the senior ranking POW American officer in camp was appointed POW commander in the place Cousins, however, due to major Cox’s poor condition Major Cousins carried on his duties for some months. The population of Bunka Prison Camp now was twenty-two.

A day before Christmas we were informed by Buddy Uno and the civilian Japanese director of Bunka that we were to receive some American Red Cross boxes of food for Christmas. The boxes would be given to us at the radio station. We were all highly elated at the prospect of some good old American food. Uno had the POW’s prepare a special Christmas broadcast in which these Red Cross food boxes would be given to us on the radio program. Christmas day we all went to the radio station, but as we went on air, no Red Cross boxes were in sight. Uno told us that they had been unavoidably delayed so we would have to go through with the program anyway. A short wooden platform had been placed under the mike for sound effect when the Red Cross food boxes were set on it, as Uno’s voice said “Wishing you all a very merry Christmas, and a Red Cross box for each and every on of you”, the prisoners spirits reached a new low, which was very much apparent in the rest of the broadcast. Apparently the Japanese somehow felt they had lost face, so Lt. Hamamoto rushed in with a few small sacks containing a few cookies and hastily placed them on the boxes under the mike.  There were not enough for one sack per prisoner. Lt. Hamamoto sensing that he had lost face further by not getting enough sacks of cookies, after the broadcast was over took us all up to the cafeteria on the next floor of the radio building and bought us all a plate lunch. For the rest of the war, the phrase, “A Red Cross box for each and everyone of you”, became a special symbol of hate for the Japanese at Bunka.

When we were first to the radio station to broadcast we were told not to talk to anyone whom we might see or come in contact with at the radio station. At first we adhered quite strictly to those instructions, but as we became more familiar with the radio station and the Japanese in charge, we managed to carry on conversation with many of the broadcasters including Iva Toguri otherwise known as Tokyo Rose; Mother Topping an American missionary who had spent many years in Japan; Lilly Abeg, Swiss; Reggie Hollingsworth, German, but who looked and talked like an Englishman; Buckey Harris, English- Japanese; Norman Reyes, Philippines and others. Some of these people gave us a lot of information on the progress of the war and were always very generous in giving us cigarettes, which were very hard for POWs to get, despite our supposed to be cigarette ratio which more than often failed to materialize.

When I first met Iva Toguri the first thing she said was “Keep your fingers crossed, we will lick these damn Japs yet”. Throughout the rest of the war Iva Toguri proved herself to be a very loyal American and friend of the Bunka POW’s.

Way hysterical, super patriots and overzealous news reporters have in many cases done more irreparable damage to otherwise victims of circumstances beyond their control, than bombs and other ravages of war. Many cases of character assassination which have ruined lives have been committed by such vicious propaganda. These irrefutable facts are in the records for anyone interested enough to find out for themselves.

It is impossible to separate the Iva Toguri d Aquino case from Bunka, as to separate the Siamese twins, for what reason a few paragraphs will of necessity have to be devoted to Mrs. d Aquino.

Iva Toguri was born and educated in Los Angeles, California and was a typical American girl, raised in the typical American way, a graduate of the University of Southern California and as truly American as children of other foreign emigrants to the United States who spent the principal years of their life in their adopted home.

A short time before the war Iva went to Japan to visit relatives and like a lot of other nesi-Japanese was caught in Japan at the outbreak of the war. The plight of these nest Japanese was in many cases worse than the lot of the prisoners of war. Being American of Japanese ancestry the Japanese considered them Japanese and forced them to undergo and do the same things required of Japanese citizens, and on top of that they were under constant suspicious and under the watchful eye of the Japanese neighborhood and the Kempei Tia.

Iva was for a while employed at the Danish Embassy. Later she obtained employment at radio station JOAK, where she was employed when the Jap military authorities took over the operation of the department where she worked, and she was required to act as a translator of English and American radio scripts. It was while working in that capacity that she met Major Cousins and Captain Ince who were broadcasting on the Zero Hour Program. Major Cousins and Captain Ince asked her to join their radio program, to which she protested. Cousins and Ince over her protests went to the Japanese authorities under Major Tsuneishi and asked that she be placed on their program, which the Japanese did, with Cousins and Ince writing all the scripts and giving her voice culture for radio work. This was first told by Iva and later by major Cousins and John Holland, Civilian Australian from Shanghai who worked with Cousins and Ince on the Zero Hour, until he was sentenced to eighteen months solitary confinement in Saparo prison for non-cooperation with the Japanese.

Iva obtained on the black market and from some of her friends in Tokyo, food and cigarettes and sent them to Bunka with major Cousins and Captain Ince, for the Bunka POW’s for which the prisoners were very grateful. After Cousins and Ince were taken off the Zero Hour food and cigarettes obtained by Iva still found their way into Bunka. If it had not been for this additional food and conditions of the POWS in the Bunka would have been much more serious. Whenever any of us met Iva at the radio station she always had some words to cheer us up. During the war Iva met and married Felipe d Aquino a Portuguese national of Portuguese- Japanese parentage. Following the Japanese surrendered, Iva was taken into custody by the U.S. Army on orders of General Douglas McArthur and after months of confinement in Yokahama and Sugamo prisons she was released without any charges being placed against her. She wanted to return to the United States but her American passport was not honored, the U.S. Government claiming she was now a Portuguese citizen and could only return to the United States on a Portuguese citizen visa under the Portuguese emigration quota. After months of harassment by U. S. government agents she was declared an American citizen, arrest and taken to the United States to stand trial for treason. During all of this time I kept in constant contact with her and my wife and I sent her food and clothing for survival in occupied Japan. The following is a letter we received from Iva during those long months of harassment.

                                                                                                                                                                396 Ikerjiri Machi                                                                                                                                                                              Setagaya-Ku

Tokyo – Japan

Dear Mark;

This is to let you know that I just got your letter of the 7th of January and words fail to do justice to express my feelings…. Thank you so much for your thoughtfulness. If the baby were here I’m sure he’d want to thank you himself. Yes, I did give birth to a baby boy on the 5th of January, but difficulties during labor exhausted his little heart and he was taken from us after only 7 hours on this earth. My condition was not to good towards the end of my pregnancy…….please thank your wife also for her kind wishes and please convey to her my sincerest appreciation for her thoughtfulness during the times my baby was coming along. It was a hard blow losing my first child but time will help erase the heartaches and memories connected with the event……..It was very sweet of you Mark to think of another box of food for both baby and myself. I can’t thank you enough for all you have done for me in the past. I’m no good at writing and worse when it comes to expressing what I feel in my heart. In simple language thank you, thank you, from the bottom of my heart……..

                                                                                                Iva.

On July 5, 1949 after my return to the United States I was served with a federal subpoena to appear for the defense in the Tokyo Rose trial in San Francisco, California. That trail was a fiasco all the way through. No trial in American court jurisprudence was ever conducted with a greater miscarriage of justice. It was a “policy” conviction. The government had Iva convicted before she was ever brought to trail. The character assassins had done their job well…. No evidence was ever produced in court to prove she ever committed a treasonable act against the United States Government, yet she was convicted and sentenced to ten years in prison and fined ten thousands dollars, and after serving her time the U.S. Attorney General wanted to deport her as an enemy alien.

Several Bunka POW’s appeared in the defense, including Major Cousin’s and Kenneth Parkyns of Australia, Captain Wallace E Ince, Milton Glazier, John Tunnicliffe and myself.

Jap Major Tseneishi former Bunka Prison Camp director was a government witness against Tokyo Rose. When I saw him there, I asked United States Commissioner Francis ST J. Fox to issue a warrant for his arrest as a war criminal for mistreatment of allied war prisoners. The government went over
Commissioner Fox’s head and refused to have the Jap ex-major put them under arrest, saying that he was under the protective custody of the United States as a witness, that it was up to General Douglas McArthur to take action upon the Jap’s return to Japan. General McArthur did nothing. The cocky Jap ex-major returned to Japan quite well off financially because of the witness and travel pay he received from the United States government. During the trial U.S. Prosecuting attorney Tom DeWolf referred to Bunka Prison Camp as a “Rest Camp Delux”.

Now back to Bunka Prison Camp. The question of the food was always uppermost in the prisoners minds, and after the ranking questions of Red Cross food boxes was brought up by the POW’s so often, the Japanese finally informed us that they would bring us some Red Cross Boxes. They said that there were a lot of Red Cross supplies at distribution centers, but the trouble was getting transportation to bring them to Bunka. At this time it was announced that Major Tsuneishi would give one of his to become famous Bunka banquets for the Bunka POW’s. The date for the feast was set. The Red Cross food boxes were brought in. That was the first disappointment. Only enough boxes were brought in for each prisoner to have a half box. Some of the hungry Japs probably ate the missing boxes. So we decided to make the best of it, and with the thought that if we each donated a portion of our meager Red Cross food to be used by Schenk for the banquet it might make the Japanese feel that they were losing face and get then to increase our food ration, so we gave up a portion of our cherished treasure, and Nick Schenk did himself proud with the dishes he prepared from it. The Japanese increased the rice ration for what day, and furnished some squid, a few cookies and a small amount of Saki and a package of cigarettes per prisoner.

The dining room was arranged so that we all sat at one big table. Over the table hanging from the ceiling were the flags of the principal nations in the war including the American flag. Major Tsuneishi sat at the head of the table, and a half dozen other Japanese were there including Buddy Uno and Takabuma Hishikari who had replaced silly giggling Count Ikeda as camp director. Major Tsuneishi had Uno pour each a small drink of Skai, and then Major proposed we all drink a toast to peace between our countries. He also made a request through Uno that he would like to have from each prisoner a written article on how to bring peace. During the course of the banquet it was requested that the prisoners choose a new name for the Hinumori Hour. Several names were suggested and the one chosen was Humanity Calls.

The banquet was finally over and our stomachs were full for once, although the meals had not made us any more enthusiastic about the Japanese, it was good to go to bed that night without being hungry. The next day our food rations were cut to a new low. Several times banquets were held during our stay at Bunka. They were cleverly planned schemes by Major Tsuneishi to keep the prisoners on as close to starvation diet as possible and when anything began to lag on the broadcasting program and it needed to be pepped up, to give a banquet and while the prisoners were anticipating more food they would react better to Japanese suggestions. This same procedure was followed on a smaller scale by other Bunka Japanese who would occasionally bring some meat or fish and give it to the prisoners as if on the sly. Almost always following these gifts, the prisoners were requested it write something special.

There were only three prisoners who responded to major Tsineishi’s request for articles on how to bring about peace, Major Cousins, and Lt. Kalbfleish wrote, but here are some excerpts from my article on peace to Makor Tsuneishi;

~~

In connection with your request for suggestions concerning the best methods to pursue to bring about an immediate peace, I find myself somewhat in a position comparable to the Hinomaru Hour radio program, having an urgent desire to reach responsible ears, but unfortunately by being in a so called enemy country, there remains the uncertainty of being able to convince the listener of the sincerity of purpose in what is said.

In the following, although by its brevity it does not produce complete comprehensiveness, I have not written in the early flush of idealism and not because of the desire for self eulogy or individual benefit.

To the subject of peace, harmonious international relations and racials amity, I have given long profound sober deliberation. No purpose is ever served by “wishful thinking’ or volleys of meaningless, purposeless ‘intellectual bable’,-only by action directed at the contributory source of humanity’s ills, can they be remedied.

As to what would ‘ bring an immediate peace, I am frankly at a loss to know, unless I might use the trite phrase, ‘Nations quit fighting.’ If I may be so bold, I do not believe that any peace that would be desirable to the war weary people of the world, will ever be successfully consummated by the present national statesmen of the world, all of who to some degree are the propagators of war. However, I believe there are several methods which to my knowledge have never been used, which would hasten peace, with beneficent results to all parties concerned……..In viewing the pages of history of nations, it remains quite obvious that world equilibrium and peace cannot be, or ever hoped to be attained by the force of arms…… Another means of further cementing post-war Japanese-American friendly relations, would be the treatment of war prisoners to be such that after the war, most of the returned prisoners would be goodwill ambassadors from the nation that held them captive.

A perusal of my writing and actions during the time I have spent as a civilian prisoner of war, will clearly define my views. I add the following person declaration to further clarify my views;

I am a citizen of the world.

I will respect and obey the laws of all nations which do not interfere with or jeopardize the security, welfare and peace of my fellowman.

I will never deny my fellowman any of the privileges that I seek for myself.

I will always endeavor to create a spirit of goodfellowship and understanding among and with the people of all races that I come in contact with.

I will always endeavor to do my part, today, to make the world a better place in which to, live

I pledge allegiance only to those ideas and principals of my fellowman which will propagate inter-racials harmony and beneficience.

If this prospectus contains any seeds of interested, I would be very glad to go into a more lengthy discussion at your convenience.

~~

Lt. Kalbfleishi, Jr. made a very grave error, intentionally or otherwise, on the radio which threw the Japanese into a panic, and we all received a lecture and threats if it ever happened again. The next day we were all assembled in the work room and the subject of the peace articles was brought up, and it seemed that Lt. Kalbfleishi’s article had been a very blunt condemnation of the Japanese treatment of POWs. We were no longer required and that he was to be removed from Bunka. In a few minutes he was taken out of the Bunka by the Kempei without his belongings, and we were told by Uno that that was the end of Lt. Kalbfleishi and if any of the rest of us had any funny ideas we had better watch our steps or we would leave Bunka feet first. This was the second time the omnious threats of death had been brought so close, first George Williams, now Lt. Kalbfleishi. Who would be next?

The Hinomuri Hour had been dropped, as well as Uno’s War on War. The Humanity Calls program instituted in its place. Sgt. John David Provoo was retained as master of ceremonies. Later another program was started called, Postman Calls, in charge of Captain Ince. The prisoners having been successful in toning down the broadcasts and making them less innocuous, taking most of the time up with music and messages from the prisoners to their relatives at home. Even though the Japanese motive for broadcasting prisoner of war messages was for the purpose of trying to arouse the feeling of people at home, relatives and friends of POWs, so they would clamor for the end of the war so the POWs could come home, we thought that the intentions of the Japanese would be futile, and that we were rendering the folks back home a great service by sending messages from their love ones in the hell holes of Japanese prison camps, just to let them know that their POWs were all alive and carrying on. We tried to establish two way radio contact with the United States but were unsuccessful, the United States government perhaps for security reasons did not answer. However, we did establish two way communication with the Australian government. Major Cousins and Captain Ince were removed from the Zero Hour program and all their work confined to the Bunka programs.

During the course of the year Pfc. Romano Martines, US Army and Pfc… Jimmy Martinez, US Army, no relations to each other, and Darwin Dodds, a construction worker from Wake Island were brought into Bunka. The Bunka prisoner population now with the loss of Williams and Kalbfleish was twenty-five. Conditions remained about the same for months. The physical condition of the prisoners became worse, every prisoner was suffering from pellagra and beri-beri, nerves were on the tattered edge almost to the breaking point, tempers were flaring, and minds cracking. Japanese incidents were becoming more frequent, food worse, just millet.

Uno’s actions had become unbearable. Requests were made to the main office Japanese authorities for his removal from Bunka. These requests were finally granted after Major Cousins had a diplomatic conference with Major Tsuneishi and I had virtually blown my top to Count Kabayama and told him in no uncertain words that I was fed up with Uno and it was no longer possible for me to work under him or on anything in connection with him, that I refused to do anything more, that the Japs could stand me up against the wall and shoot me or anything else they wished, that I was through with the whole Bunka set up. A short time later Uno was removed from Bunka and a Japanese civilian named Domoto took his place. Domoto spoke good American-English, and I was told that before the war he was in the United States in the import and export business. After Domoto took over I still refused to take an active part in the programs. Friction between the prisoners became more intense, and finally in disgust I gathered up my belongings and moved out of the POW quarters into a small room over the room where food supplies were stored, only leaving there for tenko and meals, such as they were. I had moved there without Japanese permission, but nothing happened or resulted from the move except for frequent visits and long talks with Count Kabayama, Hishikari, Domoto and later with Major Kyhei Hifumi who had joined the Bunka staff. Most of these talks were carried on with Count Kabayama and Domoto who both spoke good English. For some time I had been studying the Japanese and although I had a pretty fair knowledge of what Japanese were talking about, I never tried to talk to them in Japanese except to say good morning, good evening, and thank you.

Count Kabayama suggested that I help him prepare some propaganda leaflets to be dropped on our troops by Japanese planes. I laughed at the idea, and said, “See what effect those leaflets American planes dropped on Tokyo.” I didn’t agree with some of his other ideas for broadcasting and told him that knowing him to be a graduate of Oxford that I presumed him to be an intelligent man, and the things he was suggesting were not very intelligent. If he desired peace between the United States and Japs as he had so often stated, that he and the other Japanese who had expressed the same desire would have to do a big about face and start to prove by their actions that they desired peace and let the world know of their peaceful actions. We discussed many other matters including conditions at Bunka. Count Kabayama said “The Prisoners at Bunka have not been very cooperative with the Japanese, we are having a difficult time with them.” I relied, “Just for example, reverse the process and put yourself in the place of these prisoners, only in an American prison camp in the United States, would you be very cooperative?” Mr. Kabayama, the reactions of all human beings to like circumstances and environments are the same, which point you are well aware of. Quit being so stupid. If we wish to get anywhere by these talks, we have got to talk cold turkey. I haven’t anything against the Japanese people personally. I had nothing to do with starting this war. I am a non-combatant civilian. Yet I am held as a prisoner of war by your people… Yes, maybe you are sorry, – so am I, and whenever you or any other Japanese people can convince me that your intentions are honorable and that you really want peace and are willing to do something to bring about peace, I will work with you day and night to accomplish that end. Until I am so convinced any further talks are useless.

During the course of these talks we got into many heated arguments, but Count Kabayama showed deep respect for my views. Some of these heated arguments between Count Kabayama and myself became so loud that other prisoners in the exercise yard could hear and evidently became quite concerned, as I had several POW callers, first Sgt. Provoo, then Ensign Buckey Henshaw, Nick Schenk and John Dooley.. To all I was non-commital, except to say that I was having it out with the Japanese at Bunka and I hoped to accomplish some good. Ensign Henshaw said that he had been sent by the other prisoners to ask me to move back to the regular POW quarters. However, I refused. I had a long talk at night with Major Cousins in the exercise yard where we could not be heard, by any bugs planted to jeopardize the prisoners and that I hoped to accomplish some good, including better treatment of POWS. That I was playing a dangerous game which only concerned me.

A short time later Domoto came to see me and said that the Japanese authorities at Bunka had had a big talk concerning me and that they had agreed to let me work out any plan that I wished and that they had chosen Domoto to work with me. A short time later I was called to the front office for an interview with Major Hifumi, a civilian Japanese named Hanama Tasaki acting as interpreter. Major Hifumi said that he was very interested in what he had heard about me, asking a few questions about my age, my family, where I was taken prisoner, and where I had been held prisoner before coming to Bunka. 

A few days later I was surprised to have callers to my room, Major Hifumi, Tsaki, and Japanese General who I did not know. From the decorations on his uniform and shoulder sash, I presumed he was a member of the general staff. Major Hifumi did all of the talking, interpreter by Tasaki, he said that I was to work with him and Tasaki would be my liason man in place of Domoto, and that he Major Hifumi would take full responsibility for anything that I did and would be responsible for my safety. After this short session they left and I felt that something big was about to happen.

That evening Tasaki came to see me and said that he had a lot of getting acquainted to do and that he would spend the next few days talking to me or as long as was necessary for me to be convinced that the Japanese I had been talking to meant what they said, and for me to find out if he, Tasaki, was a man I could work with and trust. Tasaki and I spent about a week together getting acquainted. I was very much surprised to find out that Tasaki was a very active member of the Japanese underground, a strong group of liberals, working for the overthrow of the military who were in control of the Japanese government and the people, and that Major Hifumi was also high in the movement of the liberals, Major Hifumi had came to Bunka from an assignment on the Russian border in Manchuria, where he had a great deal of contact with occidentals and had a much broader outlook on life than most orientals. Tasaki was not content with just talking to me, but took me to see quite a few members of the Japanese who were in the liberal movement. We visited and talked to agents in Naval Headquarters, Army Headquarters, the Japanese Broadcasting Company, the Information Bureau, the Foreign Office, the Tokyo Police Department, the Neighborhood Association, and the Diet. From all indications the liberal Japanese who were not in favor of the war in the first place, hoped to take advantage of the worsening military situation and take over the government. The Japanese people were hungry and the military had suffered some great losses. The liberals thought that while the military was busy trying to save their far flung battered forces that it would be a good time to take over the government and work out some kind of an agreement for peace and save something for Japan besides face. The Emperor’s brother Prince Fumimaro Konoye, which sounds like Kuni, was in favor of their actions, however belonging to the Imperial family could not appear to be an active participant. A former member of the Japanese Diet was working in the Bunka offices, as was Maso Takabatake of the Foreign Office and others including some Japanese translators. Bunka was fast becoming one of the principal working centers of the liberal underground movement. Tasaki also told me that anything could happen and if any of us were caught or suspected by the military it would mean certain death, and for that reason we had to be doubly careful working right under the noses of some of the military clique in Bunka. Tasaki also told me that arrangements had been made for a half hour program on radio JOAK for me to use as I fit. He also ask me if there were other prisoners in Bunka whom I would like to work with me. Then Tasaki said if there were any other prisoners in any other camp that I knew would like to work with me that they would be brought to Tokyo. I gave him the names of a few POWs I knew I could trust and felt would like to work with me. Later I was told that only three of them could be brought, as the war had taken a turn for the worse for the Japanese and it would be impossible to spare planes to fly POWs from Shanghai. Milton (Whitney) Glazier and John Tunnicliffe, PNAB employees from Wake Island, and Pfc. Dale Andrews USMC from Wake Island were in Osaka and would be brought to Tokyo soon. The only other prisoner I had requested who was in any area where he could be brought to Tokyo was Cpl. Jasper Dawson, USMC from the North China Embassy Gaurd who was in a hospital in Hokido with a nervous breakdown.

Prisoners in Bunka were beginning to crack up, Major Cousins spent several months in a Japanese hospital with a nervous breakdown. Sgt. Provoo broke down and Stephen Shattles became a great problem, he was slipping both physically and mentally, and some of the other prisoners were on the verge of collapse. The food situation had gotten so bad that cats were caught and eaten, as were snails, shells and all, old bones, leaves, bark, anything that looked like it might contain a little nourishment. The food ration consisted of only millet. The situation got so bad that the Japanese sensing that they were apt to lose their entire POW group from starvation, as a final resort gave the worst prisoners vitamin shots. These shots were given by Edward H. Hayeski who laughingly said he was only a horse doctor. For some time American B29s had been making their daily calls on Tokyo and this did not improve the disposition of the Japanese in charge of Bunka.

I remember one night I was reading. Yes prisoners of war sometimes read. I remember the last words on the page before the lights went out;…and cold hopes like worms within the living clay.” The blackout came without warning blotting out the pages of the book. – The drone of planes, – I sat expectant. – The building shook, – The air-raid sirens screeched, – They beat the Japs that time. – The stillness that followed was broken by the crackling of flames. – I raced out of the building. – The sky was red from nearby fire. – My foot caught on am metal manhole cover. – I went sprawling. – I look up at the billowing smoke and heard the angry humming, like bees being smudged. – and the ripping sound of water, – falling bombs. – Aware of only one thought, – I must live, – I crawled into the sewer manhole, – pulled the metal cover over my head. – It was dark. – pitch dark, – and it stank. The concussion of the exploding bombs sucked air out of the manholes around the metal lid, like the rattle of death in the throat of a dying man. – the ground shook, – something moved near my leg. – I was not alone. Rats. – I laughed, – it sounded hollow like the echo of death. – The rats vanished. – I stopped laughing, – Dig deep holes of the ground : ‘was that my voice? – Yes – Deep holes in the ground like the rats, – cower in the sewers of civilization, – human garbage. – No wonder the earth shakes and quivers like a dying thing, gasping its last breath out from around a sewer manhole cover:” – More bombs, – dirt sifted down my neck. – “ Dig deeper, you must survive “- My hands plunge into the sewer garbage, ”what is this? – It feels like a rotten potato. – yes that’s what it is:“ The rats get fat they eat rotten potatos. – How does one begin eating again when the very essence of one’s life has been slowly dissolved by hunger? – For three and a half years, summer and winter, endless scavenging for food to sustain life, – that life being consumed so mercilessly by slow starvation, – Even in my subconscious mind during sleep it dwelt upon food. – Ah, those lucious Idaho Russet potatoes dribbling with hot butter, that my wife used to prepare. When you bite into one the melted butter runs down your chin. – I wipe the slime from my mouth on my shirt sleeve, – God, that putrid odor. – There’s the rats again. – “I only ate one of your rotten potatoes:“ – My voice was cracked and dry, – my stomach felt queer again. – I found a match and a cigarette butt in my pocket. – A haze of smoke spiraled towards the voices blended with the crunch of heavily booted feet on the frozen grounded near the manhole. – Japs, – I thought, they are looking for me. – I crushed out my cigarette butt, – I wanted to shout, “It’s alright, here I am down here with some more rats, – Something inside me turned sickening, – The footsteps passed on. – “God, how much longer can it last: – Six month more? Maybe a year? Listen to that furious pounding, like hands crashing down on a piano keys, – the music of Hell.” A stranger feeling crept over me, – Sometime, somehow, it will be real again, all that was before, and we can crawl out of the sewers of civilization, – and exhausted I went to sleep in the sewer with the rats and it became part of my dream.

Another Christmas passed and the cold winter heatless days and nights started to give way to spring. Prisoners huddles against the sunny side of buildings to soak up some of the spring sunshine into their aching bones. The B29s came more often. The fires from the bombings were bigger. March came. March 1945 and the first big air-raid on Tokyo. Over the years after Pearl Harbor. Tokyo was then the third largest city in the world, still a quaint picturesque teeming city of millions, showing few scars of the war. There had been a few raids on Tokyo. There had been a few raids by small numbers of high flying B29s, too high for the Japanese Zeros and antiaircrafts guns, but the damage was negligible. There had been a few small areas damaged by the fire and bombs, but the effects on the people of Tokyo seemed one of curiosity instead of fear and they went their business as usual. The only persons seemingly to be very interested at all in the fire bombs of the B29s was the Japanese high commands. They sent armies of workmen and military tanks over most of the congested areas of the city tearing down buildings, making fire breaks about a city block wide, similar to the fire through the American forests. These fire breaks crisscrossed the city and were miles long. The breaks were made by hooking steel cables around the buildings and army tanks pulling them down, the workmen removing any valuable metal and burning the remainder. I had been a prisoner of war in Tokyo since December 1, 1943 and the work I was assigned to took me almost daily over portions of Tokyo giving me ample opportunity to see most of the city.

As most planes raiding Tokyo came from the direction of Mount Fujiama, we assumed that they followed a radio beam directed at Mount Fujiama, and then took from there to various parts of the city. Hence we usually had about a half hour warning by air-raid sirens before the planes actually appeared, streaking through the sky like huge silver birds, leaving long trails of condensed air in their wake, reminding one of skywriters, writing the fate of Japan.

In March there is quite a bit of snow on the ground in Tokyo. This night early in March we had completed our days works and everyone had gone to bed on our wooden platforms in an effort to keep warm, as we were not permitted to have any sort of heat in our quarters. Most of us had fallen into fitful slumber disturbed by shivering and dreams of food, when it seemed like the world had explored under our very beds. The buildings shook, some glass fell from the windows…. Some plaster fell upon my bed from the ceiling, and I bounded out, to be greeted with the wild crescendo of air-raid sirens, the drone of planes, anti-aircrafts guns, exploding shells and bombs and the shouting of Japanese guards. A Faint glow of red appeared on the horizon. All lights were blacked out. The glow grew brighter and by the time I had reached the outside of the building the sky was a brilliant red with billowing clouds of smoke pouring skywards. More red glows became leaping tongues of flame. The crackle of burning wood could be plainly heard. In a few minutes the night was turned to almost day by the light from the many fired almost completely surrounding our compound. Ashes were failing on the snow, showers of sparks and occasionally a large piece of flaming wood fell near, drawn up into the air by the updraft of the raging fires and dropped, starting more fires in the flimsy buildings. Pieces of antiaircraft shells were falling like hail, with a queer swish and thud.

We were hastily assembled, all twenty-five of us, called to attention by sullen excited guards, and counted. The Japanese seemed rather uncertain as to what to do with us, and we remained standing in the court yard for what seemed hours. Then the Japanese in charge told us to get a few belongings together and also a wet blanket for every prisoner that could be thrown over our faces and bodies in case we had to evacuate the camp, through the burning areas surrounding us.. Then we were told to take shelter in the building and be ready to evacuate at a moments notice. Some of the prisoners took what they had to the basement of the building for what protection it offered, I with some others took advantageous points where we could see the fireworks, and no fourth of July celebration back home ever put on a better or greater display of fireworks.

The huge B29s were now flying low and they seemed to be everywhere, dropping more fire bombs and a few blockbusters. Sometimes they could be seen plainly as they entered an area of the sky lighted by the fires. Searchlights would pick up and keep others in the beams of light, with exploding antiaircraft shells making firey puffs and lights in the sky, with the B29s fire bombs exploding in the air showering down what appeared to be myrids of sparks, which floated down to burst instantaneously into more fires as they came in contact with anything combustible on the ground. Occasionally one of the big silvery B29s would be hit and either explode in midair, or come crashing down to earth with its crew. Others that were hit would streak off through the sky to try to find a safer landing with their engines belching fire leaving a trail or spark in the planes wake. I saw one B29 emerge from a smoke bank into the searchlight beam and then explode and seem to disintegrate into nothingness, apparently an anticraft shell hit the bomb load. Another was hit by a Jap suicide plane which broke the B29 into, one end falling each way. I saw two Japs Zero planes streak for a B29, one from the bottom and one from the top, only to miss the B29 and crash head on and fall to earth in a tangled mass of flaming wreckage… I saw another B29 emerge through a dense smoke screen into a searchlight beam, then waver and come fluttering down like a crippled bird. Only one parachute left the B29, as it floated earthward a Jap Zero plane drove at it several times. I presumed the pilot or crew member in the parachute was dead when it landed, his life blasted out while swinging earthward in the parachute, by the Jap Zero. There was so much going on that it was hard to focus your eyes on it all through the eerie pattern of flames, smoke, tracer bullets, searchlight beams, and exploding bombs and shells. It was quite a show and you knew the Americans would win, and it made you forget the hunger pains in your stomach for a while.

Tokyo for blocks and blocks surrounding out camp had now became a raging inferno, with flames fanned by the wind leaping whole city blocks with buildings disappearing in the twinkling of a eye. The fire breaks made by the Japanese were useless.

The scene was abruptly interrupted by an ack-ack gun emplacement near by being hit by a bomb and the ack-ack shells ricocheting through our camp compound to explode in an ejected lot. We were again hastily assembled and it appeared that the Japanese were going to evacuate the camp. But after some time of excited Japanese chatter, we were again dismissed. Apparently, the Japanese thought it futile to try to get through the ring of fire surrounding us. The rest of the night we were  forced to form bucket brigades to put out the flaming embers that fell on the buildings in camp. About five o’clock in the morning the all clear sounded and a grimy, tired group of prisoners tried to get a little rest as best they could. The morning was still raging throughout the city. Probably what saved our lives in that raid, the American raiding planes probably knew we were in that area of hospitals and schools, and that the place was quite well protected from fire, by a water moat on one side and a four lane electric tram dugway on the other side and the wind was in the right direction to blow the flames away from the area. Our camp and a few hospitals adjoining it was the only area for miles that was not destroyed. I think God was watching over us that night.

The water and gas mains had been bombed out of commission, and we had to carry water several blocks from the broken water main. Our food supply, what little we had soon disappeared, and we subsisted entirely on millet. We continued to work as before.

About noon the following day my assignment took me to the heart of the Tokyo business district and what a sight greeted the eye. Miles and miles of devastation, smoldering ruins, ashes, twisted metal frames of some of the better constructed buildings, blackened burned bodies protruding from the debris and laying in the streets and throngs of smoke begrimed people wandering aimlessly through the devastation. The Imperial Palace was hit. The large Imperial Palace grounds which were beautiful parks were filled with teeming masses of survivors of the fire who had sought refuge in the Palace grounds near their Emperor, as if he could give them protection. Many of the people we passed were terribly burned, with most of their hair burned off and their clothes not fairing much better. It seemed a miracle how some of them were still alive. According to the Japanese reported losses in the press, approximately three million people were either killed or wounded in that fire. I do not think the exact number will ever be known, nor the horror of that fire ever forgotten by the Japanese people. From then until the capitulation of Japan the air-raids became more frequent. From my personal contact with the Japanese in all walks of life I firmly believe that the fire bombing did more to hasten the end of the war than the atomic bombs. The liberal Japanese were getting more bold and desperately looking for a way out of the war. Peace feelers were put out in many directions.

Andrews, Tunnicliffe, and Glazier arrived from Osaka prison camp. It was late in April. Prior to their arrival I had been discussing the Japanese treatment of Prisoners of war with Count Kabayama. Among other things I said, “Count Kabayama, considering the fact that the Japanese during World War One were credited with the best treatment of prisoners of war, it is hard for me to understand the Japanese policy towards the treatment of prisoners of war today. The treatment of prisoners of war by the Japanese in this war is shocking the entire world, and putting a dark blot on the Japanese people that will take a lot to remove.” To this Count Kabayama replied, “ Mr. Streeter, I think you have been in some very unfortunate circumstances since capture by the Japanese. I do not think the general treatment of prisoners of war by the Japanese is as bad as you state.” I answered with, “Soon Andrews, Tunnicliffe, and Glazier will be here from Osaka and you can see for yourself.” When these prisoners arrived from Osaka they were in such deplorable condition that they were kept in a small movie theater room in the front office building for three days, fed, washed, deloused and given clean clothes before I was permitted to see them. Even the entire Bunka Japanese staff was shocked by their condition. They were filthy, their clothes in tatters. All were in severe stages of pellagra and beri-beri. Glazier looked like a human skeleton with skin stretched tight over it, and had lost part of his foot, self inflicted, to escape the deadly slave labor in the ship yards that was killing the prisoners like flies. Andrews was bloated all over from beri-beri. Tunnicliffe was in the last stages of beri-beri, almost dead on his feet, and had to be helped to walk by the Andrews and Glazier.

Count Kabayama was ashamed to face me. Tasaki took me into the room where the prisoners were, and even after they had been fed, stuffed with food, for three days, washed, deloused and in clean clothes, the sight of their condition made my blood boil. After questioning them, I stormed out with Rasaki at my heels entreating me not to do anything rash, into the front office in which Count Kabayama, Count Ikeda, Hisikari, T. Kojima and a couple of other Japanese were seated at their desk. I am afraid I went a little berserk. I confronted Count Kabayama at his desk. I scream at him, “I told you so: Come look at these prisoners:  – I hammered on his desk, “Their condition is a disgrace to the Japanese race:  – You have got to do something for them or they will die: – The air was tense. The Japanese in the office sat with blank faces. Tasaki saved the situation by saying to Count Kabayama “These men are in bad shape. Some vitamin shots may help them.” – That started a flow of Japanese chatter, with the result that a Doctor Tasaki from a nearby hospital was brought over and administered vitamin shots. Tunnicliffe’s condition was so bad that after receiving the vitamin shot he passed out cold. After the Doctor revived him we carried him to one of the rooms on the ground floor of the front Japanese office building, which the Japanese had cleaned out for us to occupy. I got my belongings from the room over the food storage shed and moved over with Andrews, Glazier, and Tunnicliffe. Dr. Tasaki continued to give regular vitamin shots and treat Tunnicliffe, who improved very slowly. Andrews and Glazier both told me that if Tunnicliffe had stayed in Osaka he would have died in a short time, and I am sure that Andrews and Glazier would not have lived much longer at Osaka. They said that prisoners were dying there like flies, and many were maiming themselves to get a few days rest from the slave drudgery in the ship yard. Even in their condition Andrews, Glazier, and Tunnicliffe were very anxious to plunge into the work I was attempting to do. We worked long hours and many times all night long on ways to get the Japanese interested in doing something constructive to bring the was to a close.

The war had taken a bad turn for the Japanese and they could now see that the end was not to far off. Any efforts by the military now could only be a delaying action. The propaganda of the military clique was intensified calling upon the people to fight to the last man, woman and child, even with sharpened bamboo sticks to repel an invasion by the allies. Some of the Japanese not connected with the liberal movement were becoming very much concerned by the changing events of the war and were looking for a way out, without losing too much face.

Taking advantage of these conditions I pressed the point home that the better treatment of war prisoners would be a face saving gesture even at this late date. Several discussions were held discussing this point, during which I made several suggestions concerning POWs, that the Japanese authorities allow American Red Cross representatives to enter Japan with full complement of trucks and supplies to take charge of feeding and caring for America POWs held in Japan. The Japanese to give the American Red Cross safe conduct into Japan, and protection while in Japan. That the Red Cross authorities so entering Japan would have remain for the duration of the war. The extreme shortage of edible foods in Japan made it almost impossible for Japan to feed the POWs properly, and this act would be a humanitarian gesture on their part. They also talked about the possibility of sending me to the United States as a peace envoy.  I also suggested that the Japanese allow all Mormon Elders held prisoners by the Japan to return to their homes in the United States. The Japanese to take them to some border point in Russia and turn them over to American councilor authorities. This not to be an exchange of prisoners, but the outright freedom of Mormon Elders. There were quite a number of Mormon Elders taken prisoner on Wake Island, employees of PNAB Contractors. Being a Mormon Elder myself I told them that I would not return to the United States with the Mormon Elders released, in the event they decided to send them home, so that the Japanese would not think that I was planning this just to get home to my loved ones. We discussed many other things, even an audience with the Emperor. It appeared the Japanese could see that the end of the war was not far off, and they were desperately seeking any way that might make the final accounting less painful for them. Some of the die hard Japanese in high places were resentful of the things I had been permitted to say and do, which caused the liberals much concern for my safety.

I made a full report to Tasaki and he immediately went to work on the matters. We didn’t know what to expect, conditions were sort of hectic, but felt that something good would come out of it. Shortly after this Red cross food boxes were brought into Bunka. This time a full box for every prisoner, and a few bundles of clothes and blankets. Things were looking better, and it looked like we might make it through the war, alive, yet.

During this time as Tasaki and I were just leaving the JOAK broadcasting building, we had just emerged from the door when a Japanese whom I did not know came rushing up to the steps to Tasaki and angrily demanded to know who had given me authority to say the things I had been saying on the air, evidently not recognizing me. He and Tasaki exchanged some heated remarks, and Tasaki and I hastily left the area. We returned to camp and Tasaki told us to get our belongings together at once as we had to move soon to a residence just a block from Bunka which had been prepared for us, Andrews, Glazier and Tunnicliffe. Tasaki said that we would be accorded embassy status and have complete freedom in the area. We moved over to the new place and it was quite a nice oriental type house on a large landscape lot with a six foot brick wall completely surrounding it and a large entrance gate. It was well furnished with occidental furnishings of excellent quality in our living quarters. A full size bed and a mosquito netting canopy for myself and good single beds for Andrews, Glazier and Tunnicliffe. There was a nice tiled Japanese bath and kitchen. One large living room was fixed up as an office with desks and typewriters and a telephone. It was really a very nice place. Our food was to come from Bunka, and be picked up three times a day by Glazier and bought to our new quarters. We were issued a good supply of Japanese cigarettes. Tasaki told me that the Japanese authorities had given my suggestions considerable thought and had decided in favor of my plan for the Mormon Elders and were thinking strongly about the Red Cross suggestions, and to be prepared with broadcasts ready to go on the air the first of May. Then Tasaki gave me a Book of Mormon, a gift from the Japanese authorities. We plugged enthusiastically into our work, working into the wee hours of the morning every day. We were left entirely to ourselves.

After a few days the first note of discord entered our new quarters in the form of diminutive giggling Count Ikeda with some of his silly propaganda ideas which he politely insisted that I prepare for broadcast on our new radio programs. I told him that his suggestions for broadcast did not meet with the policy set forth for the programs, and therefore I would not use them. This started a chain of events which almost wrecked our whole plan and delayed starting it June first. Tasaki came in very excited and said that I had not been very diplomatic in handling Count Ikeda. That Count Ikeda belonged to a very influential Japanese family, although he was acting very strangely, and that he sensed something was going on that his clique did not know about, and had ask the higher authorities for an explanation. This brought the Kempei Tia down to Bunka, and for a few days things were quite tense in the Japanese front office, with everyone going into excited conferences.

After a few days things began to quite down. Tasaki said that the Japanese who had approved the new radio program had asked him to suggest to me that we prepare one broadcast in line with Count Ikeda’s ideas and that they would have the military down to listen to the broadcast. The military would then think that everything was alright and leave us alone. To this I replied that if we were not permitted to carry on the program as planned, we would not broadcast at all. These arguments lasted long into the night, with Tasaki carrying the results back and forth. This bickering went on for two or three weeks, under embassy status protocol accorded us. The final result was that we agreed to put on a substitute program for the military to listen to, but we would not use Count Ikeda’s ideas. On June the first we made our first broadcast for the military to listen to, and as Tasaki had said, after that they left us entirely alone. Count Ikeda left us alone too. We never saw him again.

We made our broadcast concerning the Mormon Elders, asking the United States to confirm receiving them via short wave from the Civilianaires, as we called new program. Preparations were made by the Japanese to concentrate all Mormon Elders, held prisoners in Japan, in Tokyo, so that when we received confirmation from the United States receiving our broadcast, the Mormon Elders would be placed in my charge and flown by the Japanese to the Russian boarder near Valadavostock, when I was to escort them to the border and turn them over to United States representative there. A week or more passed and no reply from the United States government or the Mormon Church, so the broadcasts were repeated. We never received any reply so the plan had to be abandoned. The recording of those broadcasts are in the files of the United States government and also in the files of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints, or Mormon Church, Salt Lake City, Utah. Those broadcasts were also heard by many short wave hams throughout the nation..

In our new quarters we were left almost entirely to ourselves. Tasaki, Takabataki and Tadeo Ito slept their nights in one of the rooms. There were no Japanese guards. We had very little contact with the other prisoners at Bunka. Our food ration was put in a pail by Schenk and taken to the guard room in Bunka where it was picked up there three times a day by Glazier. We were now subsisting entirely on millet. Once a Japanese lady came and gave us a few potatoes. We had helped her when her house was burned down in one of the air-raids. Glazier concocked some soup from Magnolia blossoms, bark and grasses, and we managed to steal a couple of carp from a sacred pond near. Tasaki brought us some sea-weed and a few small fish once in a while although he had no more to eat than we did, and was losing weight very fast. I think he was tubercular.

The allied air raids were being intensified, and Tokyo was fast becoming a city of ashes, rubble and dead. It is only a miracle that we survived the bombings. Almost every direction we looked from our quarters there was nothing to see but fire ravaged buildings as far as the eye could see. During one of the big air-raids that followed we were nearly killed by an American P51. We were just coming out of the building where we lived, coming down the front steps and it looked like the P51 was going to fly right into the building. We scrambled and flattened out on the ground and the plane opened up with machine guns… Bullets sprayed all around us and a couple went through my coat but missed my body. Then a bomber dropped a large bomb which hit in our yard and bounced high into the air without exploding and stopped in a cloud of dust. The Japanese later removed it. That I think was the biggest air-raid of the wave. I wondered how so many could be in the air without colliding. They seemed to be flying in every direction, and some in droves like migrating birds. We went to the radio station that day on the subway and got quite a scare, the light went out, and the came to a halt in total blackness with the vibration of the bombing being felt. After a long delay we finally got under way and arrived at the station somewhat relieved. At the radio station that day while broadcasting we could not hear the bombs, but the vibration of their explosions made the mic we were talking in bounce up and down. Leaving the radio station I saw the remains of an American pilot who had bailed out and his parachute did not open and he hit the pavement and I think broke every bone in his body. It was a nasty sight. I saw a bank near the radio station that was hit dead center by a bomb and money, paper, was scattered all over. I picked up a handful, which I still have. The Tokyo railway station, a large impressive stone and steel building was gutted by fire, and unburied human corpses were scattered about, many badly burned. I was told that the fire bomb falling particles created fifteen hundred degree heat, burning right through steel beams, and blown through windows into flames, leaving only the outer shell of the buildings. Fire bombs gutted most of the so called fireproof buildings. Many people were burnt to cinders. The stench of decaying unburied dead was nauseating. Tasaki furnished us daily with large sheafs of monitored radio broadcasts from the United States, so that we could keep good track of how the war was progressing. One of the freaks of radio, KSL in Salt Lake City, Utah we could hear very plain at times where we were in Tokyo. What caused this I do not know, or whether it lasted permanently.

Friction was becoming more apparent between the Japanese. The military die hard were exorting the people to a last ditch fight, while other elements were seeking means to surrender without losing too much face. The underground liberals were getting bolder, and letting their voices be heard. The situation in Japan had reached a stage were anything could happen. Late in July Tasaki informed me that Prince Konoye was coming to see me for a conference. The morning the Prince was to arrive at our quarters, I told Andrews, Tunnicliffe and Glazier to carry on their work as usual, not to rise and bow, but to remain seated all the time. About ten o’clock that morning, I heard someone coming in the front door. I looked up and saw Tasaki with Prince Konoye and several other Japanese, some in civilian clothes and some in military uniform. I remained seated until they came near. I arose. Tasaki introduced Prince Konoye and I bowed, ask the Prince to be seated and resumed my seat. Everyone else in the room, except Andrews, Tunniclife, and Glazier remained standing. Some of the military present did not look too pleased with what was going on. Prince Konoye, which sounds like kuni, said, that he had been told often, that I was a man of peace and that he was open for any suggestions I might have to bring the war to a close, honorably. He also asked what the Japanese could expect if they surrendered. I told him that my government had never been too hard in their treatment of people whom they had conquered in war, that on the contrary they had been most generous in the rehabilitation of those countries, and that I did not think that my government would change that policy with regards to Japan. I told him that I knew that face saving meant a great deal to the Japanese people. I suggested that this could be accomplished, if any surrender or capitulation gesture made by the Japanese was made by their Emperor. That no one would question such a decision by the Emperor, and that I believe both the Japanese and the American people would welcome such a move for peace. The entire conversation was carried on between Prince Konoye and myself, no one else present said one word. After the talk Prince Konoye was very profuse in his thanks, and the entire group left.

You can well imagine the feelings of Andrews, Tunnicliffe, Glazier and myself after this talk. If the Japanese by any chance followed the suggestions I had made, it would mean that they had virtually surrendered to four prisoners of war. The boys kept asking me, “Do you think they will do it? You put it pretty blunt, maybe too blunt. Maybe they won’t like it after they get thinking it over?” I told the boys I and only stated the truth, and I hoped for the best. What they would do at this stage of the war anyones guess.

From then on we saw very little of Tasaki. He would come a little before time for us to go to the radio station. Take us there. Bring us back, and then we would not see him until next morning. One day he came in and said that he had some bad news to tell us. Some atomic bombs had been dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. The damage was terrible. The entire cities were destroyed with thousands of people. It was some new kind of bomb. Tokyo might be next. He said that if we had any white in the line of clothes to wear then or other light colors, and get under the concrete portion of the building immediately at every air-raid warning.

On August 9, 1945 Tasaki told us it looks like it is over. The big news is scheduled four days after tomorrow. August the 10th our radio broadcast contained the following message, “ Listen to the Civilian Aires program tomorrow at this same time and you will hear what people of the world have been waiting and longing to hear.”

Tasaki told me he did not know what was going to happen, the Diet was in extraordinary session, and he could not find out anything else. Nothing more happened until August 14th. The first word we had was from Glazier who said that and he was going over to Bunka for our food ration people were standing in the street listening to someone talking on the radio in Japanese. Everyone was standing as if in awe. Glazier could not understand what it was all about. Next we heard Tasaki rushing in and saying, “I’ve only got a minute. They’ve done it. The Emperor announced the surrender over the radio just a little while ago. Be ready to go to the radio station and make your last broadcast. I’ll be back in a few minutes.”

As we neared the radio station that day a cordon of Japanese soldiers were stationed around the four blocks surrounding the radio station. They were standing almost elbow to elbow. No one was allowed through the ring of guards to enter the radio station except on special permit. Tasaki showed our special permit and we went in the radio station. Everyone in sight was armed. No one seemed to pay any attention to us. I will never forget that broadcast. We did not follow any script. We were alone in front the mic. A lone radio technician in the control room who could not speak or understand a word of English. We were pretty excited. The first thing that was said was. “What shall we do now?” Glazier said,” Let’s sit here and grin at each other.” The rest of the program I don’t remember much about. We slapped each other on the back, and danced all over station. The lone Japs in the control room must have thought we had gone batty.

We returned to our quarters. Tasaki left and in a few minutes he was back with two armed guards. He explained that the underground had come out in the open, and it was found out by the military clique that I had been actively working against them. The soldier guards were to protect me from the military clique. One guard was placed at the entrance gate and the other was to remain with me at all times, even stand at the foot of my bed when I slept.

That night things in Tokyo were hectic. In one large building not too far where we were, people could be heard singing far into the night. Bursts of machine gun fire could be heard occasionally, along with spasmatic rifle fire. The next day Japanese planes flew overhead dropping leaflets telling the people to stand by the air force and fight to the last man, and ignore the Emperor’s rescript announcement. Japanese were firing on Japanese planes. High ranking Japanese officers and officials were committing hari-karu. Over Tokyo hung a ball of smoke from burning records. They were burning everything they did not want to fall into the hands of the Americans. The rebellious airforce was hard to quell. Prince Konoye after repeated personal appeals at the various air bases finally quieted them down. After a few days we did nothing but relax and anticipate our return home to our loved ones. Tasaki told us we were to be sent back with the rest of the Bunka POWs to Omori to await the arrival of the American liberating forces, who would probably fly us all back to the United States.

On some pretext Tasaki ask me to go with him for a while. We were gone a couple of hours doing nothing in particular except ride the tram to Tokyo, stop at the Dia Itchi Hotel for a few minutes and return.

When we returned to our quarters, to my utter amazement I saw a large table had been arranged in the main room and Andrews, Tunnicliffe, and Glazier and about a dozen Japanese including Major Hifumi were seated at the table which contained quite a variety of good food. As Tasaki and I entered everyone arose and I was ushered by Tasaki to the seat at the head table. Major Hifumi then gave a short speech which was interrupted by Tasaki as, “We now have peace, for which you have worked very hard. This dinner is given in your honor, in appreciation of your untiring efforts to bring peace between our two nations,” Then every Japanese present stood up and bowed to me, then to Andrews, Tunnicliffe and Glazier. It was a memorable occasion. After the dinner we were in another part of the building and a high ranking Japanese officer motioned to us and we entered a small room he was in and he bowed took his samuri sword off and presented it to me, a gesture of surrender. It was a beautiful sword, but I handed it back to him and thanked him in Japanese. He seemed rather pleased. They take great pride in their samuri swords. Some of them are works of art and are handed down from generation to generation. The Japanese owner of the house we were quartered in was there and he treated us to some Japanese beer and gave us some pictures of the house. Most of the Japanese we met during that time seemed very anxious to be friendly and glad that the war was over.

About August 22, 1945 we were told to get our belongings together and be prepared to return to Omori. Orders were issued by the Japanese that no prisoner would be allowed to take any pictures, written or printed material with him. During the entire time in Japanese custody I had kept a complete record of everything I had written, including copies of all correspondence with the Japanese. I also had pictures and other data in my possession which I believed would be of interest to the occupation forces. During the bombing, I had carefully hidden them under a pile of rocks away from the buildings to protect them in case of fire. I did not leave without them. The two bundles weighed approximately forty pounds, and were contained in a Dutch haversack and a case I had fashioned out of a rubber raincoat. Tasaki took it up with major Hifumi and he stamped them with his personal chop and gave me a letter to the Omori authorities stating that I was permitted to keep them. He also gave me the following letters; (Translation)

                                                                         CERTIFICATE OF PROOF

                                                          American Non-combatant Mark L Streeter

Because the above mentioned person, who previously had been forced to participate in the local special broadcast program, may need some proof for his defense in this connection upon returning to his country, the following two articles have been specially granted him to take back.

  1. A black case containing original copies and other matter.
  2. A paper bag which contains original copies of written matter

                                                                                August 23,1945.

                                                                                Branch Officer, Surugadai,

                                                                                Public Relations,

                                                                                Kyuhei Hifimi, Major, Japanese Army.

We joined the other prisoners at Bunka and all returned to Omori together. As the truck taking us to Omori pulled slowly out of Bunka the lone figure of Mama San stood in the yard waving goodbye. I must tell more about her.

I first saw her I Tokyo December 1, 1943 as the first group of prisoners, I among them, were brought into Bunka Headquarters Prisoner of war Camp. We were lined up in the courtyard and being told by a scarfaced Jap Major through an interpreter, that we must obey, that our lives were no longer guaranteed. I saw her shuffle past towards the rear building. She glanced at us and smiled. It was a friendly smile. After two years of prisoner of war life we were sadly in need of friendly smiles.

As I learned later her name was, Mrs. Mitsu Nishina. She was fifty-two years old and had four sons in the Japanese army. She had not seen or heard from them in years and assumed they were all dead. She was now a general chore woman for the Japanese offices at Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp at Kanda-ku, Surugadai 2-chone 5, Tokyo, Japan. Bunka was formerly an American endowed religious school. Mrs. Nishina and her husband were caretakers for the school and lived in small quarters in the basement of the rear building. When the Japanese Army took over the school for their propaganda headquarters, they took over the Nishinas too.

Most of the prisoners in Bunka were in their early twenties and thirties. I was the oldest prisoner among them.

During the next two years of our stay in Bunka we got to know Mrs. Nishina very well and her friendly smile brightened many a dark and dismal day. We called her Mama San. We learned that mother love knows no racial barriers. We were boys in trouble. Now we were her boys. She could not do enough for us and most of what she did had to be done on the sly so that the Japanese officers in the front office would not know. She stood in que lines for hours, often in the rain, to get us a few cigarettes and what food she could buy with the meager salary to supplement our near starvation diet. She was threatened and slapped on several occasions by Japanese officers for helping us. When one of her boys was beoki (sick) she would sneak up to our quarters and rub chests and do what she could to ease the illness of her boys with her own meager supply of medicine.

Every morning rain or shine the first thing to greet us as we came down into the courtyard for morning tenko (roll call) was neat smiling Mama San with a graceful bow and a happy Ohio gasai masu (Good morning) and every evening Mama San’s polite bow and friendly smile saying yasumi nasia (good night). Mama San could not speak a word of English, however we taught her a few words before we left Bunka. But friendship and mother love surmounts all language barriers and her joyous laughter was like a clarion call from on high. She would sit for hours on bench in the courtyard in the evening talking to her boys. It was surprising how much Mama San and her boys could understand even though they spoke different tongues.

I saw one of the youngest prisoners, a mere boy, break down and cry like a baby from the pressure of prisoners of war life and yearning for his loved ones at home. I saw Mama San take him in her arms and talk to him with words only a mother can say to her son and stroke his head until his sobs subsided. I saw the look in the boys eyes the next day when Mama San brought him a small white dog named Shiro.

The only time I ever saw Mama San display anger was when one of her boys was unjustly punished by the Japanese. Although I could not understand all the angry words, she said about the Japanese officers I could understand the tone of her words and the expression in her eyes.

There was no heat in the buildings we occupied. In the winter when we were all suffering from the cold, Mama San somehow got a small supply of charcoal and taught us how to make little charcoal heaters out of small tin cans. We could put them between our feet sitting on a chair and drape a blanket around us to retain the heat. She played baseball with her boys. She helped them wash and mend their clothes.

During heavy air-raids when bombs were falling everywhere and half of Tokyo was in flames Mama San reminded me of a little Bantum hen running here and there clucking to her chicks to see that they were all under the best protective part of the building. We all learned to love and respect her.

At Christmas time the boys cut some limbs of pine in the courtyard and made a crude Christmas tree complete with decorations made from tinfoil from cigarettes packages and colored paper. We taught Mama San about Christ and Christmas. She joined in singing Christmas carols. One of the boys who was an artist made a beautiful Christmas card for Mama San which we all signed. I am sure that Mama San’s Budda and our Christ looked down on the screen with approval.

When we were all in the truck leaving Bunka for Omori. I will never forget the lone figure of Mama San standing in the courtyard smiling and saying over and over Sayonara. (Goodbye).

I am sure every prisoner had tears in his eyes and a lump in his throat. No one spoke for blocks.

We all filed glowing reports with the U.S. occupation forces of Mama San’s wonderful treatment of Bunka prisoners of war. I later heard that as long as the U.S Army was in Japan Mama San would not want for anything.

I hope that Mama San’s Bunka boys somehow eased the heartaches for her four lost sons, and I know that all Bunka prisoners of war are better men for having known Mama San.

Major Hifumi and Tasaki accompanied us to Omori and after I was assigned to a barracks and still in possession of my records they bid me goodbye. So we were back in Omori with nothing to do but wait for the Americans to arrive and take us home.

We had not been at Omori long before American planes flew over and dropped large steel drums of food and clothing by parachute. Everyone went a little wild at the sight of our planes. The starving POWs were so anxious to get the food that was dropped that some of them rushed out too soon and some of them were killed and wounded, being hit by the falling steel drums of food and clothing, even though they had been warned not to rush out until all the drops were made. The sight of good American food falling from the planes was too much for some starving POWs to resist waiting for. After the drops were completed I rushed out to where one of the steel drums had hit and the ground was littered with broken cans of peaches and packages of chocolate. I grabbed hands full of peaches from the ground and stuffed them into my mouth along with hands full of chocolate and a lot stayed in my beard, it was a mess, but I was hungry.

August 29,1945.

The American prisoners of war liberating forces under Captain Harold E. Stassen, USN landed at Omori.

This should be the end of the story about Bunka, with the war over and the Bunka prisoners of war on their way home, with the experience with a bad memory. But it is not the end of the Bunka affair. There is much more to tell and some of it not very pleasant.

When Captain Harold E Stassen, USN, former governor of Minnesota landed at Omori, I saw Captain Wallace E Ince in earnest conversation with him, at the time I placed no significance in it.

Shortly before sundown Captain Ince came to the barracks where I was billeted and ask me if I would come with him for a few minutes. I replied in the affirmative, and proceeded to climb down from the upper deck to go with him. He proceeded me out of the barracks, I a short distance behind him. He walked in the direction of the main camp office. I paid little attention to where we were going, thinking that Captain Ince wanted me to help perform some task that needed doing. I noticed that there were a lot of American Officers and men in uniform gathered on the front raised platform as we were opposite it. It was then that Captain Ince halted facing the gathered officers. I also stopped a few passes behind him. He saluted Captain Stassen and said,” I would like to place Mark L. Streeter, civilian from Wake Island, and Sgt. John David Provoo, US Army under arrest, Captain Ince then ordered me to turn around and go back to the barracks. When I turned around I saw Sgt. John Davis Provoo, under the custody of POW Sgt. Frank Fujita, US Army, a few feet behind where I had been standing. This was the first time I had any knowledge that they were anywhere in the vicinity. We four went back to the barracks, where Captain Ince told me that I was his prisoner, and that I was to speak to no one. Neither Captain Ince or Sgt. Fujita carried any sidearms. I asked Captain Ince what this was all about. He replied, “You are now in the custody of the United States Army,” and refused to say more. Andrews, Tunnicliffe and Glazier saw what was going on and wanted to take care of Captain Ince and Sgt. Fujita, but I told them that Captain Stassen had authorized it, so I would follow through and find out what it was all about. I had just been released from being a prisoner of war by the Japanese and now I was a prisoner of war by the Americans. It looked like, as the old saying goes, that I jumped out of the frying pan right into the fire.

When The first landing craft was ready to take POWs off Omori, the POWs were all lined up waiting to board. Captain Ince and Sgt. Fujita took Sgt. Provoo and I to the head of the line and we went aboard first.

Andrews plunged and elbowed his way through the line and got aboard right behind us. I could see that he was going to stick close to me, if he had to fight to do it, if no other reason than to be a witness to what went on.

The landing craft held about fifty POWs pulled up alongside the Hospital Ship Benevolence and we climbed aboard. We were given baths, deloused and given clean clothes. Sgt. Provoo and I were assigned to the lock ward, which was full of shellshock or as they call them in this war, GIs suffering from battle fatigue.

I had carried all of my papers with me. The corpsman in charge wanted to put these through the steampressure delouser, and was very insistent. I demanded to see the ship purser, and finally after much arguing I turned my two bags of papers over to him and ask that they be locked in the ships safe, until I could turn them over to Naval Intelligence. He then wrote a letter to captain Laws, skipper of the Benevolence and requested that I be permitted to see Naval Intelligence, to turn the papers over to them. Captain Laws ignored my letters.

Sgt Provoo and I remained in that lock ward, without anyone coming to see us for two weeks, without being given any medical attention. We were still in the dark as to why we were there. At the end of two weeks we were transferred to the U.S. Army Hospital Ship Marigold, and again confined to a lock ward cell which was about three by six feet in size. No medical attention was given us despite the fact that we were both suffering from the effects of extreme malnutrition pellagra and beri-beri. I was permitted to bring my papers to the Marigold and there given a receipt from them. Shortly after our arrival we were locked in our cell a Chaplin stopped by and said,” What are you in here for?” I said , “For shoveling shit against the tide,” He shook his head and passed on. After about three days two U.S. Army CIC officers came to see me. I told them where my papers were and they got them.

Sgt. Provoo and I remained aboard the U.S. Army Hospital Ship Marigold one week. We did not see Captain Ince or Sgt. Fujita again. Then we were taken by MPs in a jeep to Yokahama and put in the city jail them under control of the U.S. Army. There I was interviewed by the press, two newsmen were let into the cell. The interview was most interesting. They introduced themselves (I have forgotten their names) and said, “You are a hard man to see, but at last we have permission to interview you.” I replied, “The mystery deepens. Perhaps you gentlemen can tell me what this is all about.” One of them handed me a copy of a recent worldwide radio news broadcast which stated that, Mark L. Streeter, a civilian from Wake Island, who had been held prisoner by the Japanese since the capture of Wake Island had been taken into custody by the U.S. Eight Army Counter Intelligence Corps and that Streeter is the only American on general Douglas McArthur’s top list of war criminals.” To say that I was dumbfounded, would be putting it mildly. I told them what had happened since my capture and said, “I am sorry gentlemen, if you are looking for anything sensational, I am afraid I will have to disappoint you. I have told you all that I know The U.S. Army has failed to tell me anything so far.” One of the newsmen said,”who arrested you, and what have you been charged with?” I replied, ”I have already told you of the Captain Ince incident at Omori and as for charges I know nothing except what you have shown in that news broadcast.” That ended the interview. A few minutes later, it was now about nine o’clock at night, Sgt. Provoo and I were whisked out of Yokahama city jail and taken by jeep to Yokahama Prison now also under the control of the U.S. Eight Army. We were the first prisoners to arrive. A few minutes after we entered the prison, and were waiting to see what happened next, another group of prisoners were brought in, including Col. Misinger (German) called the butcher of warsaw; George Vargas and his two very young sons. Vargas was secretary to Predident Omenda of the Philippines, other Philippines in the group were Jose P. Laurel, former Chief Justice of the Philippines Supreme Court, and his son Jose P. Laurel Jr; Camilo Osais and B. Aquino both former representatives of the Philippines in the United States Senate. We were all booked under the watchful eyes of American GI guards armed with automatic rifles and assigned calls.

The next day Sgt. Provoo and I were taken out of Yokahama Prison by the U.S. Eight Army Provost Marshall and taken to the Provost Marshall’s office in Yokahama. He told us,” I don’t know what this is all about, but you do not have to worry now, make yourselves at home here for a while, until I get time, and I will take you to the pier and put you aboard an LS boat headed for the States.” About an hour later the Provost Marshall tool us aboard the LS5 and told us we were to have the freedom to the ship, but not to leave it while it was in port without his permission. We were assigned bunks in the crews quarters. After a good bath we joined the crew at mess and enjoyed a good meal. About nine o’clock that night we were in the recreation room listening to the radio and talking to crew members, when the Captain of the ship came in and touched me on the shoulder at the same time saying in a low voise, “Mr. Streeter, some changes must be made in your quarters, will you and Sgt. Provoo accompany me, please? We were told to get our belongings from the bunks and were escorted to the ships brig down in the bilge and there locked up, again without any explanation. We were at a loss to understand what was going on. The next morning two CIC men took us off the ship. We were photographed and placed in a jeep and taken back to Yokahama Prison, and again placed in dingy cells.

In the course of the next few days more prisoners were brought in, including John Holland (Australian) who had just been released from the Japanese prison at Saparo, where he was confined for eighteen months in solitary confinement in a cell in which he could not stand up in. He was in very bad shape; Raja Mehandra Pratap (Indian national) founder of the World Federation of Religion, and who had been granted political asylum by Japan years ago, after his break with the British over Indian independence; the German Embassy staff, Ambassador Stammer, Franz Joseph Span, Count Derkeim, Walter Pekrun, Dr. Kinderman spy and counter spy who had been doing spying work for the United States, Russia and Germany, quite a character who could speak several languages fluently; Helmet Pop, Henrick Loy and others; the Chinese Embassy Staff including Admiral Wu, Professor Feng Tung Tsu, Joseph Cherng and others; Dr. Maung finance minister of Burma, Ba Ma President of Burma and other Burmese; Dr. Van Deist, Dutch Buddist Pries; Iva Toguri de Aguino known as Tokyo Rose; Lilly Abeg (Swiss) radio broadcast; General Homa and other high ranking Japanese including the Prime Minister Togo.

The only difference in this prison and the other prison camps I had been in was the different uniforms the GI guards wore, and we were fed good food. We worked, eat, and bathed and slept under the menancing muzzles of Tommy guns. We were forced to do the most belittling tasks. We were given no medical attention, even though Dr. Maung was suffering from a form of creeping paralysis, John Holland, Sgt. Provoo and I suffering from acute pellagra and beri-beri. My right hand and forearm was swollen to almost twice normal size from phlebitis and my ankles very badly swollen from beri-beri, yet I was told by a prison officer that I would have to make daily rounds of the prison yard under guard and pick up all cigarette butts and other filth around the prison. The officer told me I would have to do it “or else” and the “or else” didn’t sound very good. While making the rounds around the prison, I had the opportunity to talk to Iva Toguri de Aquino through her cell barred window. Outside of our working period and a brief exercise period, the rest of the time was spent in dank prison cells.

After we were in Yokahama Prison for a few days, General Eichelberger, U.S. Eight Army made the rounds of the prison talking briefly with each new prisoner. The main question asked was the same, “ Are you getting enough to eat?” on this day my cell door was thrown open and General Eichelberger said,” Are you getting enough to eat?” I answered, “Yes,” Then the General said, “Do you know Tokyo Rose?” I answered,”Yes, I know the girl referred to as Tokyo Rose.” General Eichelberger then said, “She done us a lot of good when we needed it, a lot more than the rest of you God Dam Japs.” This conversation was heard by both John Holland and Sgt. Provoo who had cells adjoining mine.

A few days after this incident I was called to the prison office and introduced to a National Broadcasting Company representative. He was permitted to interview me in a room by ourselves. I related the events of my POW experience up to the present time. The NBC interviewer said, “I think you have gotten a raw deal, and I am going to give you a break in my broadcast.” Since hearing what his broadcast said, if he was sincere in his statement to me, U.S. Eight Army censorship deleted the major portion of it, and as often the case half truths are more dangerous than outright lies.

A few days later I had a call from the American Red Cross and was asked if there was anything that I wanted. I told them that the only thing that I wanted was the opportunity to send a cable to my wife telling her that I was alright. I wrote a short cable to my wife simply stating,” I am O.K. Please do not worry.” The Red Cross representative said that it would be sent at once.. Three months later the same cable was given to me and I was asked by the prison authorities if I wished it sent as a letter, that letter writing under censorship was now permitted. To this time we were held incommunicado.

While in Yokahama Prison I was interviewed on numerous occasions by the CIC, CID, CIA, and FBI. I gave them information on tunnels the Japanese had dug in which to hide things they did not want to fall into the hands of the Americans. I had seen some of these tunnels being dug in Tokyo and in forest on the outskirts of Tokyo. I had also seen Japanese hauling a truck load of records from the building across the street from the radio station. At the same time records were being burned all over Tokyo, so the logical conclusion on seeing piles of records burning in the rear of the building from which the truck load was being hauled away, was that they intended to hide them. The occupation forces later found many of these tunnels and recovered many valuable records and much bullion and precious gems from them. I also gave them the name of Dr. Tasaki who told me that he had saved a supply of radium from a bombed out laboratory.

During my stay in Yokahama Prison I borrowed a typewriter from John Holland and make out a reparations claim against Japan, filing one copy with General McArthur and sending one copy to the United States Attorney General for appropriate action.

In November 1945 we were all transferred by truck to Sugamao Prison in Tokyo. Sugamo is the largest prison in Japan. It was now divided into three sections, the Red Section for Japanese prisoners, the white section for GI prisoners, and the Blue Section for political prisoners. Except for the Japanese who were already confined in at Sugamo prison, we were all placed in the Blue Section. I was still not legally charged with any offense, nor given any reason for my confinement. The Prison was under the command of Col. Hardy, U.S. Army, whose home was in Yakima, Washington. Sugamo was a little improvement over Yokahama. The guards inside the prison now did not carry guns, and much of the belittling work was omitted. The orders to get the prisoners in the Blue Section were modified to “requests”  for volunteer the results would not be too pleasant. Being a construction foreman I was ‘requested’ to build some brick walks in the exercise yard and paint the interior of the Blue Section. In addition to this work I was ‘requested’ to build a pulpit in one end of the dining room in order for meals, church services and motion pictures. I performed these services throughout my stay in Sugamo Prison. I was given the Germany Embassy staff as a work crew to do the work. The Blue Section did not look too bad after it was cleaned up. But it was still prison.

We were still not furnished any medical attention. Dr, Maung’s paralysis condition became very bad. We prisoners did what we could to try and make him comfortable. He died on a British ship enroute to Burma after his released from Sugamo, at least that is what we were told. Sgt. Provoo had began to crack up the terrific strains of this extended prison life, and became quite a problem. I was the only one who could do anything with him. He depended entirely on me. I had several very hot arguments with the CIC and prison officials concerning his treatment. His mother died while he was in Sugamo and the shock nearly finished him.

The Protestant Chaplin and the Catholic Chaplin of the prison took a great interest in Sgt. Provoo and I, and tried to get something done in our behalf, however they were squelched by the high brass, and told to keep hands off both of us. The Protestant Chaplin ignored the orders and persisted to work in our behalf, and was subsequently transferred out to Sugamo. The Catholic Chaplin told me he had been given the same orders and feared if he did more he would be ousted too. He said for the spiritual; well-being of the inmates he would comply, thinking it best that Sugamo have at least one Chaplin to comfort the prisoners as much as possible.

The long months of confinement were becoming unbearable to men and women who were locked up and forgotten, and given no reason for such confinement. Americans don’t do such things, or so the world was told. Most of the prisoners in the Blue Section wrote letters to SCAP, allied Headquarters, asking for an explanation of why they were there and what they could expect. The only letter SCAP considered important enough to answer was a letter written by Franz Joseph Span, a rabid Nazi, and head of the German Nazi Party in Japan during the war. I retained a copy of that letter.

Having despaired of receiving any answer to my letters to SCAP, I prepared a writ of Habeas Corpus, had it attested to by Lt. Bernard, U.S. Army, and sent it to the U.S. State Department’s highest civilian representative in Japan, George Atchison. I received no answer. Nearly eight months of this extended unexplained prison life had passed and the prisoners in the Blue Section of Sugamo Prison were becoming very blue indeed. Prisoners were fast losing faith in their visions of what freedom and American Democracy meant.

Let me tell you about a vision, a vision I had in Sugamo Prison in Tokyo, Japan, after seeing war in all its beastliness and men in all of their depravity and hypocricy, and seeing life and death and the intervening time between life and death sometimes too repulsive to discuss. A vision reflected in the eyes of others, a vision many of you may have seen. A vision in Blue, reflected in the eyes of my life whom I had not seen for nearly five years—–Yes, My Dear, five years is a longtime———

In the night I looked into your eyes, a vision of blue loveliness, clear as crystal, blue crystal, like water with unprobed depths, and I saw therein lying thoughts too deep for tears, reflecting the tragedy of mortal immortals of a receding world mirrored in the blue without beginning or end

And I saw miracles created by men, men, women and children changed in the twinkling of a eye into blood spots on broken bricks and concrete, and I saw history, glorious history, written on the glazed cols eyes of the dead, and I saw bleaching bones tell the story much better than words, I saw merciful death stop the scrams of the tortured, and the red blood, as drop by drop it soaked into the dust the dust of other dead, I saw others pray, and others prayers stilled on the cold grey dead lips.

I saw words spoken, and words unspoken. Men forbidden to speak, and men charged with having spoken, hanging with necks broken, because other men had spoken. And I saw freedom of speech gurgling sounds on the air waves more unintelligible than static, and with less meaning, and I saw ears listen and not know what they had spoken, and I saw words smeared in printers ink, dark words like black ink, and clean words like the white paper on which they were printed, only to be discarded like old newspaper and become trash.

And I saw eyes full of fear, and eyes full of hate, and eyes full of pity, and eyes that were tired and could not see what they saw, and nor malice, thinking of their stomachs, and feeling their necks just to make sure, and others were counting medals, and others were without medals, and I saw the disciples of Christ in military uniform walking among the soldiers, and I saw others with bloated stomachs from hunger, and others with bloated stomachs from lust of the flesh, and I saw babies cry and suckle at breasts from which came no milk, and I saw other young men with guns on their shoulders, and they were tired, and I saw old men with stars on their shoulder, and other old men with no stars on their shoulders, and they talked and talked, and said many things, and the people listened and wondered.

And I saw people look out through prison bars and other people look in through prison bars, and I saw women cry, and I saw men cry, and some talked using big words, and some could not talk because words no longer held any meaning, and I saw men going home.

I saw great important work to be done, and idle men shouting for work, then I closed my eyes, I did not want to see more, but I still heard strange sounds, and I thought I heard you crying.

And I looked and I saw the people, the multitudes of people, and some were black, and some were not black, and some were not so black, and some were white and some were not white, and I heard their voices, some were gentle and some were harsh, and some were not gentle not gentle and some were not so harsh, and they spoke of many things in many tongues, and they made a big noise, and the noise covered everything, and I listened, and the noise went on and on, and the others listened, and the voices spoke of honor, and of mothers, and od fathers, and little children, and of men, and God and love, and countries and laws, and they were all in honor, and they were all mixed, and the voices said honor was in all of them and they were all in honor, to be honored and honoring, and I wanted to learn about honor, and I sought it amongst the multitudes, and I saw many people and I was one of the people.

And I saw the lawmakers make laws, and some of the laws were good, and some of the laws were bad, and some of the lawmakers were good and some of the lawmakers were bad, and some of the people liked the laws, and some of the did not like the laws, and some of the people liked the lawmakers, and some of the people did not like the lawmakers, and some of the people made laws more to their own liking, and some of the people obeyed the laws, and some of the people did not obey the laws, and some of the people said there were no laws, and many people suffered, and people said God’s laws were good and just, and God was wise, wiser than men, and the people prayed to thank God for the good laws, and promised to obey the ten commandments, and they rejoiced that it was not good to covet their neighbors goods, and not to be adulterers, and love their neighbors, and not to kill them, And then I saw the legions of dead soldiers, and the soldiers, and the ashes, and the broken bricks, and the broken bricks.- and the defeated soldiers, and the ashes,- and the broken bricks, and the broken homes, and the broken lives, and I heard the people voices and I learned about honor from them. And I saw death and it became a common things like life, only with more value. And I saw men imprisoned, and men hanged, because they believed what they were taught to believe, and I saw others teaching their beliefs and chiding those who did not believe. Then I looked out of my prison window, and I saw the blue sky above and the green trees below, and I thought about God, and marveled at the beauty of the sky and trees. And the disciples of God came into the prison to teach their beliefs, and God did not come with them. And the children of God sang hymns and offered prayers of supplication and adulation, and God listened and wondered, and the blue sky and green trees remained as God made them.

Then the shadows deepened and took on lively shapes of people and things and I heard the muffled sobs in another cell, and closing my eyes, weary at gazing at the prison walls of my shrunken world, and the darkness became a cross, and I dreamed of things that used to be and are no more, and the present became doubtful, and the future more doubtful, and only the past real and I lived again through the life that was unreal and yet so real, and the memory will not die.

The confusion became more intense, and some said they were right and some said they were wrong, and some people shot other people because they did the same thing they did, war became a magnificent thing in one noble breath and an abominable crime in another pious breath, and truth became a Chameleon of many changing colors, and you could not call it one thing in all places, because it became many different things in many places, each a truth and right in itself blending into each new back ground, – and the Judges tried to define it and could not, because it did not remain the same color when it changed places, and the truth of one area became the untruth of another area, and like Chameleons flicked their tongues at flies, and the people wondered about the flies.

The peace was unpeaceful and the man-made worlds within the world defied each other and tried to destroy the God made world, and the blood of the dead became the tears of the living, and prisons became the only refuge and haven of safety from the madness, and memories were the only precious things, like the touch of your lips and the lingering nectar of a kiss.

I awoke at the touch of a hand, and felt the message that only the touch of a hand we love can tell. You have such exquisite hands, My Dear, such lovely hands within which to hold my heart. Then I remembered that you were far away, and it was dark and it must have been the heavy hand of destiny that was pressing on my brow. And then I thought I heard you crying. And the vision remains like bitter gall on my tongue.

April 1946.

World finally came through that Sgt. Provoo was going home. He was given a new uniform with all his proper decorations and big me goodbye with tears in his eyes.

Sgt. Provoo’s departure left me in a desperate mood. I thought I had better figure out some way to get out of Sugamo alive. I was charge of incoming food stores, so I made friends with a GI guard by giving him some food to trade to some hungry Japanese girl for sexual intercourse. This was frowned upon by the military, but was a common practice with a lot of occupation GIs. I now had this particular GI on the spot. So I asked him to mail some letters for me, that I had written to my Congressional friends in Washington D.C. I told him to put them in the U.S. Army, YMCA postoffice box in Tokyo. He did not like the idea but I convinced him it would be best for him to do so. The GI mail from the YMCA postoffice was not censored. I put a fake soldiers name and number and outfit on the return address of the envelope. If these letters got through, I might make it home.

On the way to one of the interviewing rooms to be interviewed by a U.S. General French, U. S Army Bureau of Psychological Warfare, concerning the effect of American psychological warfare on the Japanese. I saw Premier Togo and Isamu Ishihara the former slave driver at KiangWan Prison Camp Ishihara was tried and convicted of committing atrocities to America and Allied prisoners of war and was sentenced to life imprisonment AT HARD LABOR… Premier Togo after a vain attempt to take his own life, was hanged, as was some other Japanese officers.

Although I had not received any answers to my letters to George Atchison, Jr, the highest American civilian authority in Japan, I thought it would not hurt to try again so I sent the following letter:

George Atchison, Jr.                                                                       Hq and Hq Det. Sugamo Prison

Chairman of Far Eastern Council.                                                    Apo 181 Tokyo, Japan.

Far Eastern Council Headquarters.                                                  May 31, 1946

Tokyo, Japan.

Dear Sir,

I had hope that it would not be necessary to communicate with you again concerning my Democratic imprisonment. However, as the case, as they call it, seems to remain in the status quo, with all of my inquiries to other branches of occupation authority remaining unanswered and unacted upon, the silence has become quite oppressive.

I have received the rather hazy information from unquotable sources, that the case is now in the hands of the ‘higher ups’, whoever that indicates I do not know, but assuming that it could be the Far Eastern Council, even though I cannot understand how my case could be of any conceivable interest to them, I am appealing again to you as Chairman representing the United States government, to take cognizance of the following matters and take appropriate action to bring them to a speedy just conclusion.

  1. I am an American citizen
  2. I was an emergency defense civilian worker on Wake Island at the outbreak of the war.
  3. I was captured by the Japanese on December 23, 1941, with the capitulation of Wake Island.
  4. I was held illegally by the Japanese as a military prisoner of war for 44 months, and subjected to all indignities, humiliations, and sufferings of prisoner of war life, in prison camp on Wake Island, China, And Japan, until August 29, 1945.
  5. On August 29, 1945, I was placed in unexplained custody and confinement by the American Occupation military forces.
  6. This is the beginning of the 10th month of such unexplained imprisonment.
  7. I have not been notified of any charges against me, or of any indictment, nor have I been tried or convicted of any crime.
  8. I have been held virtually in commicado by letters writing restriction and censorship.
  9. I have been allowed no legal representation.
  10. I have never been allowed to give a complete accurate comprehensive account of my activities while a prisoner of the Japanese.
  11. I have never been given the proper rehabilitation necessary to recover physically or mentally from the abuses of prisoner of war life under the Japanese.
  12. Of the 30 Allied prisoners of war confined in Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp in Tokyo, Japan, who were forced under threat of death to write and broadcast for the Japanese Army, to my knowledge I am the only one in prison, and only one other was in prison and was released two months ago.
  13. All inquiries, letters, and requests that I have made to remedy this condition have remained ignored and unanswered, including a petition of Habeas Corpus.

I am no longer concerned with any charges that may or may not be in the process or being filed against me, if such is considered possible after more than nine months of what should have been a just and fair investigation of what was quite obvious already to any intelligent person. I am only concerned with Democratic justice. If such justice still exists for Americans. In quoting your own words appearing in the news, “The Potsdam Declaration calls for Democracy in Japan and no matter how you spell “Democracy” you can not make the word “totalitarianism’ out of its nine letters.” I wonder if this applies toto only the Japanese. The points from 5 to 13 inclusive on the preceeding pages could easily be interpreted as an indication of the application of totalitarian tendencies, comparable to the Kempei Tia and the Jap thought police However, I order to believe otherwise, as there may be an explanation. to offer for this unhappy state of affairs. But whatever explanation is made can hardly be considered as justifiable in the light of Democratic justice.

There is also rumored that I am being held for protective custody, which puts the questions, protected from who? I have also been told that I am imagining things, after all with the ‘silent treatment’ I have received for the past 9 months there is room for imagination. However, the 13 points I have enumerated are not imagination, they are cold facts that resemble a nightmare of iniquity.

I have not received yet, any answer to my previous letters to you of last month, which I realize must be due to the urgency of the important affairs of your position, However, may I remind you that to an American who has spent more than 53 months in continued confinement as a prisoner of war, the matters I have written about become very urgent and very important, and to be justly treated more important.

I trust that you will give this subject prompt consideration, days are much longer in prison waiting for someone to do something, that they are in Tokyo.

                                                                                Your respectfully, Mark L. Streeter.

One day I received a pleasant surprise when going to the interviewing room to find the occupant none other than my nephew Frank Streeter, to had called to pay me a visit. He was in the Navy and had had a hard time getting permission to see me. However, after two days of persistent effort seeing almost everyone but General McArthur, he finally made it. We had a nice fifteen minute visit. It was good to see someone from home.

After that I got so desperate that I refused to see anyone or make any statements to anyone until I was back I the United States under the protection of the Federal Courts. The U.S Army had still not charged me with anything and had now held me nearly ten months.

During that final period of incarceration in Sugamo Prison I think I ran the whole gamit of human emotions. I beat on the steel walls of my cell until the palms of my hands felt like they were on fire and prickled by a thousand needles; I screamed and cursed until I thought my lungs would burst and exhausted I slid down the wall onto my knees, and I prayed. Oh God how I prayed, until my voice failed and I could not utter a sound, and my knees were raw, I fell over the steel floor and I cried, and cried, and cried until there were no more tears and dry eyed the soundwracking sobs subsided and I drifted into the utter exhausted state of semi-consciousness. When I awoke hours later and realized that the events of the past few years had not reduced me to a gibbering idiot and that a great calmness had entered my body and I would somehow survive, and perhaps after all Gods had heard my frantic prayers.

Then I sat on the cot and counted the red splotches of mashed bedbugs on the wall. The splotches were in several rows. There were three hundred and ten all together. Each splotch represented a day, twenty-four hours. Three hundred and ten times twenty-four, that seven thousand four hundred and forty hours, ten months in this stinking hole. Counting bedbugs had become a ritual with me, a mashed bedbug every night. It was a good way to keep track of the time, the days, when I did not have a calendar. There had been other prison cells and other prison camps. Fifty-two months and twenty days. One thousand five hundred and eighty days. Seventeen thousand and three hundred and twenty hours. Three prisons, two prison ships, five prison camps. That took a lot of mashed bedbugs, but there were plenty of them. The little red splotches some turned brown, that was my blood, each drop draining away my life. That time was lost, gone forever. Seventeen thousand three hundred and twenty-four hours of living squashed out on something else. You have seen what little things bedbugs have done to other prisoners minds.

A key grated in the steel door of the cell. I looked toward the door glad to get rid of thinking of bedbugs. Lt. Turner, U.S. Army entered. He said, “Hello Streeter. I’ve got news for you. You are leaving here tomorrow. I don’t know where you are going. All I know is that you are going out of here. Thought I would tell you so you could be prepared. Better get tit bed and some rest.” With that Lt. Turner left and I went to bed, back to bedbugs. There had been so many moves, and always another prison. This was nothing to get excited about. A move always was a break in the monotony, and you could start another calendar all over again. I turned out the light, and went to sleep, and the bedbugs came out of their hiding places and crawled over me.

The next morning I was escorted to the prison office and introduced by Col Hardy to two American Officers. They politely carried my belongings out of the prison and we got into a jeep and drove away. Arriving in Yokahama they drove past Yokahama Prison and on down to the waterfront where I was taken aboard the USS Cape Clear, assigned to a stateroom, handed a large brown envelope containing travel orders, and wished good luck, by the departing officers. It appeared that my letters to my Congressman friends in Washington had reached their destination. Maybe my last letter to George Atchison helped also, anyway I was on my way home and I may get there yet. 

I am fully convinced that if I had not smuggled those letters out of Sugamo Prison that I would never have reached the United States, that the U.S. Eight Army would have seen to it that some accident befell me, such as falling overboard from a ship and reported lost at sea, or being killed in a jeep wreck, on the way Yokahama to board a ship for home.

On my trip home I occupied an officers stateroom with a Dutch Catholic Priest and a French civilian. A U.S. Army officer who had been very friendly to me in Sugamo was in the stateroom next to us. He was returning home and knowing that I was without funds, he gave me twenty-five dollars so that I would not arrive in the United States broke.

When the ship docked at Seattle, Washington, two FBI men came aboard and whisked me off the ship before anyone else, even skipping customs, evidently to get me out of the hands of the U.S Army. The travel orders given me when I left Japan stated that upon my arrival at Seattle, Washington, I was to report immediately to an U.S. Army base nearby. If the FBI men had not removed me so suddenly from the ship, I am sure that every type of delaying action would have been used to keep me from going home. After a short discussion with the FBI and a very good meal which they bought me, I phoned my wife in Ogden, Utah, and she wired me a ticket and I left by Greyhound Bus for home. This was June 20, 1946.

At last I was going home. It took the biggest part of two days to get to Ogden, Utah, and I am sure that I was kept under surveillance by the FBI while making the trip. During that time on the bus going home a thousand thoughts ran through my mind. I wished the bus would go faster. The last few miles were the longest. I was tensed in anticipation of taking my wife in my arms and showering her with kisses. It had been so long and I had many times imagined this joyous reunion during my POW life would she think I had changed? I did not look to bad, my POW friends in Sugamo had given me some of their clothes, a suit an overcoat, suede shoes, shirt and tie, and a hat, so I would look more presentable. I was quite thin, and not used to being free, kinda like a bird just out of its cage and I was still a little jumpy at sudden noises like cars backfiring and planes engines, but I will watch it and keep myself under control and I guess they won’t notice and there will be so much to talk about. The bus is pulling into the station. I don’t see anyone through the bus window. The Bus stops. I gather up my duffle bag and with heart pounding get off the bus. There is no one here to meet me. Maybe the bus got in early. I enter the depot. No one is there. I walk out the front door and look around. There’s Mother, Dad, and Sis just starting across the street. I ran out to meet them and right there in the middle of the street we have a joyous reunion unmindful of the cars honking their horns. We get back on the sidewalk, everyone so excited and all talking at once. A car pulls up to the curb near and stops. Yes, it is Vera and our daughter Dorothy, and her husband Kenneth Porter whom I have never met, Dorothy was married while I was away. The folks say for us all to come over to their house. I get in the car with Vera, and Dorothy and Ken. Vera does not even kiss me, we drive away. We had not gone but a few blocks when Vera said, “I am going to get a divorce, I was dumbfounded and speechless, instead of driving to my folks place, they drove to Ken and Dorothy’s place. We went into the house. They were very cool and Vera said again that she was going to get a divorce, and to get out of the house, that I couldn’t stay there. I was stunned. In a daze I picked up my duffel bag and left the house and walked blindly my mind in a turmoil, somehow I got to my folks place, and told them what had happened. My Mother, Dad, and Sis were very sad and hurt, and said they expected something like this, but not the way it happened. I learned that my wife had been running with some fast company, frequenting bars on the undesirable portion of twenty-fifth street, and that she had been unfaithful to me. That she had been keeping company with a much younger man than herself, and it was common knowledge that they had sexual relations over a long period of time. He died a short time before I came home. Vera worked for the telephone company and when they heard the way she treated me, she was fired. My Sis had a lot to do with that. Vera had bought a house in Sunset, Utah, which she sold and went to San Francisco, California, and went to work for the telephone company under another name. She was only there a short time, and for some reason left and went to Idaho Falls, Idaho and stayed with her mother there.

I went to the Marine Hospital in San Francisco for a thorough physical and mental checkup and overhauling after my POW life. Before going to San Francisco, during my short stay in Utah an attempt was made on my life and I was cut up quite badly. It was done by some man in soldiers uniform. I reported it to the authorities. It looked like the U.S. Army had not forgotten me. While I was in San Francisco, I met Sgt. John David Provoo again. He had been discharged by the U.S. Army and had re-enlisted and was on his way to Camp Dix, Virginia. I saw him off on the train. He seemed to be an entirely changed man. He had gained weight and put the disagreeable experience of the war behind him. It was good to see that part of a very disagreeable situation ending well. But it wasn’t the end for Sgt.Provoo, and what happened later was a shocking example of military character assassination and governmental premedicated collusions to obstruct justice as was practice in the hysteria of the time in many cases. Sgt. Provoo was tired and convinced in the public press, arrested by the government, tried, and convicted of treason, and then the case thrown out of court, and Sgt. Provoo freed. All of this covered a period of about three years of harassment by the military and government agencies.

While in California I suffered a complete nervous breakdown. My POW American-Chinese friend A1 Look took me in tow and took care of me both physically and financially, as the government had refused to pay me the money due me according to law for the Wake Island deal. After spending some time in California with look, my daughter June, and my daughter Dolores, I returned to my folks place in Ogden, Utah.

It had been in the press that my attorneys were trying to get a settlement out of Federal Court for the thousands of dollars the government was illegally refusing to pay me.

Whether is publicity had anything to do with it or not, out of a clear blue sky, as the saying goes, I got a long distance phone call from my wife from Idaho Falls, Idaho. She said that she had been thinking things over and was very sorry for what she had done and would arrive that evening on the train and for me to meet her at the train depot and we could talk things over again if I wanted to. I had been hurt badly. I did not know what to do. I told her I would meet her, and when I saw her the old love was still there. We decided to forget the past and start over. We told our daughter Dorothy and my folks and left for Idaho Falls, Idaho. We bought a lot next to her mothers place and started to build us a home. Then I got another surprise that bowled me over, my wife had given me the clap again. I took her to a local doctor, and we were both cured again. She said that she would behave herself and be a good wife, for some reason I believed her.

A short time later another ex-POW and I went to Arizona and began to build homes. While in Arizona, U.S. Senate Carl E. Hayden demanded that the government either charge me with something or give me a clear slate and pay me the money due. In December 1947 the U.S. Department of Justice told Senator Hayden, that no charges, informations, indictments or warrants had been issued against me. But still the government evaded the issue of a settlement. Other Congressmen who were doing everything they could in my behalf were, Senators, Herman Welker, and Senator Glen Taylor of Idaho, and Congressman Walter K. Granger of Utah. Congressman Richard M. Nixon of California was asked to intercede in the Bunka affair, in behalf of Iva Toguri, Sgt Provoo and other Bunka POWs from California, but failed to take any actions. Also a battery of attorneys in Utah, Idaho and Arizona were using every legal means available to get the government to comply with the law regarding me. I made two trips to Washington D. C. to see if I could expedite matters, and got the ‘Washington run around’ and ‘brush off’, all saying, “We are doing everything we can, the government is holding up everything” When asked which department of government was responsible, they all hemmed and hawed, and said, “Not us.”, and that is all they would say.

J. Edgar Hoover, FBI Chief, wrote my attorneys, “The Department of Justice has instructed us to make a world wide investigation of Streeter.” Walter Winchell, a close friend of Hoover, and Dean of the rabble rousing hate mongers, was in his heyday accusing me of everything except starting the war. Kate Smith and some other commentators got in their ‘two bits worth’.

While in Washington, D.C. I had a long talk with Drew Pearson in the Mayflower Hotel. He was very understanding and treated me fairly in his column.

Assistant Attorney General Theron L. Caudel, in charge of criminal prosecution in the Justice Department, who was later sent to prison himself, kept repeating, “Our investigation have not produced anything of any incrimination nature that would warrant charges against Mr. Streeter”.

This evasive action by the government went on for over five years.

Another attempt was made on my life while in Arizona. An insignia torn from the attackers uniform was sent to the FBI, and identification as an insignia worn by officers of West Point. The Army wasn’t giving up easily. However, that was the last attempt to silence me.

I took my fight against corrupt government practices and unethical political candidates to the air, broadcasting over stations in Arizona and sending requested broadcast records to other stations in the South and West. I campaigned vigorously against Harold E. Stassen and Douglas A. Mc Arthurs who both had their eyes on the White House. Both had shown gross negligance of duty and unfair treatment of Bunka POWs.

July 5, 1949 I was subpoenaed to appear at the trial of Iva Toguri (Tokyo Rose) in the Federal Court in San Francisco, another case of government character assassination and being ‘railroaded’ through the press before going to trial. (In 1976 sworn statements by government witnesses and jurors, have stated that intimidation, coercion, threats and bribery were used by government agents, to influence the verdict of the court.) Perhaps nowhere in the jurisprudence of the Federal Courts has there been a grosser miscarriage of justice. Under a recent United States Supreme Court decision the Iva Toguri trial should be called a mistrial and her citizenship restored.

There were too many people now involved in my defense, and a showdown was fast approaching, then all of a sudden the government clammed up and paid me off. They had stalled for over five years.

I was now back in Idaho and very active in the building business and at the urging of my many friends I ran unsuccessfully for the United States Senate in 1956, on a non-tax ticket. Frank Church was the lucky winner. It was said that my plan for better financing of government without the use of taxation, was ahead of their times and the country was not ready for it.

The next few years of my life were rather uneventful, I had now moved back to the Latter Day Saints land of Zion, Utah and was employed as Superintendent of Animal Control for Roy City, for nearly fourteen years, which was very interesting job, probably not as interesting as being a United States Senator, but it had its political implications. You learn a lot about people through their dogs. The things some people will do to become ‘top dogs’ is often unbelievable.

Since running for the United States Senate on the Streeter No-tax plan I spent twenty years more studying economics and social conditions in the nation and ways to improve them, centering my studies on the causes of our economic and social ills and means to remove the causes within the framework of the Constitution of the United States, and without socializing or communizing the government or business, and came up with Serviceocracy and a Bill to Create National Equilibrium, a revised improvement of the no-tax plan, based on known facts, and not theoretical assumptions, which if adopted by Congress and the American public, will do what seems to be the impossible. Create a monetary unit (Dollar) that can not be lost or stolen. Stop dead in its tracks ninety percent of all crimes.

Channel directly into every home in the nation thousands of dollars worth of cost free benefits annually. Cut inflation more than fifty percent below its present level. Increase production and consumer demands that will produce 100% employment of American labor and absorb thousands of laborers from our two friendly national neighbors, Mexico and Canada.

Create a national defense posture that can be equaled by any nation.

Keep all American’ businesses in permanent high gear and profitable. Produce Social Security for all Americans that is really Secured against poverty and want.

I hope that this time I am not ahead of the times and the people will be receptive before it is too late.

Wosung Prison Camp and the missing Peking Man bones are in the limelight again, as China makes latest demands for their return to China. They were in the possession of Col. Ashurst (now Deceased) and Dr. Wm T. Foley, Capt. USN both of the North China Embassy U.S. Marines. (Whereabouts now unknown) I witnessed their arrival at WoSung Prison Camp and for nearly two years had them under close observation, and know that some thing was buried under the barracks floor supposedly secretly. I learned of this through my close friend Cpl. Jasper Dawson of the North China Marines.

I am convince that the answer to the Peking Man missing bones will be found in WoSung or KiangWan Prison Camps in China.

I heard that my good friend Hanama Tasaki who played such an important part in the surrender of Japan, and who spoke flawless American-English which he learned in a Catholic School in Japan, had passed away from tuberculosis. He never lived to see the America he wanted to see.

An interesting item Tasaki told me was the Japanese meteorological balloon bombs that were released on the pacific air currents flowing towards the United States and Canada. He said that the reports had stated that some of the balloon bombs had reached the United States and started forest fires and caused a few deaths. However, they did not prove to be successful in creating fear and destruction they were intended to produce, so were discontinued. Publications of news on the air current balloon bombs landing was kept almost entirely from the American public by the United States government.

I have often wondered if some unknown power plans or course of life and sets the time and place where we will meet another person who will be a guiding influence in taking us safely through the tragedies that befall us, with love and understanding indescribable in words, perhaps love born of another life of which we know not.

This happened to me. Why it happened, I do not know. During a severe attack of malaria in 1942 when I lay unconscious for days in a Japanese POW Camp, I dreamed or at least thought I had dreamed when I regained consciousness, that a beautiful brown skinned girl who said she was my daughter, kissed me and said, “Don’t worry Dad, I am here with you and everything is going to be alright”. It was on my mind for some time and then forgotten, until twenty-one years later when I met Agalelei Falo of Western Samoa at a friends house in Roy, Utah, the minute our eyes met something clicked in my mind and I remembered that dream I had in 1942 and I knew that she was the girl of my dreams and that I would love her always and do everything to make her life a happy life. She had been brought to a strange country on deceptive promises and abused. Her large brown eyes reminded me of a crippled fawn’s eyes, pleading, trusting. And looking into your very soul.

My wife and I took her and she became our foster daughter and we both loved her very much, and gave her a good education and started her safely on a life of her own.

Ten years later my wife and I dissolved forty years of marriage and almost everything I owned was taken from me by a designing wife and her greedy relatives, and I was at my wits end, even planning to destroy those who had ruled my declining years of life, when it was my foster daughter Agalelei who rescued me and helped me get free from the hate deforming my soul, kissed me and kept saying, “Don’t worry Dad, I am with you and everything is going to be alright”.

I still think that dream I had in 1942 was somehow real.

Many of the characters both great and small in this journey through life have passed away, including those of every nationality who, regardless of their reasons, participated in the greatest orgy of mass murder and destruction ever experienced by the human. As I watch the obituaries, the great equalizer, I wonder

What of their moulded clay,

Turned to dust and the dust then blown away?

What of their fragile shells,

Gone to Heaven, or gone to separate firey Hells?

Future historians will refer to this time era as the Hysterical Age, with the political world divided into two camps with ideologies as different as day and night, with the super salesman of Democracy and the super salesmen of communism in fierce competition, scouring the world for new converts, with every means of conveying the spoken word turned into a screaming banshee by propagandists turning the world’s populace into pitiful neurotics.

The ‘New Deal’ and the “Four year plan” left the people crisis minded. Crisis’s became the opiate of the hysterical.

The biggest wave of mass human slaughter and destruction the world had ever witnessed ended on the Might Mo. Peace fell on an unsuspecting populace. They were not ready for Peace. It would take time to get accustomed to Peace. War profits were high. Where were the profits to come from now? A new crisis had arising, manufacturers of war supplies became frantic and began scouring the world for new markets for their wares. Labor liked the big wartime wages, Business liked the big profitable wartime business. The false security of war economy had left its mark

Korea eased the peacetime tension somewhat. Chinese and Russian war supplies flowed into North Korea. American manufactured war supplies flowed into South Korea. The war industries were in high gear again, labor was back to work.

American elected the most famous General of World War Two to the Presidency. Bernard Beruch moved again in the White House. The Russians also got a new dictator.

The Korean issue wore out and the crisis minded turned their eyes hopefully towards Indo China. The tempo of propaganda was stepped up. Communism vs Americanism. Vietnam burst onto the world like a plague, a big hundred of billions dollars plague. The Nixon fiasco followed. Again we had Peace of a fashion and another crisis, unheard of inflation trends. And the war materials salesman were again hopefully scouring the world over again for markets, and getting them.

The United Nations Assembly was searching for means to an end. Atomic stock piles were getting too large. Someway must be found to use them without anniliating the controllers. For once the war supplies manufacturers had not did themselves, created a weapon they were afraid to use as it was intended. It became apparent that to realize anything out of the investment it would have to be in peacetime efforts.

Perhaps this will result in the only same thing to come out of the Hysterical delamma..

May tomorrow bring a brighter day for mankind.

                                          …………………

                                                                           THE MAN WITH THE BAYONET

                                                          Immersed in the fire of hate, still not hating,

                                                          We met upon the battlefield, as if debating,

                                                          The sense of this, his life of mine to give,

                                                          Both with the urgent desire to live.

                                                          Viglant guardians of the proffered substitutes for God,

                                                           What may man believe. —the belief remain untros.

                                                           With throbbing pulse, and brain a living flame,

                                                           Lifting a cry of defiance for the game, —

                                                           Only a moment from death removed, –why must I life define,

                                                           Left in the terrible void of the stoppage of time?

                                                           The flash of steel, as the bayonets plunge, –

                                                           The sudden feel of cutting steel, as I made a lunge, –

                                                           Deep within my opponets flesh, – the Spurting blood.

                                                           What furtile thoughts, in my brain, aflood.

                                                          The outstreached hands, the hurlting figure, the stopping jerk around

                                                           The legs that sag, – abody slumping to the ground.

                                                           Shook with remorse, and compassionate alarms,

                                                           I drew the fallen, dieing soldier into my arms,

                                                           Watched his life, fast fade away,

                                                           Forgive me brother, I began to say-,

                                                           When these fancied words I thought he said,

                                                           “Forgive brother for I am dead.”

                                                           As I held the lifeless carcass there,

                                                           A thousand whys, my thoughts despair,

                                                           What caused the flashing blade, – in vain,

                                                           To sever all reason from the brain,

                                                           To produce this soulless shell ?

                                                           Heedless if the battle danger, I madly yell,

                                                           Oh Vain glorious Leaders of men to strife,

                                                           Look upon God’s handiwork, – minus life;

                                                           No patriotic glory of winning battle fame,

                                                           Can restore lifes warm vigor to this fast cooling frame;

                                                           No pios treaty produced by diplomatic wit,

                                                           Can restore the spark of life to it;

                                                           The joy of Peace, – Freedom triamphants call,

                                                           Upon these dead ears will fall;

                                                           Yours the glory and the gold,

                                                           His the earths continued cold.

                                                           The last stop in the crooked course of life,

                                                           Taking no account of consequences, in the strife,

                                                           Reasoning through our bellies, – completely lacking thought,

                                                           The germs of desperation producing naught,

                                                           What an end for all philosophy, – to behold,

                                                           A brothel where angels prostitute their souls, for a piece of gold,

                                                           Mutilate the human spirit, to decay,

                                                           In the migration from sty, – to the sty belay,

                                                           A lunatic asylum, with truth subtracted from the breath,

                                                           Where the only refuge for sanity is, – death .

                                                                                                                                      Mark L. Streeter.

Mark Streeter

Missionary Flats

I was working through some old mission photos and realized I have not shared many of those photos. I thought I might start out with the places in which I lived and what photos I have of those locations. This will be a little bit of everything of what I could find.

Our MTC District, I only know four of the 11. From l-r, #5 is Elder Olson, #9 Elder Scow, #10 Elder Young, #11 Elder Ross. The rest were going to Peoria, Illinois if I remember correctly.

Usually the first place a missionary stays is at the Missionary Training Center (“MTC”). I went to Provo for the MTC. I have written previously and shared other photos I have from the MTC. I thought this photo was interesting because the Provo Temple is going to be renovated and will look entirely different.

Once arriving in Manchester, England my first stay was in the posh Mission Home in Altrincham, England. Here is the only photo I have from that occasion. I didn’t go search my journals, but I believe we arrived in England on 22 December 1998.

President H Bruce and Cheryl Stucki, and Elder Paul Ross

My first area in which to serve was Liscard, England in the newly created Moreton Ward. At this point I am focusing more on physical locations. Here is a photo of my sleeping area/space on the third floor of our flat at 6 Belgrave Street, Liscard, Wallasey, England.

My study space, bed with used duvet, closet, and heater. The door on the left went down the stairs.

There were six of us in the flat on Belgrave Street. That wallpaper did not cause any nightmares that I am aware. My companion could not stand my wind-up alarm clock and so it was locked away. I am standing at the foot of his bed to take this photo. Some of my little Christmas presents from the Duncan family are on the shelf. My coat, backpack, it was frigid in that little room. I first read Covey’s Seven Habits of Highly Effective People cuddled in that duvet. My companion, Elder Harris snored loud, so I was often fully inside my duvet. I remember such irony that my little clock kept him awake, but yet his snoring must have kept up the whole flat.

Elder Ross, Elder Harris, Elder Mueller, and Elder Lewis at Belgrave Street flat, my transfer day

This is the same flat I arrived at days before Christmas to find more than a dozen boxes of reject Cadbury chocolates given to us by the members. We literally poured ourselves bowls of chocolate and would pour milk over them for breakfast. I still cannot stand mint or orange chocolate to this day. There were six in the apartment, yet only four are shown above. Here is a photo of the six of us going Christmas caroling in our whites.

(l-r) Elders Llewelyn, Lewis, Harris, Mueller, Ross, and Knight

Elder Bert Llewelyn, Lewis, Jeremy Harris (my trainer), Nathan Mueller, me, and Knight. Some day I will have to see if I have Knight and Lewis’ first names and update. Last, here is a picture of the house across the street from my third floor flat window.

1 and 3 Belgrave Street, Liscard, England

Then it was off to Dukinfield to serve in the Hyde Ward and Glossop Branch. Jumping across Liverpool and Manchester headed for the Moors.

Elder John Peters before 37 Dukinfield Road

There were four missionaries in this flat when I arrived. Elder John Peters, Christopher Giddings, and Elder Moreton. This apartment had problems. It was musky, moldy, and only had a bath tub. It had the water storage in the attic and nothing seemed to work right. When the buses drove by you could see the curtains move with the air. Sometimes even dust and such would fly. And the bathroom… Imagine four missionaries trying to bath in a tub presumably every day for years. No amount of cleaning would ever get it clean, and we did not try very hard. I don’t have any photos inside 37 Dukinfield Road. But I found this one that was on the canal walking to church that was not far behind our flat. Which, looking at Google Earth, is no longer a large factory behind our row of homes.

Elder John Peters moved on and both Elders Giddings and Moreton were shotgunned out. Elder Jarem Frye moved in as my companion and we were the only two in the apartment. He had some illnesses and missing limb, so it was a slower time. It was a great time for work though and in the mornings I was able to read the Book of Mormon more than once a month and the entire History of the Church in the downtime.

Elders Ross and Peters on canal between Dukinfield and Hyde England

My next flat was in Patricroft, England serving in the Eccles Ward. This one was in a fairly rough neighborhood. We had a number of issues we had to avoid and had a few run ins with yobs. I replaced a British Sign Language missionary and was paired with a BSL missionary (who was native Spaniard, which made for some interesting mis-translations). I was expected to learn BSL in addition to the more interesting learning some Spanish and Swedish.

Looking at our apartment of 24 Lewis Street, Patricroft, England

This photo is from St. Johns St looking at our apartment at 24 Lewis Street. Ours is the one with the old slatted windows, not the newer windows of those on both sides. This is the flat I learned about my Grandmother’s passing. This is the apartment that crazy kids fired fireworks in through the mail slot of our door on Guy Fawkes Day 1999. This is where we played an epic prank on greenie Elder Theobald. My first bedroom with a sink in the corner which I have desired ever since.

Elder Wood eating a famous kebab in our Patricroft apartment

There were four of us in this flat. I was first serving with Elder Jose Hernandez from Ibiza, Spain. Then my companion was Elder Jason Wood from Roy, Utah. Poor Elder Hernandez is the missionary who got really upset one night on the way home about always talking about the gospel so he sat by himself half way up the bus. I told him we still were supposed to sit together, even if he was upset. He still moved. Somewhere around Irlam a brick came through the window and knocked him out cold. Elder Wood was in love with the Spice Girls, particularly Sister Halliwell.

Elder Hernandez sorting through garbage

As you can see from the above picture, Elder Hernandez accidentally threw something away and thought he would bring the garbage in to sort through it. It stunk and we were not happy with him. I do not recall if he found what he lost.

Zone Meeting in Eccles. Sitting on the floor is Elder Cory Meehan. The four of us in the back are Elders Van Hensen Van Unigen, Klomp, Ross, and Jose Hernandez. Then sitting from Elder Van Hensen Van Unigen are Elders Matthew Dean (face partially hidden), Richard O’Dea, Mark Cutler, Jake Smith (Red), Nick Smith (Black), Jarem Frye, Tracy, and Mark Thatcher with Vicente Garcia kneeling before him.

We had a Zone Meeting in Eccles for some reason. However, we liked to do Zone Meetings in Levenshulme for the Pakistani kebabs there, so I do not know why they ventured up to Eccles on this occasion. My journal probably tells, but I have not spent the time to research it.

Another photo of me enjoying some Jello shipped in by someone from the United States.

Elder Ross eating stateside Jello

And a picture of one of my bruises after a good couple of punches in my arm with an idiot. But you can see the wallpaper at the top of the stairs.

Only real damage after a few punches with an idiot.

Here is a photo of me about to get a haircut by Elder Wright in the front room of our flat, downstairs. That mirror and location are the same in which we blessed a deaf man to be healed. We used the mirror so he could read our lips while blessing him. He began to gain hearing and then I was transferred and I lost contact shortly afterward. Wish I knew the rest of the story.

Elder Wright about to cut my hair over pages of the Church News.

Elders Thaddeus Wright and Viktor Johansson were together when I arrived. Elder Wright was replaced by Elder Brad Theobald.

Elders Johansson and Theobald

The next area was Runcorn for the Runcorn Ward and Northwich Branch. There we lived at 29 Handforth Lane, Halton Lodge, Runcorn.

Elders Ross and Hales at 29 Handforth Lane, Runcorn, England

This one has a couple of photos in it. Here is where we prepped and weathered Y2K. Also, my second Christmas in the UK.

1999 Christmas haul for Elders Ross and Hales. Also see our Handforth Lane kitchen.
Elder Brad Hales opening Christmas gifts at 29 Handforth Lane

This poor area had to put up with me for 7.5 months! Elder Hales for 6 months!

Elder Paul Ross opening Christmas present 1999 at Handforth Lane, still wet from the rains
Elder Paul Ross at Handforth Lane bus stop

The time serving in Runcorn and Northwich was a very prolific time of the mission. There was a time our District and Ward had baptisms every week with ongoing interviews and visits to companionships. We loved this Ward and we believed they loved us. It was a spell of excitement and growth in this area, both personally and for those we served. Very fond of my time here.

Elder Paul Ross and our flat after a heart attack. I still have all these!
Trying on Elder Hales’ present, a Royal Mail Postal Carrier’s bag and jacket
29 Handforth Lane, Runcorn, Cheshire, England

Last area of the mission was off to Scholes for the Wigan Ward. This flat was located at 2 Lorne Street, Scholes, Wigan. This flat was owned by the same owners in Runcorn, the Pass family. They took good care of us even though this flat had a number of issues. You can see the wall on the end had to be fortified and I understand the one that stood beside it had to come down, but I second guess that knowing our flat was #2. Who knows?

Elders Dean and Cutler in front of our apartment and the mission Vauxhall Corsa.

This was my last area. Initial memories was a bed bug problem for Elders Dean and Cutler just in their bedroom. My Romanian companion fighting off a cold with an entire head of garlic in one meal, Elder Gheorghe Simion. Training my last companion Elder Garrett Smith. Some pretty amazing personal revelations, of which both companions also were able to partake. Very blessed in this area.

Elders Wright and Smith goofing off in front room
Elder Gheorghe Simion pondering

Elders Dean and Cutler were shotgunned out the same day bringing in Elders Wright and Hulse.

Elders Ross, Dean, Cutler, and Simion in front of St. Catherine’s on Lorne Street, across from our flat

Here is another shot of our flat looking up the street.

Rose and John Byrom stopped by on their way through Wigan

For the last area of the mission, these 3 Elders became brothers to me. Closer than the other areas in which I had served. Like Runcorn, we engaged well with the Ward. One of the best kebab houses in the whole mission was located here, Kebab King. I tried to stop in 2008, but it was closed both days we stopped. Wasn’t sure it had been open for a while.

Well, there are all 5 areas of the mission. All the photos I could find of our flats in which we stayed. I will have to work on sharing and telling the stories of the other photos I have.

James & Ann Keep

Joseph & Ann Keep

We stopped to pay a visit at the Clarkston, Utah, Cemetery recently. We were in Cache Valley for the Jonas Reunion and I knew Amanda had some ancestors buried in Clarkston. Amanda did not recall ever seen their graves (and I also had not searched them out). We have also been talking about Martin Harris in our study of the Doctrine & Covenants. I surprised the family with a surprise stop on our way home from the Jonas Reunion in Hyrum.

Amanda, Aliza, Hiram, and James Ross at graves of James & Ann Keep on 8 August 2021, a hot, windy, and smokey day

James & Ann Keep are Amanda’s 4th Great Grandparents. Amanda wasn’t very familiar with them so we had to do some homework.

James Joseph Keep was born 25 September 1804 in Chiswick, Middlesex, England to James Joseph and Ann Evens Keep. He was christened 11 November 1804 in St. Nicholas Parish in Chiswick. His father died when he was 5 and was raised by his grandparents.

James married Elizabeth Parr in 1825 and she passed away in or before 1836. He remarried to Ann Miller on 25 July 1836 in St. Mary’s, Reading, Berkshire, England. They joined the Methodists, then the Baptists, and then were Independents.

Two young Mormon men came near the house preaching the true gospel and Ann told James to go out and hear them. They were preaching about baptism. He went into the house and searched his Bible to ascertain the truth of what they said. Here he found that baptism was to be born of the water and the spirit. When they came again to preach, James took a long bench for the people to sit on. That evening he went to the meeting house. There he heard the saints speak in tongues.

Apparently he and his family were baptized in 1848 into The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. He joined 23 July 1848 and Ann on 20 September 1848.

Ann Miller was born 10 August 1816 in Newbury, Berkshire, England to James and Ann Elkins Miller. She was christened 2 October 1816 at North Croft Lane Baptist Church in Newbury.

Together James and Ann had 11 children.

Ann Keep Davies (1837-1892)

Mary Elizabeth Keep Turner (1838-1915)

Sarah Keep Buttar (1840-1935) – Amanda’s 3rd Great Grandmother.

James Joseph Keep (1841-1850)

Lucy Keep Downard (1843-1877)

Jane Keep (1845-1854)

William Richard Keep (1847-1854)

Harriett Keep (1850-1863)

Emma Martha Keep (1852-1856)

Ruth Keep Griffin (1854-1931)

Maria Jane Keep Wilson (1857-1875)

The 1841 and 1851 census both have the Keep family in Thatcham, Berkshire, England. He was a mason and bricklayer.

James, Ann, and family left London on 23 May 1866 on the ship American Congress arriving at Castle Gardens, New York, on 5 July 1866. They were in Wyoming, Otoe, Nebraska on 13 August 1866 traveling with the Abner Lowry Wagon Company arrving in Salt Lake City, Utah on 22 October 1866.

James and Ann Keep attended the Endowment House 6 Jun 1868.

The 1870 Census places the James & Ann Keep in Newton, Cache, Utah with Maria. Shortly afterward they moved to Clarkston and James built a masonry home for them. 1880 Census has them located in Clarkston. James was known for his masonry work and often built chimneys for individuals.

Ann helped in the fields with James to raise crops. They had oxen with which they did their farming. Sometimes she would be very tired when she got home. The oxen’s names were Jack and Jue. Ann called them by name and they would reply by their actions.

James & Ann Keep

Ann enjoyed her home and loved to make it look nice. She had flowers in the windows and all around the house and a fine orchard of apples, English currants, and gooseberries. All kinds of vegetables were grown in the garden. Her husband helped to care for it too. There was a small porch on the front of her house with a hop vine all around it which grew and ran all over the porch making a nice shade in the summertime. In the fall she would gather the hops and dry them and make yeast with them three times per week. The sisters in the town would send a cup of flour to trade for a cup of yeast to make their bread. In this way she kept herself in flour.

Ann and James Keep at their home in Clarkston, Utah

She was called as first counselor to Mary Griffin in the Clarkston Relief Society on 12 February 1875. She was released in 1885 as she and her husband were getting old and could not do their work so well. Ann was a very busy woman. When too old to do heavy work, she would sew quilt blocks for the Relief Society and for her grandchildren or anyone who would let her do it for them.

James and Ann decided to sell their house and property and live on the principle and interest. In 1890, they sold out and moved to Lehi, Utah for two years. Then they returned to Clarkston to live for several years. Ann had a very bad sick spell and it took her a long time to recover. After she got well, they moved to Newton to live with a daughter, Ruth Griffin.

Just before her death Ann bore a strong testimony to the truth of the gospel, telling her daughters and families to hold fast to the end for this was the true Church of Jesus Christ and to do all they could for their dead. She told her nurse, Caroline Thompson, to hold her pocket book for her, then she took out a dollar and passed it to her daughter, Sarah Buttars and said, “Get my brother Joseph’s temple work done for he was a good man.” She passed away 25 October 1896 in Newton.

James passed away while staying with his daughter Mary Turner in Lehi on 14 March 1899. His body was returned and buried in Clarkston.

Here is the story of her hearing from the Branch President in Newbury.

~

Kennett Place, Newbury, Berks, Sept. 30, 1850

Dear President Pratt,

We have recently been favored with a manifestation of the miraculous power of God; in this branch of the Church a sister, named Ann Keep, the wife of Joseph Keep, who is a deacon in the Church, had a cancer in her breast for some time; and it became so bad of late that she intended to have it cut out, and the time was appointed for it to be done. Three medical men were to be present at the operation. A brother named David Davis, an elder in the Church, called to see her, and she told him she was going to have the cancer taken out; and he said to her “have you got any faith in the power of God?” and she answered “yes:” and he said “so have I.” Accordingly he anointed her breast with oil, and laid hands upon her, and the pain left her there and then, and she never felt it any more; and from that time the cancer got less, until it disappeared; and the breast that had the cancer is as well as the other. This is known by many out of the Church.

Yours, &c.

Thomas Squires

President of the Newbury Branch

~

James Keep finds himself in history due to being present in the home of Martin Harris at the visit of Ole Jensen in July 1875. John Godfrey and James Keep both signed as witnesses to the statement of Ole Jensen, Clarkston Ward Clerk. This is from Jensen’s statement:

It was in Clarkston, Utah, July 1875. Early in the morning a thought came to my mind that I would go and see how Brother Martin Harris was feeling. It was only three blocks from my home. I heard he was not feeling well. People came from other towns to see Brother Harris and hear him bear his testimony on the Book of Mormon. When I arrived there were two men present. Brother Harris lay on his bed leaning on his elbow. I said, How are you? Brother Harris answered slowly, Pretty well. We came to hear your testimony on the Book of Mormon.

Yes, he said in a loud voice as he sat up in bed, I wish that I could speak loud enough that the whole world could hear my testimony. Brother stand over so I can see you. Then he stretched out his hand and said, Brother I believe there is an Angel to hear what I shall tell you, and you shall never forget what I shall say. The Prophet, Oliver Cowdery, David Whitmer and myself went into a little grove to pray to obtain a promise that we should behold it with our own eyes.

That we could testify of it to the world. We prayed two or three times and at length the angel stood before Oliver and David and showed them the plates. But behold I had gone by myself to pray and in my desperation I asked the Prophet to kneel down with me and pray for me that I may also see the plates. And we did so and immediately the Angel stood before me and said, Look and when I glanced at him I fell but I stood on my feet and saw the Angel turn the golden leaves over and I said, It is enough my Lord and my God. Then I heard the voice of God say the book is true and translate correctly!

Martin Harris then turned himself as though he had no more to say and we made ready to go but he spoke again and said, I will tell you a wonderful thing that happened after Joseph had found the plates. Three of us took some tools to go to the hill and hunt for some more boxes of gold or something and indeed we found a stone box. We got quite excited about it and dug quite carefully around it and we were ready to take it up, but behold by some unseen power the box slipped back into the hill. We stood there and looked at it and one of us took a crowbar and tried to drive it through the lid and hold it but the bar glanced off and broke off one corner of the box.

“Sometime that box will be found and you will see the corner broken off and then you will know I have told the truth again. Brother as sure as you are standing here and see me, just so sure did I see the golden plates in His hand and He showed them to me. I have promised that I will bear witness of this truth both here and hereafter.”

His lips trembled and tears came into his eyes. I should liked to have asked one more question but I failed to do so. But I refreshed myself and shook hands and thanked him and left. When I think of the day I stood before Martin Harris and saw him stretch forth his hand and raise his voice and hear his testimony, the feeling that thrilled my whole being, I can never forget. Nor can I express the joy that filled my soul. This is a true statement.

~

We also visited the grave of Martin Harris in the same cemetery at Clarkston.

Paul, Aliza, and Hiram Ross at the grave of Martin Harris on 8 August 2021

You can read James Keep’s autobiography here.

They Called Us Traitors

One of the most unusual true stories to come out of World War II.

Told for the first time

By Mark L. Streeter, former Bunka Headquarters Prisoner of War.

Omori Prison Camp. August 29, 1945.

                The Japanese Kenpei Tai walked out and the American U.S. Eight Army Counterintelligence Corps boys took over where the Kenpei Tai’s left off. The questioning of the now ex-Bunka Headquarters Prisoners of War followed much the same pattern as the Kenpei Tai questioning of prospective Bunka Headquarters POW’s; “Have a Cigarette.” (a package of cigarettes pushed across the table in front of the one to be questioned always preceded the questioning.) “We would like to ask you some questions. Your Cooperation would be most helpful.” – “What is your politics?” – “Who do you think will win the war?” (the CIC substituted did for do and would for will in this question.) – “What do you think of Roosevelt?” – “What do you think of the Japanese?” —- The answers to these four key questions evidently established your IQ rating and was the main factor in determining whether you would or had collaborated with the enemy. During both the questioning by the Kenpei Tai and the U.S. Eight Army CIC,  The prospective Bunka Headquarters Prisoners of War or ex-Bunka Headquarters POW’s as the case might be, although treated with Comrade Faire Finesse by the questioners, the underlying thought or feeling was most apparent that you were some new kind of alien worm and that later on they would make you squirm.

Authors Note.

During World War II the use of radio as a powerful propaganda force came into its own and was used by all participants in the war. Previous to World War II prisoners of war and civilian internees had been forced at the point of bayonets to do many disagreeable tasks for the enemy. The enforced use of their skills was not considered traitorous. Not so with the enforced use of POW’s and internees’ voices. The hue and cry of traitors resounded throughout the world, with no thought given to the fact that man and women under the threat of death or worse can be forced to speak words over the radio that are literally put into their mouths by a crafty designing enemy.

The following story is written about such men and women.

Since the end of World War II there have been many garbled and incomplete items appearing in the press concerning the Bunka Headquarters prisoners of war. It is time the truth was told concerning Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp.

I have tried to write this true story without bias and without prejudice, and I believe that I am expressing the desire of all ex-Bunka Headquarters prisoners of war when I say, “I hope that it’s publication will give a better understanding of what our brave United Nations soldiers captured in Korea and forced to broadcast on the enemy radio are undergoing, and make their governments and people less critical of them if they are fortunate enough to return to their homes and loved ones.

Mark, June, and Jack Streeter

Kiang Wan Prison Camp about July 1943

Kiang Wan Prison Camp was located about eight miles from Shanghai, China in the Kiang Wan  district and consisted of a group of Chinese Army barracks in a bad state of disrepair surrounded by a newly constructed six foot  brick wall topped with a 2600 volt electric fence. Another electric fence of 2600 volt was inside this wall about fifty feet. A guard tower was in all four corners of the prison compound manned by armed guards to keep the prisoners from escaping. Partly surrounding this compound were the barracks of the Japanese Army guards, the prison administration buildings and Kenpei Office.

                The prison population of Kiang Wan Prison Camp was approximately 2500, including about 1100 employees of Contractors, Pacific Naval Air Bases, Wake Island under the leadership of Dan Teeters superintendent of construction; the Wake Island Navy and Marine Corps personnel under Commander Winfield Scott Cunningham, ISN and Major James Patrick Sinnot Devereux. USMC; the north China U.S. Marine Embassy Guard under Colonel Wm.W.Ashurst, USMC, and Major L.A. Brown, USMC; the crew of the American Gunboat Wake the first Americans captured by the Japanese during the war; the crew of two or three American merchant ships including the S.S. Vincent and S.S. Henderson; Sir Mark Young, British Governor General of Hong Kong; some British soldiers and British merchant seamen from H.M.S. Malama; the crews of two Norwegian ships, and the crew of the Conte Verdi which was scuttled by its Italian crew to keep it from falling into Japanese hands. Most of these prisoners had been in Japanese custody since early in the war and had been transferred from other prison camps.

                Conditions in Kiang Wan Prison Camp were very similar to conditions in all Japanese prison camps, filth, abuse, starvation and slave labor, but that us another story in itself. This story is about Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp and the events leading up to it.

                It was about this time that the Japanese circulated a questionnaire in Kiang Wan prison camp. This question was printed in English and was quite lengthy. It asks what your special abilities were, your educational background, and what you had done for the past twenty years. The circulation of the questionnaire caused much consternation among the prisoners. The pros and cons of whether the questionnaire should be filled out truthfully or falsified were rife. The final consensus of opinion among the prisoners was that the questionnaire should be filled out truthfully, as the Japanese may at some future date ask the same questions again and if he prisoners could not remember what they had written in this questionnaire they would be punished severely. The majority of the prisoners therefore made them out truthfully. These questionnaires were circulated in other Japanese prison camps at the same time; however, we did not know of it at this time. Nothing more was heard of the questionnaires until November 1943 when Cpl. Bud Rickard, USMC, Larry Quillie, Stephen H Shattles, Jack Taylor and I contractors’ employees from Wake Island were called to the Japanese interpreters office and told that we were going to be sent to a better camp in Tokyo. Quillie, Rickard, Taylor and myself were former newspaper men. Shattles was an actor. No reason was given for our transfer, except that when I ask the Japanese Interpreter Isamu Ishihara if he could tell us what we might be going to Tokyo for he said, “You will probably work for the Nippon Times.” We were told to get our belongings together and be ready to leave the next day. That nigh there was much speculation in camp as to why only five prisoners were being transferred, and hundreds of questions were fired at us from every angle by other prisoners. We could only tell them what the Japanese interpreter had told us, “That we were going to a better camp in Tokyo and perhaps work for the Nippon Times.” The reaction of some of the prisoners to this was that we were holding out on them and not telling all that we knew. Previously some larger groups of prisoners had been transferred from camp to unknown destinations, but this was the first time such a small number were to leave and told where they were going. Rumors flew thick and fast, as they always did in prison camp, with personal opinions attached to the rumors, and some of the personal opinions were quite rank. Little did we know how these rumors were to affect us later.

                It was about this time that Kazumaro (Buddy) Uno had been in camp making recordings of prisoner’s messages to their loved ones at home, which the Japanese wished to use for propaganda purposes. Quite a number of messages were recorded including the now famous message of Major James P.S. Devereux, USMC, to his family.

                The next morning the five of us, Quillie, Shattles, Taylor, Rickard, and myself, reported to the Japanese interpreter’s office. Our meager belongings were searched thoroughly, and we were told to get on a waiting truck. Four Japanese guards, a Japanese officer, and a Kenpei got on the truck with us and were our constant companions throughout the trip to Tokyo. We were first taken to the Shanghai Bund and there taken aboard a Japanese passenger ship and our next port of call was Moji, Japan. There we were placed aboard an express train with our guards and twenty-four hours later arrived in Tokyo. It seemed as though we lost our Kenpei at Moji, but we were not long without one. Upon our arrival at the Tokyo train depot we were met by a new Kenpei, one of those strutting cocky Nazi type. We must have created a strange sight as we disembarked from the train in Tokyo station. Stephen Shattles was a fiery red head with a fiery red beard and stood well over six feet and wore a Japanese soldiers uniform made for a Japanese of about four foot five build, which left quite a large surplus of bare legs and arms protruding from the short sleeves and trouser legs. Jack Taylor and Quillie, who were small, were less conspicuous, as was Cpl. Bud Rickard in his Marine uniform. I, on the other hand, had a full bristling beard well streaked with grey, wore a white (that is it was once white) USN Chief Petty Officer’s coat from which all insignias were removed, a tattered pair of brown corduroy pants, a ragged wool Marine Corps muffler and a Chinese grey wool cap that resembled the caps worn by Russian Cossacks. The new Kenpei questioned each one of us as we got off the train. I, being last the Kenpei asked in English, What nationality are you, Russian?” – I answered, “No speaka de English”. With which the Kenpei left me alone. Under the escort of the new Kenpei and our old guards we were taken on a surface tram for some distance, and then walked several blocks, finally crossing a narrow sort of foot bridge to a sort of island compound in the bay, here we were turned over to new Japanese authorities.

This was Omori Prison Camp. November 23, 1943

                Omari Prison Camp was a small manmade island of silt dredged up from Tokyo Bay, an area about the size of two of our city blocks, and was connected with the mainland by a narrow wooden foot bridge. The buildings were the typical wooden Japanese Army barracks construction, with double deck wooden sleeping platforms lining both sides of the center aisle. The entire prison compound was surrounded by a high wooden fence. The Japanese guards and administrative offices were also inside this compound. The prison population was about five hundred prisoners principally American and British. This prison camp was used as a sort of prisoner transfer point. No prisoners remaining there for any length of time.

It was after dark when we arrived at Omori Prison Camp. Our belongings were again searched, after which a Japanese interpreter told us that we were “Special Prisoners”, that we  would be assigned to a barracks of other “Special Prisoners”; that we would only be required to stand morning and evening “tenko” (roll call) and keep our barracks clean; that we would not be required to join the daily working parties that left camp. We were assigned to a barracks that already contained about one hundred other “Special Prisoners” brought there from various other Japanese Prison Camps. This group of “Special Prisoners” consisted of a British Army band with musical instruments; artists; actors; newspaper men; writers; radio men and a few other special ability men. Some of these prisoners had been there as long as three months. No one knew why they were there, only that they were “Special Prisoners”. Of course, upon our arrival prison rumors began to run wild again, and there were as many versions of why we were there as special prisoners. The next morning, we were given some fairly good wool British uniforms, shirts, Japanese underwear and socks, and mail. Omori was the prisoner of war mail distribution center, and this morning I received seven letters, the first mail I had received since capture by the Japanese on Wake Island December 23, 1941. The food served us was of much better quality and more plentiful, and a great improvement over our starvation rations at Kiang Wan, and Woo Sung Prison Camps.

Shortly after our arrival we met Joseph Astarita, a contractors employee from Wake Island, who some months previous had been sent to Osaka Prison Camp from Kiang Wan, and Ensign George (Buckey) Henshaw, USN, radio communications officer from Wake Island who had been taken off the Japanese Ship Nita Maru at Yokahama in January 1942. When the Nita Maru was transferring the prisoners from Wake Island to Woo Sung, China Prison Camp. We had quite a reunion and talked far into the night about our experiences since we had been separated. Joseph Astarita was an artist and had been at Omori as a “Special Prisoner” about three months. Of course, neither Astarita nor Henshaw knew any more why we were there than we did. All any of us could do was guess and wonder. Joseph Astarita was an America-Italian boy of fine physique from Brooklyn, New York, A self-trained artist with a technique all his own, a very likeable chap. He said that conditions at Osaka Prison Camp were deplorable, that prisoners were dying off like flies. Osaka was a ship building prison camp, where prisoners were forced to work on Japanese war ships. Astarita introduced me to another artist Sgt. Frank Fujita from Texas, the son of a white mother and Japanese father, and one of the finest artists I have ever met. His treatment of art was unique and of the finest quality. Sgt. Fujita was captured in Java, N.E.I. and was a thorough 100% American, although of pronounced Japanese characteristics. He was beaten unmercifully by the Japanese because he would not say he was Japanese. I also met Sgt. John David Provoo of San Francisco, California who was captured at Corregidor, P.I. and who impressed me as a young man of superior intelligence with a charming princely appearance, despite the prison rumor that he was a “traitor”. Little did I realize then the influence these two prisoners Sgt. Frank Fujita and Sgt. John David Provoo would have on my future.
                After four or five days of this leisurely new prison life at Omori, the Japanese authorities began calling “special prisoners” up to the office for interviews. My turn came on November 30, 1943. I was told to report to the Administrative prison office. I was very courteously ushered into a room in which four Japanese in civilian clothes were seated at a large table opposite me as I entered. They all arose and bowed, and I was asked to be seated in a chair opposite them. A package of cigarettes was pushed across the table in front of me, and the apparent Japanese of highest authority said in perfect English, “Have a cigarette, Mr. Streeter”, at the same time holding a lighted match for my cigarette. “We hope you have been more comfortable at Omori, than at your previous home at Kiang Wan.” To which I replied is, “I had been more comfortable at the Omori, but the life of a prisoner of war is never comfortable.” The Japanese continues, “We would like to ask you some questions. Your cooperation would be most helpful.” The rest of the interview was carried on between a second Japanese and myself and was as follows:

Question: “Mr. Streeter. What is your politics?”

Answer: “I belong to no political party.”

Questions: “Who do you think will win the war?”

Answer: “No one ever wins a war, everyone loses. But the so-called winning of the fighting part of a war is always won by the side that can keep the most men and equipment in the field for the longest period of time.”

Question: “What do you think of President Roosevelt?”

Answer: “I think Roosevelt is the most clever politician we have ever had in the White House. However, I do not always agree with his policies.”

Question: “What do you think of the Japanese people?”

Answer: “People are very much alike the world over, regardless of race.”

This ended the interview and I returned to my barracks. From what I could gather from other prisoners who had been interviewed, the line of questioning followed much the same pattern. Jack Taylor was asked what he would like to do best as a prisoner, and being a stockman said, “raise bulls”, which seemed to rather displease his interviewers.

Prison rumors were again flying thick and fast, and everyone was wondering what they were going to do with us. We were not long in finding out. That evening 13 of the prisoners who has been interviewed were told to pack their belongings and be ready to leave camp this next morning. This group included Joseph Astarita, Larry Quillie, Stephen Shattles, and myself, employees of Contractors, Pacific Naval Air Bases, Wake Island; Lt. Edwin Kalbfleish, US Army; Ensign George (Buckey) Henshaw, US Navy; Sgt. John David Provoo, US Army; George Williams, British Government Official, Gilbert Islands; Lt. Jack McNaughton, British Army; Bombadier Donald C. Bruce and Bombadier Harry Pearson, British Air Force; Bombadier Kenneth (Mickey) Parkyns, Australian Air Force, and W.O. Nicklas Schenk, Jr., Dutch Army.

The next morning we were lined up in front of the Japanese prison administrative office, our belongings searched and then as was always the custom when some Japanese officer was going to talk to departing prisoners, a table was brough out and placed well in front of us and a Japanese General came out and got upon the table and gave us a long speech in Japanese, which was interpreted by the Japanese interpreter in these few words: “You are going to another home and you must obey. I can no longer be responsible for your safety.” This had an ominous sound and did not make us feel very good. We were hustled aboard a waiting guarded truck. As Stephen Shattles was getting on the truck, the way he placed his belongings on the truck evidently displeases Japanese Lt. Hamamoto, who rudely kicked Steve’s things off the truck and struck Steve with his Sumuri sword case, at the same time shouting something in Japanese. This incident gave us a further feeling of foreboding evil. We were a very sober, cowed, group of prisoners as the truck left Omori. After a ride of about eight miles the truck stopped in front of a three-story concrete building that looked like it might be some kind of office building. We got off the truck and were ushered through an archway in the building to an open paved area about 50 x 100 feet with small buildings at the sides and a large two-story stucco structure at the rear. The entire area between the front and rear building was surrounded by a five-foot brick wall.

This was Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp. December 1, 1943.

                Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp was formerly the Bunka Genki (girls school) located in the Bunka educational district of Surgadai in a triangular area about three city blocks flanked on one side by a four line electric tram dugway, one side by a moat, the other side sloping down for about four blocks, a gradual drop of about two hundred feet, which gave a pretty fair view of a large portion of Tokyo. At the rear of Bunka Camp was a large hospital, with another fairly large maternity hospital adjoining one side and a large Japanese residence on the other side. We were the first prisoners to arrive at Bunka. We were hastily lined up in this paved courtyard and the customary table brought out and put well in front of us upon which a scar faced high ranking Kenpei Tia officer proceeded to give us another lengthy speech in Japanese. Looking from the sidelines were Count Norizane Ikeda the civilian director of Bunka; Major Shigetsugu Tsuneishi military head of the Japanese broadcasting company; Lt. Hamamoto and our new Japanese interpreter and prisoner supervisor Kazumaro (Buddy) Uno. Uno interpreted this long speech as saying; “You have been brought here to work with the Japanese in their great Peach Offensive.”-“You must obey.”-“Your lives are no longer guaranteed.” We were then dismissed and Count Ikeda and (Buddy) Uno took us in the building at the rear and we were assigned to our quarters on the second floor. The civilian prisoners and military rank and file, enlisted personnel, prisoners’ places in one classroom at one end of the building in which the typical Japanese wooden sleeping platforms had been built along each wall. The officer military prisoners were assigned to a like classroom at the other end of the building. Both of these rooms were connected by a glassed-in hall along the front of the building, and between these two classrooms was another larger classroom that we were to use as a recreational and study room. The first floor of the building was arranged much the same as the second floor, the large classroom was used as a dining room and the classroom directly under the officer prisoners room was used as a work room where every prisoner was under the watchful eye of (Buddy) Uno. The basement of the building contained a lavatory room at one end, a large room in the center used as a storage room, and at the other end a kitchen, and a small room occupied by the school caretaker and his wife. One of the small buildings at the side of the compound was used for food storage and another small building on the other side of the compound was used as quarters from some of the minor Japanese staff. The large concrete building in front of the compound was used entirely by the Japanese administrative staff and guards.

                A few minutes after receiving our welcoming speech, Sgt. John David Provoo, Ensign (Buckey) Henshaw, and if my memory is not blurred by the passing of the years. Lt. McNaughten and Bombadier Harry Pearson were immediately taken to the Hoso Koki (radio Station) JOAK in Tokyo and handed a prepared radio script which they were forced to broadcast under a program title, Hinomuri Hour. Hinomuri meaning rising sun. After these prisoners returned from the radio station, (Buddy) Uno had us all assemble in the work room and gave us a long lecture, saying that we were to write and broadcast a half hour radio program every day, and immediately assigned each of us a subject to write on, and instructions on how to treat the subject. That evening after Uno left and we were alone, we were a very unhappy group of prisoners, every prisoner there would have given most anything to be back in his old prison camp doing slave labor. Very little sleep was had that night, as the situation was discussed from every angle and how we might get out of it. But all discussion finally ended with the words from our welcoming speech by the Japanese Kenpei officer, “Your lives are no longer guaranteed”, and all of us with the exemption of George Williams the British government official from the Gilbert Islands thought we were hopelessly lost and to refuse to obey meant certain death. George Williams with the typical dogged stubbornness of the English said that he was going to refuse, regardless of the consequences. We all feared for his life, but no amount of entreating would induce Williams to change his mind.

                The next morning at tenko (roll call) the Japanese apparently could tell by the serious sober faces of the prisoners that their pet scheme of using prisoners to broadcast propaganda had not been accepted with any show of enthusiasm by the prisoners, as shortly after breakfast we were all assembled again in the courtyard and given another lengthy speech in Japanese by Major Tsuneishi, which was summed up by (Buddy) Uno’s interpreting as: “You are to cooperate with the Japanese in their great Peace offensive.”-“Your lives are no longer guaranteed.”—” If anyone here does not wish to cooperate with the Japanese, step out of rank, one pace forward.” We would have all liked to step forward in a body, but we feared the consequences. The only prisoner to step forward was George Williams. Major Tsuneishi looked furious and grasped his Sumuri sword, pulled it about half out of the case, and for a moment it looked as though he was going to decapitate Williams on the spot. But evidently changed his mind, gave the sword and savage thrust back into the case and screamed something in Japanese. We were briskly ordered by Uno to get back in the building to out quarters and pull all the blinds down on the front of the building. Which with the exception of Williams we all did without delay. Williams was whisked immediately out of camp by guards, without his belongings. Later on Uno called us to assemble in the work room and told us that that was the last of George Williams and if we did not obey orders and cooperate with the Japanese we would receive the same fate as Williams.  The only prisoner who dared to speak at this time was Sgt. John David Provoo who spoke Japanese and understood the Japanese, he told Uno in no uncertain words what he thought of the Japanese and their method of using prisoners of war to broadcast their propaganda. Uno who was raised in Salt Lake City, Utah, got furious and struck Sgt. Provoo with his fist and said that would be enough of that, this time he would not report Provoo to the front office, but from John to watch his step and control his tongue. We were then given our first writing assignment. British LT. Jack McNaughton was appointed commander of the prisoners and was to be held responsible for the prisoners policing their quarters and answering morning and evening roll call. Ensign (Buckey) Henshaw was given the portion of the program called “The Three Missing Men”. Sgt. John Provoo was given Uno’s pet part of the program called “War on War” and made emcee of the program. Dutch warrant officer Nic Schenk, Jr., was given the duties of cool for the camp, with Bombadier Kenneth (Mickey) Parkyns as assistant. I was given the assignment of writing political commentaries, especially condemning President Roosevelt. Sgt. (Pappy) Light, Stephen Shattles, Larry Quillie as well as some of the other prisoners were not writers, having no writer experience, so for a while double duty fell upon those of us who could write, writing for those who could not. It is remarkable what men can do under the circumstances of the threat of death always hanging over them, men who had never written before became profuse writers, men who had never acted before acted like old show troupers. I had never written a play in my life, yet under Uno’s Assignment I wrote in addition to my other writing, one radio play a week for 16 weeks, all of which were broadcast and considered by other prisoners as quite good plays, before the propaganda was injected into them. The method of turning an otherwise good piece of writing into propaganda is quite a simple task, the changing of a word here and there and the injection of a word and phrase her and there, and the entire meaning of the writer is changed. (Buddy) Uno was very clever at this. Everything written by the Bunka prisoners was first turned over to Uno who blue penciled some, made his insertions her and there, then they were sent to the front office where they went through another stage of blue penciling and inserting of additional words, and the final result was what we had to broadcast. The broadcasting at first did not worry us too much, as it was such rank propaganda that we all felt that the people who heard it would only laugh at the Japanese crude attempts at propaganda. But later on, the Japanese sensing that some of the Bunka prisoners were very clever men, tried through conniver, innuendo, threats and constant physical and mental pressure to use prisoner intelligence in place of their own. Thus, began one of the greatest battles of wits during the war. With the Japanese civilian Bunka authorities trying by every trick at their command to win the confidence, friendship, and cooperation of the Bunka prisoners, while the Japanese military personnel of Bunka by creating incidents kept the element of fear always uppermost in the prisoners’ minds; fear of sudden death, torture, or slow systematic starvation, and the Bunka prisoners on the other hand trying to show the Japanese the futility of their propaganda and war efforts; toning down their writing assignments as much as possible without raising the ire of the Japanese, at the same time using every trick possible to kill the propaganda effect of broadcasting by voice variations and make the broadcasts contain information of value to the Allies. Using every art of diplomacy and subterfuge to outwit their captors. Then on top of all this was the task of trying to keep prisoners from breaking down because of the constant nerve-racking mental pressure and literally blowing their tops and endangering the lives of all Bunka prisoners. Every waking hour was a constant vigilant nerve-racking fight, where failure meant death or worse.

                We felt that radio monitors in the United States would surely be clever enough to see through what we were trying to do, and be able to piece together the cleverly hidden Tokyo weather reports, air-raid damage and general feeling of the Japanese, all of which and more was contained in our broadcasts. Although the United States government has been very reticent on the subject since the war. Other short-wave hams who were monitoring broadcasts from Japan especially prisoner of war messages have been very profuse in their commendations of our getting such information through to the United States. To my knowledge the only Japanese who was aware of what was being done through our broadcasts was (Buddy) Uno, who for some yet unexplained reason did not report it to the Japanese authorities, and only occasionally blue penciled some items. However, on one occasion he told me before the entire Bunka group of prisoners of war that the way I was writing things which were offensive to the Japanese I was writing my own death warrant. Uno was a strange character in which there was an inner struggle between his occidental upbringing and his Japanese ancestral heredity. He was born and educated in Salt Lake City, Utah. Before the Japanese capture of Shanghai, China, Uno was a foreign correspondent for a San Francisco, California newspaper. After the capture of Shanghai he went all out to the Japanese and was for some time one of their main propaganda figures in the area, controlling all newspapers, and was the main figure in publishing the notorious “ Freedom Magazine”, and author of the “ Isle of Delusion” concerning the Philippine Islands. During Uno’s tenure of office at Bunka he was a constant puzzle to the POWs, at times going out of his way to be nice and at other times being brutal. To call the Japanese Japs would turn him into a fanatic bordering on insanity.

                To try to tell all that happened at Bunka would take several volumes. I am only trying to tell here some of the important highlights in one of the outstanding struggles of the war with Japan, in which the Bunka prisoners of war were the principal figures.

A few days after our arrival at Bunka, Australian Warrant Officer John Dooley; Sgt. Walter Odlin, US Army; Sgt (Pappy) Light, US Army; Sgt. Frank Fujita, US Army; Cpl. “Bud” Rickard, USMC; Cpl. Fred Hoblitt, USMC, and Bos’s Fredrick Furgerson Smith, US Navy, were brought to Bunka from Omori. The prisoner population of Bunka was now with the loss of George Williams, twenty.

                About a week later Major Charles Cousens, Australian Army, captured at Singapore, who was a former popular Australian radio commentator, and Captain Wallace E. Ince, US Army radio officer captured in the Philippines were brought to Bunka. Upon their arrival Uno told us we were not to talk to Major Cousens or Captain Ince about what they were doing. They would leave camp every morning and return every evening. This went on for some time. However, Uno’s warning about not talking to Major Cousens and Captain Ince about their work had little effect on any of us. Information has a way of getting around in prison camps, as is true of all prisons, the tighter the restrictions, the more clever the prisoners become in circumventing them. Major Cousens and Cpt. Ince had been brought to Tokyo months before any of us, and up to their arrival at Bunka had been housed in Tokyo’s swank Dia Itchi Hotel and given comparative freedom in the main business section of Tokyo. However, freedom In Tokyo meant constant surveillance by the Kenpei Tia (Japanese thought police). Their work was writing and broadcasting on the Zero hour at radio station JOAK. Captain Wallace E. Ince was also know as Ted Wallace and Tokyo Tony. The misfortunes of war perhaps never threw two or more opposite characters together than Major Cousens and Capt. Ince. Major Cousens was of the highest order of Australian Officer- Gentlemen whose bearing and voice commanded the highest respect, a slightly greying man in his early forties, while captain Ince was a fiery red head in his middle thirties, self-conceited and arrogant with a superior than thou attitude that made most prisoners shun his company. During Major Cousens stay at Bunka he was respected by all, even the Japanese, and no statesman was ever more diplomatic. Through his diplomatic handling of delicate situations that arose in Bunka the prisoners escaped severe punishment by the Japanese on several occasions. Very shortly after his arrival at Bunka, Major Cousens was appointed POW Commander of the Bunka POW’S, replacing LT. Jack McNaughton, British Army. Some of the Bunka staff of Japanese took a violent dislike of Capt. Ince, especially (Buddy) Uno, Lt. Hamamoto, and Count Kabayama. Ince was bashed about quite a bit.

                Count Kabayama’s connection with Bunka was in an advisory capacity to the other Japanese authorities. Count Kabayama spoke perfect English, having been educated at Oxford in England and having spent a great deal of time in the Unites States. The Kabayama family was on of the most influential in Japan.

                There was little organized resistance by Bunka POWs, but every Bunka POW took upon himself the individual responsibility to do everything in his power to defeat the Japanese purpose of broadcasting and sabotage the programs at every opportunity. The lack of organized resistance was due mainly to two causes, one; the lack of efficient POW leadership, and two; because all Bunka POWs had been prisoners of war for a long time and had learned from bitter experience the danger of scuttle-butt and that they could trust no one but themselves. Prison camp life does strange things to men, and Bunka was no exception. Even with such a small group of prisoners, cliques were forms, men trying to find their own level or what they assumed their own level; some becoming isolationists, isolating themselves from all cliques or association with other prisoners whenever possible. The POW military officers had their clique with a superior to thou attitude towards the rest of the POWs. This attitude was painfully apparent throughout the Bunka experience by all POW officers with the exception of Warrant Officer Nick Schenk (Dutch) and Warrant Officer John Dooley, (Australian). These two officers were more isolationists and remained gentlemen in spite of their military rank. There was a POW enlisted men clique. The only isolation in that group being Sgt. John David Provoo. The civilian POWs for the most part were isolationists, with the exception of Joseph Astarita and Darwin Dodd’s who maintain close relationship with both the POW military officers clique and the enlisted men’s clique. Lastly was the Capt. Wallace E. Ince Clique consisting of Sgt. (Pappy) Light, USA, Sgt. Frank Fujita, USA, Bos’n Fredrick Smith, USN and Darwin Dodd’s PNAB contractor’s employee from wake. Captain Ince exerted a strong influence over these men and this clique was the cause of much dissention among the POWs and was referred to by some Bunka POWS as the Ince Gang. Some people are apt to wonder why such a small group of men under such circumstances should not be a congenial solidly knit unit fighting for the interests of all, with all racial and social castes reduced to a common level, but with human nature as it is, prison camp life has a tendency to make the raw edges of human society much more apparent, and under such conditions survival is the strongest urge of human nature and fear the greatest warper of human character. The Japanese were well aware of these facts and took advantage of them at every opportunity, by systematic verge of starvation diet and regularly planned incidents to keep fresh in the POWs minds the fear of sudden death or worse.

                During our first few months of broadcasting, armed guards were kept in evidence in the hall and ante rooms adjoining the broadcasting rooms whenever POWs were taken to the radio station. We were usually taken to the radio station by auto, and on some occasions taken by electric tram. When going by auto we passed the Imperial Palace grounds both going and returning, and whenever we passes the main gate of the Palace grounds we were made to take off our hats and bow in the direction of the palace.

                Our food at the beginning of Bunka although not plentiful was of a good grade of white rice and some watery vegetable stew made of Dikon and another vegetable somewhat resembling lettuce. Later on, all of the white rice was taken out of the Bunka food storerooms and substituted with barley rice, and later by millet. Our ration consisted of about a teacup full of boiled rice without any salt or other seasoning three times a day and a little watery vegetable soup. Upon out arrival at Bunka most prisoners were already suffering from palegria or beri-beri because of starvation diets in other camps, and food conditions at Bunka were not conductive to getting rid of our malnutrition conditions. Dutch warrant office Nick Shenk was in the worst condition with his feet and ankles swollen to twice their normal size from beri-beri, yet he very courageously stood on his feet for hours every day on a wet concrete floor in the gallery cooking what food we had, and was upon many occasions beaten for putting a few ounces more in the rations than was allowed by the Japanese. But even with the beatings Nick always somehow managed to filch a little more supplies than we were allotted. Whenever we ask the Japanese for more food, they politely told us we were already getting the regular army ration for Japanese soldiers. To try to gain the confidence of the POWs some of the civilian Japanese of the Bunka personnel would on occasion bring a little fish or meat and give it to us as if on the sly, to make the POWs think they were good Joes, but most always after these gracious gifts our rations were cut for a few days.

Shortly before Christmas Major Willesdon Cox, US Airforce and LT. Jack K. Wisener, US Airforce, shot down in New Guinea, were brought into Bunka, both in a terrible state from a long period in solitary confinement, starvation diet, and constant questioning by the Kenpei Tia. Major Cox being the senior ranking American office in Bunka was appointed POW Commander in place of Major Cousens, Australian. However, due to Major Coz’s poor physical condition Major Cousens Carried on his duties for some months. The POW population of Bunka was now twenty-two.

A few days before Christmas we were informed by (Buddy) Uno and the civilian Japanese director of Bunka that we were to receive American Red Cross boxes of food for Christmas. The boxes would be given to us at the radio station. We were all highly elated at the prospects of some good American food. Uno had the POWs prepare a special Christmas broadcast in which these Red Cross food boxes were to be given to us on the radio program. Christmas day we all went to the radio station, but as we went on the air no Red Cross food boxes were in sight. Uno told us that they had been unavoidably delayed so we would have to go through the program anyway. A sort of wooden platform was set under the mike for sound effect when the Red Cross food boxes were set on it. As Uno’s voice said, Wishing you all a Merry Christmas, and a Red Cross box for each and every one of you”, the prisoners’ spirits reached a new low, which was very much apparent in the rest of the broadcast. Apparently the Japanese somehow felt they had lost face, so Lt. Hamamoto rushed in with small paper sacks containing a few Japanese cookies and hastily piled them on the box under the mike, at that there were not enough for one sack per prisoner. Lt. Hamamoto sensing that he had lost face further, by not getting enough cookies, after the broadcast was over took us all up to the cafeteria on the next floor of the radio building and bought us all a plate lunch. For the rest of the war, the phrase, “A Red Cross Box for each and every one of you” became a special symbol of hate for the Japanese.

When we were first taken to the radio station to broadcast, we were told not to talk to anyone whom we might see or come in contact with at the radio station. At first we adhered quite strictly to these instructions, but as we became more familiar with the radio station and the Japanese in charge, we managed to carry on conversations with many of the other broadcasters, including Iva Toguri otherwise known as Tokyo Rose, Mother Topping, American Missionary, Lilly Abbeg, Swiss, Reggie Hollingsworth, German, but who looked and talked like an Englishman, Buckey Harris, English-Japanese, Norman Reyes, Philippines and others. Some of these people gave us a lot of information on the progress of the war and were always very generous in giving us cigarettes, which were very hard for POWs to get despite our supposed to be cigarette ration, which more than often failed to materialize. When I first met Iva Toguir the first thing, she said to me in the broadcasting ante room was, “Keep your fingers crossed, we will lick these dam Japs yet.” Throughout the rest of the war Iva Toguri proved herself to be a very loyal American and friend to the Bunka POWs. War hysteria, super patriots and overzealous news reporters have in many cases done more irreparable damage, to otherwise innocent victims of circumstances beyond their control that bombs and other ravages of war, such is the case of Iva Toguri de Aquino. These irrefutable facts are in the records for anyone interested enough to find out for themselves. It is as impossible to separate the Iva Toguri de Aquino case from Bunka as it is to separate the Siamese twins, for that reason a few paragraphs here will of necessity have to be devoted to Mrs. de Aquino. Iva Toguri was born and educated in Los Angeles, California and was a typical American girl raised in the traditional American way, a graduate of University of Southern California and as truly American as children of other foreign emigrants to the United States who had spent the principle years of their life in the United States their adopted home. A short time before the war with Japan Iva went to Japan to visit relatives and like a lot of other nesi Japanese was caught in Japan at the outbreak of the war. The plight of these nesi Japanese was in many cases worse than a lot of prisoners of war. Being Americans of Japanese ancestry the Japanese considered them Japanese and forced them to undergo and do the same things required of Japanese citizens, and on top of this they were under constant suspicion and under the watchful eye of the Japanese Neighborhood Association and Kenpei Tai. Iva was for a while employed as an embassy clerk at the Danish Embassy. Later she obtained employment at radio station JOAK, where she was employed when the Japanese military authorities took over the operation of JOAK, and she was required to act as a translator of English and American radio scripts. It was while she was working here that she met Major Cousens and Captain Ince who were broadcasting on the zero hour. Cousens and Ince asked her to join their radio program, to which she protested. Major Cousens and Capt. Ince over her protests went to the Japanese authorities under Major Tesuneshi and asked that she be placed on their program. Which the Japanese did. Cousens and Ince writing all of her radio scripts and giving her voice culture for radio work. This was first told to me by Iva, and later confirmed by Major Cousens and John Holland civilian Australian captured in Shanghai who worked with Major Cousens and Ince on the Zero Hour, until he was sentenced to eighteen months solitary confinement in Saparo Prison for noncooperation with the Japanese.

                Iva obtained on the black market and from some of her friends in Tokyo, food and cigarettes and sent them to Bunka with Major Cousens and Capt. Ince for the Bunka prisoners of war for which the prisoners were very grateful. After Major Cousens and Capt. Ince were taken off the Zero Hour food and cigarettes obtained by Iva still found their way into Bunka. If it had not been for this additional food the condition of the POWs in Bunka would have been much more serious. Whenever any of us met Iva met and married Felipe de Aquino a Portuguese national of Portuguese Japanese parentage.

                The questions of food was always uppermost in the prisoners’ minds, and after the rankling question of Red Cross food boxes was brought up by the Bunka prisoners so often, the Japanese finally informed us that they would bring in some Red Cross boxes, at the same time it was announced that Major Tesuneshi would give one of his to become famous Bunka banquets for the Bunka POWs. The date for the feast was set. The Red Cross food boxes were brought in. That was the first disappointment. Only enough boxes were brought in for each prisoner to have a half box. So we decided to make the best of it, and with the thought that if we each donated a portion of our meager Red Cross food to be used by Shenk for the Banquet it might make the Japanese feel that they were losing face and get them to increase our food ration, so we each gave up a portions of our cherished treasure, and Nick Shenk done himself proud with the dishes he prepared from it. The Japanese increased the rice ration for that stay, and furnished some squid, a few cookies and a small amount of Saki and a package of cigarettes per prisoner. The dining room was arranged so that we all sat at one big table. Over the table hanging from the ceiling were the flags of all the principal nations in the war including the American flag. Major Tesuneshi sat at the head of the table, and a half dozen other Japanese were there including Uno and Takaburne Hishikari who had replaced silly giggling Count Ikeda as camp director. Major Tesuneshi had Uno pour each of us a small drink of Saki, and the Major then proposed we all drank a toast to Peace between our countries. He also made the request through Uno that he would like to have from each prisoner a written article on how best to bring about peace. During the course of the banquet it was requested through Uno, that the prisoners choose a new name for the Hinumori Hour. Several names were suggested, and the one chosen was Humanity Calls. The banquet was finally over, and our stomachs were full for once. Although the meal had not made us any more enthusiastic about the Japanese, it was good to go to bed that night without being hungry. The next day our food rations were cut again to a new low. Several of these banquets were given during the course of our stay at Bunka. They were part of a cleverly planned scheme by Major Tesuneshi to keep the prisoners on as close to starvation diet as possible and whenever anything began to lag on the broadcasting and it needed to be pepped up, to give a banquet and while the prisoners were anticipating more food they would react better to the Japanese suggestions. This same procedure was followed only on a smaller scale by other Bunka Japanese who occasionally would bring in some meet or fish and give It to someone on the sly. Almost always following these gifts, the prisoner to whom they were given was “requested” to write something special. 

                There were only three prisoners who responded to Major Tesuneshi request for articles on how best to bring about Peace, Major Cousens, Lt. Kalbfleish, Jr. and myself. The same day that these articles were turned over to the Japanese, Lt Kalbfleish made a very grave error in pronouncing a certain word on the radio, which threw the Japanese into a panic, and we all received a lecture and threats if it ever occurred again. The next day we were all assembled in the work room and the subject of the Peace articles was brought up, and it seemed as though Lt. Kalbfleish’s article had been a very blunt condemnation of the Japanese treatment of POWs. We were told that Lt. Kalbfleish’s services at Bunka were no longer required and that he was to be removed from Bunka. In a few minutes he was taken out of Bunka by the Kenpei without any of his belongings, and Uno told us that that was the end of Lt. Kalbfleish, and if any of the rest of us had and funny ideas we had better watch our step or we would leave Bunka feet first. This was the second time the ominous threat of death had been brought so close, first, George Williams, now Lt. Kalbfleish. Who would be next?               

                The Hinomuri Hour had been dropped, as well as Uno’s War on War. The Humanity Calls Program instituted in its place. Sgt. John David Provoo was retained as master of ceremonies of Humanity Calls, and later another program was started called Postman Calls in charge of Capt. Ince. The prisoners having been successful in toning down the broadcasts and making them less innocuous, taking up most of the broadcasting time with music and messages from prisoners of war to their relatives at home. Even though the Japanese motive for broadcasting prisoner of war messages was for the purpose of trying to arouse the feelings of people at home, relatives and friends of POWs, so that they would clamor for the end of the war so their POWs could come home, we prisoners felt that the intentions of the Japanese would be futile, and that we were rendering the folks at home a great service by sending these messages from their loved ones in the hell holes of Japanese prison camps, just to let them know that their POWs were alive and carrying on. We tried to establish two-way contact with the United States, but were unsuccessful, the United States government perhaps for security reasons did not answer, However, two way communication was established by the Bunka POWs with the Australian government. Major Cousens and Capt. Ince were removed from the Zero Hour program and all their work confined to the Bunka programs.

                During the course of the year Pfc. Romane Martinez; USA; Pfc. Jimmy Martinez, USA, no relation to each other, and Darwin Dodd’s, PNAB Contractors employee of Wake Island, were brought to Bunka. The prisoner population of Bunka now with the loss of Williams and Kalbfleish was twenty-five. Conditions at Bunka remained about the same for Months. The physical condition of prisoners became worse, every prisoner was suffering from palegria and beri-beri; nerves were on the tattered edge almost to the breaking point; tempers were flaring, and minds cracking. Japanese incidents were becoming more frequent. Food worse. Uno’s actions had become unbearable. Requests were made to the Japanese for Uno’s removal from Bunka. These requests were finally granted after Major Cousens had a diplomatic conference with Major Tesuneshi and I had virtually  blown my top to Count Kabayama and told him in no uncertain words that I was fed up with Uno and it was no longer possible for me to work under him or on anything in connection with him, that I refused to do anything more, the Japanese could stand me up against the wall and shoot me or anything else they wished, I was through with the whole Bunka set up. A short time later Uno was removed from Bunka and a Japanese civilian named Domoto took his place. Domoto spoke good American-English, was an importer and exporter in the United States before the war. After Domoto took over I still refused to take any active part in the programs. Friction between the prisoners became more intense, and finally in disgust I gathered all my belongings and moved out of the POW quarters into a small room over the building where food supplies were stored, only leaving there for tenko and meals. I had moved into this room without the permission of the Japanese, but nothing resulted from the move except frequent visits and long talks with Count Kabayama, Hishikari, and Domoto and later Major Kyhei Hifumi who had joined the Bunka staff. Most of these talks were carried on with Count Kabayama and Domoto who both spoke good English. For some time I had been studying the Japanese language and although I had a pretty fair knowledge of what Japanese were talking about, I never tried to talk to them in Japanese except to say Good morning, Good evening, and thank you. Count Kabayama suggested that I help him prepare some propaganda leaflets to be dropped on our troops by Japanese planes. I laughed at the idea and some of his other ideas from broadcasting and told him that knowing him to be a graduate of Oxford that I presumed him to be an intelligent man and the things that he was suggesting were not intelligent. If he desire peace between the United States and Japan, as he had so often stated, that he and the other Japanese who had expressed the same desire would have to do a big about face and start to prove by their actions that they desired peace, and let the world know of their peaceful actions. We discussed many other matters including conditions in Bunka. Count Kabayams said, “The prisoners at Bunka have not been very cooperative with the Japanese, we are having a difficult time with them.” I replied, “Just for example, reverse the process and put yourself in the place of these men, only in an American prison camp in the United States. Would you be very cooperative? Mr. Kabayama, the reactions of all human beings to like circumstances and environment are the same, which point you are well aware of. Quit being so stupid. If we wish to get anywhere by these talks, we have got to talk cold turkey. I have not anything against the Japanese people personally. I had nothing to do with starting this war. I am a non-combatant civilian. Yet I am held a prisoner of war by your people.” — “Yes. – Maybe you are sorry. – So am I. – And whenever you or any of the other Japanese people can convince me that your intentions are horrible and that you really want peace and are willing to do something to bring about peace, I will work with you day and night to accomplish that end. Until I am so convinced any further talks are useless.”

                During the Course of these talks, the heated arguments between Count Kabayama and myself became so loud that the other prisoners in the exercise area could hear and evidently became quite concerned, as I had several POW callers, first Sgt. John Provoo, then Ensign (Buckey) Henshaw, Nick Shenk and John Dooley. To all of them I was non-committal, except for saying that I was having it out with the Japanese, and I hoped to accomplish some good. Ensign Henshaw said that he had been sent by the other POWs to ask me to move back to the regular POW quarters. However, I refused.

                A short time later Domoto came to see me and said that the Japanese authorities at Bunka had had a big talk concerning me and that they had decided to let me work out any plan that I wished, and that they had chosen Domoto to work with me. A short time later I was called over to the front office for an interview with Major Hifumi, a civilian Japanese named Hanama Tasaki acting as interpreter. Major Hifumi said that he was very interested in what he had heard in the front office about me, asking me a few personal questions about my age, my family, where I was taken prisoner and where I had been held prisoner before coming to Bunka.

                A few days later I was surprised by having callers at my room, Major Hifumi, Tasaki, and a Japanese in Generals uniform. Major Hifumi said that I was to work with him, and Tasaki would be my liaison man in place of Domoto, and that he Major Hifumi would take full responsibility for anything that I did. That evening Tasaki came back and said that he would spend the next few days talking with me or as long as was necessary for me to be convinced that the Japanese meant what they said, and for me to find out if he Tasaki was a person I could work with. Tasaki and I spent about a week from early morning until late at night talking and getting acquainted. I was very much surprised to find out that Tasaki was a very active member of the Japanese underground who was working for the overthrow of the military clique who were in control of the Japanese government, and that Major Hifumi was also high in the underground movement. Tasaki was not content with just telling me these things but took me to see quite a number of Japanese who were in the underground movement. They had agents in Naval Headquarters, Army headquarters, Domei, the Japanese Broadcasting Company, the Japanese Information Bureau, the foreign office, the Tokyo police department, and the neighborhood associations, even the Japanese Diet. The Emperor’s Brother Prince Kuni was in favor of their actions, however belonging to the Royal family could not be an active participating member. A former member of the Japanese Diet was now working in the Bunka offices, as was Maso Takabatake of the foreign office and others including some Japanese women translators. Bunka was fast becoming one of the principles working centers of the underground movement. Tasaki solemnly told me that if any of us were caught it would mean certain death and for that reason, we had to be doubly careful, working right under the noses of the military clique. Tasaki also informed me that arrangements had been made for a half hours’ time on radio JOAK for me to use as I saw fit. He also asked me if there was any other prisoner in Bunka who I would like to work with me. I said no. Then Tasaki said that if there were any other prisoners in any other camps that I knew and would like to have them brought to Tokyo to work with me, they would be brought. I gave him the names of a few POWs I knew and could trust and felt would like to work with me. Later I was informed that only three of them could be brought, as the war had taken a turn for the worse for the Japanese and it would be quite impossible to spare planes to fly POWs from Shanghai. Milton (Whitey) Glazier and John Tunnicliffe, PNAB Contractors employees of Wake, and Pvt. Dales Andrews, USMC from Wake were at Osaka and would be brought to Tokyo soon. The only other POW I had requested who was in any area where he could be brought to Tokyo was Cpl. Jasper Dawson, USMC, from the embassy guard in North China whom I was told was in the Japanese hospital in Hokido with a nervous breakdown.

                About this time men were beginning to crack up in Bunka, Major Cousens cracked up with a nervous breakdown and spent several months in a nearby Japanese hospital. Sgt. John Provoo broke down, Stephen Shattles had become a great problem he was slipping badly mentally and physically, and some of the other POWs were on the very verge of mental breakdowns, the food situation had gotten so bad that cats were trapped and eaten, as were snails, old bones, leaves, bark, anything that looked like it might contain a little energy. The food ration now consisted only of boiled millet. The situation got so bad that the Japanese sensing that they were apt to lose their entire POW broadcasting group from starvation, as a final resort gave the worst prisoners vitamin shots. These shots were given by Edward H. Hayasaki who laughingly said he was only a horse doctor.

                For some time, American B29s had been making their daily calls in Tokyo and this did not improve the dispositions of the Japanese in Charge of Bunka.

                I remember one night I was reading. Yes, prisoners of war sometimes read. I remember those last words on the page before the lights went out, –“and cold hopes swarm like worms within our living clay.” The blackout came without warning blotting out the pages of the book. – The drone of planes. – I sat expectant. – The building shook. – The air-raid sirens screeched. – They beat the Japs sirens that time. – The stillness that followed was broken by the crackling of flames. – I raced out of the building. – The sky was red from a nearby fire. – My foot caught on a metal manhole cover. – I went sprawling. – I looked up at the billowing smoke, and heard the angry humming like bees being smudged, — and the rippling sound of water, — falling bombs. – Aware of only one thought, — I must live, — I crawled into the sewer manhole, — pulled the metal cover over my head. – It was dark, — pitch dark, and it stank. – The concussion of the exploding bombs sucked air out of the manhole around the lid, like the rattle in the throat of a dying man. – The ground shook. – Two gleaming pinpoints of light, — they moved. – I was not alone. – Rats. – I laughed. – It sounded hollow like the echo of death. – The eye vanished. – I stopped laughing. – “Dig deep holes in the ground!” — Was that my voice? – Yes – “Holes in the ground like the rates, – cower in the sewers of civilization, — human garbage!” – “No wonder the earth shakes and quivers like a dying thing, gasping its last breath out from around a sewer manhole cover!” – More bombs, — dirt sifted down my neck, – “Dig deeper, you must survive!” – My hands plunged into the sewer garbage, – “What is this? – It feels like a rotten potato, — yes, that’s what it is!” – The rats are fat, — they eat rotten potatoes. – How does one begin eating again when the very essence of one’s life has been slowly dissolved by hunger? – For three and a half long years, — summer and winter, – the warp in the wool of my life has been scavenging for food to sustain life; that life being consumed so mercilessly by slow starvation. Even in my sleep my subconscious mind dwelt upon food. – Ah, those luscious baked Idaho Russet potatoes dribbling with hot butter, that my wife used to prepare. When you bite into one the melted butter runs down your chin. — I wipe the slime from my mount on my coat sleeve, – God, that putrid odor! – There’s the rats again, – I only ate one of your dam rotten potatoes.” – My voice was cracked and dry, — my stomach felt queer again. – I found a match and a cigarette butt in my pocket. – A haze of smoke spiraled towards the manhole cover over my head. – The rats scurried for cover. – Hushed voices blended with the crunch of heavily booted feet on the frozen ground near the manhole. – Japs. — I thought they were looking for me. – I crushed out my cigarette butt, — I wanted to shout, “It’s alright, here I am, down here with some more rats.” – Something inside me turned sickening. – The footsteps passed on. – “My God, how much longer can it last! – Six more months? – Maybe a year. – Listen to that furious pounding, like hands crashing down on piano keys, — The music of hell.” – A strange feeling crept over me. Sometime, somewhere, it will be real again, all that was before, and we can crawl out of the sewers of civilization, — and exhausted I went to sleep in the sewer and it became part of my dream —

                Another Christmas passes and the cold winter heatless days and nights started to give way to spring. Prisoners huddled against the sunny side of buildings to soak some of the spring sun into their aching bones. The B29s came more often. The fires from the bombings were bigger. March came, the first big American air raid on Tokyo.

                It was March nineteen hundred and forty-five. Over three years after Pearl Harbor, and Tokyo the third largest city in the world was still a quaint picturesque teeming city of millions, showing few scars of the war. There had been a few air raids by small numbers of B29s flying high, too high for the Japanese Zeros and anti-aircraft, but the damage was negligible. There had been a few small areas damaged by fire and bombs, but the effect on the people of Tokyo seemed to be one of the curiosity instead of fear and they went about their daily business and tasks as usual. The only persons seemingly to be interested at all in the fire bombs of the B29s was the Japanese high command, and they had sent armies of workmen and military tanks over the most congested parts of the city tearing down buildings, making fire breaks about a block wide, similar to the fire breaks in our American Forests. These fire breaks crossed parts of the city and were miles long. The breaks were made by hooking steel cables around buildings and tanks pulling them down, the workmen removing any valuable metals and burning the remainder. The work assigned to me as a prisoner of war took me almost daily over portions of Tokyo giving me ample opportunity to see most of the city.

                As most planes raiding Tokyo came from the direction of Mount Fujiama, we assumed that they followed a radio beam directed at Fujiama, and then took off from there to various parts of the city. Hence we usually had about one half hour warning by air raid sirens before planes actually appeared, steaking through the sky like huge silver birds, leaving long trails of condensed air resembling smoke, reminding one of sky writers, writing the fate of Japan.

                In March there is quite a bit of snow on the ground in Tokyo. This night in early March we had completed our day’s work and everyone had gone to bed on our wooden platforms in an effort to keep warm, as we were not permitted to have any sort of heat in our quarters. Most of us had fallen into a fitful slumber disturbed by shivering and dreams of food, when it seemed like the world had exploded under our very beds. The building shook, some glass fell from the windows. Some plaster fell on my bed from the ceiling, and I bounded out, to be greeted with the wild Crescendo of air-raid sirens, the drone of planes, anti-aircrafts guns, exploding shells and bombs and the shouting of Japanese guards. A faint glow of red appeared on the horizon. All lights were blacked out. The glow grew brighter and by the time I had reached the outside of the building the sky was a brilliant red with billowing clouds of smoke pouring skyward. More red glows became leaping tongues of flame. The crackle of burning wood could be plainly heard. In a few moments, the night was turned to almost day by the light of the many fires almost completely surrounding our compound. Ashes were falling on the snow, showers of sparks, and occasionally a large piece of flaming wood fell near, drawn up into the air by the up draft of the fire and dropped, starting more fires in the flimsy buildings. Pieces of anti-aircraft shells were falling like hail, with a queer swish and thud.

                We were hastily assembled and called to attention by sullen excited Japanese guards. After we were assembled and counted, the Japanese seemed rather uncertain as to what to do with us, and we remained in the courtyard standing in line for what seemed an hour. Then a Japanese office came out and told us to get a few of our belongings together and also a blanket for every man that could be wet and thrown over faces and bodies in case we had to evacuate the camp, through the flaming areas surrounding us. Then we were told to take shelter in the building and to be ready to evacuate at a moment’s notice. Some of the prisoners took to the basement of the prison building for what protection it offered. I with some of the owners took advantageous points outside where we could watch the fireworks. And no Fourth of July celebration ever put on a greater display. The Hugh B29s were now flying low and they seemed to be everywhere, dropping more firebombs, and a few busters. Sometimes they could be seen plainly as they entered an area of the sky lighted up by the fires. Searchlights would pick up and keep others in the beams of light, with exploding anti-aircraft shells making fiery patterns of puffs and lights in the sky, with the B29s fire bombs exploding in the air showering down what appeared to be myriads of sparks, which floated down to burst instantaneously into more fires as they came in contact with anything combustible on the ground. Occasionally one of the big silvery B29s would be hit and either explode in midair, come crashing to earth with its crew, or streak off through the sky to try and reach a safe landing with its engines belching fire leaving a trail of sparks in the plane’s wake. I saw one B29 emerge from a smoke bank into the searchlight beams and then explode and seem to disintegrate into nothingness. Apparently, an anti-aircraft shell had hit its bomb load. Another was hit by a Japanese suicide plane which broke the B29 in two, one end falling each way. I saw two Japanese Zero planes streak for a B29, one from above and one from below, only to miss the B29 and crash head on and fall to earth in a tangled mass of wreckage. I saw another B29 emerge through a dense smoke column into the searchlight beams, then waver and come fluttering down like a crippled bird. Only one parachute left the B29. As it floated earthward and Japanese Zero plane dove at it several times. I presume the man in the parachute in midair by the attacking Zero plane. There was so much going on that it was hard to focus the eyes on it all through the eerie pattern of flames, smoke, tracer bullets, searchlight beams, and exploding shells and bombs.

                Tokyo for blocks and blocks surrounding our camp had now become a raging inferno, with flames fanned by the wind leaping whole city blocks with buildings disappearing in the twinkling of an eye.

The scene was abruptly interrupted by an ack gun emplacement nearby being hit by a bomb and an ack shell ricocheting through our camp compound to explode in an adjacent lot. We were again hastily assembled, and it appeared that the Japanese were going to evaluate the camp. But after some time of excited chatter, we were again dismissed. Apparently, the Japanese had considered it futile to try and evacuate the camp through the ring of fire surrounding us. The rest of the night was spent much as before. We formed bucket brigades to put out the flaming embers that fell on the buildings in the prison camp. About five o’clock in the morning the all clear sounded and a grimy, tired group of prisoners tried to get a little rest as best they could. The morning was still punctuated by the wail of fire sirens and ambulances, with fires still raging throughout the city.

                The water and gas mains had been bombed out of commission, and we were forced to carry water several blocks from a broken main. Everything surrounding our compound had been burnt. I think God was watching over us prisoners that night. Our food supply, what little we had on disappeared, and we subsisted entirely upon boiled millet, and little of that. We continued our work as before.

                About noon of the day following the big fire my work assignment took me to the heart of the Tokyo business district and what a sight greeted my eye. Miles and miles of devastation, smoldering ruins, ashes, twisted metal frames of some of the better buildings, blackened burned bodies protruding from the debris and laying along the streets, and throngs of blackened smoke begrimed people wandering aimlessly through the devastation. The Imperial Palace had been hit. The large Imperial Palace grounds which were beautiful parks were a teeming mass of survivors of the fire who had sought refuge in the Palace grounds knew their Emperor, as if he could give them protection. Many of the Japanese people we passed were terribly burned, with most of their hair burned off and their clothes not faring much better. It seemed a miracle how some of them were still alive. Approximately three million people were killed and burned to death in that fire. I do not think the exact number will ever be known, now the horror of that fire ever forgotten by the Japanese people.

                From then until the capitulation air raids became more frequent, and what little was left intact by the first fire was destroyed until Tokyo the third largest city in the world was ninety percent destroyed. The firebombs did more towards bringing the Japanese to their knees than the atomic bomb.

                Andrews, Tunnicliffe and Glazier arrived from Osaki. It was late in April. Prior to their arrival I had been discussing the Japanese treatment of prisoners of war with Count Kabayama. Among other things I said, “Count Kabayama, considering the fact that the Japanese during World War I were credited with the best treatment of prisoners of war by any nation involved in the war, it is hard for me to understand the Japanese policy towards treatment of prisoners of war today. The treatment of prisoners of war by the Japanese in this war is shocking the entire world and is putting a dark blot on the Japanese people that will take a lot to remove.” To this Count Kabayama replied, “Mr. Streeter, I think you have been in some unfortunate circumstances since capture by the Japanese. I do not think that the general treatment of prisoners of war by the Japanese is as bad as you state.” I answered with, “Soon Andrews, Glazier and Tunnicliffe will be here from Osaki and you can see for yourself.”

                When these prisoners arrived at Bunka from Osaki they were in such a deplorable condition that they were kept in a small movie theater room in the front Japanese office building for three days, fed, washed and clean clothes given them, before I was permitted to see them. Even the entire Bunka Japanese staff was shocked by their condition. They were filthy. Their clothes were in tatters. All were in severe stages of palegria and beri-beri. Glazier looked like a skeleton with skin stretched tight over it. Andrews was bloated all over from beri-beri. Tunnicliffe was in the last stages of beri-beri, almost dead on his feet. Count Kabayama was ashamed to face me. Tasaki took me into the room where these prisoners were, and even after they had been fed, stuffed with food for three days and washed and with clean clothes on, the sight of their condition made my blood boil. After greeting them, I stormed out (with Tasaki at my heels entreating me to not do anything rash) into the front Japanese office in which Count Kabayama, Count Ikeda, Hisikari, T. Kojima and a couple of other Japanese were seated at their desks. I am afraid I went a little berserk. I confronted Count Kabayama at his desk. I screamed at him, “I told you so!” “Come look at these prisoners!” – I hammered on his desk. “Their condition is a disgrace to the entire Japanese race!” – “You have got to do something for them, or they will die!” The air was tense. The Japanese in the office sat with blank faces. Tasaki saved the situation by saying to Count Kabayama, “These men are in bad shape. Some vitamin shots may help them.” That started a flow of Japanese chatter, with the result that a Dr. Tasaki from a nearby hospital was brought over and administered vitamin shots. Tunnicliffe’s condition was so bad that Dr. Tasaki only gave him half of a regular vitamin shot. Even this was too much for Tunnicliffe and he passes out cold. After he was reviewed, we carried him to one of the rooms on the second floor of the front Japanese office building, which the Japanese cleared out for us to occupy. I got my belongings from the room over the food storage room and moved over with Andrews, Glazier, and Tunnicliffe. Dr. Tasaki continued to give them regular vitamin shots. Andrews, and Glazier both told me that if John Tunnicliffe had stayed at Osaki, he would have been dead in another week and I am sure that Andrews and Glazier would not have lived much longer at Osaki. Prisoners were dying like flies there. Even in their condition they were all anxious to plunge into the work I was attempting to do.

                The war had taken a bad turn for the Japanese and they could see the end was not far off. Any war efforts by the Japanese now could only be a delaying action. The propaganda of the military clique was intensified calling upon the Japanese to fight to the last man, woman, and child. Some other high Japanese officials not connected with the underground movement were becoming very much concerned by the changing events of the war and were looking for a way out, without losing too much face. Taking advantage of these conditions I pressed the point home to the Japanese that better treatment of war prisoners would be a face-saving gesture even at this late date. Several conferences were held discussing this point, during which I suggested that the Japanese authorities allow American Red Cross representatives to enter Japan with full complement of trucks and supplies to take charge of feeding and caring for American prisoners of war held in Japan proper. The Japanese to give the American Red Cross safe conduct into Japan, and protection while in Japan. That the Red Cross authorities so entering Japan would have to remain in Japan for the duration of the war. I also suggested that the Japanese allow all Mormon Elders held prisoner by Japan to return to their homes in the Unites States. The Japanese to take them to some Russian Border point and turn them over to American authorities there. This not to be an exchange of prisoners, but the outright freedom for Mormon Elders. Being a Mormon Elder myself, I told the Japanese that I would not return to the United States with the Mormon Elders, in the event they decided to send them home, so that the Japanese would not think that I was planning this just to get home to my loved ones. I made a full report of these conferences to Tasaki and he immediately went to work on the matter through the underground movement. Shortly after this Red Cross boxes were brought into Bunka. This time a full box for each prisoner, and a few bundles of Red Cross clothes and blankets. I was informed that a residence just a block from Bunka was being prepared for Andrews, Tunnicliffe, Glazier and I to live in. Our food rations were coming from Bunka and would continue to do so. Tasaki told me that the Japanese authorities had given my suggestions about the Red Cross and Mormon Elders due consideration and had decided in favor of the plans, for us to prepare broadcasts and be ready to go on the air the first of May. Tasaki then gave me a Book of Mormon, a gift from the Japanese authorities. We plunged enthusiastically into our work, working into the wee hours of the morning, every day and night. We were left almost entirely to ourselves.

                After a few days the first note of discord entered our new quarters in the form of diminutive giggling Count Ikeda with some of his personal silly propaganda ideas which he politely insisted that I prepare for broadcast on our proposed new radio program. I told him that his suggestions for broadcast did not meet with the policy set forth for the new radio program, and therefore I would not prepare them for broadcast. This started a chain of events which almost wrecked our whole plan and delayed the starting of our new radio program one month, until June first. Tasaki came in very excited and said that I had not been very diplomatic in handling Count Ikeda, and that Ikeda apparently sensed that something was going on that his clique did not know about, and had asked the higher authorities for an explanation. This brought the Kenpei Tai down to Bunka, and for a few days’ things were quite tense in the Japanese front office with everyone going into excited conferences. After a few days’ things began to quiet down. Tasaki said that some of the Japanese who had approved the new radio program had asked him to suggest to me that they would have the military down to hear the broadcast. The military would then think everything was alright and leave us alone. To this I refused, stating that if we were not permitted to carry on the program as planned, we would not broadcast at all. These arguments lasted long into the night, with Tasaki carrying the results back and forth between the Japanese and the Civilianaires as Andrews, Tunnicliffe, Glazier and I called our new proposed program. This bickering went on for two or three weeks, with the final result that we agreed to put on a substitute program for the broadcast the military were to listen to, but we would not use Count Ikeda’s ideas. In June first we moved to our new quarters in a Japanese residence one block from Bunka and started the Civilianaire broadcasts. The military authorities listened to our first broadcast and as Tasaki had predicted left us entirely alone from then on. We made our broadcasts concerning the Red Cross and the Mormon Elders, asking the United States to confirm receiving them via short wave to the Civilianaires. Preparations were made by the Japanese to concentrate all Mormon Elders, held prisoner by Japan, in Tokyo, so that when we had received concentrate all Mormon Elders, held prisoner by Japan, in Tokyo, so that when we had received confirmation of receiving the broadcasts from the United States, these Mormon Elders would be placed in my charge and flown by the Japanese to the Russian border near Vladivostok where I was to escort them to the border and turn them over to the U.S. representative there. A week or more passed with no reply from the United States Government, so the broadcasts were repeated. The U.S. Government never replied so the plan had to be abandoned. The recordings of these broadcasts are in the files of the U.S. Government and also the files of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, or Mormon Church, in Salt Lake City, Utah.

                In our new quarters we were left almost entirely to ourselves. Tasaki, Takabataki, and Tadso Ito slept there nights. There were no Japanese guards. We had very little contact with the other prisoners at Bunka. Our food ration was put in a pail by Shenk and taken to the guard room in Bunka where it was picked up by Glazier three times a day. We were now subsisting entirely on boiled millet.

                The allied air raids were being intensified, and Tokyo was becoming a city of ashes, rubble and dead. It is only a miracle that we survived the bombing. Almost every direction we looked from our quarters there was nothing to be seen but fire ravaged building as far as we could see. Perhaps the reason we were spared was because the Bunka district was composed off schools and hospitals, which fact was probably known to the Allies and they did not bomb this area.

                Tasaki furnished us daily with large sheaf’s of monitored radio broadcasts form the United States, so that we could keep good track of how the war was progressing. Friction was becoming more apparent between the Japanese. The military die hards were exhorting the people to a last-ditch fight, while other elements were seeking means to surrender without losing too much face. The underground movement was getting bolder and impregnating ever channel of Japanese war endeavor.

                Late in July Tasaki informed me that Prince Kuni was coming to see me for a conference. Prince Kuni was the Emperor’s brother. I had previously requested of Tasaki that he permitted an audience with the Emperor to discuss Peace. The morning Prince Kuni was to arrive at our quarters, I told Andrews, Tunnicliffe and Glazier to carry on their work as usual. Not to rise and bow but stay seated all the time. About ten o’clock that morning, I heard someone coming in the front door. I looked up and saw, Tasaki with Prince Kuni and several other Japanese, some in civilian clothes and some in uniform. I remained seated at my desk until they came near. I arose. Tasaki introduced Prince Kuni and I. I bowed, asked the Prince to be seated, and resumed my seat. Everyone else in the room except Andrews, Tunnicliffe and Glazier, remained standing. We discussed the war situation and Prince Kuni said that he had been told that I was a man of peace and he was open for any suggestions I might have to bring the war to a close, honorably. The word, honorably, implied without losing too much face. Prince Kuni also asked what the Japanese could expect if they surrendered. I told him that my government had never been too hard in their treatment of people whom they had conquered in war, that on the contrary they had been most generous in the rehabilitation of those countries, and that I did not think that my Government would change that policy with regards to Japan. I told him that I knew that face saving meant a great deal to the Japanese people, that it was little understood by the American people. However, it could be classed in the same category as prestige when used by Americans. I suggested that this could be accomplished, if any surrender gesture made by the Japanese was made by the Emperor. That with my knowledge of the Japanese, no one would question such a decision by the Emperor. That with my knowledge of the Japanese, no one would question such a decision by their Emperor. After our talk Prince Kuni was very profuse in his thanks, and the entire party left.

                You can well imagine the feelings of Andrews, Tunnicliffe, Glazier and myself after this conference. If the Japanese by any chance followed the suggestions, I had made to Prince Kuni, it would mean that they had virtually surrendered to four American prisoners of war. The boys kept asking me, “Do you think they will do it?” “You put it pretty blunt to him.” – “Maybe too blunt.”  “Maybe they won’t like it, after they get thinking it over.” I told the boys I had only stated the truth, and I hoped for the best. What they would do at this stage of the war was anybody’s guess.

                From then on, we saw very little of Tasaki. He would come a little before time for us to go to the radio station. Take us there. Bring us back, and then we would not see him until next morning. One day he came in and said that he had some bad news to tell us. Some atomic bombs had been dropped on Nagasaki and Hiroshima. The damage was terrible. He said if we had anything white in the line of clothes, to wear white or light colors, and to get under the concrete portion of the house at every air raid warning as fast as we could.

                On August 9, 1945 Tasaki told us it looks like its all over. The big news is scheduled for day after tomorrow. August 10th, 1945, our radio broadcast contained this closing message, “Listen to the Civilian Aire Program tomorrow at this same time and you will hear what the people of the world have been waiting for and longing to hear.”

                Nothing more happened until August 14, 1945. The first word we had was from Glazier who said that as he was going over to Bunka for our food ration, he said people were standing in the street listening to someone talking on the radio in Japanese. Everyone was standing as if in awe. Glazier could not understand what it was all about. The next we heard was Tasaki rushing in and saying, “I’ve only got a minute. – They have done it. – The Emperor announced the surrender over the radio just a little while ago.- Be ready to go to the Radio station and make your last broadcast.”

                As we neared the radio station that day there was a cordon of Japanese soldiers stationed around the four blocks surrounding the radio station. They were standing almost elbow to elbow. No one was allowed near the radio station, except on special pass. Tasaki showed our special pass and we went into the radio station. Everyone in sight was armed with some kind of gun. No one seemed to pay any attention to us. I will never forget that broadcast. We did not follow any script. We were alone in front of the mic. A lone radio technician at the controls in the control room, who could not speak a word of English. We were pretty excited. The first thing we said over the mic was, first, me, with, “What will we do now, boys?” Glazier replied, “Let’s set here and grin at each other.” The rest of the program I do not remember much about. We were too excited. We shouted its all over. We slapped each other on the back and danced all over the broadcasting room. The Japanese fellow in the control room must have thought we had gone batty.

                We returned to our quarters. Tasaki left. In a few minutes he was back with two armed soldiers. Taskaki left. In a few minutes he was back with two armed soldiers. He explained to me that the underground had come out into the open, and it had been found out that I had been actively working with them. The guards were to protect me from the Japanese. One was placed at the gate entering the yard and the other was supposed to stay where he could see me at all times.

                That night things in Tokyo were hectic. In one of the buildings not far from where we were, people could be heard singing far into the night. Bursts of Machine gun fire could be heard occasionally, along with spasmodic rifle fire. The next day Japanese planes flew overhead dropping leaflets telling the people to stand by the air force and fight to the last man; to ignore the Emperor’s prescript surrender announcement. Japanese were firing on Japanese planes. High ranking Japanese officers were committing harikari. Over Tokyo hung a pal of smoke from burning records.  The Japanese were burning everything they did not want to get into American hands. The rebellious air force was hard to quell. Prince Kuni after making repeated personal appeals at the various air bases finally quieted them down. After a few days, the guards were removed from our quarters.

                For the next few days, we did nothing but relax and anticipate our return to home and loved ones. Tasaki told us we were to be sent back to Omori to await the arrival of the American liberating forces. On some pretext Tasaki asked me to go with him for a while. We were gone a couple of hours doing nothing in particular except ride the tram to Tokyo and back. When we returned to out quarters, To my utter amazement I saw that a large table had been arranged in the main room and Andrews, Tunnicliffe, Glazier, and about a dozen Japanese including Major Hifumi were seated at the table which contained quite a variety of good food. As Tasaki and I entered everyone arose and I was ushered by Tasaki to the seat at the head of the table. Major Hifumi then gave a short speech which was interpreted by Tasaki as; “We now have peace, for which you have worked very hard. This dinner is given in your honor, in appreciation of your untiring efforts to bring about peace between out two countries.” Every Japanese present then arose and bowed to me and then to Andres, Tunnicliffe and Glazier. It was a memorable occasion.

                About Aug. 22, 1945 we were told to get out belongings together and be prepared to return to Omori. Orders were issued by Japanese authorities that no prisoner would be allowed to take any pictures or written or printed material with him. During my entire time in Japanese hands I had kept a complete record of everything I had written, including copies of all correspondence with the Japanese authorities. I also had pictures and other data in my possession which I believed would be of interest to the occupation forces. During the bombings, I had carefully hidden them under a pile of rocks away from buildings to protect them in case of fire. I did not intend to leave these things behind. I told Tasaki I would not leave without them. He took it up with major Hifumi and Major Hifumi stamped the packages with his personnel chop and gave me a letter to the Omori authorities stating that I was permitted to keep them.

TRANSLATION

CERTIFICATE OF PROOF

American – Non-Combatant Mark L. Streeter.

Because of the about mentions person, who previously had been forced to participate in the local special broadcasting programs, may need some proof for his defense in this connection upon returning to his country, the following two articles have been specially granted to him to take back.

  1. A black case containing original copies and other matters
  2. A paper bag which contains original copies of written matters.

August 23, 1945

Public Relations,

Branch Office, Surugadai

Kyuhei Hifumi, Major, Japanese Army.

We joined the other POWs at Bunka and all retuned to Omori together. Major Hifumi and Tasaki accompanied us to Omori. Upon out arrival at Omori, our belongings were searched, and we were assigned to a barracks, with nothing to do but wait for the Americans to strive and take us home. We had not been at Omori long before American planes flew over and dropped food and clothes by parachute. Everyone went a little wild at the sight of our own planes. August 29, 1945 the American prisoner liberating forces under Capt. Harold E. Stassen, USN landed at Omori.

By rights this should be the end of the story of Bunka. The war over and the Bunka Prisoners of war on their way home, with Bunka but a bad memory, but it is not the end of the Bunka Affair. There is much more. Some of it not very pleasant to tell.

Some actions of the human mind are very strange: very strange indeed, and what brings on some of these strange actions is hard to understand and has puzzled some of our best minds. There is no set formula for mind reactions which cause panic. It is believed that panic is caused by fear. Whether the fear is well founded or not matters little.

When Capt. Harold E. Stassen, USN, former governor of Minnesota, landed at Omori, I saw POW Captain Wallace E. Ince, US Army in earnest conversation with him. I have since heard what this conversation was about. However, as this story is based on fact, I will omit all hearsay. This was August 29, 1945. Shortly before sundown Capt. Ince came in the barracks where I was billeted and asked me if I would come with him for a few minutes. I replied in the affirmative and proceeded to climb down from the upper bed deck to go with him. He preceded me out of the barracks, I being perhaps about ten feet behind him. He was walking in the direction of the main camp office. I paid little attention to where we were going, thinking that Capt. Ince wanted me to help perform some task which needed doing. As we came abreast of the main camp office, I noticed that there were a lot of American Officers and men in American uniforms gathered on the front raised platform. It was then Captain Ince halted facing the gathered officers. I also stopped, still about ten paces behind him. He saluted Capt. Stassen and said, “Sir, I would like to place Mark L. Streeter, civilian from Wake Island, and Sgt. John David Provoo, U.S. Army under arrest. Capt. Stassen replied, “Then place them under arrest.” Ince then ordered me to turn around and go back to the barracks. When I turned, I saw Sgt. John David Provoo, under the custody of POW Sgt. Frank Fugita, US Army, a few feet behind where I was standing. This was the first knowledge I had that they were anywhere in the vicinity. We four went back to the barracks, where Capt. Ince informed me, I was his prisoner, and I was to speak to no one. Neither Capt. Ince or Sgt. Fujita carried any side arms. I asked Capt. Ince, What is this all about? – He replied, “You are not in the custody of the United States Army,” and refused to say more. Andrews, Tunnicliffe, and Glazier saw what went on and wanted to take care of Capt. Ince and Sgt. Fujita, but I told them that Capt. Stassen had authorized it, so I would follow it through and find out what it was all about. When the first landing craft were ready to take of POWs, the POWs were all lined up waiting. Capt. Ince and Sgt. Fujita took Sgt. Provoo and I to the head of the line and went aboard first. Andrews plunged and elbowed his way through the line and got aboard right behind us. I could see that he was going to stick close to me, if he had to fight to do it, if for no other reason than to be a witness to what went on.

The landing craft which held about fifty POWs pulled up alongside of the U.S.N Hospital Ship Benvolence, and we clambered aboard. We were given baths, deloused, and given clean clothes. Sgt. Provoo and I were assigned to the LOCK ward, which was full of shellshock, or as they are called it in this war, GI’s suffering from battle fatigue.

I had carried with me all of my papers, in all about twenty five or thirty pounds, in a Dutch haversack and an oilcloth pouch I had made from a worn out rain coat. The corpsman in charge of the Lock ward wanted to put these through the delouser, and was very insistent. I demanded to see the purser of the ship, and finally after much arguing the purser was brought, and I turned my two bags of papers over to him and asked that they be locked up in the ship’s safe, until I could turn them over to Navy Intelligence. I then wrote a letter to Captain Laws, skipper of the Benevolence and requested that I be permitted to see Navy Intelligence and turn the papers I had over to them. Sgt. Provoo and I remained in that ward two weeks, without anyone coming to see us. We were still in the dark as to why we were there. At the end of the two weeks we were transferred to the U.S.A Hospital Ship Marigold, and again confined to Lock ward cells, about three feet by six feet in size. No medical treatment was given to us. I was permitted to bring my papers to the Marigold and there given a receipt for them. After about three days two Army CIC officers came to see me. I told them where my papers were and told them to get them. Sgt. Provoo and I remained aboard the Marigold one week. Nothing having been told us why we were there. At the end of the week we were taken to the Yokahama city jail then under control of the Americans. Here I was interviewed by the press. The interview was most interesting. Two newsmen were let into my cell. Introduced themselves and said, “We have received permission to interview you.” I replied, “The mystery deepens, perhaps you gentlemen can tell me what this is all about.” One of them handed me a copy of a recent radio news broadcast which stated that; “Mark L. Streeter, a civilian from Wake Island, has been taken into custody by the U.S. Eight Army Counterintelligence Corps. Streeter is the only American on General McArthur’s top list of War Criminals.” To say that I was dumbfounded, would be putting it mildly. I told the newsmen what had transpired since my capture, and said, “I am sorry, gentlemen, if you are looking for something sensational, I am afraid I will have to disappoint you. I have told you all that I know. The Army has failed to tell me anything so far. One of the newsmen then said, “Who arrested you, and what have you been charges with?” I replied’ “I have already told you about the Captain Ince incident at Omori. As for charges I know nothing except what you have shown me in that news broadcast.” This ended the interview. A few minutes later, it was now about nine o’clock at night, Sgt. Provoo and I were whisked out of the Yokahama city jail and taken by jeep to the Yokahama prison, also under the control of the Americans. We were the first prisoners to arrive. A few minutes after we entered the prison, and were waiting to see what happened next before we were put in a cell, another group of prisoners were brought in, including Col. Misinger, (German) called the Butcher of Warsaw: Jorge Vargas and his two very young sons; (Vargas was secretary to President Osmenda of the Philippines.); other Filipinos in the group were, Jose P. Laurel former Chief Justice of the Philippines Supreme Court and his son Jose P. Laurel Jr.; Camilo Osias former Philippine representative in the United States Senate, and B. Aquino also former Philippine representative in the U.S. Senate. We were all booked under the watchful eyes of American GI guards with automatic rifles and assigned to cells.

The next day Sgt. Provoo and I were taken out of Yokohama Prison by the U.S. Eight Army Provost Marshal and take to the Provost Marshal’s office in Yakohama. The provost Marshal told us, “I do not know what this is all about, but you do not have to worry now. Make yourselves at home here for a while, until I can get time, and I will take you down to the pier and put you aboard a LS boat headed for the States.” About an hour later the Provost Marshal took us aboard the LS5 and told us we were to have the freedom of the ship, but not to leave the ship while it was in port without his permission. We were assigned to bunks in the crew quarters. After a good bath we joined the crew at mess and enjoyed a good meal. About nine o’clock that night we were in the ship recreation room listening to the radio and talking to crew members, when the Captain of the ship came in and touched me on the shoulder at the same time saying in a low voice, “Mr. Streeter some changes must be made in your quarters, will you and Sgt. Provoo accompany me please?” We were told to get out belongings from our bunks and were escorted to the ship’s brig down in the bilge and there locked up, again without any explanation. We were at a loss to understand what was going on. The next morning two CIC men took us off the ship. We were photographed and placed in a jeep and taken back to Yokohama Prison, and again placed in dingy cells. In the course of the next few days more prisoners were brought in including, John Holland (Australian) who had just been released from the Japanese Prison at Saparo where he was confined for eighteen months in solitary. He was in very bad shape physically. Raja Mehandra Pratap (Indian National) founder of the World Federation, who had been given political asylum by Japan years ago, after his break with the British over India independence; The German Embassy staff, Ambassador Stammer; Franz Josef Span; Count Derkheim; Walker Peckrun; Dr. Kinderman, Helmit POP; Hendrick Low and others; the Chinese Embassy staff including Admiral Wu; Professor Feng Tung Tsu; Joseph Jer Cherng and others; Dr. Maung finance Minister of Burma; Ba Ma and other Burmese; Dr. Van Deinst, Dutch Buddist Priest; Iva Toguri de Aquino known as Tokyo Rose; Lilly Abbeg (Swiss) radio broadcaster; General Homa, and other high ranking Japanese including the Prime Minister.

The only difference in this prison and the former prison and prison camps I had been in was the different uniforms the guards wore, and we were fed. We worked, ate, bathed, and slept under the menacing muzzles of Tommy guns. We were forced to do the most belittling tasks, mopping dirty halls and picking up cigarette butts and other filth around the prison. We were given no medical attention, even though Dr. Maug was suffering from creeping paralysis; John Holland, Sgt. Provoo and I were suffering from acute palegria and beri-beri, yet I was told by a prison officer that I would have to make daily rounds of the prison yard under guard and pick up all cigarette butts and other filth around the prison. The officer told me I would have to do it “or else”. While making these rounds around the prison, I had opportunity to talk to Iva Toguri de Aquino through her cell bars. Outside of our working period and exercise period the rest of the time was spent in dark prison cells.

After we were in Yokohama prison a few days, General Eichelberger made the rounds of the prison talking briefly with each prisoner, the main question to all was the same, “Are you getting enough to eat?” On this day my cell door was thrown open and General Eichelberger said, “Are you getting plenty to eat?”

I replied. “Yes.”

The General then said; “Do you know Tokyo Rose?:”

I answered, “Yes, I know the girl referred to as Tokyo Rose.”

General Eichelberger then said, “She done us a lot of good when we needed it, a lot more than the rest of you g__ D___ Japs.”

This conversation was heard by both Sgt. John David Provoo and John Holland, both of whom had cells adjoining mine.

A few days after this incident I was escorted to the prison office and introduced to a National Broadcasting Company representative, I have forgotten his name. He was permitted to interview me in a room by ourselves. I related the events of my prisoner of war experience up to the present time. The NBC interviewer said, “I think you have gotten a raw deal, and I am going to give you a break in my broadcast.”

Since hearing what his broadcast said after my return to the United states, if he was sincere in his statement to me, U.S. Army censorship deleted the major portion of it, and is so often the case half-truths are more dangers than outright lies.

A few days later I had a call from the American Red Cross and was asked if there was anything that I needed. I told them that the only thing that I wanted was the opportunity to send a cable to my wife telling her that I was alright. I wrote a very short cable to my wife simply stating, “I am O.K. Please do not worry.” The Red Cross representative said it would be sent at once. Three months later this same cable was given to me and I was asked by the prison authorities id I wished it send as a letter. Letter writing under censorship was now granted. Up to this time we were held incommunicado.

While in Yokohama Prison I was interviewed on numerous occasions by the CIC and once by the FBI. I gave the CIC information on tunnels the Japanese had dug in which to hide things they did not wish to fall into Allied hands. I had seen some of these tunnels, and had seen the Japanese hauling a truck load of records from the building across the street from the radio station. Records were being burned all over Tokyo at that time, so the logical conclusion on seeing piles of records burning in the rear of the building from which these records and items were being loaded on a truck, was that the Japanese intended to hide them. The occupation forced later found many of these tunnels and recovered many valuable records and much bullion and precious gems in them. I also turned over to the CIC the name of Dr. Tasaki who had told me he had saved a supply of radium form a bombed-out laboratory.

During my stay at Yokohama prison I borrowed a typewriter from John Holland and made out a reparations claim against Japan, filing one copy with General MacArthur and sending one to the United States Attorney General for Appropriate disposition.

In November 1945 we were all transferred from Yokohama Prison to Sugama Prison in Tokyo. Sugamo is the largest prison in Japan. It was now divided into three sections, The red section for Japanese prisoners, the white sections for GI prisoners, and the Blue sections for political prisoners. With the exception of the Japanese who were confined at Yokohama we were all placed in the blue section. The prison was under the command of Colonel Robert Hardy, U.S. Army of Yakima, Washington. However, Sugamo was little improvement over Yokohama prison. The guards inside the prison now did not carry guns, and much of the belittling work was omitted. The orders to get prisoners to do work in the prison was modified to “request for volunteers. By the implication of the “request” it was very plain that if prisoners did not “volunteer” the results would not be too pleasant. Being a construction foreman, I was “requested” to build some brick walls in the exercise yard and paint the interior of the “Blue section”. I was given the German embassy staff for a crew. In addition to this work I was “requested” to build a pulpit in the end of the dining room which was used for church services, in addition to this I was “requested” to take charge of all incoming food stores for the Blue section and keep the dining room in order for meals and church and motion pictures, which were given about twice a week. I performed these duties throughout my stay at Sugamo. We were still denied all medical attention. Dr. Maung’s Paralysis condition became very bad. We prisoners did what we could to try and make him comfortable. He died on a British ship In route to Burma after his release from Sugamo. Sgt. Provoo had begun to crack up from the terrific mental strain of this extended prison life and became quite a problem. The only person that could do anything with him was myself. He depended entirely on me. I had several hot arguments with the CIC and prison officials concerning his treatment. His mother died while he was in Sugamo and the shock nearly finished Sgt. Provoo.

The Protestant Chaplain and the Catholic Chaplain of the prison took a great interest in Sgt. Provoo and I, and tried to get something done in our behalf. However, they were squelched by the high brass, and told to keep hands off both of us. The Protestant Chaplain ignored the orders and persisted to work in our behalf, and was transferred out of Sugamo leaving the prison without a Protestant Chaplain. The Catholic Chaplain told me he had been given the same orders, and feared if he did more he would be ousted too. He said for the spiritual wellbeing of the inmates he would have to comply with the high brass orders so as to remain in Sugamo, and he thought it best that he stay, to comfort the prisoners as much as possible.

The long months of confinement were becoming unbearable to men and women who were locked up and forgotten, and given no reason for such confinement. Most of the prisoners in the Blue section wrote letters to Scap (Allied Headquarters) asking for an explanation of why they were there and what they were to expect. The only letter SCAP considered important enough to answer was the letter written by Franz Josef Spahn, a rabid Nazi, and head of the German Nazi party in Japan during the war. A copy of the letter follow:

                                                                                                                                                APO 500

                                                                                                                                                17 May 1946

Mr. Franz Josef Spahn

Sugamo Prison

Tokyo, Japan

Dear Mr. Spahn:

                Necessary action is being taken to effect your repatriation to Germany.

                Until final decision has been reached with regards to repatriation, your present status remains unchanged.

                                For the Supreme Commander:

                                                                                                B.M. Fitch,

                                                                                                Brigadier General, AGD,

                                                                                                Adjutant General.

Having despaired of receiving any answer to my letters to SCAP. I prepared a writ of Habeas Corpus had it attested by Lt. Bernard, U.S. Army, and sent it to the State Departments highest civilian representative in Japan, George Atchison.

Unites States of America

                                                                —————0—————-

=

Mark L. Streeter (A citizen of the United States of America) Vs The Commanding Officer of Sugamo Prison or any                           Person or entity who may be holding his person In Custody.          Habeas Corpus

Before any Federal Court of the United States of America authorized to entertain and issue the writ of Habeas Corpus.

Petition

Comes now the undersigned petitioner, Mark L. Streeter, in his own behalf or by any representation signing this petition in his name and behalf and most respectfully avers the following:

  1. That he, Mark L. Streeter, is a natural born citizen of the State of Utah and of the United States of America: 48 years of age, married, last legal residence Lewiston Orchards, Lewiston, Idaho, present families legal residence 490-30th Street, Ogden, Utah, U.S.A. and as such citizen of the United States of America is entitled to all the rights, privileges and immunities appertaining to a citizen of the United States of America under the Constitution, the laws and common and time honored traditions of the People of the United States of America.
  2. That at the present time he is illegally and without authority of law or the Government of the United States of American and contrary to the laws and customs and usages of civilized nations detained in Sugamo Prison, Tokyo, Japan, and deprived of his freedom in violation of the Constitution, laws and cherished ideals and traditions of the American people: that he has not been informed of any valid cause or reason for his detention.
  3. That he has been deprived of his freedom continuously since December 23rd, 1941 to the date of the filing of this petition ———————-1946, first by the military forces of the Imperial Government of Japan and since August 29th, 1945 by the United States Army of occupation of Japan instead of being liberated as an American prisoner of war in the custody of the Japanese: that for his incarceration by the Japanese during the afore-said period he has suffered both physical and mental cruelties and other abuses which permanently affected his state of mind and health, and further impaired his normal means of livelihood, and jeopardized his United States citizenship and has filed a claim against the Imperial Government of Japan, it’s institutions and people responsible for his illegal imprisonment as a military prisoner of war and the abuses appertaining thereto which he was forced to suffer, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part of this petition as Exhibited A.
  4. That the facts and circumstances leading to petitioner’s incarceration by the military forces of the Imperial Government of Japan and later by the American Army of occupation of Japan are to the best of his knowledge and belief as follows:

From March 1st, 1941 to September 25th, 1941 petitioner was engaged in building emergency defense housing projects at Boise, Idaho, Fort Lewis, Washington, Bremerton, Washington, and Seattle, Washington.

On September 30th, 1941 at Alameda, California he signed a nine months labor contract (Contract No. W1821) with the Pacific Naval Contractors for the building of Emergency defense buildings on Wake Island.

He was transported to Wake Island on U.S. Naval ships, arriving at Wake Island October 30th, 1941, immediately commenced work and continued to work until December 8th, 1941.

After 16days of bombardment by the Japanese, Wake Island capitulated and on December 23rd, 1941 he was taken prisoner by the Japanese, and forced to do slave labor on Wake Island until on or about January 12th, 1942.

On or about January 12th, 1942 he was taken aboard the Japanese ship Nita Maru by the Japanese military forces and transported to Woo Sung, China prison camp, arriving there on or about January 23rd, 1942.

On or about January 1st, 1943 he was transported by the Japanese military forces to Kiang Wan China prison camp.

On or about November 15th, 1943 he was transported by the Japanese military forces to Omori Prison Camp near Tokyo, Japan.

On December 1st, 1943 he was transported by the Japanese Military forces to Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp, Surugadai, Tokyo, Japan, and there at the treat of death and other means of coercion and duress, forced against his will to aid other Allied prisoners of war who were under the same threats and duress, to prepare, write and broadcast radio short wave programs over Radio JOAK for the Imperial Japanese Army and directed to America.

On or about August 22nd, 1945 he was placed under arrest by the American military liberation forces at Omori Prison Camp and transferred to the lock ward of the U.S.S. Benovelence.

On September 7th, 1945 he was transferred to the lock ward of the U.S.S. marigold.

On September 12th, 1945, he was transferred by the C.I.C. to Yokahama city jail and that evening transferred to Yokahama Prison.

On September 13th, 1945, he was transferred by the C.I.C. to the U.S.S. L.S. 5 Brig.

On September 14th 1945, he was transferred by the C.I.C. to Yokahama Prison.

On November 16th, 1945, he was transferred by the C.I.C. to Sugamo Prison, Tokyo, Japan where he remains at this writing.

  • That the herein petitioner alleges that during the entire period of his incarceration by the American Army occupation forces he has been denied free access to the mail: denied the benefit of counsel or legal representation: and that the length of his illegal detention now constitutes a prison sentence without legal trail or proceeding in the form of criminal accusation, or fair trail by jury: and that as an American citizen no official, functionary, organ or authority of the United states Government may deprive him of his liberty indefinitely and without due process of law and in violation of the fundamental rights, guarantees and immunities of a citizen of the United States.
  • That petitioners detention in Sugamo Prison, Tokyo, Japan, by whomever person responsible therefore is a travesty on American Justice, repugnant to the fundamental constitutional rights of an American citizen and in derogation of the sacred traditions of the American people.

WHEREFORE IT IS PRAYED:

  1. That waiving formalities and technicalities of the law with which the herein petitioner is not familiar an order to Show Cause be issues by a competent court of the United States of America to the Commander-in-Chief of the United States forces in the Pacific, The Commanding Officer of Sugamo Prison, Tokyo, Japan or any officer, person or authority concerned:
  2. That the Herein petitioner be given an opportunity to plead his case personally:
  3. And after hearing the herein petitioner released from custody and enjoy the rights and freedoms of American Citizenship.
  4. It is further prayed that the service of the required summons to transmitted to the person or persons concerned by cable or radio to speedily bring about the release of the petitioner from the injustice of prolonged illegal imprisonment which is impairing his state of health and mind.
  5. The petitioner further prays that the court will order the personal property listed herewith in copy of receipt, be also delivered with the petitioners person intact at Habeas Corpus proceeding in America.
  6. Further the herein petitioner prays for such appropriate and other remedies as to the Honorable Court taking cognizance of this case may seem equitable, meet and proper.

Mark L Streeter

Petitioner

(Sugamo Prison, Tokyo, Japan.)

                The Petitioner, Mark L. Streeter appearing personally before me, affixes his signature hereto and swears under oath that the statements made herein and attached hereto are true to the best of his knowledge and belief.

                                                                                                Signed                  Eng C Bernard                                    .

                                                                                                                                1st Lt. Inf.

ADDENDA

                There herein petitioner further states that this petition be considered a document in whole or a portion or addition to any similar petition that may have been filed in the United States by the petitioners wife or any representation signing and filing a similar petition his behalf.

                The petitioner further avers that being a citizen of the United States of America, That no official, functionary, organ, institution, or tribunal of any nature what-so-ever not functioning under the Constitution of the United States of America and within the Continental limits of the United States of America and under due process of United States Constitutional Law, has any right to detain, imprison, try or convict the petitioner on any charge real or imagined while said petitioner was or is illegally forcibly detained outside the territorial limits of the United States of America during time of war, or by military forces of any nationality.

                The petitioner further states that due to the published malicious distortions of the truth relative to petitioners activities during the more than 44 months of his prisoner of war confinement by the Japanese military forces, and the subsequent more that 7 months of his illegal imprisonment by the United States military forces which can only be the result of criminal negligence in the performance of duty of those responsible for such a travesty of Justice and human decency and considering such action to be premeditated collusion to obstruct justice, the petitioner is forced as an American citizen to stand upon his Constitutional rights and refuse to make any statements or give any testimony, the truth of which may be further distorted to be used as evidence against him, until he is under the jurisdiction of the lawfully constituted authority of the Federal Courts in the United States of America.

                In the absence of legal counsel the petitioner reserves the right to make any additions to or add any depositions to this petition or subpoena any witnesses, which in his belief may be necessary for the protection of his rights as a citizen of the United States of America and the restoration of his freedom.

                The petitioner further states that any typographical errors or misspelling or the omission of proper punctuation in this petition shall in no way deter its true meaning or lessen it validity.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Exhibit A.

                (Copy)

REPARATIONS CLAIM.

Mark L. Streeter,   vs   (A citizen of the United states of America)The Imperial Government of Japan, the following persons and institutions of such government that may arrise there-from: Emperor Hirohita: ex-Prime minister Hideki Tojo: the imperial japanese aremy: the Imperial Japanese Navy: the administrative head of Japanese Prison camps: Inosuko Furuno, president of domei and director of Japan Broadcasting Corporation: Prime Minister Kijuro Shidehara, and any other persons whom it may concern.

The following claims for reimbursement for losses and reparations for damages sustained by the claimant, Mark L. Streeter, and incurred by acts of the Imperial Government of Japan, et al, between December 7, 1941 and December 7, 1945 or the date of the completion of this litigation, are herewith entered and filed with the judicial body having jurisdiction, for prompt hearing and adjudication.

STATEMENT OFCAUSE:

                As a result of the aggressive warring actions of the Imperial Government of Japan, et al, on and subsequent to their first attack on the possession and property of the United States of America, Wake Island on December 7, 1941, the claimant Mark L. Streeter a citizen of the United Stated of America then engaged in peace-time building construction on Wake Island, has suffered the herein after mentioned losses, and compelled by the Imperial Government of Japan et all, at the risk of life, limb and health to undergo the following experiences and submit to the following conditions, in violation of agreements existing between the Imperial Government of Japan and the United Stated of America concerning the care and treatment of non-combatant civilians of either respective nation apprehended or coming under the control of either nation during time of war.

  1. As a result of the bombing of Wake Island by the military forces of the Imperial Government of Japan, the claimant, Mark L. Streeter lost tools and personal belongings valued at $400.00 (U.S.) for which reimbursement is claimed.
  2. On December 23,1941, the claimant, Mark L. Streeter was taken captive on Wake Island by the Imperial Japanese Naval forces, and forced to do hard manual labor on Wake Island without adequate food, clothes, sleeping quarters or medical attention or treatment until on or about January 12, 1942, for which the claimant claims pay equivalent to his Wake Island contract pay.
  3. On or about January 12, 1942, the claimant Mark L. Streeter was forced by the Imperial Japanese Naval forces to board the Japanese ship Nita Maru and was transported without adequate quarters, food, clothes, or medical care to Woo Sung, China and there turned over to the custody of forces of the Imperial Japanese Army on January 23, 1942 and treated as a military prisoner of war and confined in Woo Sung Prison Camp for approximately one year, without adequate living quarters, food, clothes or medical care and forced to do electrical repair and maintenance work in prison camp, for which the claimant claims pay equivalent to prevailing electricians wages in the United States of America at the time.
  4. On or about January 1, 1943 the claimant Mark L. Streeter was transferred by the forces of the Imperial Japanese Army to Kiang Wan Prison Camp where he was confined until about November 15, 1943, without adequate living quarters, food, clothes or medical care and forced to do electrical repair and maintenance work in prison camp, for which the claimant claims pay equivalent to prevailing electricians wages in the United States of America at the time.
  5. On or about November 15,1943 the claimant Mark L. Streeter was transferred by the forces of the Imperial Japanese Army to Omori Prison Camp near Tokyo, Japan, confined there for one week without adequate living quarters, clothes, food or medical care, for which the claimant claims wages equivalent to the wages of writers and radio broadcasters in the United States of America at the time, that being the purpose, then unknown to the claimant, that the claimant was brought to Tokyo, Japan and later forced at threat of death to do.
  6. On December 1, 1943 the claimant Mark L. Streeter was transferred by the forced of the Imperial Japanese Army to Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp in Tokyo, Japan, and there confined until on or about August 22, 1945 without adequate living quarters, clothes, food or medical care, and forced by threat of death to write and broadcast material for the Japanese Army over Radio Tokyo, JOAK, for which the claimant claims pay equivalent to wages of radio writers and broadcasters in the United States of America at the time.
  7. On or about August 22, 1945 the claimant Mark L. Streeter was transferred by the forced of the Imperial Japanese Army to Omori Prison Camp and confined there until August 29, 1945, without adequate living quarters, clothed, food or medical care, for which the claimant claims pay equivalent to wages of radio writers and broadcasters in the United States of America at the time.
  8. During the 44 months of the claimant Mark L. Streeter’s confinement in prison camps under the supervision and direction of the Japanese Military forces, the claimant due to lack of proper sanitary conditions lack of proper sustenance, and lack of proper medical care, suffered from malaria, malnutrition, beri-beri- palegria, physical and mental suffering which has permanently affected the claimants state of health and mind for which the claimant claims compensation in the amount of $50,000.00 (U.S.)
  9. Due to the warring actions of the Imperial Japanese Government et al, the claimant Mark L. Streeter was unable to complete his labor contract with the Pacific Naval Contractors on Wake Island thus the claimant claims from the Imperial Government of Japan et al, full reimbursement of the contract as if the claimant had worked continuously as stipulated in the terms of the contract for the entire length of time of his confinement by the Imperial Japanese military forced and until such time that the claimant is returned to his United States port of embarkation for Wake Island.
  10. Due to the claimant Mark L. Streeter’s Illegal confinement as a military prisoner of war by the military forces of the Imperial Government of Japan et al, the claimant by being denied the free access of the mail and renumeration for his enforced labor, has incurred losses of property both personal and real in Lewiston, Idaho, U.S.A., and business opportunities for which the claimant claims the sum of $50,000.00 (U.S.) from the Imperial Government of Japan et al.
  11. Due to the actions of the Imperial Government of Japan et al, in forcing the claimant Mark L. Streeter against his own will to write and broadcast for the Imperial Japanese Army over radio Tokyo, JOAK, the claimant was arrested at Omori Prison Camp by the United States military landing forces and has subsequently been confined in prison under suspicion of treasonable collaboration with the Imperial Government of Japan et al: the unfavorable publicity of such prison confinement and investigation by the United States military forces causing much damage to the character and reputation of the claimant, the claimants wife, children and close family relatives, for which the claimant claims the following character and reputation damage from the Imperial Government of Japan et al:

Mark L. Streeter —————————————-$100,000.00 (U.S.)

Mrs. Vera Streeter (Wife)—————————–$100,000.00 (U.S.)

Mrs. June Corsaro (Daughter)—————————$50,000.00 (U.S.)

John B. Streeter (Son)————————————$50,000.00 (U.S.)

Dolores J. Streeter (Daughter)————————-$50,000.00 (U.S.)

Mrs. Dorothy Porter (Daughter) ———————-$50,000.00 (U.S.)

Orson L. Streeter (Son)———————————–$50,000.00 (U.S.)

George C. Streeter (Father)—————————–$75,000.00 (U.S.)

Mrs. Jane A. Streeter. (Mother)————————$75,000.00 (U.S.)

Mrs. Vivian Hunt (Sister)———————————$50,000.00 (U.S.)

Mrs. Ina G. Komas (Sister) ——————————-$50,000.00(U.S.)

Calvin G. Streeter (Brother)——————————$50,000.00(U.S.)

  1. The Claimant Mark L. Streeter also claims reimbursement from the Imperial Government of Japan et al, for all expenses and costs incurred by the United States Government or it’s agents, in relation to the claimants arrest, detention, investigation, or any trial that may arise therefrom.
  2. The claimant Mark L. Streeter also claims reimbursement from the Imperial Government of Japan et al, of all the costs both legal and judiciary for the settling of this litigation.
  3. The claimant Mark L. Streeter also claims payment from the Imperial Government of Japan et al, of all costs both legal and judiciary for the settling of this litigation.

Copies of this document are herewith forwarded to the Attorney General of the United States of America for official recording, filling and prosecution, and to General Douglas MacArthur as the legal custodian of the assets of the Imperial Government of Japan et al and directorate of that governments functions.

The claimant requests a writ of attachment be issued against sufficient of the assets of the Imperial Government of Japan et al, to settle this claim upon completion of this litigation by due process of law.

Signed this 7th, day of December, 1945

       Mark L. Streeter       

Mark L. Streeter, (Claimant)

Present address of Confinement:

Hg.35th.A.A.A. Group

Sugamo Prison

A.P.P. 503% P.M. San Francisco, California

ADDENDA

                As NO PRICE can be placed upon the PRICELESS UNITED STATES CITIZENSHIP of the claimant

Mark L. Streeter, which is in jeopardy because of the actions of the Imperial Government of Japan et al, as stated in paragraph 11, the claimant contends that the reparations claim herein made are not in excess of the damage sustained.

                The claimant also contends that a precedent for such reparations claim by an individual citizen against a foreign government has already been established by an accepted claim or suit on record in the United States of America against the Imperial Government of Japan, and published in the world news.

                The claimant also contends that by the unconditional surrender of the Imperial Government of Japan et al, they thereby relinquished all rights of protection by any previous existing international agreements respecting laws governing the actions of aggrieved persons against the Imperial State, it’s citizens or institutions.

                By virtue of the Constitutional protection afforded United States citizens, the claimant Mark L. Streeter seeks such protection of his interests as the means of the law afford.

Oath of Affirmation:                                                                                                                       Dec. 10, 1945

                I, Mark L. Streeter the claimant, under oath do swear and affirm that the statements contained herein are true to the best of my knowledge.

                                                                                                                                Mark L. Streeter              

                                                                                                                                 Mark L. Streeter

Officer administering oath,

                                Signed here by Lt. Dermer. U.S. Inf.

Personal Property Receipt.

(copy)

                                                                USS BENEVOLENCE AH-13

                                                                % Fleet Post Office

                                                                San Francisco, California

4 September 1945.

To: Eight Army Officials.

Subj: Streeter, Mark Lewis, Civilian, inventory of property and effects in the case of.

  1. One(1) Black notebook containing Japanese currency, pictures, misc. papers and a power of Attorney executed by Arthur Dale Andrews, John Edward Tunnicliffe, and Milton Albert Glazier.
  2. One brown, rubberized pouch approximately 16” x 8” x 4”, containing two cardboard portfolios of written and printed materials, two copies of a publication “Voice of The People”, a book written by subj. man entitled “Energocracy Creating National Equilibrium”, a book in brown cardboard entitled “They Call Me a Fanatic”, written by subj. man, a portfolio of drawings and sketches by subject man, a book “Japanese in Thirty Hours”, a note book containing Japanese, English translations, two(2) pamphlets “Today” and “Bits of Life in Rhyme” both written by subj. man, and misc. letters and papers.
  3. One (1) pr. scissors.
  4. One (1) O.D. knapsack approximately 13” x 12” x 7” containing one large brown paper wrapped package, secured with twine, containing papers (package not opened). One blue box containing an opium pipe, a fan, lpr. sunglasses, one razor with blades, misc. coins and writing material, two small vases, a metal Buddha, misc. toys, and trinkets.

Receipt of the above listed items is acknowledged

Date-7 Sep 45 Name. William Leipfor.

                                                                                                                                Rank. 1 st. lt. Ma C

(Signature not legible believed to be Leipfor.)

                                                                                                                                Sugamo Prison

                                                                                                                                (Blue Section)

                                                                                                                                Tokyo, Japan

                                                                                                                                April 18, 1946

MEMORANDUM.

Subject: Displaced Persons. (Prisoners of War.)

Re: Mark L. Streeter. (American Civilian) emergency defense worker captured by the Japanese military forces with the capitulation of Wake Island on December 23, 1941 and held in continuous confinement in prison camps and prisons since that date, is still in Sugamo Prison, Tokyo, Japan without being given a valid cause or reason for his continued detention, and denied the rights of legal representation and other rights due an American Citizen under the time honored laws, customs and traditions of the United States of America: and denied the rehabilitation necessary to recover from the physical and mental suffering caused by the prolonged years of continuous imprisonment.

Refer to: Counterintelligence Corps files, re: Bunka Headquarters Prisoner of War Camp and enforced radio broadcasting activities of Allied Prisoners of war in Japanese custody.

                Reference is also here made that all Allied prisoners of war who were likewise forced under threat of death to participate in such obnoxious broadcasting endeavors for the Japs are at their respective homes enjoying the blessings of freedom, except the undersigned.

                                                                                                                                                Mark L. Streeter              

                                                                                                                                Mark L. Streeter. (American Civilian)

Rec’d 1974 APR 22 1946

Judge Advocate

U.S. Army

3 months after my return to the United States my wife received the following letter from the States Department.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Washington

                                                                September 24, 1946

In reply refer to

SPD

                My Dear Mrs. Streeter.

At the request of General MacArthur, there is transmitted herewith the petition for Writ of Habeas Corpus of Mr. Mark Lewis Streeter.

This department has no additional information and it is suggested that you consult an attorney should you desire legal advice. However, should any further information be received at this office I shall communicate with you again.

                                                                                                Sincerely yours,

                                                                                                                Albert E. Clattenburg Jr.

                                                                                                Chief, Special Projects Division

Enclosure:

                                                Petition for Writ

                                                Of Habeas Corpus.

Mrs. Vera Streeter.

                                                490 – 30th Street

                                                Ogden, Utah

                Nearly eight months of this extended prison life had passed, and the Blue Section of Sugamo Prison was becoming very blue indeed. Prisoners were fast losing faith in their visions of what justice meant. Perhaps you can understand the feelings of one in the dank dungeons of a Japanese prison months after the war was over, held virtually incommunicado, with no reason ever being given for such imprisonment. Men saw visions reflected in the eyes of others, visions you too may have seen. I have seen the war in all of its beastliness. I have seen dictatorships with all of their sufferings and sorrows imposed upon a helpless people. I have seen men in all their depravity, and all of their hypocrisy. I have seen life and I have seen death and the intervening time between life and death in the war, sights too repulsive to discuss. For a few moments let me tell you about a vision, a vision I had while in Sugamo Prison in Tokyo, Japan, a vision in blue, reflected in the eyes of my wife, whom I had not seen for nearly five years.—-

                In the night I looked into your eyes, a vision of blue loveliness, clear as crystal, blue crystal, like water with unprobed depths, and I saw therein lying thoughts too deep for tears, reflecting the tragedy of the mortal immortals of a receding world merrowed in the blue without beginning or end:

I saw miracles created by men; –men, women and children changed in the twinkling of an eye into blood spots on broken concrete; –and I saw history; glorious history, –written on the glazed cold eyes of the dead:– I saw the bleaching human bones tell the story better than words.

I saw merciful death stop the screams of the tortured, – and the red blood as drop by drop it soaked into the dust, – the dust of other dead.

I saw some pray and other prayers stilled on cold grey dead lips.

I saw words unspoken, and words spoken:- Men forbidden to speak, and men charged with having spoken hanging with necks broken, because other men had spoken. – and I saw freedom of speech gurgling sounds on the air-waves more unintelligible than static, and with less meaning:- and I saw ears listen and not hear what they heard,- and tongues speak and not know what they had spoken:- and I saw words smeared in printers ink, – dark words like black ink, – and clean words like the white paper on which they were printed, only to be discarded like old newspapers and become trash.

And I saw eyes full of fear, – and eyes full of pity, – and eyes full of hate, – and eyes that were tired and could not see what they saw:- and all was confusion:- Some Laughed, and some cursed, feeling neither mirth nor malice, – thinking of their stomachs, and feeling their necks just to make sure: – and others were counting medals, – and others were without medals: – and I saw the disciples of Christ in military uniform walking among the soldiers: – and I saw others with bloated stomachs from hunger, – end other with bloated stomachs from lust of the flesh, – and I heard babies cry and saw them suckle at breasts from which came no milk: – and I saw young men with guns on their shoulders, and they were tired: – and I saw old men with stars on their shoulders, – and other old men with no stars on their shoulders, and they talked and talked, and said many things, and the people listens and wondered. —-

And I saw people look out from prison bars, – and others look in through prison bars: – and I saw women cry, – and I saw men cry, – and some talked using big words, – and some could not talk because words no longer held any meaning. —

And I saw men going home —

I saw great important work to be done, and idle men shouting for work; – Then I closed my eyes, – I did not want to see more, – but I could still har strange sounds, – and I thought I heard you crying—-

And I looked, – and I saw the people, – the multitudes of people, – and some were black, and some were white;* and some were not so black, and some were not so white;* and I heard their voices, – some were gently, and some were harsh, – and some were not so gentle, and some were not so harsh, – and they spoke in many tongues, – and they made a big noise, and the noise covered everything, – and I listened, – and the noise went on and on, – and others listened:- and the voices spoke of many things, – of honor, – and of mothers and fathers, and little children, – and of men, and Gods and love, – and countries and laws, – and they were all mixed, – and the voices said honor was in all of them and they were all in honor, to be honored and honoring: – and I wanted to warn more about honor, and I sought it among the multitudes, – and I was one of the people, – and I met many people—–

And I saw the law makers make laws, – and some of the laws were good, and some of the laws were bas, – and some of the law-makers were good, and some of the law-makers were bad, and some of the people liked the laws, and some of the people did not like the laws, – and some of the people liked the law-makers, – and some of the people did not like the law-makers, – and some of the people made laws more to their own liking, – and some of the people obeyed the laws,- and some of the people did not obey the laws, – and some of the people said there were no laws, – and many people suffered and there was much confusion:- and they spoke of God’s laws, – and all of the people said God’s laws were good laws, – and just, – and that the Gods were wise, – wiser than men:- and the people thanked God for the good laws, – and promised to honors God’s Commandments, – and they rejoiced that it was good not to covet their neighbors goods, – and not be adulterers, – and to love their neighbors, – and not kill each other; – and then I saw the legions of dead soldiers, – and the soldiers who were not so dead, – and the victorious soldiers, – and the defeated soldiers, – and the ashes, – and the broken bricks, – and the broken homes, – and the broken lives:- and I heard the peoples voices, – and I learned about honor from them: – and I saw death and it became a common thing like life, only with more value, – and I saw men imprisoned, – and men hanged, because they believed what they were taught to believe, – and I saw others teaching their beliefs and childing those who did not believe; – And I saw people pray because they had no faith in their Gods; – and little faith in anything else:- Then I looked out of my prison window, and I saw the blue sky above and the green tree below, – and I thought about God, – and marveled at the beauty of the sky and tree: – and the disciples of God came into the prison to teach their beliefs, – and God did not come with them; – and the children of God sang hymns and offered prayers of supplication and adulation, — and God listened and wondered, – and the blue sky and the green trees remined as God made them,

                Then the shadows deepened and took lively shapes of people and things, – and I heard the muffled sobs in another prison cell, – and closing my weary eyes, weary at gazing at the prison walls of my shrunken world, – and the darkness became a cross, – and I dreamed of things that used to be and are no more, – and the present became doubtful, and the future more doubtful, – and only the past was real and I lived again through the life that was unreal and yet so real, – and the memory would not die—

                The confusion became more intense, – and some said they were right, and some said the right were wrong, – and some people shot other people because they did the same things they did, – and war became a magnificent thing in one noble breath, and an abominable crime in another pious breath, – and truth became a Chameleon of many changing colors, and you could not call it one thing in all places, because it became many things in many places, each a truth and right in itself blending into each new background, – and the judges tried to define it and could not because truth did not remain the same color when it changed places, – and the truth of one area became the untruth of another area, – and like Chameleons flicked their tongues at flies, – and the people watched them and wondered about the flies—

                The peace was unpeaceful, and the man made worlds within the world defied each other and tried to destroy the God made world, – and the blood of the dead became the tears of the living, – and prisons became the only refuge and haven of safety from the madness, – and memories were the only precious things, like the tough of your lips and the lingering nectar of a kiss—-

                And I awoke at the touch of a hand and felt the message that only the touch of a hand we love can tell. – You have such exquisite hands, My Dear, – such lovely hands within which to hold my heart, — and then I remembered that you were far away, – and it was dark, and it must have been the heavy hand of destiny that was pressing on my brow; – And I thought again of the people, – and the vision remains like bitter gall on my tongue.

                It was April 1946 and word finally came through that Sgt. Provoo was going home. He was given a new uniform with all of his proper decorations and bid me goodbye with tears in his eyes.

                On the way to one of the interviewing rooms to be interviewed by General French, U.S. Army Bureau of Physiological/Warfare concerning the effects of American psychological warfare on the Japanese people, I passed the Red Section and saw Premier Togo and Isamu Ishiharia the former slave driver from Kiang Wan Prison Camp in China, Ishiharia was tried for Committing atrocities to American and Allied POWs and given a life sentence at hard labor.

                One day I received a most pleasant surprise when going to an interviewing room to find the occupant none other than my nephew Clark Streeter, who had called to pay me a visit. He was in the Navy and had and a hard time getting permission to visit me. However, after two days of seeing almost everyone but General MacArthur himself he finally made it. We had a nice fifteen minute visit.

                On June 7th, 1946 I was told confidentially by a prison officer that I was leaving Sugamo the next day. That was all he knew. Where I was going was anyone’s guess.

                On June 8, 1946 I was told to get my belongings together and after telling the other prisoners goodbye, I was escorted to the prison office, and introduced by Col. Hardy to two American officers. They politely carried my belongings out of the prison and we entered a Jeep and drive away. Arriving at Yokohama harbor I was taken aboard the U.S.S. Cape Clear, assigned to a stateroom, handed a large brown envelope, containing travel orders and wished good luck. The voyage home by boat was quite uneventful. We arrived in Seattle, Washington, June 20, 1946. I was met at the dock by the FBI. After phoning my wife in Ogden, Utah of my arrival, I had a conference with the FBI in the Seattle, Washington office. I left for Ogden, Utah that same day traveling by Bus. Arriving home June 22, 1946.

                A couple of months later I met Sgt. John David Provoo in San Francisco. He had been honorably discharged and paid off by the Army and had re-enlisted and was on his way to Camp Dix Virginia. I saw him off on the train from Camp Dix. He was an entirely changed man. He has gained weight and had put the disagreeable experience of the war behind him. It was good to see that part of a very bad situation apparently ending well.

                I have been interviewed upon numerous occasions by the FBI since my return to the United States. I was told by CIC and FBI agents that Capt. Wallace E. Ince was the cause of all the trouble Sgt. Provoo and I had been through since the Japanese capitulation August 14, 1945. When I asked an FBI agent why the Government did not take action against Capt. Ince for criminal conspiracy against Sgt. Provoo and I, the FBI agent stated confidently (so he stated) that the Department of Justice could not touch Capt. Ince as long as he was in the Army, unless the Army gave the Department of Justice Permission. He further stated that no such permission had so far been granted.

                I learned from the papers that Iva Toguri de Aquino had been released in Japan. Knowing that the food situation in Japan was very bad, I sent Iva some food Parcels to in a small way repay her for the food she had gotten smuggled into Bunka for us POWs. I received several letters from her before her final rearrest and return to the United States for trial. One of the most important follow:

                                                                                                                                                396 Ikejiri Machi

                                                                                                                                                Setagaya-ku

                                                                                                                                                Tokyo, Japan

Dear Mark,

                This is to let you know that I just got your letter of the 7th January and words fail to do justice to express my feelings… Thank you so much for your thoughtfulness. If the baby were here I’m sure he’d want to thank you himself. Yes. I did give birth to a baby boy on the 5th of January, but difficulties during labor exhausted his little heart and he was taken from us after only 7 hours on this earth. My condition was not to good towards the end of my pregnancy—- Please thank your wife also for her kind wished and please convey to her my sincerest appreciation for her thoughtfulness during the time my baby was coming along. It was a hard blow losing my first child but time will help erase the heartaches and memories connected with the event.—- It was very sweet of you Mark to think of another box of food for both baby and myself. I can’t thank you enough for all you have done for me in the past. I’m no good at writing and worse when it comes to expressing what I fell in my heart. In simple language thank you, thank you, from the bottom of my heart.—

                                                                                                Iva.

Iva’s first born had died because of her long confinement in prison and treatment after the war.

During Iva Toguri de Aquino’s trial in San Francisco, California, many of the ex-Bunka Headquarters Prisoners of war were there for her defense, including Major Cousens and Kenneth Parkyns who came over from Australia to appear in her behalf. Other ex-Bunka POWs at the trial were, Major Willesdon Cox, Lt. Jack K. Weisner, Sgt. Frank Fujita, Ensign Geo. (Buckey) Henshaw, John Tunnicliffe, Milton Glazier, and myself. Others were to come for her defense, but unfortunately Federal Judge Michael J. Roche, even though the ex-Bunka POWs were under oath of the court to tell the truth and the whole truth and nothing but the truth, would not permit them to tell the whole truth, so some of them did not take the stand at all. Sgt. John David Provoo was to take the stand under defense subpoena, but the Government then stated that Sgt. Provoo was hopelessly insane in Bellview hospital and could not appear. During the de Aquino trail U.S. prosecution attorney Tom De Wolf referred to Bunka Prison Camp as a Rest Camp Deluxe. The government brought major Tsneishi and other Japanese over from Japan to testify for $11.00 American money per day plus five cents per mile transportation, against Mrs. de Aquino. Many of them were there for many months. They returned to Japan quite well fixed financially after they changed their U.S. witness dollars into Japanese yen. There was every indication that FBI agents resorted to “bribery by suggestion” in getting Japanese witnesses to come to the U.S. and testify. The witness dollars they received when changed into Japanese yen would amount to more than they could have made in Japan in several years. They knew this before leaving Japan. I asked U.S. Commissioner Franscis St. J. Fox. at San Francisco, California, for the arrest of Major Tsuneishi as a war criminal because of his mistreatment of Bunka POWs. The Government refused to arrest Major Tsuneishi, simply stating that he was under the protective custody of the United States Government while in the United States, that it was up to the U.S. Army to prosecute him upon his return to Japan. Major Tsuneishi after all the atrocities he committed against American and Allied POWs is still a free man in Japan.

A congressional Investigation of the whole Bunka affair and the treatment of Bunka POWs after the war has been sought and promised. These promises were made nearly two years ago, and nothing has been done.

As things now stand Sgt. John David Provoo after being held in American prisons for nearly five years without trail, has finally been tried and sentenced to life imprisonment as a traitor, even though the Government claimed he was hopelessly insane during the de Aquino trial.

Whether this rings down the final curtain on the saga of Bunka Headquarters Prison Camp remains to be seen.

Everything in this true story of Bunka can be fully substantiated with documentary evidence in the hands of the author.

Mark Streeter

Thanks to Braylyn Mercado for assisting in typing up this history from a hard to read typewriter copy.

Jonas History: Nilsson/Bengtsson

This is another chapter of the Jonas history book compiled by Carvel Jonas. “The Joseph Jonas clan of Utah (including – early Jonas family history; early Nelson family history)”   This one is on the Nilsson/Bengtsson line, which was anglicized to Nelson/Benson.  Reviewing this information in FamilySearch shows some changes and updates to some of the information presented.
   “Johannes Nilsson was born 4 Oct 1827 in Tonnersjo, Hallands, Sweden.  His parents were Nils Nilsson and Pernill Larsson.  He was the youngest of a family of four sons.  He married Agneta Bengtsson who was born 9 Dec 1832 in Oringe, Hallands, Sweden.   Her parents were Nils Bengst and Johanna Johansson.  She was the oldest child of eight children, having four sisters and three brothers.  They married 17 Nov 1855.
    “Agneta had two children by an unknown suitor who failed to post the necessary dowry.  They were Matilda, born 31 Dec 1853 and James Peter, born 13 Dec 1855.  Both children were born in Veinge, Hallands, Sweden.  James Peter was born less than a month after Johannes and Agneta were married.
    “In 1862, Elders from The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints baptized Agneta’s mother, Johanna Bengtsson, her sister, Ingar, and her two brothers, Nils and John.  They immigrated to America in 1862 and settled in Sanpete County, Ephraim, Utah.  Agneta’s father never came to America and died in Sweden.  After this Agneta was baptized and the Johannes Nilsson family came to America in 1864.  About a month after they got to Logan, Utah, our great grandmother, Annette Josephine Nelson (Jonas) was born.  More details will be given in the following life story which was written by August Nelson, a brother of grandma Annie Jonas.  The author has quoted August’s story and has omitted genealogical family line.  Also, interesting facts have been added to this story to make it more complete.  These facts are included inside the brackets.

L-R: Johanna Benson, Johanna Icabinda Benson, John Irven Benson, Nels Ernst Benson, Mary Ann Angel Works holding Merrill Lamont Benson.

    “Nels August Nelson, third child of John and Agnetta Benson Nelson was born in Oringe, Hallands, Sweden, on May 18, 1857.  “My memory of the beautiful country around our home is still vivid even though I was not quite seven when we left.  In 1861 we moved to Tulap, near Marebeck, a Swedish mile from Halmstadt.  We had two wagons loaded with household goods, mother and the four children were on the second wagon which father drove.  I can still see the hayrack.  It had four poles tow in the standard of the wagon, with holes bored and sticks driven in them to keep them apart the width of the wagon.  Then there were holes in each pole on the upper side slanting outward so as to extend over the wheels gradually to about four or five feet high.  Finally the pole crossed the top on both sides and ends to keep it from spreading.  This is the pictures of it as I remember the morning we moved. 
    “Our new home consisted of two long buildings, I should judge considerably neglected because father was continually repairing them between the hours on the farm.  There was a peat bed some distance to the south of the house, a steep slope to the West, a small stream to the east, and cultivated land on the other side.  Father planted trees from the northeast corner of the dwelling due East some distance north and west to the northwest corner of the barn forming a beautiful hollow square.  My recollection is that the trees were birch.  A road ran due east to the nearest neighbors.  On the west a path ran to Marebeck.  A public highway went through our place and led to Halmstadt.  The village near had beautiful homes and churches.  A large bell rang out at twelve and six, possibly other times.  It seemed to say, “Vin Vellen, sure sell, some balhang, slink in”, translated, “Water gruel, sour fish, come gulpdog, tumble in.”
    “At the north end of the farm the stream turned east where the bridge was.  Just south of the bridge the slope was steep and below on the herded the cattle land sheep.  In the three years we lived there father broke up all the land except the meadow.  This was all done by man power.  A man would have a :shere chich” which he pushed with his body.  It cut a sod about two inches thick and eight or ten inches wide.  When the sods dried they were piled up and burned.  The women did most of the piling and burning.
    “We had such a heavy crop of potatoes on this new land that the land burst open along the rows and the potatoes could be seen on top of the ground from the road. 
    “Now a few incidents of child life in Sweden.  The school teacher boarded round at the different homes of the pupils.  I marvel now at the progress they made.  My sister, only ten knew most of the New Testament, and my brother attended only one winter when he learned to read and write. 
    “One of our cows swam the river while we were herding one spring.  When we drove her back she missed the ford and got her horns caught in the roots of the trees and drowned. 
    “Baking day was a big affair because mother baked enough bread to last a month.  It seemed to improve with age.  It took a lot of wood to heat the oven.  On these day sister and brother had to tend baby and I had to herd the cows alone.  One day I rebelled but it did no good.  I was about five years old.  James helped to drive the cows down to the pasture and about all I had to do was watch the path to prevent their return…After I got to Utah one fall a fox bit one of the lambs.  Father must have seen him catch it because he picked it up and brought it home before it died.  Oh how bad we felt.  All the animals on the farm were pets. 
    “One winter there was no snow on the ground but there was ice on the river.  Three of us went down to slide on the ice.  We were forbidden to slide with our shoes on because it wore them out.  At first we slid with our stockings on, then we took them off and slid barefoot.  The ice was so clear and smooth that we had a good time.  Then uncle Lars Benson came and helped put on our shoes and stockings.  I was the smallest so he carried me all the way home.
    “In the spring of 1862 mother went to the old home to bid her mother Johanna Bengtsson, her sister Ingar, and brothers Nels and John, good-bye before they started to America and Utah to live with the Mormons, she brought us all of Uncle John’s toys.  One I remember especially, was a little cuckoo.
    “It must not have been long after when the first Mormon Elders came to see us.  Andrew Peterson of Lehi was one.  Later Uncle Lars came to love the peace that entered our home.  We children would run up the road to look for the Elders.  I was five years old (if mother got baptized the same winter that we left in the spring then I was six) when the elders instructed father to get his family around the table and have family prayers.  I got up from that prayer with the light of the Gospel in my soul.  Everything had changed!  A new light and a new hope had entered my being.  Everything seemed joyous and more beautiful and even the birds sang sweeter.
    “After we joined the Church there were numbers of people young and old who came to visit us.  I remember Andrew Peterson, and the mother of the Lindquists who were undertakers in Ogden and Logan.  When we were getting ready to come to America the sisters would come to help mother sew and get ready.  The songs of Zion that they sang will ring in my ears and soul to the last moments of my life if I continue faithful to the end.  “Heavenly Canaan, Oh Wondrous Canaan, Our Canaan that is Joseph’s land, Come go with us to Canaan!” are some of the words one of the sisters sang.  Ye Elders of Israel and Oh Ye Mountains High were my favorites.  The Swedish Language seemed to give these songs more feeling than the English.  I had a Birdseye view of Zion and I longed to go there.
    “I well remember the morning mother had promised to go to Halmstadt to be baptized.  We all arose early and mother was undecided until father told her to go.  In the evening as father was walking back and carrying the baby, he stopped and said, “Now mother is being baptized,” we looked at the clock and when mother returned she said father was right.  The baptisms had to be done at night and a hole cut in the ice but mother felt not ill effects of the cold. 
    “We had a public auction and sold everything in the line of furniture and clothing that we could not take with us.  I remember two large oak chests and a couple of broadcloth suits and over coats.  One they brought with them and had it made over for me.
    “Father was a steady and prosperous young man, he worked seven years in a distillery and seven as a miller.  We had a small keg of whiskey every Christmas and the children could have what they wanted of it.  We often sopped our bred in it as a substitute for milk.  I never saw father drunk.
    “Now came the time to sell the home and farm.  The ground was all in crops and a rain made everything look good. Father said it was God who made it look so prosperous and we got a good price for it.  James, Matilda, and I with a big part of the baggage were left with friends in Halmstadt while father went back for mother and the younger children.  The morning we were to sail was a busy one.  We all did what we seldom did before, messed the bed.  Mother said, “The Devil cannot stop us,” and we were on deck in time.  It was a beautiful Friday morning, 10 Apr 1864, (They left at 5 p.m.) when the Johanns Nelson family hustled along the rock paved streets of Halmstadt to the docks.  The noise of the horses feet and the rumble of the vehicles drowned all the voices of the little ones who complained of the unceremonious departure.  Then all were safely on board, the gang planks withdrawn, and before we knew it we were out at sea and the men on shore became mere specks. 
    “Later we were all startled by the sound of a shot ringing out and we were ordered below deck.  When we could return to the deck we were told that a pirate crew had shot a hole in our ship just above the water line.  In return our ship shot off their main mast.  As we neared Denmark we saw all the ships in the harbor and could hear (cannon fire) as Denmark and Germany were at war.  We walked around in Copenhagen and saw the fine homes, lawns, statues, in the beautiful city.  This was the first time I had heard the Danish language.  We stopped at so many places that I cannot remember all of them.  Cattle and sheep were loaded on at one place.  We were seasick too, and so many crowded together.  Before we left Liverpool (Thursday April 21) we enjoyed watching the ships being loaded; fishing snacks came in and unloaded their cargo, and big English shire horses acted as switch engines.  There was a large ship about finished in the dry dock.  It must be a stupendous job to build a huge ship.  There seemed to be some leak at the gates because we saw a man with a diving outfit on go down and men were pumping air to him.  He was down for some time.
    “The beautiful green foliage and sward through England has always remained with me.  It passes into the sublime of my soul.
    “The ship which we boarded to come to America was a huge one.  (It was named Monarch of the Sea and there were 973 people on board.)  Before it was loaded it stood so high above the water, and we had to wait some time while the sailors loaded heavy freight into the hold. 

Monarch of the Sea, 1020 LDS passengers on this voyage.

    “I have always tried to forget the journey across the Atlantic.  Our rations were raw beef, large hard soda biscuits, water mustard, and salt.  Sometimes we would have to wait most of the day for our turn to cook our meat.  Brother James knew no sickness on the whole journey and was a favorite with the sailors.  On one occasion he was riding the loose timbers, that slid back and forth with the motion of the ship.  One time he went so dangerously near the railing that they sent him below.  The winds and waves were so high sometimes that the flag on the main mast touched the waves as it rolled.  Trunks and boxes had to be tied down.  The vessel had three decks and there were bunks all around the two lower decks.  I had seen several bodies go down the gangway into the deep.  Then came the day that baby Amanda’s little body with a rock tied to her feet was lowered into the water.  A little later it seemed as if it were my turn, I could not eat the crackers.  Mother tried everything, but I got worse.  Then she fed me the raw beef and I began to improve…We did see many varieties of fish.  Sometimes the passengers, men and women, helped bail out water, when it seemed the ship might sink.

Nilsson family on the Monarch of the Sea passenger list

    “Finally we reached New York, and the main body of the saints took steamer for Albany, New York.  (They reached New York the morning of Jun 3rd).  We crossed New Jersey by train to the Delaware River.  We had to wait a number of hours for the ferry, and when we got aboard it was so suffocating that sister Matilda succumbed.  Mother laid her out under some tree on a beautiful lawn.  The setting sun, and approaching dusk cast a hallowed gloom over the scene.  We sat silently watching by the side of mother, while father was off looking for a place to bury her.  It was a beautiful, and sad sight to see father and another man carrying her body away from her loved ones to be laid in an unknown grave.  The setting of clear, blue sky, and the twinkling of the stars overhead, shining down through the trees made a variegated carpet where we sat.  It would be impossible to describe mothers feelings as she was the guiding star of the family, and she knew we would meet Matilda again beyond the grave. 
    “We went by train from here, and the first incident of note was the crossing of a very high, and long bridge; large vessels with high masts could pass under it.  The train stopped on the bridge while another train passed us.  A few days later we were informed that the bridge had collapsed.  We saw much of the country that had been desolated by the Civil War.  Then we were joined by the group that went by way of Albany.  They were riding on boards in cattle cars. 
    “(Some time about this time in the story of Johannes Nilsson was baptized.  It was 25 Jun 1864.  He was confirmed the same day and later that year he was ordained an Elder)
    The car we rode in had no cushions on the seats.  Sister Josephine’s cheek began swelling; we thought from the jolting of the car.  Some people recommended a certain poultice which ate the flesh off her cheek.  Next we went aboard a steamer on a river.  It was restful for a few days.  All of us made our beds on the floor, starting in the center of the main mast or flag pole.  Then another circle started at the feel of the first.  Brother James and I slept on a board which formed a shelf on the side of the ship.  The space between each shelf was large enough for a full grown colored gentleman so there was plenty of room for us boys who were small for our ages.  There seemed to be two streams in the river, one quite clear, the other very muddy.  By this time we were getting tired with never any rest or change and the vermin were getting unbearable.  Josephine steadily got worse and mother realized that it was only a matter of time until she would go to join her sisters.  When we reached Omaha Josephine was a corpse.  With the dead child and the luggage to carry father and mother could not help me.  I remember that I crawled and walked alternately, with my parents waiting and encouraging me.  We finally go to the top of a hill where mother laid me on the grass among some shrubs while she and father went for more luggage.  When I became able to walk I went down by the river and watched the people do their washing, and try to get rid of the cooties before we started on the tip over the plains.  Several graves were dug in this place.  (The family reached Omaha in Jul.  They rode the steamer from St. Joseph, Missouri up the Missouri River to Wyoming.  They had taken a train from Albany, New York to St. Joseph Missouri.  LDS teams took them from Wyoming to the Salt Lake Valley)
    “In due time bays and wagons from Utah arrived and everything was loaded for the trip.  There was a stove and tent in each wagon.  Then the luggage and two families were piled in and we were off for Zion. 
    At first there was an abundance of grass.  I liked to watch the donkeys in the train.  Day after day we traveled and the only living thing of any size was an occasional stage coach and the station built along the way.  One day I got out of the wagon and ran ahead until noon.  After that I had to walk most of the way.  One day two young women sat down to rest.  All at once the screamed and jumped up.  Then a man killed a large rattler where they had been.  I have seen families take a corpse out of the wagon, dig a shallow grave and then hurriedly catch up to the train which did not stop.  Then we got a glimpse of the mountains in the distance.  We also saw large herds of buffalo.  While camping one night a herd was coming directly towards us.  Some men rode out and turned them.  To avoid a stampede of our oxen we started out and the teamsters were able to keep them under control.
    “The first Indians I saw was at the stage station.  There must have been several hundred of them and we could see their wigwams in the distance.  We were now getting into great sage brush flats and everybody was warned against starting fires.  One day at noon we joked up in a hurry because someone had let their fire get the best of them. 
    “Now we began to meet companies of soldiers.  They generally led horses with empty saddles.  Next we saw where a fire had burned some wagons in the company in which grandmother crossed in 1862.  The whole country round was black and the grass had not started.  When we crossed rivers they were not too deep, the men and women waded.  Two government wagons were caught in the quick sand near where we forded.  As we got into the hills there was a lot of elk, deer, and antelopes.  One man on a gray horse did the hunting for the group.  Several times the oxen tried to stampede.  On parts of the trail men had to hold the wagons to keep them from tipping over.  The most interesting of all to me was at Echo Canyon where they told how the Mormon scouts had marched round the cliff and made Johnston’s army believe there were a whole lot of them when in fact there were very few.  We found chokecherries along the road but they were too green.  The last hill seemed the longest and steepest and we did not reach the top until late in the evening.  Next morning everyone was happy.  Cherries were riper and so good to eat they failed to choke.  Happy beyond expression we hastened to get a view of Canaan and Joseph’s land, where the Elders of Israel resided and Prophet’s and Apostles to guide the Latter-day Saints.  (They arrived about the 15th of Sep in Salt Lake City)
    “Having seen some of the big cities of the world you may imagine our disappointment when we looked down from Emigration Canyon upon Great Salt Lake City by the Great Salt Lake.  We saw Fort Douglas where some of the soldiers were stationed.  One aged man exclaimed, “why the children cry here as they did at home!”
    “We entered the dear old tithing square and rested for noon.  Now it was for us to decide where we wanted to settle.  We decided to go to Logan and it happened that John, our teamster was going there too.  While in the yard Sister Lindquist who had visited us in Sweden brought us a large watermelon, the first I had seen in my life.  She was a beautiful young woman and I thought was very nice. 
    “We soon headed north with John driving the wagon and mother, father, James and I walking behind the wagon.  As we were nearing the outskirts of the city a good lady sent a little girl out to us with two delicious apples.  How good people were to us.  It would certainly be a pleasure to know these fine people.  It was about sundown when we passed the Hot Springs and we kept going until quite late.  When we got to the canyon above Brigham City we over took a number of wagons and Scandinavian Saints.  When we reached what was called Little Denmark, now Mantua, we were feted by these good saints, and given a new send off.  It seemed such a long trip through the canyons, but interesting as the teamsters had a number of bear stores it tell.  Later we learned that some people had been attacked by bear at this place.  We camped just below Wellsville near the bridge above Cub Creek. The people here gave us some potatoes.  They were boiled and their jackets all cracked open.  This was a treat I shall never forget.  We arrived at the Logan public square about noon.  There was a liberty pole in the center.  On one corner was a lumber shack where all our worldly good were put and the teams drove away.  Father located a short, robust Swede who hauled our wealth into his cow yard and we made ourselves comfortable.  We cooked over the fireplace in the log cabin.  For a few days father did not have work so all four of us went out gleaning.  When threshing began with the fall, father was in his glory and never lacked a job. 
    “The most important thing ahead was to prepare a shelter for the winter which was fast approaching.  Logan was planning to take care of the emigrants and her future by digging a canal north along the East bench.  All newcomers were given a city lot to be paid for by work on this canal.  At the same time the number of acres of farm land was apportioned with the number of cubic yards of dirt to be removed to pay for the land. 
    “The first homes were mostly dugouts in the side of the hill.  That first winter, Father carried willows from the Logan River bottom which was our fuel.  He cut some small green sticks short and buried a few of these in the ashes each night to start the fire with in the morning. 
    “We were just moved into our home when Annetta Josephine (Grandma Annie Jonas) was born on 18 Nov 1864.  She was the first child born in Logan Fifth Ward.  Mother was alone except for James and me.  James was sent to fetch father who was threshing wheat for John Anderson.  When he arrived with a sister, mother had already taken care of herself and the baby.
    “All went well until January when it began to thaw.  Soon our dugout was filling with water.  It was knee-deep when father made a path so we could get over to the neighbor’s cabin.  We carried water out all day, and the rest of the water soon soaked up.  So that by laying a few boards on the floor we were able to go back in the evening. 
    “It was the most severe winter.  The snow was deep and it drifted so that only the tops of the houses could be seen.  Thatcher’s mill, the only on one in town, was frozen up, and we had to get along on bran bread.  Father moved the cow to the side of the house that afforded the most protection from the wind. 
    “As soon as spring started, all hands set to work on the canal.  The men and boys had to pass our place on the way to work.  The boys seemed to delight in calling us “Danishmen.”  James and I carried the water from the old Fourth Ward canal down on the river bottom.  We always took a slide down the hill.  This was alright as long as the snow was on the ground, but as soon as it began to thaw, we got soaking wet, and we usually ended up sick with bad colds.  Poor mother had not time to be sick. 
    “The first Sunday School we attended was in the cabin of John Archibald.  Soon there were so many that we could not get in.  The Superintendent was Sandy Isaac, a fine young man. 
    “The summer was a happy one.  Father bought two ewes, and they each had a lamb.  This, with the cow, made a herd for me to care for.  Most of the town drove their sheep past our place up on the college hill to feed.  While we herded we also picked service berries.  The boys showed us where the best berries were over on Providence flat.  One day mother and two other women went with us…
    “This fall we were much better prepared for winter than we were a year ago.  We had two cows, four sheep and a yoke of steers.  There was a barn for the animals, and we had a log house.  We raised 120 bushels of wheat on six acres, and mother had done considerable gleaning.
    “When mother went gleaning, I had to stay with the baby.  One day I left her on the bed while I went out to play.  She rolled off the bed and got a big lump on her head.  She was still crying when mother came home.  Some days she took both of us with her.  When baby slept then I could help glean.  Mother would carry a two-bushel sack full of heads on her shoulder, and set the baby on top.  It surely looked like a load to carry.  James was with father.  He would rake the hay while father cut it with the scythe and snare.  Father did not like to have mother go gleaning, but the money she got from the wheat was her own, and she liked good clothes and to be dressed well.
    “In the fall the ward organized…The old meetinghouse had a fire place in the east end. and the door in the west.  We held school in the same building…Dances generally kept up until morning…They began around seven o’clock in the evening.  About nine there would be some singing…after singing, we had games of strength, wrestling, and boxing.  In the wee small hours we were ready to go home.  These dances were opened and closed with prayer…
    “I almost forgot one incident that happened in 1866.  Father turned his steers on the range in the spring.  One of these was to be given to the Indians to keep them friendly.  The other one Bill, could not be found.  Father located the first one in the Indians herd.  We went down and told them that this steer was his. “How can you prove it is your steer?”  Father went up to her, took hold of his horn and led him to the Indians.  They laughed and told him to take it.  He led the steer home, a mile away, by holding to the horn.  James hunted every where for Bill.  He searched in almost every cow herd in the valley.  In the anguish of his soul he knelt down and prayed.  As he arose a feeling of satisfaction entered his bosom.  He was soon rewarded by finding the long, lost steer.  He succeeded in driving him home, and all were joyful and recognized the hand of Providence in answering James’ prayer.
    “More and more people moved into the ward.  A great many of them were Scotch.  There was a sixteen year old girl who used to visit with mothers.One day she told mother she thought Mr. Nelson was a lovable man, and that she would like to be his second wife.  Mother was delighted and did everything to get father to accept her, but in vain…
    “(In 1867 they went about 90 miles and were sealed in the Endowment house in Salt Lake City.  The Endowment House records for 4 Oct 1867: Johannes Nilsson and Agneta Bengtsson Nelson received their endowment and were sealed.)
    “Father made a fish trap out of willows like the one mother’s family had in Sweden.  We had fish all of the time.
    “Every other week we herded cattle down in the fork of the Logan and Bear Rivers.  It was seven miles from Logan.  The banks of the river were covered with willows, where lived bars, wolves, snakes, skunks, and other pests.  James herded alone most of the time.  The Indians called him a hero.  I stayed with him one week.  The dog went home, and I was ready to leave.  The wolves looked defiantly at us, and at night the snakes crawled over our faces.  I was glad to stay home and herd the small herd near home, I had my prayers answered in finding sheep when they were lost…
    “On June 14, 1867, mother had a baby boy whom she named Joseph Hyrum.  That fall we moved into the Fourth Ward.  I soon learned to love Bishop Thomas X. Smith…
    “On Christmas and New Year’s Eve, we stayed up on Temple hill all night so we would be ready to serenade early in the morning…
    “Our grain completely taken by grasshoppers in 1867.  The sun was darkened by them they were so thick.  We had to sell our oxen, but got $175.00 for them when the usual price was only $125.00.  We had bought them four years before, and father always kept them butter fat.  We bought a pair of two years old steers for seventy five dollars, and grain with the other seventy five.  Then father worked on the railroad and James and I gleaned corn.  James traded a good pocket knife for corn.  Again we traded corn for shoes.  There wasn’t enough money for us to go to school that year, but father bought a large Bible, and the two of us read through to Chronicles the second time.  Here I gained the fundamental principles of the gospel which helped me throughout the rest of my life, and I always knew where to go for information, God and the Bible. 
    “Father traded his oxen for a team of young mules, very poor, but gentle.  The first time we tried to drive them was to a funeral.  On the way home a dog rushed out at us and the mules were off.  They ran home, and stopped at the corral.  We learned they had run away the first time they had been driven.  As long as we owned them we were in danger of our lives because they could not be handled.  Mother did a better job than any of us in driving them.
    “The year that the grasshoppers took our grain I furnished fish which I caught in the Logan River.  There were chubs and some trout.  The time when the hoppers were so thick I will never forget.  I was fishing down in the river, and an electric storm was over near Clarkston.  There seemed to be an air current in that direction and in a little while I could scarcely find any bait. 
    “I think it was in 1869 that we had a glorious 4th of July celebration.  A whole band of boys dressed as Indians and tried to pick a fight.  Some of us really thought they were Indians.  Then we saw President Brigham Young with mounted men riding along side his carriage.  Quickly we all formed in line along the main street, and as he came along he would bow to us bare foot children.  We really loved these men and rarely missed a chance to go to the Tabernacle to hear them talk.  One time he asked the grown ups to leave while the boys and girls gathered around the stand to hear Martin Harris bear his testimony about seeing the plates from which the Book of Mormon was taken.  We were told to never forget these things and to always tell the boys and girls during our lives this story.  I have sometimes forgotten to do this.  Martin Harris was a school teacher when a young man, and came to the assistance of the Prophet by giving the money necessary to get the Book of Mormon printed.  A short time before he died in Clarkston, he related the whole story of the part he played in the coming forth of the Book of Mormon.
    “This year (1868) we planted two acres of sugar cane on some new land up by college hill.  We hoed and petted that cane until it surpassed any thing around.  We barely took time out to eat our lunch.  Men working near said we were foolish to spend so much time on it.  James was a very good worker and a good leader for me.  In the fall he worked at the molasses mill down town, receiving a half gallon of molasses for twelve hours work.  Father hired a boy to help me hoe the cane at the same price.  He never came to work on time so I sent him home and did the work myself.  From one acres we got 175 gallons, and the other 225 gallons, a small fortune. 
    “The last spring that I herded, father had about 75 sheep and 50 cows.  There was no snow late in the fall and water was scarce.  When I started home at night the cows would almost run to get to Springs where Greenville now is.  Then before I could get them they were in somebodies field.  I usually had a lamb or two to carry and had to run till I was exhausted.  At last a small Swiss boy with only one cow to herd helped me out.  He soon got tired of mixing with me but I did not let him quit.  I have herded in the spring when it snowed so I could hardly see the animals.  All others had gone home, but I had to stay because we did not have fee feed at home.  My clothes would be soaking wet, and when a sharp wind blew, I got mighty cold.  One time two of the ewes got lost.  They had been shorn late so they could not stand the cold and I found their carcasses later.
    “Mother sheared the sheep, washed, carded, spun, and wove the cloth to make our clothes.  It was about 1870 (born 9 Dec 1870 and died the same day.  They were buried 10 Dec, 1870) when mother had the twins, Jacob and Jacobina.  They were very tiny and lived only four hours. 
    “Father was a hard worker.  He cut hay with a scythe and swath.  One time a neighbor was vexed because his five acres had not been cut.  Father went down on Sunday and did not come home until he had cut all of it on Monday.  The man could hardly believe that it could be done. 
    “Mother led the social set in this part of the Ward.  I would listen as she related different incidents told her at these parties.  One pertained to our friend…He married a young woman after his first wife had no children.  But after consenting to the new wife, she gave birth to a son and they very soon after two sweet girls.  Almost the same thing happened to a fine young Danishman who moved into the community….When his wife consented to give him a second wife she had a son herself.
    “In the fall of 1871 father bought ten acres of land planted to hay and right along side the other five.  I was sent out to drive a team making the road bed for the Utah Northern Railroad.  I was fourteen, weighed 75 pounds, and had never driven horses.  I was given a broken handled chain scraper and a balky team.  With these handicaps, and jeers from some of the men, it was a hard moth of two for me.  We had good food, so I gained in weight, strength, and experience.  With the money earned, father was able to bend the bargain on the land, and the fellow he had agreed to sell.
    “About this time we had a new baby sister come to our home.  (She was born 16 Dec 1872).  She was named Charlotte Abigail….to my mind the baby was a jewel.
    “I gave the money I earned herding cows to mother who bought all of her clothing, and always had a dollar or two on hand when it was needed most.  She always looked nice in her clothes, being very tall and slender, with beautiful golden hair.  At one time she weighed only 90 pounds.  She loved her children dearly, but required obedience, that we be neat and clean, and attend our church duties.  One morning before Sunday School she asked me to do some chore before I left.  I said “no” though I really wanted to do it.  Mother grabbed a strap lying on the floor, and hit me a smart rap across my shoulders.  A buckle on the strap cut my back and I yelled with pain and so did mother.  She washed my back quickly, and put a plaster on it, so it would not be seen through the thin shirt, which was all I had on my back.  Many times after in life I have thanked God for that blow.  It was just what I needed to get over being coaxed to do anything.  I also learned to love mother more if that were possible. 
    “Mother furnished the house and bought his tobacco with the butter and egg money.  Father was surely miserable at the end of the week when his weekly supply was gone.  When I was allowed to go to the store to buy tobacco, I would put it in my hands and hold it over my nose so I could get a good smell of it.  Father had quit the habit on the way to Utah, but some foolish men persuaded him to take a bite, and he never could quit again.  He tried one time, and was so sick he had to go to bed and get a doctor to bless him.
    “Brother James was quick to learn, and was especially good at entertaining and on the stage.  A Mr. Crowther from the Salt Lake Theatre gave him a part of a colored boy, and with only two rehearsals and no book, he made good, and people were wondering who the darky was.  Mother was proud of her boy…
    “All the boys in town received military training down on the tabernacle square…
    “About this time we had our last episode with the mules.  They tried to run from the start.  We boys got out of the wagon to fix the chin strap on one of them.  They leaped in the air, and as they came down they broke a line and away they ran.  One by one parts of the wagon were left behind.  Father was thrown out with the bed.  When we finally caught up with them, the tongue, one wheel, and a hub of the front axle was all there was attached to them.  We were grateful that no one was hurt.  We traded them off for a team of horses.  The man who bought them drove along the railroad through sloughs and no roads and beat the train. 
    “Mother made dances for us boys, and served refreshments to all who were present.  We had attended two terms at the dancing school the year we had so much molasses, and mother went with us the one term.  This made us the best dancers in Logan…
    “I found James working on a gravel train, and began working with him.  Two would load a car, each one his half.  George Watson, the boss, told me I could not shovel the gravel fast enough.  I told him I could do anything my brother did.  I almost failed the first few days.  We would load as fast as we could, then jump on the car and ride to Mendon, unload and back again.  When this job was completed James got work on the section at Hampton, and father and I on a railroad spur between Dry Lake, near Brigham City to Corinne.  When we reached Corinne we were treated to all the beer we wanted.  On the way back to Brigham City, the crew and all the workers were feeling the effects of the beer.  Father said, “you act as though you were drunk,”  I retorted, “I have never been drunk in my life.”  A man thirty five years old said, “That isn’t saying much for a boy.  If you can say that as a man of thirty five you will be saying something.”  Right then I made the resolution that I would never get drunk.  Now at sixty nine I can say that I have kept this resolution.
    “This was a prosperous year for our family.  (1873)  We bought a fine team of horses to do our farm work, and we had had work on the railroad.  In October, mother gave birth to a little boy, Moses Nelson.  (born 25 Oct 1873)  She was very sick, and we had a nurse to care for her.  I always felt inferior to James, but one day mother called me to her and said, “August, if I die I want you to care for the children.”  That had always been my job around the house.  Later one evening, mother kissed me and said, “You have been a good boy.  God bless you.”  With a smile she turned her head and breathed her last.  (died 4 Nov 1873)  God alone knows what little children lose when mother is gone.  While sick I had heard her say, “I do not want to leave my little children.”  Little did I know or realize what home would be without her.  She was more than ordinarily ardent and spiritually minded, with high ideals, and a comprehensive knowledge of the gospel.  (buried at Logan Cemetery 9 Nov 1873)
    “After mother was laid away, I was sent up to Richmond to work on the railroad.  The weeks passed in a whirl.  Soon baby Moses died, (died 12 Nov 1873 and buried 14 Nov 1873 in Logan Cemetery) and father came up to work with me.  James was with the children and took care of the things at home.  We soon returned and James started school.  I did all the house work except the starching and ironing.  I was 16, Annette 9, Joseph 5, And Charlotte 2.  The washing was a stupendous job.  The water was hard.  I tried putting the clothes in a sack when I boiled them to keep the hard water from forming on them.  If only some friend had called and told me how to break the water and to put a little soda in the bread when it soured, it would have been a God send.  It would have meant better bread and cleaner clothes for the next three years.  I also had to shear the sheep.  This had been mother’s job.  I managed for the first day, and in time finished in some fashion…
    “Sometime in January Uncles Lars and Nels Bengtsson came and took James with them to Spring City in Sanpete County.  I always loved that brother, the only one left who had come with me from Sweden.  We sometimes quarreled, but we were always together.  Now we had no work from him for over a year. 
    “The baby, Little Abigail, generally asked for milk during the night, but she would not accept it from me.  One night I told father to lie still and I would give it to her.  She refused to take it from me.  I went outside and cut a switch from a current bush.  When she called for milk again I held it out to her.  She refused.  I said to father, “Cover up,” and I struck the covers over him with considerable force.  I sat down and began reading.  Pretty soon she called for milk.  I said “Here it is Lottie,” she drank it and never said “no” to me again in my life.  She grew to be a tall and slender; had light golden hair and had a sensitive disposition with high ideals.  I have seen her swing on our gate most of a Sunday all alone, because she felt her clothes were not good enough to mingle with other children.  Before I left home in 1876, I could pick her up from the floor and dance with her.  She had perfect rhythm and enjoyed going to the dances to watch and oh how her little soul leaped with joy when she could get on the floor and dance.  (Charlotte Abigail died 23 Nov 1902.  She never married.  She missed her 31th birthday by a few weeks.  She is buried with Annette and August in the Crescent Cemetery.)
    “My soul cried out for a mother’s love and care.  I am very fearful that when mother sees me, she will say, “You have done tolerably well but you failed to care for the children.”  In my weak way I am still trying to care for children, everybody’s children, God’s children. 
    “I remember when father married again.  The woman had several children of her own.  It was a sad day for mother’s three little ones when step mother and her children moved into out home…
    “I had my try at tobacco too.  An exbartender from Salt Lake City was smoking a pipe.  I asked him to let me try it, and began puffing away.  Father called me to one side and said in an undertone with so much soul that it penetrated my very being, “Don’t be a slave, be a free man.  You have seen me try to quit the habit, even suffer because I couldn’t.”  His advice, I felt, was too good to discard, and I never took up the habit…
    “It was the 16 Oct 1876 when I and three other fellows started for the smelters in Sandy…  John Benson took his team and wagon and took James and me to Sanpete County.  We went to Ephraim to see grandma Johanson, who left Sweden several years before we did.  She was delighted with her grandsons.  She had told her neighbors what nice people were hers in Sweden, of course they thought she was boasting, but now they could see that it was the truth.  How nice it would be if we always lived to be a credit to our ancestors. 

Back (l-r): Virgil, Lawrence, Fidelia, Moses. Front: Paul, Nels, Fidelia, August

    “Uncle Nels had two little girls, one could not walk as the result of a fever.  I began to take part in the talk and general pleasure, and stood well with all.  Uncle lectured every evening on doctrinal subjects…a patriarch came to the home and every one had a blessing.  Uncle Nels, his wife Philinda, and her sister Fedelia, and their blessings John was promised a family; James, a stupendous power over the elements but no family….My blessing has come true as far as I have lived for it….(date of blessings 16 Sep 1890)
    “It is just possible that I shirked my duty and promise to mother to care for the children.  Father offered me my lot, home of the land, and would help build a house if I would take the children.  but I wanted to go and make money.  When I think of mother’s charge to me, and the sad life of the children, my whole soul weeps over my dereliction, but fate drew me to the south…
    “It is difficult to note details by memory, but I have this to record for 1893.  My sister Charlotte Abigail lived with us that summer.  When she went to Logan that fall she had the fever.  Later she went to Washington to visit my sister, Annie, wife of Joseph Jonas.  (Jul 1901)  Annie had been sick for a long time, but none of us knew the nature of her illness until Charlotte brought the whole family to Utah with her.  It turned out to be mental illness.  She kept running away so we finally had to put her in the institution at Provo, where she died a short time after…(She died 23 Dec 1907 and was buried Christmas Day)
    “…When Charlotte brought to Jonas family to us there were five children.  It was sad to see sister in her condition.  I had not seen her since 1873 (28 years).  The last letter I had written her was from Bristol, Nevada.  I suggested to her that she should marry a Mormon boy.  Her reply was that Mormon boys were not as genteel as Gentiles…  Her husband destroyed her letters to us, so we never knew what she was going through…  The Jonas children became ours.  My sister Lottie, worked in Logan until she became so sick and weak she came to our home where she died, 23 Nov 1902.  Father died 20 Nov 1902, and Annie was sent home from Provo a few years later (1907).  From father’s estate I received about $700.00 and the same amount as guardian of my sister’s children.  Mothers last instruction to me keeps running through my mind.  “August, you have been a good boy, God bless you.”  Oh, Father in Heaven, have I at least with all my weakness striven with a desire to do my duty to them and to my mother?” 
    “…I had three of my sister’s boys and two of my own to help (while two of his sons went of missions).  We put up as high 400 tons of hay and had at the ranch nearly two hundred head of cattle, and often over 200 head of hogs, besides the milk cows.  We had 160 acres on the State Road and rested 80 acres from Men Mill for many years.  There were two homes on the farm at that time two on the ranch.  Forty acres on the ranch were cultivated and irrigated, and the 1000 acres was divided into different sized pastures open at the top.
    “The work that my lads did seemed to others beyond their power.  I had some hired help most of the time.  The boys were generally out of school two months of the school year, but never lost a grade…
    “So ends Nels August Nelson’s history of his parents, siblings, aunts, uncle, and grandmother.  The following is an account of the voyage that Johannes Nilsson and Agnetta Bengtsson made.  It is recorded from the History of the Church.  “On 10 April 1864 at 5 pm the Swedish Steamer L. J. Bager sailed from Copenhagen, carrying 250 emigrants from Sweden and Norway and some from Frederica Conference, Denmark, in charge was J.P.R. Johansen.  This company of saints went by steamer to Libeck, then rail to Hamburg, thence by steamer to Hull, and thence by rail to Liverpool, where the emigrants joined the Company from Copenhagen on the 15th of April…”
    “On Thursday 28th of April, the above emigrants sailed from Liverpool, England, in the ship ‘Monarch of the Sea’, with 973 souls on board.  Patriarch John Smith was chosen President of the Company, with Elders John D. Chase, Johan P. R. Johansen, and Parley P. Pratt as counselors.  Elders were also appointed to take charge of the different divisions of the company.  During the voyage there was considerable sickness and several children died.  On the morning of June 3rd, the ship docked at New York where the landing of the passengers at once took place.
    That evening they were sent by steamer to Albany, New York, and from there by rail to St. Joseph, Missouri, thence up the Missouri River to Wyoming, from which place most of the Scandinavian saints were taken to the valley by the church teams of which 170 were sent out that year. 
    “Thus about 400 Scandinavians crossed the plains in Captain William B. Preston’s Company of about fifty church teams that left Florence Nebraska in the beginning of June and arrived in Salt Lake City on 15 September.
    “Agneta Bengtsson had blue eyes and reddish brown hair.  Her son, August, said she had golden hair, so it must have been a lighter shade.  We don’t know what color eyes and hair Johannes had, although he most likely took after the traditional Scandinavian.  After Agneta Bengtsson died Johannes married two different times.  One marriage took place about 1876, and the second sometime after 1884.  The county clerk of Cache County wrote the following when Johannes Nelson died in the death record p. 18, line 112, “Johannes Nelson died Nov 26, 1902 age 75.  He was a farmer, had lived in Cache County 38 years…He was a Caucasian, white male and lived in Logan.  The cause of death was General Debility.”  He is buried at the Logan City Cemetery and was buried Nov 30, 1902.  Johannes had given the church a donation of money which was considered a large sum in those days.  When hard times came Johannes asked for some of the money back.  Since there wasn’t a receipt made he wasn’t given the money, or a part of the money back.  Because of the money not being returned he decided not to pay his tithing to the Church the last years of his life. 

Goodbye Manti Pageant

Ross Clan at the last Manti Pageant

After the church announced that 2019 would be the last year of the Manti Pageant, at least sponsored by the church generally, we decided we wanted to make sure we made it down with the kids.

I have written about my previous experience with the Manti Pageant and the unfortunate crossing paths with roadkill on the trek home to Logan that night.  While I enjoyed the pageant in 2004, some of the parts were not well done and became distracting.  But the overall spirit of the Pageant was one that I wanted my children to experience.

We went down and attended on Thursday 13 June 2019.  I am glad we went down on a Thursday, we hoped the crowds would be a little less, and they were.  We arrived plenty in advance, got seats, as you can see above, about half way back in the seating.  It was a great location, we got to know our neighbors for the show and I made three trips back to the van to change dirty diapers before the show started.  A good bus driver from Salt Lake City took this photo of us while we waited for the festivities.

The show went on and I was impressed with Aliza and Hiram, they paid particular attention through the entire show.  Most of it is a great review of church history, the restoration, and particular moments the writer thought important to include.  Even afterward Hiram said to me he felt drawn to the pageant and learned some things.  I hope they will never forget we attended the Mormon Miracle Pageant.

One part of the show that struck me was the interaction between Brigham Young and James Allen and the recruiting process.  The Saints were fleeing the country that refused to protect them.  There had even been some suggestions that the Saints would side with a nation willing to defend them.  But President Polk became convinced to try and use some of the Saints to build relationships between the Saints and the United States.  Young quickly jumped on board and sought a battalion to defend the United States and help preserve the moving church.  It proved to be very inspired, not only in the basic enlistment, but in all Young’s promises to the battalion.

As I sat there watching that scene, I was again reminded of our duty to not only build the church and the kingdom, but also of supporting and sustaining the United States.  As I drove home, I once again evaluated whether I could enlist and serve my nation yet.  I am not sure I am in a position to do so, but I am certainly happy to encourage my own children to serve their nation as well as their church.  I am also reminded of James’ baby blessing where he was given certain promises that would seem to include military service.

I am sad the Mormon Miracle Pageant will not occur at least every couple of years.  Even more sad that The Man Who Knew is already gone and that my children will not get to experience the powerful Clarkston Pageant telling the story of Martin Harris.  Even now I get chills when the Spirit confirms to me my witness of the Restoration.

The other powerful part of the Manti Pageant is the testimony of the temple watching over the pageant and the audience in attendance.  The two seem to go well together.  Just like Clarkston is powerful for Martin’s grave nearby, or Hill Cumorah Pageant for the location.

I snapped this photo as we were leaving.  Future visits to Manti will likely be confined to temple attendance for special events.  I wonder how Manti will do losing a major event each year.  Like most towns, they will revamp, revisit, and move forward.  I wonder how I can find other ways as powerful as this to help my children gain testimonies of the Restoration, Revelation, and the beautiful world and plan in which we live.

Manti Temple, Jun 2019, after the Manti Pageant